JP2024015313A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a technique capable of appropriately inspecting a game machine.SOLUTION: A game machine includes: calculation means for calculating game history information as information regarding a game history, based on detection information as information based on detection of game balls; and display means for displaying the game history information. The calculation means includes means for calculating a plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of a plurality of periods, based on detection information for each of the plurality of periods with satisfaction of a predetermined condition as a boundary. The display means is means for displaying a plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods by switching, and includes means for shifting from a display mode for displaying game history information corresponding to one of the plurality of periods to a display mode for preventing display of any of the plurality of pieces of game history information when switching display of the game history information, and then shifting to a display mode for displaying game history information corresponding to another one of the plurality of periods.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 58

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

In gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines, we aim to improve the interest of gaming, reduce the processing load on gaming machines, optimize processing, simplify control, simplify structure, and improve the efficiency of gaming machine development. Technical improvements have been made from various perspectives such as structure, control, and presentation, with the aim of providing gaming machines that are less prone to malfunctions and that are user-friendly (for example, Patent Document 1). ).

Various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

JP2011-172988A

In the gaming machines mentioned above, we aim to improve the interest of gaming, reduce the processing load of gaming machines, optimize processing, simplify control, simplify structure, improve the efficiency of gaming machine development, and prevent defects from occurring. Further improvements in technology are desired for the purpose of providing gaming machines that are difficult to play, providing gaming machines that are considerate to players, and providing healthier gaming.

The present invention has been made to solve at least part of the above-mentioned problems, and can be realized as the following forms.

[form]
a plurality of detection means for detecting a game ball passing through a predetermined area;
Storage means for storing detection information that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculating means for calculating gaming history information that is information regarding gaming history based on the detected information;
Display means for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The calculating means includes means for calculating a plurality of pieces of gaming history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods based on the detected information for each of the plurality of periods whose boundary is that a predetermined condition is satisfied. ,
The display means is
Means for switching and displaying the plurality of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, the means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, the means for switching the display of the game history information, the means for switching the display of the game history information corresponding to one of the plurality of periods. A display mode that displays the gaming history information corresponding to another period of the plurality of periods after transitioning from a display mode that displays gaming history information to a display mode that does not display any of the plurality of gaming history information. A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for transitioning to.

According to the above embodiment, the gaming machine can be properly inspected.

It is a perspective view of the Pachinko machine in a 1st embodiment. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine. It is a front view of a game board. It is an explanatory diagram showing a pattern and a display surface which are variably displayed on a pattern display device. It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of various counters used for jackpot lottery and the like. It is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of a validity table. It is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of a distribution table. It is an explanatory view showing the contents of the success/failure table for electric accessories opening lottery. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing in detail the configuration of a main control device and the configuration of an inspection machine. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the contents of processing in a game history management chip and an inspection machine. 3 is a flowchart showing main processing executed by the main MPU. 3 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main MPU. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the configuration of an input port provided in the main MPU. FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram illustrating ball entry detection processing executed by the main MPU. 12 is a flowchart showing a ball entry determination process executed by the main MPU. FIG. 3 is an explanatory diagram illustrating how the presence or absence of a ball entering the ball is detected. It is a flowchart showing the main processing executed by the CPU of the game history management chip. It is a block diagram showing in detail the composition of the main control device and the composition of the inspection machine which the pachinko machine of aspect 6 of a 1st embodiment is provided with. It is an explanatory view showing typically the contents of processing in a gaming history management chip and an inspection machine of aspect 6 of a 1st embodiment. It is a block diagram showing in detail the composition of the main control device and the composition of the inspection machine which the pachinko machine of aspect 7 of a 1st embodiment is provided with. FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing an outline of processing in the gaming history management chip and the inspection machine according to aspect 7 of the first embodiment. It is a block diagram showing the electrical composition of the pachinko machine in aspect 11 of a 1st embodiment. FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing an outline of processing in the main MPU in aspect 11 of the first embodiment. It is a block diagram showing the electrical composition of the pachinko machine in aspect 12 of a 1st embodiment. It is a block diagram showing the electrical composition of the pachinko machine in aspect 23 of a 1st embodiment. 12 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main MPU (main CPU) according to aspect 23 of the first embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the ball entry detection process performed by the main side MPU (main side CPU) of aspect 23 of 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart showing the game history processing executed by the main side MPU (main side CPU) of aspect 23 of the first embodiment. FIG. 12 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a specific process executed by the main MPU (main CPU) according to aspect 23 of the first embodiment. It is a block diagram showing the electrical composition of the pachinko machine in aspect 37 of a 1st embodiment. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of main processing executed by the main MPU (main CPU) according to aspect 46 of the first embodiment. It is an explanatory view showing typically a part of electrical composition of the Pachinko machine in aspect 50 of a 1st embodiment. 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of main processing executed by the main MPU (main CPU) in aspect 56 of the first embodiment. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of an information display section. It is an explanatory view showing how game history information is displayed on the information display section. FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing how setting information is displayed on the information display section during a setting change mode. FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing how setting information is displayed on the information display section during a setting change mode. FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing how setting information is displayed on the information display section during a setting change mode. FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing how setting information is displayed on the information display section during a setting change mode. FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing how setting information is displayed on the information display section during a setting change mode. It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in aspect 74 of the first embodiment. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of a main side ROM. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of a main side RAM. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a memory map of the main controller. 12 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main CPU in aspect 74 of the first embodiment. 13 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main CPU according to aspect 75 of the first embodiment. 12 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main CPU in aspect 76 of the first embodiment. It is a process diagram showing a work process when an administrator changes lottery settings of a pachinko machine. It is a process diagram showing the work process when the administrator confirms the lottery setting of the pachinko machine. 12 is a flowchart showing part of the main processing executed by the main MPU (main CPU) in aspect 87 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on. 12 is a flowchart showing a setting change process executed by the main MPU (main CPU) in aspect 87 of the first embodiment. 12 is a flowchart showing a setting confirmation process executed by the main MPU (main CPU) in aspect 87 of the first embodiment. 12 is a flowchart showing part of the main processing executed by the main MPU (main CPU) in aspect 88 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on. 12 is a flowchart showing part of the main processing executed by the main MPU (main CPU) in aspect 89 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on. 12 is a flowchart showing part of the main processing executed by the main MPU (main CPU) in aspect 90 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on. 12 is a flowchart showing a setting change process executed by the main MPU (main CPU) in aspect 91 of the first embodiment. 5 is a time chart showing an example of a change in the display mode of an information display section. 12 is a time chart showing an example of a change in the display mode of the information display section when the number of particles passing through the discharge passage during measurement reaches 60,000. 12 is a time chart showing an example of a change in the display mode of the information display section when the number of particles passing through the discharge passage during measurement reaches 60,000.

Embodiments of the gaming machine according to the present invention will be described in the following order with reference to the drawings.
A. First embodiment:
B. Application to other configurations:
C. Regarding inventions extracted from each of the above embodiments, etc.:

A. First embodiment:
A1. Structure of gaming machine:
FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a pachinko game machine (hereinafter also referred to as a "pachinko machine") in a first embodiment. The pachinko machine 10 includes a wooden outer frame 11 assembled into a substantially rectangular shape. When the pachinko machine 10 is installed in a game hall, this outer frame 11 is fixed to the island equipment of the game hall. Further, the pachinko machine 10 includes a pachinko machine main body 12 rotatably supported by an outer frame 11. The pachinko machine main body 12 includes an inner frame 13 and a front door frame 14 arranged in front of the inner frame 13. The inner frame 13 is rotatably supported by a metal hinge 15 with respect to the outer frame 11. The front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by a metal hinge 16 with respect to the inner frame 13. On the back side of the inner frame 13, control devices for controlling the pachinko machine main body 12, such as a main control device, a sound emission control device, and a display control device, are arranged. Details of these control devices will be described later. Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a cylinder lock 17. The cylinder lock 17 has a function of locking the inner frame 13 to the outer frame 11 so that it cannot be opened, and a function of locking the front door frame 14 to the inner frame 13 so that it cannot be opened. Each lock is unlocked by performing a predetermined operation on the cylinder lock 17 using a dedicated key.

An open window portion 18 is formed approximately in the center of the front door frame 14. Around the window portion 18 of the front door frame 14, resin parts and illumination parts for decorating the pachinko machine 10 are provided. The illumination parts are constituted by light emitting means consisting of various lamps such as LEDs. The light emitting means serves to enhance the performance effect by lighting up or blinking each game played by the pachinko machine 10, when a jackpot is won, when a reach occurs, and the like. Further, a glass unit 19 made of two sheets of glass is arranged on the back side of the front door frame 14, and the opened window portion 18 is sealed by the glass unit 19. A game board, which will be described later, is removably attached to the inner frame 13, and a player of the pachinko machine 10 can view the game board from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 19. Details of the game board will be described later.

The front door frame 14 is provided with an upper tray 20 and a lower tray 21 for storing game balls. The upper tray 20 is formed into a box shape with an open top surface, and stores game balls such as rental balls lent from a rental machine (not shown) and prize balls ejected from the pachinko machine main body 12. The game balls stored in the upper tray 20 are supplied to a game ball firing mechanism provided in the pachinko machine main body 12. The game ball firing mechanism is driven by the player's operation of the operating handle 25, and fires the game balls supplied from the upper tray 20 onto the front surface of the game board. The lower plate 21 is arranged below the upper plate 20, and is formed into a box shape with an open top surface. The lower tray 21 stores game balls that cannot be stored in the upper tray 20. A discharge port 22 for discharging game balls stored in the lower tray 21 is formed on the bottom surface of the lower tray 21. A lever 23 is provided below the outlet 22, and by operating the lever 23, the player can switch the outlet 22 between a closed state and an open state. When the player operates the lever 23 to open the discharge port 22, the game balls fall from the discharge port 22 and are discharged from the lower tray 21 to the outside.

A performance operation button 24 serving as an operation receiving means is provided in front of the peripheral edge of the upper plate 20. The performance operation button 24 is an operation section through which a player performs an input operation for a game performance performed by the pachinko machine 10. When the player operates the performance operation button 24 at a predetermined timing prepared by the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko machine 10 performs a game performance that reflects the operation.

Further, on the right side of the front door frame 14 when viewed from the front, an operating handle 25 is provided for the player to operate. When the player operates the operation handle 25, a game ball is fired from the game ball firing mechanism to the front of the game board in conjunction with the operation. Inside the operating handle 25, there is a touch sensor 25a for permitting the driving of the game ball firing mechanism, a weight button 25b for stopping the firing of game balls by the game ball firing mechanism when pressed by the player, and the operating handle 25. A variable resistor 25c is provided for detecting the amount of rotational operation by a change in electrical resistance. When the player grasps the operation handle 25, the touch sensor 25a is turned on, and when the player rotates the operation handle 25 clockwise, the resistance value of the variable resistor 25c changes in accordance with the amount of rotation operation. Then, the game ball is fired from the game ball firing mechanism to the front of the game board with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor 25c.

Next, the configuration of the back side of the pachinko machine 10 will be explained. Control equipment for controlling the operation of the pachinko machine 10 is arranged on the back of the pachinko machine 10.

FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. As illustrated, the pachinko machine 10 includes a first control unit 51, a second control unit 52, and a third control unit 53. Specifically, these mechanical parts are provided on the back surface of the inner frame 13.

The first control unit 51 includes a main controller 60 . The main control device 60 has a main control board that has a function of controlling the main control of the game and a function of monitoring the power supply. The main control board is housed in a board box made of transparent resin material. This board box is configured to leave traces of opening and closing (also referred to as opening traces or unsealing traces). For example, a seal is affixed to an openable/closable location, and when the board box is opened, the words "opened" appear.

The second control unit 52 includes an audio emission control device 90 and a display control device 100. The audio light emission control device 90 controls light emission means such as a speaker and various lamps provided on the front of the pachinko machine 10 based on commands sent from the main control device 60. The display control device 100 controls the symbol display device based on commands sent from the audio emission control device 90. The symbol display device includes a liquid crystal display that displays symbols and images for presentation.

The third control unit 53 includes a payout control device 70 and a firing control device 80. The payout control device 70 performs payout control for paying out prize balls. The firing control device 80 controls the game so that when an instruction to fire a game ball is input from the main control device 60, the game ball is fired with a strength corresponding to the amount of rotation operation of the operating handle 25 by the player. Controls the ball firing mechanism. In addition, on the back of the inner frame 13, there is a tank 54 that is sequentially replenished with game balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and a slope that is connected to the lower part of the tank 54 and gently sloped so that the game balls flow downstream. A tank rail 55 having a tank rail 55, a case rail 56 vertically connected to the downstream side of the tank rail 55, receiving game balls from the case rail 56 and paying out a predetermined number of game balls according to instructions from a payout control device 70. A plurality of devices necessary for the operation of the pachinko machine 10, such as a payout device 71, are provided.

Next, the game board will be explained. The game board is detachably attached to the front surface of the inner frame 13.

FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 30. The game board 30 is made of plywood, and a game area PA is formed on the front surface thereof. An inner rail portion 31a and an outer rail portion 31b are attached to the game board 30 so as to partition a part of the outer edge of the game area PA. A guide rail 31 for guiding game balls is formed between the inner rail portion 31a and the outer rail portion 31b. The game ball fired from the game ball firing mechanism is guided by the guide rail 31 and released to the upper part of the game area PA, and then flows down the game area PA. In the game area PA, a plurality of nails 42 are planted substantially perpendicularly to the game board 30, and various accessories such as a windmill are arranged. These nails 42 and windmills disperse and organize the falling direction of the game balls flowing down the game area PA.

The game board 30 is provided with a general winning port 32, a first starting port 33, a second starting port 34, a through gate 35, and a variable winning device 36. Furthermore, the game board 30 is provided with a variable display unit 40 and a main display section 45. The main display section 45 includes a special figure unit 37, a regular figure unit 38, and a round display section 39.

The general prize opening 32 is a ball entrance into which game balls can enter, and a plurality of them are provided on the game board 30. In this embodiment, when game balls enter the general winning hole 32, ten game balls are paid out from the payout device 71 as prize balls. In this embodiment, three general winning holes 32a, 32b, and 32c are provided as the general winning holes 32. Below, the general winning hole 32a is also referred to as the first winning hole 32a, the general winning hole 32b as the second winning hole 32b, and the general winning hole 32c as the third winning hole 32c.

The first starting port 33 is a ball entry port into which game balls can enter. The first starting port 33 is provided below the center of the game board 30. In this embodiment, when game balls enter the first starting port 33, three game balls are paid out as prize balls, and a jackpot lottery to be described later is executed.

The second starting port 34 is a ball entry port into which a game ball can enter, and is provided on the right side of the game board 30. In this embodiment, when game balls enter the second starting port 34, three game balls are paid out as prize balls, and a jackpot lottery to be described later is executed. Further, the second starting port 34 is provided with an electric accessory 34a as a normal electric accessory.

The through gate 35 includes a through hole that penetrates in the vertical direction. The through gate 35 is a through gate that serves as an opportunity to perform a lottery to open the electric accessory 34a. Specifically, when the game ball passes through the through gate 35, the main control device 60 uses the passage as a trigger to perform an internal lottery (electric accessory release lottery). As a result of the internal lottery, if an electric role release is won, the electric role accessory 34a shifts to an electric role release state in which it becomes an open state in a predetermined manner. Since the through gate 35 is arranged upstream of the second starting port 34 with respect to the downstream direction of the game ball, the game ball that has passed through the through gate 35 flows down the gaming area PA after passing through and enters the second starting port 34. It is possible for the ball to enter the starting port 34. In addition, in this embodiment, even if the game ball passes through the through gate 35, the payout of the prize ball is not executed.

The variable winning device 36 includes a big winning hole 36a that leads to the back side of the game board 30, and an opening/closing door 36b that opens and closes the big winning hole 36a. The opening/closing door 36b is normally in a closed state in which game balls cannot enter the big prize opening 36a. When a game ball enters the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34, the main control device 60 executes a jackpot lottery (internal lottery). When a jackpot or a small jackpot is won as a result of the jackpot lottery, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode. The opening/closing execution mode is a mode in which opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b of the variable prize winning device 36 is executed. Specifically, when the opening/closing door 36b of the variable prize winning device 36 shifts to the opening/closing execution mode, it transitions from a closed state in which game balls cannot enter into an open state in which game balls can enter, and a predetermined condition is satisfied. After that, it transitions to the closed state again. In this embodiment, when a game ball enters the big winning hole 36a of the variable winning device 36, the payout device 71 pays out 15 game balls as prize balls.

Further, an out port 43 is provided at the bottom of the game board 30, and game balls that have not entered the various ball entry ports are discharged from the game area PA through the out port 43.

In addition, in this embodiment, the game in which the ball entered the first starting hole 33, the second starting hole 34, the first winning hole 32a, the second winning hole 32b, the third winning hole 32c, the big winning hole 36a, and the out hole 43 The balls are configured to merge into a discharge passage provided on the back side of the game board 30, and the discharge passage is provided with a discharge passage detection sensor that detects the game balls. As will be described later, in this embodiment, the number of game balls fired onto the game board 30 can be determined by detecting the game balls with the discharge path detection sensor.

The special figure unit 37 includes a first symbol display section 37a and a second symbol display section 37b. The first symbol display section 37a and the second symbol display section 37b are each constituted by a segment display in which a plurality of segment light emitting sections are arranged in a predetermined manner.

The first symbol display section 37a is a display section for displaying the first symbol. The first symbol refers to a symbol that is displayed in a variable manner or in a static manner based on a jackpot lottery triggered by the entry of a game ball into the first starting port 33. The first symbol display section 37a is configured as a display mode until the segment display displays a display corresponding to the lottery result when a jackpot lottery is performed triggered by the entry of a game ball into the first starting port 33. , the first symbol is displayed in a variable manner or in a predetermined manner. When the lottery ends, the first symbol display section 37a causes the segment display to stop display the first symbol corresponding to the lottery result. Hereinafter, a game round in which a jackpot lottery is executed triggered by the entry of a game ball into the first starting opening 33 will also be referred to as a first starting opening game round.

The second symbol display section 37b is a display section for displaying a second symbol. The second symbol refers to a symbol that is displayed variably or statically based on a jackpot lottery triggered by the entry of a game ball into the second starting port 34. The second symbol display section 37b is configured as a display mode until the segment display displays a display corresponding to the lottery result when a jackpot lottery is performed triggered by the entry of a game ball into the second starting port 34. , a variable display or a predetermined display of the second symbol is performed. When the lottery ends, the second symbol display section 37b causes the segment display to stop display the second symbol corresponding to the lottery result. Hereinafter, a game round in which a jackpot lottery is executed triggered by the entry of a game ball into the second starting opening 34 will also be referred to as a second starting opening game round.

Here, the time period from when the first symbol displayed on the first symbol display section 37a or the second symbol displayed on the second symbol display section 37b starts to be displayed in a variable manner until it is stopped and displayed. Also called variable time. Specifically, the time from the start of the variable display of the first symbol displayed on the first symbol display section 37a until the time when the first symbol is stopped and displayed is also called the first variation time, and The time period from the start of the variable display of the second symbol to the time it is stopped and displayed is also referred to as the second variable time.

The special figure unit 37 further includes a first reservation display section 37c and a second reservation display section 37d, which are made of LED lamps, at positions adjacent to the first symbol display section 37a and the second symbol display section 37b.

The first reservation display section 37c displays the number of reservations at the first starting port 33 by the color or combination of LED lamps to be lit. In this embodiment, up to four game balls that have entered the first starting port 33 are held.

The second reservation display section 37d displays the number of reservations at the second starting port 34 by the color and combination of LED lamps to be lit. In this embodiment, up to four game balls that have entered the second starting port 34 are held.

The general figure unit 38 is constituted by a light emitting display section in which a plurality of LED lamps are arranged in a predetermined manner. When the electric accessory opening lottery is held triggered by passing through the through gate 35, the common figure unit 38 causes the light-emitting display to display a lighting display, a blinking display, or a predetermined display mode. When the electric accessory opening lottery ends, the common map unit 38 displays a predetermined mode corresponding to the lottery result.

The round display section 39 is constituted by a light emitting display section in which a plurality of LED lamps are arranged in a predetermined manner, and displays the number of round games that occur in the opening/closing execution mode, or displays corresponding thereto. A round game is a game that is opened and closed until either the predetermined upper limit duration time elapses or the predetermined upper limit number of game balls enters the variable winning device 36. This is a game in which the door 36b remains open. The number of round games varies depending on the type of jackpot winning that triggered the transition. The round display section 39 starts displaying the number of round games when the opening/closing execution mode is started, and ends when the opening/closing execution mode ends.

Note that the special figure unit 37, the general figure unit 38, and the round display section 39 are not limited to being constituted by a segment display or a light emitting display using an LED lamp, and may be, for example, a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, It may be constituted by various display devices such as a CRT or a dot matrix display capable of showing the drawing process and the drawing results.

The variable display unit 40 is arranged approximately at the center of the gaming area PA. The variable display unit 40 includes a symbol display device 41. The symbol display device 41 includes a liquid crystal display. The display content of the symbol display device 41 is controlled by the display control device 100. Note that the configuration of the display device included in the variable display unit 40 is not limited to the symbol display device 41, and may be configured by various display devices such as a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or a CRT.

When the first symbol display section 37a displays a variable display or a predetermined display based on the entry of a game ball into the first starting port 33, the symbol display device 41 displays a variable display or a predetermined display of symbols in accordance with the variable display or a predetermined display. I do. Further, when the second symbol display section 37b displays a variable display or a predetermined display based on the entry of a game ball into the second starting port 34, the symbol display device 41 displays a variable display of the symbol or a predetermined display according to the variable display or a predetermined display. will be displayed. The symbol display device 41 is not limited to displaying a variable symbol or a predetermined display triggered by the entry of a game ball into the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34, but also when a jackpot is won. It also displays effects during the transition to the opening/closing execution mode. The details of the symbol display device 41 will be explained below.

FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram showing symbols that are variably displayed on the symbol display device 41 and the display surface 41a. FIG. 4(a) is an explanatory diagram showing symbols that are variably displayed on the symbol display device 41. As shown in FIG. 4(a), symbols representing numbers 1 to 8 are displayed in a variable manner on the symbol display device 41. In addition, as the symbols to be displayed in a variable manner, a symbol in which a character or other image is attached to each symbol representing the numbers 1 to 8 may be used.

FIG. 4(b) is an explanatory diagram showing the display surface 41a of the symbol display device 41. As shown in the figure, three symbol rows Z1, Z2, and Z3 on the left, middle, and right are displayed on the display surface 41a. In each symbol row Z1 to Z3, the symbols numbered 1 to 8 shown in FIG. A fluctuating display that scrolls upwards is displayed. As shown in FIG. 4(b), after the variable display by scrolling, one symbol for each symbol row is displayed in a stopped state on the active line L. Specifically, when a game ball enters the first starting hole 33 or the second starting hole 34, a variable display in which the symbols of each symbol row Z1 to Z3 periodically scroll in a predetermined direction is started. Then, each of the scrolling symbols switches from a variable display to a standby display in the order of symbol row Z1, symbol row Z3, and symbol row Z2, and finally, a predetermined symbol is stopped and displayed in each symbol row Z1 to Z3. . When the fluctuating display of symbols is finished and the display is stopped, if the result of the jackpot lottery by the main controller 60 is a jackpot, a predetermined combination of symbols will be on the active line L. It is formed. For example, a combination of the same symbols is formed on the active line L. Note that the mode of variable display of symbols in the symbol display device 41 is not limited to the above-mentioned mode, but may vary depending on the number of symbol rows, the number of active lines, the direction of fluctuating display of symbols in the symbol rows, and the symbols of each symbol row. Various modes can be adopted for displaying the symbols such as numbers in a variable manner.

Here, a game round is a unit of processing for notifying the player of the lottery result of the jackpot lottery regarding the special information obtained based on the winning of either the first starting slot 33 or the second starting slot 34. It is. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 notifies the player of the lottery result of one jackpot lottery regarding one piece of special information every game. When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment acquires special information based on a winning in either the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34, the first result display section 37a or the second result On either one of the display sections 37b, after the segment display is displayed in a variable manner, the segment display is stopped and displayed so that the display corresponds to the lottery result of the acquired special information. Furthermore, when the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment acquires special information based on a winning in either the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34, a predetermined information is displayed on the symbol display device 41 for each game. After the symbol row is displayed in a variable manner, the symbol row is stopped and displayed so that the display corresponds to the lottery result of the acquired special information. Further, the time required for one game round is also called unit game time. The unit gaming time consists of a variable time, which is the time from when the variable display starts until the predetermined lottery result is stopped and displayed, and a stop time, which is the time during which the predetermined lottery result is stopped and displayed. There is.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 4(b), a first reservation display area Ds1 and a second reservation display area Ds2 are displayed on the display surface 41a of the symbol display device 41. In the first reservation display area Ds1, the number of reservations based on winnings in the first start opening 33 is displayed. In the second reservation display area Ds2, the number of reservations based on winnings in the second start opening 34 is displayed. In addition, in this embodiment, as mentioned above, the number of reserved game balls that have won in the first starting port 33 and the second starting port 34 is up to four each.

A2. Electrical configuration of gaming machine:
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be explained. In this description, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be explained using a block diagram.

FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. The pachinko machine 10 is mainly configured around a main control device 60, and also includes a sound emission control device 90 and a display control device 100.

The main control device 60 includes a main control board 61 that controls the main control of the game. The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 that includes elements having multiple functions. The MPU 62 includes a CPU 62x that executes various control programs, a ROM 63 that records various control programs and fixed value data, and a ROM 63 that temporarily stores various data when the CPU 62x executes the programs recorded in the ROM 63. RAM 64, which is a memory, and an input/output port 62a. The MPU 62 further includes a game history management chip 300 and a testing terminal 65.

The game history management chip 300 calculates various types of game history information, which will be described later, based on the information of the game ball entering the starting hole, winning hole, and gate (hereinafter also collectively referred to as "ball entrance hole"). do. The test terminal 65 is a terminal for transmitting game history information stored in the game history management chip 300 to a test machine described later. Details of the game history management chip 300 and the test terminal 65 will be described later.

The MPU 62 also includes an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, and a counter circuit as a random number generator. In addition, another element may be provided with some of the functions that the MPU 62 has.

A payout control device 70 and a power failure monitoring circuit 86 provided in a power supply device 85 are connected to the input side of the MPU 62. The main control board 61 receives stable 24 V DC power from the power supply device 85 via the power failure monitoring circuit 86 . The power supply device 85 is connected to a commercial power source as an external power source, and converts the external power supplied from the commercial power source into operating power necessary for the main control device 60, payout control device 70, etc., and supplies it to each device. Supply electricity. Further, in this embodiment, the power supply device 85 includes a capacitor 87, and continues to supply power to each device for a predetermined period when a power outage occurs or the power switch is turned off.

Furthermore, a ball entry detection sensor provided at each ball entry port is connected to the input side of the MPU 62. Specifically, a big winning opening detection sensor 44a that detects the game ball that has entered the big winning opening 36a, a first starting opening detection sensor 44b that detects the gaming ball that has entered the first starting opening 33, and a first starting opening detection sensor 44b that detects the gaming ball that has entered the first starting opening 33. A second starting opening detection sensor 44c that detects the game ball that has entered the second starting opening 34, a first winning opening detection sensor 44d that detects the gaming ball that has entered the first winning opening 32a, and a second winning opening 32b. A second winning hole detection sensor 44e that detects the game ball that has entered the ball, a third winning hole detection sensor 44f that detects the game ball that has entered the third winning hole 32c, and a game ball that has passed through the through gate 35. A through gate detection sensor 44g for detection and a discharge passage detection sensor 44h for detecting game balls that have passed through the discharge passage described above are connected. Based on the signals from these detection sensors, the MPU 62 determines whether or not the game ball flowing down the game area PA has entered the starting port or winning port, and whether the game ball has passed through the through gate or discharge path. Determine whether or not. Furthermore, the MPU 62 executes a jackpot lottery based on the entry of game balls into the first starting port 33 and the second starting port 34.

On the output side of the MPU 62, there is a variable winning drive unit 36c that opens and closes the door 36b of the variable winning device 36, an electric accessory drive unit 34b that opens and closes the electric accessory 34a of the second starting port 34, and a main display. 45 is connected. The main control board 61 is provided with various driver circuits, and the MPU 62 executes drive control of various drive units through the driver circuits.

Specifically, in the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable prize winning drive unit 36c so that the opening/closing door 36b is opened and closed. Further, if the electric accessory opening lottery is won, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the electric accessory drive unit 44b so that the electric accessory 34a is released. Furthermore, in each game round, the MPU 62 executes display control of the first symbol display section 37a or the second symbol display section 37b in the main display section 45, and in the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 performs round display on the main display section 45. Display control of section 39 is executed.

Further, a payout control device 70 and a sound emission control device 90 are connected to the transmission side of the MPU 62. For example, a prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 70 from the main control device 60 based on the ball entry determination result. When the main control device 60 transmits a prize ball command, the MPU 62 of the main control board 61 refers to the command information storage area of the ROM 63. Specifically, when the entry of a game ball into the general prize opening 32 is identified, a prize ball command corresponding to the payout of 10 game balls is transmitted from the main control device 60 to the first starting opening 33. When the entry of game balls into the second starting port 34 is identified, a prize ball command corresponding to the payout of three game balls is transmitted from the main control device 60, and when the entry of game balls into the second starting port 34 is identified. A prize ball command corresponding to the payout of one game ball is transmitted from the main control device 60. The payout control device 70 controls the payout device 71 to pay out prize balls based on the prize ball command received from the main control device 60.

A firing control device 80 is connected to the dispensing control device 70 . The launch control device 80 controls the launch of the game ball launch mechanism 81. The game ball firing mechanism 81 is driven when predetermined firing conditions are met. Further, the operation handle 25 is connected to the launch control device 80 . As described above, the operating handle 25 includes a touch sensor 25a, a weight button 25b, and a variable resistor 25c. When the player grips the operating handle 25, the touch sensor 25a is turned on, and when the player rotates the operating handle 25, the resistance value of the variable resistor 25c changes in accordance with the amount of rotational operation. A game ball is fired from the game ball firing mechanism to the front of the game board with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor 25c.

The audio emission control device 90 receives various commands transmitted from the main control device 60, and executes processing corresponding to the received various commands. Specifically, the audio light emission control device 90 controls the drive of various lamps 47 made of light emitting means such as LEDs arranged in the front door frame 14 and the speaker 46 based on various commands received from the main control device 60. The display control device 100 is also controlled. Further, a performance operation button 24 is connected to the sound emission control device 90, and when the performance operation button 24 is operated by a player at a predetermined timing, a game performance that reflects the operation is performed. It controls various lamps 47, speakers 46, display control device 100, etc.

The display control device 100 executes display control of the symbol display device 41 based on various commands received from the audio emission control device 90. Specifically, the display control device 100 grasps the fluctuation time of the symbols on the symbol display device 41 and the type of combination of symbols to be finally stopped and displayed based on various commands received from the audio emission control device 90. , the presence or absence of a reach, the contents of the reach effect, and the contents of the effect executed while the first liquid crystal pattern and the second liquid crystal pattern are being displayed in a variable manner are grasped. In addition, in this embodiment, the stop time which is the time when the 1st liquid crystal pattern or the 2nd liquid crystal pattern is stopped and displayed is fixed. Therefore, by determining the variable time, the unit game time, which is the time required for one game, is uniquely determined. The electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 has been described above.

FIG. 6 is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of various counters used for jackpot lottery and the like. Various counters are provided in various counter areas of the RAM 64, and are used when the MPU 62 performs the jackpot lottery, setting the display on the main display section 45, setting the symbol display on the symbol display device 41, etc. Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1 is used for the jackpot lottery. A jackpot type counter C2 is used when sorting the jackpot types. A reach random number counter C3 is used to determine whether or not to generate a reach when the symbol row displayed on the symbol display device 41 is changed.

A random number initial value counter CINI is used to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. Further, when determining the fluctuation time in the first symbol display section 37a and the second symbol display section 37b of the main display section 45 and the symbol display device 41, a variation type counter CS is used. Further, an electric accessory opening counter C4 is used for an electric accessory release lottery to decide whether or not to open the electric accessory 34a of the second starting port 34.

Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the counter value each time the counter value is updated, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is updated at short intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer 64a set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64.

Further, the RAM 64 is provided with a pending information storage area 64b and a determination processing execution area 64c. The reservation information storage area 64b is provided with a first reservation area Ra and a second reservation area Rb. In this embodiment, when a game ball enters the first starting port 33, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, reach random number counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS at the timing of ball entry is stored in the pending information storage area. 64b is stored in the first reservation area Ra in chronological order. Further, when a game ball enters the second starting port 34, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, reach random number counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS at the timing of ball entry is set to the number 1 in the pending information storage area 64b. 2 storage area Rb in chronological order.

Details of the jackpot random number counter C1 will be explained. The jackpot random number counter C1 is used for the jackpot lottery as described above. For example, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured to increment sequentially by 1 within the range of 0 to 1199, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Further, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. Note that the random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the jackpot random number counter C1 (value=0 to 1199).

The jackpot random number counter C1 is updated regularly, and the updated value is stored in the first holding area Ra of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing of the ball entering the first starting port 33. When a game ball enters the second starting port 34, it is stored in the second holding area Rb of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing of the ball entering.

The value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the first holding area Ra is moved to the execution area AE of the determination process execution area 64c, and is compared with the win/fail table stored in the win/fail table storage area of the ROM 63, resulting in a jackpot. It is determined whether or not. In addition, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the second holding area Rb is moved to the execution area AE of the determination process execution area 64c, and is compared with the win/fail table stored in the win/fail table storage area of the ROM 63, and the jackpot is determined. It is determined whether or not.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the first holding area Ra or the second holding area Rb is determined by the value of the game ball entering the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34. As a result, the execution areas AE of the determination processing execution area 64c are moved in the order in which they were acquired. Then, the jackpot random number counter C1 moved to the execution area AE is compared with the win/fail table stored in the win/fail table storage area of the ROM 63, and it is determined whether or not there is a jackpot.

Next, details of the jackpot type counter C2 will be explained. The jackpot type counter C2 is used when determining the jackpot type. The jackpot type counter C2 is configured to be sequentially incremented by 1 within the range of 0 to 39, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value.

The jackpot type counter C2 is updated regularly, and when a game ball enters the first starting port 33, the updated value is stored in the first holding area Ra of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing of the ball entering. When a game ball enters the second starting port 34, it is stored in the second holding area Rb of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing of the ball entering.

As described above, the MPU 62 performs the jackpot lottery using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the determination processing execution area 64c, and when the result of the jackpot lottery is a jackpot, the MPU 62 performs the jackpot lottery using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the determination processing execution area 64c. The jackpot type is determined using the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter C2. Furthermore, the MPU 62 uses the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the value of the jackpot type counter C2 to determine the display mode of the segment display to be stopped and displayed on the first symbol display section 37a and the second symbol display section 37b. . In making this determination, the stop result table stored in the stop result table storage area of the ROM 63 is referred to.

Next, details of the reach random number counter C3 will be explained. The reach random number counter C3 is used when determining whether or not a reach occurs when the result of the jackpot lottery is not a jackpot. The reach random number counter C3 is configured to increment sequentially by 1 within the range of 0 to 238, for example, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value.

The reach random number counter C3 is updated regularly, and the updated value is stored in the first holding area Ra of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing when a game ball enters the first starting port 33, and the updated value is stored in the first holding area Ra of the holding information storage area 64b. The game ball is stored in the second holding area Rb of the holding information storage area 64b at the timing when the game ball enters the ball. After moving to the determination processing execution area 64c, the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the first holding area Ra is compared with the reach determination table stored in the reach determination table storage area of the ROM 63, and the reach is determined. It is determined whether or not this occurs. After moving to the determination processing execution area 64c, the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the second holding area Rb is compared with the reach determination table stored in the reach determination table storage area of the ROM 63, and the reach is determined. It is determined whether or not this occurs. However, if the result of the jackpot lottery is a jackpot and the mode is shifted to the opening/closing execution mode, the MPU 62 determines that a reach is occurring regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

Reach means that some combinations of symbols that have the possibility of forming a combination of symbols that correspond to a jackpot are stopped for some of the multiple symbol arrays displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device 41. It refers to a display state in which symbols are displayed and in that state, symbols are displayed variably in the remaining symbol rows. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the combination of symbols that corresponds to a jackpot refers to a combination of the same symbols on a predetermined active line. As a specific example, in the main display area MA of the display surface 41a in FIG. 4(b), a symbol is first stopped and displayed in the symbol row Z1, and then the same symbol as Z1 is stopped and displayed in the symbol row Z3. A reach line is formed, and in a situation where the reach line is formed, a variable display of symbols is performed in the symbol row Z2, resulting in a reach state. When a jackpot occurs, the same symbols as those forming the reach line are stopped and displayed in the symbol row Z2.

In addition, in the reach, the reach line is formed, and the remaining symbol rows are displayed with fluctuating symbols, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a video on the background screen to create a reach effect. This includes a method in which a combination of symbols in which a reach line is formed is displayed in a reduced size or hidden, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image on substantially the entire display surface 41a to perform a reach effect. In addition, when a reach effect is being performed or before a reach display, a decision is made as to whether or not to display a preview using a predetermined image such as a predetermined character using the reach random number counter C3 or other counters. It's okay.

Next, details of the variation type counter CS will be explained. The variation type counter CS is used when the MPU 62 determines the variation time in the first symbol display section 37a and the second symbol display section 37b and the symbol variation time in the symbol display device 41. The variation type counter CS is configured to be incremented one by one within the range of 0 to 198, for example, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value.

The variation type counter CS is updated once every time a normal process (described later) is executed once, and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time within the normal process. Then, the buffer value of the variation type counter CS is acquired when determining the variation pattern at the start of the variation display on the first symbol display section 37a or the second symbol display section 37b and at the time the symbol display device 41 starts variation of the symbol. When determining the fluctuation time in the first symbol display section 37a and the second symbol display section 37b, a fluctuation time table stored in the fluctuation time table storage area of the ROM 63 is used.

Next, details of the electric accessory opening counter C4 will be explained. The electric accessory opening counter C4 is configured to increment sequentially by 1 within the range of 0 to 465, for example, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The electric accessory release counter C4 is updated regularly and is stored in the electric role holding area 64d of the RAM 64 at the timing when a game ball enters the through gate 35. Then, at a predetermined timing, after the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 stored in the electric accessory holding area 64d moves to the electric accessory execution area 64e, the electric accessory is released in the electric accessory execution area 64e. A lottery is held using the value of the counter C4 to determine whether or not to control the electric accessory 34a to the open state. For example, if C4=0 or 1, the electric accessory 34a is controlled to be in the open state, and if C4=2 to 465, the electric accessory 34a is maintained in the closed state.

Note that at least one of the acquired value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the value of the jackpot type counter C2, the value of the reach random number counter C3, the value of the electric accessory release counter C4, and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS is special information in the present invention. corresponds to In addition, at least one of the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the value of the jackpot type counter C2, the value of the reach random number counter C3, and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS stored in the first holding area Ra and the second holding area Rb is held. Also called information.

Next, the validity table will be explained. The win/fail table is table data for comparing with the jackpot random number counter C1 when performing a jackpot lottery based on the jackpot random number counter C1. The pachinko machine 10 is set to a low probability mode and a high probability mode as lottery modes for jackpot drawings, and when drawing jackpots in the low probability mode, the win/fail table for the low probability mode is referred to, and During the jackpot lottery in the probability mode, the high probability mode win/fail table is referred to.

FIG. 7 is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of the validity table. FIG. 7(a) shows a success/failure table for low probability mode (for low probability mode), and FIG. 7(b) shows a success/failure table for high probability mode.

As shown in FIG. 7(a), five values from 0 to 4 are set in the low probability mode win/fail table as the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 that is a jackpot. Among the values from 0 to 1199, values other than the five values from 0 to 4 (5 to 1199) are outliers. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 7(b), in the high probability mode win/fail table, 16 values from 0 to 15 are set as the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 that is a jackpot. Among the values from 0 to 1199, values other than the 16 values from 0 to 15 are outliers. In this way, the high probability mode has a higher probability of winning a jackpot in the jackpot lottery than the low probability mode.

In addition, in this embodiment, the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 set as a jackpot in the win/fail table for the low probability mode is the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 set as a jackpot in the win/fail table for the high probability mode. included in the group. However, as long as the probability of winning a jackpot is higher in the high probability mode than in the low probability mode as a result of the jackpot lottery, the number and value of random numbers set as a jackpot are arbitrary.

Although not adopted in the win/fail table in this embodiment, a "small win" may be provided as a result of the jackpot lottery.

A "small win" is a win/fail result that triggers a transition to the opening/closing execution mode in which the variable winning device 36 is opened/closed, but does not trigger a transition to both the lottery mode and the support mode. On the other hand, "losing" is a win/fail result that does not trigger a transition to the opening/closing execution mode, and also does not trigger a transition to the lottery mode or support mode.

Next, the jackpot type will be explained. A plurality of types of jackpots can be set in the pachinko machine 10. Specifically, for example, by providing differences in the following three aspects or modes, it is possible to set a plurality of types of jackpots.
(1) Number of times the opening/closing door 36b of the variable prize winning device 36 is opened/closed in the opening/closing execution mode (number of rounds)
(2) Aspects of opening/closing control of the variable prize winning device 36 in the opening/closing execution mode (3) Lottery mode for jackpot lottery after the opening/closing execution mode ends (low probability mode or high probability mode)

As an aspect of the opening/closing control of the variable winning device 36 in the above (2) opening/closing execution mode, the occurrence of a game ball entering the variable winning device 36 (winning) between the start and end of the opening/closing execution mode. A high-frequency winning mode and a low-frequency winning mode can be set so that the frequencies are relatively high or low. For example, in the high-frequency winning mode, one opening of the opening/closing door 36b in the opening/closing execution mode is set to continue until 30 seconds have elapsed or until the number of game balls entering the opening/closing door 36b reaches 10. can do. On the other hand, in the low-frequency winning mode, the opening/closing door 36b is set to continue opening once in the opening/closing execution mode until 1.6 seconds have elapsed or until the number of balls entering the opening/closing door 36b reaches 10. I can do it.

The opening limit time for one opening of the opening/closing door 36b and the opening limit number for one opening are based on the frequency of occurrence of balls entering the variable prize winning device 36 from the start to the end of the opening/closing execution mode. As long as the winnings in the high-frequency winning mode are higher than in the low-frequency winning mode, the door 36b can be opened in any manner. Specifically, it is only necessary that the high-frequency winning mode has a longer opening time limit for one opening or a larger opening limit number for one opening than the low-frequency winning mode. In order to clarify the difference between the high-frequency winning mode and the low-frequency winning mode, a configuration may be adopted in which winnings to the variable winning device 36 do not substantially occur in the opening/closing execution mode of the low-frequency winning mode.

In addition, in this embodiment, multiple types of winning modes are not provided as the opening/closing execution mode, and during the opening/closing execution mode, the above-mentioned high frequency winning mode is used. That is, one opening of the opening/closing door 36b in the opening/closing execution mode is set to continue until 30 seconds pass or until the number of game balls entering the opening/closing door 36b reaches 10.

In this embodiment, when the jackpot lottery results in a jackpot, the jackpot type is sorted using the jackpot type counter C2. The distribution of the jackpot type corresponding to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored as a distribution table in the distribution table storage area of the ROM 63.

FIG. 8 is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of the distribution table. FIG. 8(a) shows a distribution table for the first starting port, and FIG. 8(b) shows a distribution table for the second starting port. The sorting table for the first starting hole is referred to in the jackpot lottery based on the entry of game balls into the first starting hole 33, and the sorting table for the second starting hole is referred to when the game ball enters the first starting hole 33. It is referred to during the jackpot lottery based on the number of game balls entered.

As shown in the allocation table for the first starting opening in FIG. 8(a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the jackpot types based on the first starting opening 33 are 16R probability variable jackpot, 8R probability variation jackpot, and 16R normal jackpot. A jackpot and an 8R normal jackpot are set.

In the 16R probability variable jackpot and 8R probability variable jackpot, the mode of opening/closing control of the variable winning device 36 in the opening/closing execution mode is the high frequency winning mode, the win/fail lottery mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode is the high probability mode, and the opening/closing execution mode is It is a jackpot that the support mode after the end of is the high-frequency support mode.

In the 16R normal jackpot and 8R normal jackpot, the mode of opening/closing control of the variable winning device 36 in the opening/closing execution mode is the high frequency winning mode, the win/fail lottery mode after the opening/closing execution mode is the low probability mode, and the opening/closing execution mode is It is a jackpot that the support mode after the end of is the high-frequency support mode.

In the distribution table for the first starting opening, among the values of the jackpot type counter C2 of "0 to 39", "0 to 13" correspond to the 16R probability variable jackpot, and "14 to 27" correspond to the 8R normal jackpot. "28-33" corresponds to the 16R regular jackpot, and "34-39" corresponds to the 8R regular jackpot.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, four types of jackpots are set as jackpot types. Therefore, the aspects of jackpots are diversified. When these four types of jackpots are compared, the degree of advantage for the player is the highest for the 16R probability variable jackpot, followed by the 8R probability variable jackpot, the next highest, the 16R regular jackpot, and finally the 8R regular jackpot. By setting a plurality of types of jackpots with different degrees of advantage for the player in this way, it is possible to prevent the game from becoming monotonous and to increase the degree of attention to the game.

As shown in the distribution table for the second starting opening in FIG. 8(b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, 16R certain variable jackpot and 8R normal jackpot are set as jackpot types based on the second starting opening 34. ing. In the distribution table for the second starting opening, among the values of the jackpot type counter C2 of "0 to 39", "0 to 27" correspond to the 16R probability variable jackpot, and "28 to 39" correspond to the 8R normal jackpot. It corresponds to

In this way, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the distribution of the jackpot type in the case of a jackpot is as follows: This is different from the case where a jackpot is achieved based on the entry of a game ball into the second starting hole 34, and there is a clear difference in the advantage for the player.

As described above, the MPU 62 performs a jackpot lottery using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE, and also determines the jackpot type using the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE. Furthermore, the MPU 62 uses the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the jackpot type counter C2 to determine the segment display to be stopped and displayed on the first result display section 37a and the second result display section 37b. Decide the display mode. In making this determination, the stop result table stored in the stop result table storage area of the ROM 63 is referred to.

In the pachinko machine 10, as an aspect of the support mode of the electric accessory 34a of the second starting port 34 after the above-mentioned (3) opening/closing execution mode ends, the firing of game balls into the gaming area PA continues in the same manner. When compared in the situation where can be set.

Specifically, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the electric role opening in the electric role-playing object opening lottery using the electric role-playing object opening counter C4 is different between the high-frequency support mode and the low-frequency support mode. . In the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the electric role-playing role in the electric role-playing object lottery is made higher than in the low-frequency support mode. Furthermore, in the high-frequency support mode, the time for one opening of the electric accessory 34a is set longer than in the low-frequency support mode when the electric role is won.

Although not adopted in this embodiment, in the case where the electric role is won in the high-frequency support mode and the electric role is opened several times, the electric role is opened several times. The closing time until the open state starts may be set shorter than the opening time for one time. Furthermore, in the high-frequency support mode, the time secured from when one electric accessory lottery is held until the next electric accessory lottery is held is set to be relatively shorter than in the low-frequency support mode. It's okay.

As described above, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability that a game ball will enter the second starting port 34 is higher than in the low-frequency support mode. That is, the high frequency support mode functions as an auxiliary game state that assists in fulfilling the special information acquisition condition.

FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram showing the contents of a win/fail table (win/fail table for electric accessory lottery) used when executing the electric accessory lottery.

FIG. 9A shows a winning/failure table (for low-frequency support mode) for electric accessory opening lottery used in low-frequency support mode. As shown in FIG. 9(a), the winning/failure table for electric accessory opening lottery (for low-frequency support mode) has two values of 0 and 1 as the value of electric accessory opening counter C4, which is the winning of electric accessory opening. Value is set. 464 values from 2 to 465 are set as the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 that is a failure. That is, when the game ball passes through the through gate 35 during the low-frequency support mode and the electric role opening lottery is executed, the electric role opening lottery will be won with a probability of 1/233. In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when an electric role opening win occurs during the low-frequency support mode, the electric role model 34a is opened once, and the opening time is 1.4 seconds.

FIG. 9(b) shows a win/fail table (for high-frequency support mode) for electric accessory opening lottery used in high-frequency support mode. As shown in FIG. 9(b), the winning/failure table for electric accessory opening lottery (for high-frequency support mode) contains 462 values from 0 to 461 as the value of the electric accessory opening counter C4 that is the winning electric accessory. Value is set. Four values from 462 to 465 are set as the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 that is a failure. That is, when the game ball passes through the through gate 35 during the high-frequency support mode and the electric role opening lottery is executed, the electric role opening lottery will be won with a probability of 231/233. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when an electric role opening win occurs during the high-frequency support mode, the electric role accessory 34a is opened once, and the opening time is 1.6 seconds.

In this way, the probability of a game ball entering the second starting port 34 is set to be higher in the high-frequency support mode than in the low-frequency support mode by the electric accessory opening lottery table. .

FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing in detail the configuration of the main controller 60 and the inspection machine 320 included in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. Below, MPU62, CPU62x, ROM63, and RAM64 are also called main side MPU62, main side CPU62x, main side ROM63, and main side RAM64, respectively.

The main side ROM 63 of the main side MPU 62 is provided with a prize ball number data storage area and a calculation execution condition storage area.

The prize ball number data storage area stores the number of game balls (prize ball number data) that are paid out as prize balls when a game ball enters each ball entrance. In this embodiment, the following prize ball number data is stored in the prize ball number data storage area.
- Number of game balls paid out as prize balls when a game ball enters the first starting port 33 (first starting port prize ball number P ₁ ): 3
- Number of game balls paid out as prize balls when game balls enter the second starting port 34 (second starting port prize ball number P ₂ ): 3
- Number of game balls paid out as prize balls when a game ball enters the first winning hole 32a (first winning hole prize ball number P _N1 ): 10
- Number of game balls paid out as prize balls when a game ball enters the second winning hole 32b (second winning hole prize ball number P _N2 ): 10
・Number of game balls paid out as prize balls when a game ball enters the third winning hole 32c (third winning hole prize ball number P _N3 ): 10
・Number of game balls that are paid out as prize balls when a game ball enters the big winning hole 36a (big winning hole prize ball number P _S ): 15

By referring to the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63, the main side MPU 62 pays out game balls as prize balls when the game ball enters each ball entrance. Determine the number of pieces.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. This allows the game history management chip 300 to grasp the prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10.

The calculation execution condition storage area stores calculation execution conditions that are conditions for the game history management chip 300 to start calculations for calculating game history information. In this embodiment, it is stored as a calculation execution condition that the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage reaches 500. The calculation execution conditions stored in the main ROM 63 are transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in an initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. This allows the game history management chip 300 to grasp the calculation execution conditions set in the pachinko machine 10.

The game history management chip 300 is a semiconductor chip that calculates various types of game history information based on information on the entry of game balls into each ball entrance, and stores the calculated game history information. The game history management chip 300 includes a buffer 302 that acquires information about how game balls enter each ball entrance from the CPU 62x, a register 304 that stores the number of game balls that enter each ball entrance, and a main side ROM 63. A prize ball number data storage memory 306 that stores the prize ball number data acquired from the main side ROM 63, a calculation execution condition storage memory 307 that stores the calculation execution conditions acquired from the main side ROM 63, and overall control of the game history management chip 300. and a CPU 308 that calculates game history information based on the number of game balls entering each ball entrance and the number of prize balls set for each ball entrance, triggered by the establishment of calculation execution conditions; and a calculation result storage memory 309 for storing game history information.

The inspection terminal 65 is a terminal for connecting the inspection machine 320 and the pachinko machine 10. In this embodiment, the game history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 is transmitted to the testing machine 320 via the testing terminal 65.

The inspection machine 320 includes a CPU 321 that executes various control programs, a ROM 324 that records various control programs and fixed value data, a RAM 326 that is a memory for temporarily storing various data, and a gaming history management chip 300. It includes a display section 328 for displaying received game history information, and a connection cable 329 for connecting to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10.

FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the contents of processing in the game history management chip 300 and the inspection machine 320.

The buffer 302 is provided between the CPU 62x of the main MPU 62 and the register 304, and acquires ball entry information at each ball entry port from the CPU 62x. Specifically, the buffer 302 is provided with a plurality of bits corresponding to each ball entrance, and the CPU 62x turns ON (“1 ”). For example, when the CPU 62x determines that a game ball has entered the first starting port 33, it turns ON (“1”) the bit corresponding to the first starting port 33 in the buffer 302.

Further, the buffer 302 is also provided with bits for grasping the game mode and the state of the pachinko machine 10 (hereinafter also referred to as the game state) when the game ball enters each ball entrance. In this embodiment, a bit for determining whether the mode is in normal mode (not in high probability mode, not in high frequency support mode, not in opening/closing execution mode) and a bit for determining whether or not the mode is in high probability mode is used. a bit to determine whether or not it is in high-frequency support mode, a bit to determine whether it is in open/close execution mode, and a bit to determine whether the first pending number is the upper limit. A bit for determining whether or not the period is in a certain value, a bit for determining whether or not in a period in which the second pending number is the upper limit value, and a bit for determining whether or not the second pending number is in a period that is the upper limit value, and a bit for determining whether the front door frame 14 is open. There are provided a bit for determining whether or not there is a problem, and a bit for determining whether or not the pachinko machine 10 is in an error state where a trouble such as a failure has occurred. For example, if the CPU 62x determines that the game ball is in the normal mode at the timing when the game ball enters the first starting port 33, it turns ON (“1”) a bit in the buffer 302 for determining whether or not the game ball is in the normal mode. ”).

The register 304 stores the number of game balls that have entered each ball entrance. Specifically, the register 304 is composed of a plurality of counters corresponding to each ball entry port, and when it is determined that there is ball entry information in the bit of the buffer 302 (that is, when the bit is turned ON), ), 1 is added to the value of the counter corresponding to the bit determined to have entry information. Note that in this embodiment, the register 304 is constituted by a nonvolatile register that can retain memory even if the power supply is cut off.

In this embodiment, the register 304 stores the following values using each counter corresponding to each ball entrance.
・Number of game balls that entered the grand prize opening 36a = Number of balls that entered the grand prize opening N _S
・Number of game balls that entered the first starting port 33 = Number of balls that entered the first starting port N ₁
・Number of game balls that entered the second starting port 34 = Number of balls that entered the second starting port N ₂
・Number of game balls that entered the first winning slot 32a = Number of balls that entered the first winning slot N _N1
・Number of game balls that entered the second winning hole 32b = Number of balls that entered the second winning hole N _N2
・Number of game balls that entered the third winning hole 32c = Number of balls that entered the third winning hole N _N3
・Number of game balls that passed through the through gate 35 = Number of game balls that passed through the through gate N _G
・Number of game balls that passed through the discharge passage = Number of balls that passed through the discharge passage N _OUT
Note that, as described above, the number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT matches the number of game balls fired onto the game board 30 .

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the register 304 stores the number of game balls that have entered each ball entry hole for each game state.
・Number of game balls that entered each ball entrance during normal mode ・Number of game balls that entered each ball entrance during high probability mode ・Number of game balls that entered each ball entrance during high frequency support mode Number of game balls - Number of game balls that entered each ball entrance during the opening/closing execution mode - Game balls that entered the first starting port 33 during the normal mode and during the period when the first pending number was the upper limit value The number of game balls that entered the second starting port 34 during the normal mode and the period when the second pending number is the upper limit.The number of game balls that entered each ball entry port while the front door frame 14 was open. Number of balls/Number of game balls that entered each ball entrance during the error

For example, it is determined that there is ball entry information in the bit corresponding to the first starting port 33 of the buffer 302 (the bit is turned ON), and there is information in the bit that determines whether or not the mode is in normal mode. If it is determined that the bit is ON, the value of the first starting port number counter, which is a counter that stores the number of game balls that entered the first starting port 33, is set to 1. is added, and 1 is added to the value of the number of game balls entering the first starting port 33 during the normal mode, which is a counter that stores the number of game balls that entered the first starting port 33 during the normal mode. Ru.

The prize ball number data storage memory 306 is a memory for storing prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10. In this embodiment, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 and stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306. . Therefore, the contents of the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 are the same as the contents of the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63.

The calculation execution condition storage memory 307 is a memory for storing calculation execution conditions set in the pachinko machine 10. As described above, the calculation execution condition is a condition for starting the calculation for calculating game history information. The pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment is set to start calculation for calculating game history information every time the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage reaches 500. When the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the calculation execution conditions stored in the main side ROM 63 are transmitted by the CPU 62x to the game history management chip 300 and stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307. Therefore, the contents of the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307 are the same as the contents of the calculation execution conditions stored in the main ROM 63. In addition, as a calculation execution condition, the number of game balls that passed through or entered other than the discharge path may be stored as a reference, or a number other than 500 may be stored as a reference.

The CPU 308 determines whether the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307 are satisfied, and if it is determined that the calculation execution conditions are satisfied, the CPU 308 stores the prize ball number data storage memory 306. Various game history information is calculated based on the prize ball number data stored in the register 304 and the number of game balls entered into each ball entry hole stored in the register 304. In this embodiment, the CPU 308 calculates the following value as game history information every time the value of the number N _OUT of passing through the discharge passage stored in the register 304 reaches 500.

・Accessories ratio = Number of game balls paid out as prize balls by actuation of the accessory (number of prize balls) / Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls (total number of prize balls)
=(N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S )/(N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3 +N ₁ ×P ₁ +N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S )
・Continuous role object ratio = Number of game balls paid out as prize balls by continuous role object operation (number of consecutive role object prize balls) / Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls (total number of prize balls)
=(N _S ×P _S )/(N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3 +N ₁ ×P ₁ +N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S )
・Ball roll rate (total)
=Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls (total number of prize balls)/Number of game balls fired onto the game board 30 =(N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3 +N ₁ ×P ₁ +N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S )/N _OUT

The basis for calculating the above values is as follows.
・Number of game balls paid out as prize balls by actuation of accessory (number of prize balls)
= Number of game balls paid out as prize balls by operating the electric accessory 34a as a normal electric accessory and the variable winning device 36 as a special electric accessory = To the second starting opening 34 and the big winning opening 36a The number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the number of game balls entered = N ₂ × P ₂ + N _S × P _S
・Number of game balls paid out as prize balls due to continuous role object activation (number of consecutive role object prize balls)
= The number of game balls paid out as prize balls by the operation of the variable winning device 36 as a special electric accessory = The game paid out as prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the grand prize opening 36a Number of balls = N _S × P _S
・Number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the game balls entering the first to third prize openings 32a to 32c =N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3
・Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls (total number of prize balls)
=Number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the first to third winning holes 32a to 32c, the first starting hole 33, the second starting hole 34, and the big winning hole 36a = N _N1 ×P _N1 +N _N2 ×P _N2 +N _N3 ×P _N3 +N ₁ ×P ₁ +N ₂ ×P ₂ +N _S ×P _S

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the following game history information is calculated based on the number of game balls entering each ball entrance port counted for each game state.

・Payout ratio (during normal mode)
= Number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the first starting port 33 during normal mode/Based on the entry of game balls into the first starting port 33 during normal mode The number of game balls paid out as prize balls + the number/output of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the first to third winning ports 32a to 32c during the normal mode. Ball rate (during normal mode)
= Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls during normal mode / Number of game balls fired onto the game board 30 during normal mode / Ball output rate (during high-frequency support mode)
=Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls during high frequency support mode/Number of game balls fired onto game board 30 during high frequency support mode BY (during normal mode)
= The number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the first to third prize openings 32a to 32c during the normal mode + the first pending number during the normal mode is the upper limit value. The number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the first starting port 33 during the period + the second starting port during the period when the normal mode and the second pending number is the upper limit. Number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on game balls entering the game board 34/Number of game balls fired onto the game board 30 during normal mode BY _MIN (during normal mode)
= Number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the first to third prize openings 32a to 32c during the normal mode/Game balls fired onto the game board 30 during the normal mode Number of balls entering the front door frame when the front door frame is open = Number of game balls that entered each ball entrance while the front door frame 14 was open / Number of game balls fired into the game board 30 / Ball entering rate during error = Number of game balls that entered each ball entrance during the error/Number of game balls fired onto the game board 30 The above game history information is an example, and the configuration calculates game history information other than these. You can also use it as

After calculating the above various game history information, the CPU 308 stores the calculated various game history information in the calculation result storage memory 309, and resets the value of each counter in the register 304 to "0". Note that, hereinafter, various types of game history information calculated every time 500 game balls are fired onto the game board 30 are collectively referred to as a "short-term game history information group."

The calculation result storage memory 309 is a memory that stores game history information calculated by the CPU 308, and in this embodiment, it is configured with a nonvolatile memory that can retain the memory even if the power supply is cut off. has been done. The calculation result storage memory 309 also stores information regarding the order in which the short-term game history information group was written, and when there is no free area to write the calculated short-term game history information group, the CPU 308 executes the calculation. The short-term game history information group written in the short-term game history information group is stored in an area where the short-term game history information group written in the oldest order is stored. That is, the calculation result storage memory 309 is configured to be overwritten in order from the oldest short-term game history information group (first-in, first-out method), and the most recent short-term game history information group is always stored. It becomes a state of being.

In this embodiment, the calculation result storage memory 309 has a capacity capable of storing 1200 short-term game history information groups calculated every time 500 game balls are fired onto the game board 30. are doing. For example, if game balls are fired for 10 consecutive hours in a day, 60,000 game balls will be fired in a day, so 120 short-term game history information groups will be calculated in a day. The results will be stored in the result storage memory 309. Therefore, the calculation result storage memory 309 can store a group of short-term game history information for the most recent 10 days.

When the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, it transmits a transmission request command requesting transmission of gaming history information to the gaming history management chip 300. Upon receiving the transmission request command from the testing machine 320, the CPU 308 of the gaming history management chip 300 transmits the gaming history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 to the testing machine 320 via the testing terminal 65. Thereby, the inspection machine 320 acquires the game history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 and causes the display unit 328 to display the acquired game history information.

As described above, in this embodiment, each time the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage reaches 500, that is, each time 500 game balls are fired onto the game board 30, the game change, such as the ratio of accessory objects, is History information is calculated and stored in the calculation result storage memory 309. The calculated game history information is then displayed on the display section 328 of the inspection machine 320.

A3. Details of various processes executed in gaming machines:
Next, each process executed by the MPU 62 (in this embodiment, the CPU 62x) will be described. The processing of the MPU 62 can be roughly divided into main processing that is started upon power-on, and timer interrupt processing that is started periodically (in this embodiment, every 4 msec).

First, the main processing will be explained with reference to the flowchart in FIG.

FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the main processing executed by the main MPU 62. In step S10101, initial setting processing is executed. Specifically, it initializes each control device upon power-on, determines the validity of data stored in the RAM 64, and the like. Furthermore, in this embodiment, a process of transmitting calculation data to the game history management chip 300 is executed in the initial setting process. Specifically, calculation data (prize ball number data and calculation execution conditions) stored in the main side ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300. As described later, the game history management chip 300 that has received the calculation data stores the prize ball number data and calculation execution conditions in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 and the calculation execution condition storage memory 307, respectively. A setting completion command indicating that the setting is completed is sent to the main MPU 62. After executing step S10101, the process advances to step S10102.

In step S10102, it is determined whether a setting completion command has been received. In step S10102, if it is determined that a setting completion command has been received (S10102: YES), the process advances to step S10103, and interrupt permission is set to permit generation of timer interrupt processing. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10102 that the setting completion command has not been received (S10102: NO), the process in step S10102 is executed again. That is, until the setting completion command is received, the process does not proceed to step S10103, and the interrupt permission setting for permitting the occurrence of timer interrupt processing is not performed.

After executing step S10103, the process proceeds to the remaining processing of steps S10104 to S10107. That is, although the main MPU 62 is configured to periodically execute timer interrupt processing as described later, there is a remaining time between one timer interrupt processing and the next timer interrupt processing. Although this remaining time will vary depending on the processing completion time of each timer interrupt process, the remaining process from step S10104 to step S10107 is repeatedly executed using such irregular time. In this respect, the remaining processing in steps S10104 to S10107 can be said to be non-regular processing that is executed non-regularly.

In the remaining processing, first, in step S10104, interrupt prohibition is set to prohibit generation of timer interrupt processing. In the subsequent step S10105, a random number initial value update process is executed to update the random number initial value counter CINI, and in step S10106, a variation counter update process is executed to update the variation type counter CS. In these update processes, the current numerical information is read from the corresponding counter in the main side RAM 64, the read numerical information is incremented by 1, and then the process of overwriting the counter from which it was read is executed. In this case, each counter value is cleared to "0" when it reaches the maximum value. Thereafter, in step S10107, interrupt permission is set to switch from a state in which generation of timer interrupt processing is prohibited to a state in which generation of timer interrupt processing is permitted. After executing the process in step S10107, the process returns to step S10104, and the processes in steps S10104 to S10107 are repeated.

Next, timer interrupt processing executed by the main MPU 62 (in this embodiment, the CPU 62x) will be described.

FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed in the main MPU 62. The timer interrupt process is started at a specific cycle (4 msec cycle in this embodiment).

In the timer interrupt process, first, in step S10201, random number update process for lottery is executed. In the lottery random number update process, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory opening counter C4 are updated. Specifically, after sequentially reading out the current numerical information from the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, reach random number counter C3, and electric accessory opening counter C4, and performing a process of adding 1 to each of the read numerical information, , executes processing to overwrite the reading source counter. In this case, each counter value is cleared to "0" when it reaches the maximum value. After that, the process advances to step S10202.

In step S10202, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated in the random number initial value update process, and the process proceeds to step S10203, where the variation type counter CS is updated in the variation type counter update process. After that, the process advances to step S10204.

In step S10204, port output processing is executed. In the port output processing, when the output information has been set in the previous timer interrupt processing, processing is executed to cause the various drive units 36c and 34b to output corresponding to the output information. For example, if information is set to switch the big winning opening 36a to the open state, output of a drive signal to the variable winning a prize drive unit 36c is started, and if information to switch the big winning opening 36a to the closed state is set, The output of the drive signal is stopped. In addition, when the information to switch the electric accessory 34a of the second starting port 34 to the open state is set, the output of the drive signal to the electric accessory drive section 34b is started, and the information to switch the electric accessory 34a to the closed state is set. If set, the output of the drive signal is stopped. After that, the process advances to step S10205.

In step S10205, reading processing is executed. In the reading process, signals other than the incoming ball signal are read, and the read information is stored for use in future processing. After that, the process advances to step S10206.

In step S10206, the signals received from each of the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h are read, and ball entry detection processing is executed to perform processing corresponding to the read information. The contents of the ball entry detection process will be explained in detail later. After that, the process advances to step S10207.

In step S10207, ball entry detection information is output to the bit of the buffer 302 of the game history management chip 300. Specifically, the bit corresponding to the ball entrance in which it is determined that the game ball has entered in the ball entrance detection process in step S10206 is turned ON (“1”), and the bit corresponding to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is turned ON (“1”). Turn ON (“1”). After that, the process advances to step S10208.

In step S10208, timer update processing is executed to collectively update numerical information of predetermined timer counters provided in the main side RAM 64. After that, the process advances to step S10209, and output setting processing for the prize ball command is executed. After that, the process advances to step S10210.

In step S10210, ball entry processing for the starting openings is executed as the game balls enter the first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34. In the ball entry process for the starting port, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are set based on the fact that it is determined that the game ball has entered the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34. At the same time as acquiring the value, the acquired counter value is stored in the pending information storage area 64b of the RAM 64. After executing step S10210, the process advances to step S10211.

In step S10211, ball entry processing for the through gate is executed when the game ball enters (passes through) the through gate 35. In the ball entry processing for the through gate, the value of the variable type counter CS is acquired based on the fact that it is determined that the game ball has entered (passed) the through gate 35, and the acquired counter value is stored in the RAM 64 as an electric controller. It is stored in the holding area 64d. After executing step S10211, the process advances to step S10212.

In step S10212, a game round control process is executed to control the game in each game round. In the game round control process, a jackpot lottery, display control of the first symbol display section 37a, second symbol display section 37b, etc. are performed. After executing step S10212, the process advances to step S10213.

In step S10213, a gaming state transition process for shifting the gaming state is executed. In the gaming state transition process, processing for shifting the gaming state to an opening/closing execution mode, a high probability mode, a high frequency support mode, etc. is executed. After executing step S10213, the process advances to step S10214.

In step S10214, electric utility support processing for controlling the electric accessory 34a is executed. In the electric accessory support process, it is determined whether or not the electric accessory 34a is to be in an open state (an electric accessory opening lottery), and if it is determined to be in an open state, the electric accessory 34a is drive-controlled. After executing step S10214, the process advances to step S10215.

In step S10215, game ball launch control processing is executed. In the game ball firing control process, a process for firing a game ball into the gaming area PA when the operation handle 25 is operated by the player is executed. After executing step S10215, the process advances to step S10216.

In step S10216, an external information setting process is executed to control the start and end of output of an external signal according to the processing results of various processes executed in the current timer interrupt process. After executing step S10216, this timer interrupt processing ends.

Next, the ball entry detection process executed in step S10206 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 13) will be described.

In the ball entry detection process, a process is executed to confirm the detection results of the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h, and during this confirmation, the input port 62b of the input/output ports 62a of the main MPU 62 is checked. Here, prior to explaining the ball entry detection process, the configuration of the input port 62b provided in the main MPU 62 will be explained with reference to FIG.

FIG. 14 is an explanatory diagram illustrating the configuration of the input port 62b provided in the main MPU 62. The input port 62b is configured as an 8-bit parallel interface so that eight types of signals can be handled simultaneously. Areas in which information of "0" or "1" is stored in accordance with the voltage of each signal are provided in one-to-one correspondence with each terminal. In other words, the area includes the 0th bit D0 to the 7th bit D7.

In addition, more than 8 types of signals will be input to the input port 62b, but in order to limit the targets that are input at the same time to 8 types, the group of signals that are input to the input port 62b is determined by the driver IC. Switched through switching control. In the ball entry detection process, a signal group to be input to the input port 62b is set for each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h.

In a situation where such settings are made, the 0th bit D0 stores information corresponding to the ball entering signal from the big winning opening detection sensor 44a, and the 1st bit D1 stores information corresponding to the ball entering signal from the first starting opening detection sensor 44b. Corresponding information is stored, the second bit D2 stores information corresponding to the ball entering signal from the second starting opening detection sensor 44c, and the third bit D3 stores information corresponding to the ball entering signal from the first winning opening detection sensor 44d. Corresponding information is stored, the fourth bit D4 stores information corresponding to the ball entering signal from the second winning opening detection sensor 44e, and the fifth bit D5 stores information corresponding to the ball entering signal from the third winning opening detection sensor 44f. Corresponding information is stored, the sixth bit D6 stores information corresponding to the ball entering signal from the through gate detection sensor 44g, and the seventh bit D7 stores information corresponding to the ball entering signal from the discharge path detection sensor 44h. Stored.

In this case, each of the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h outputs a HI level signal indicating that the passing of the game ball is not being detected as an entry signal when the ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h does not detect the passing of the game ball. If it is detected, it outputs a LOW level signal indicating that it is being detected as an incoming ball signal. However, the main control board 151 is provided with an inversion circuit, and the states of the signals are inverted before each of the detection signals is input to the input port 62b. When the input port 62b receives a LOW level signal through the inverting circuit, it stores "0" information (data 0 or no information) in the corresponding bit, and receives a HI level signal through the inverting circuit. If so, "1" information (data 1 or presence information) is stored in the corresponding bit.

In other words, in a situation where the passage of a game ball is not detected by the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h, information of "0" corresponding to information indicating that the ball is not detected is stored in the corresponding bit, and the passage of a game ball is not detected. In the situation where the detection is in progress, information of "1" corresponding to the information indicating that the detection is in progress is stored in the corresponding bit.

Each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h outputs a LOW level signal as an entry signal while not detecting the passage of a game ball, and outputs a HI level signal as an entry signal while detecting the passage of a game ball. It may also be configured to output a level signal. In this case, the inverting circuit may be made defective.

FIG. 15 is an explanatory diagram illustrating ball entry detection processing executed by the main MPU 62. FIG. 15A is a flowchart showing ball entry detection processing executed by the main MPU 62. FIG. FIG. 15(b) is an explanatory diagram schematically showing a ball entry determination area used in the ball entry detection process. In the ball entry detection process, as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 1. Processing for moving to ball entry determination area WA1 is executed. The first ball entry determination area WA1 is composed of 8 bits as shown in FIG. 15(b-1), and stores all of the information stored in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7. It has a data capacity that is possible. In this case, the storage source bits in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 and the storage destination bits in the first ball entrance determination area WA1 are predetermined in a one-to-one correspondence, for example, the 0th bit Information on D0 is always stored in a predetermined bit in the first ball entry determination area WA1.

In the following step S10302, weight processing for ball entry detection is executed. In the wait process, the main MPU 62 waits without executing any process until a predetermined wait time has elapsed. In this pachinko machine 10, 10 μsec is set as the wait time, but the function and effect described later due to the setting of the wait process can be sufficiently achieved without interfering with the execution of periodic timer interrupt processing. If it is possible, the specific wait time is arbitrary, but it is preferably in the range of 2 μsec to 500 μsec, more preferably in the range of 10 μsec to 100 μsec.

Incidentally, it takes at least 1.2 μsec to execute one step of processing. Therefore, even if the process of step S10302 is not set, a forced wait time of 1.2 μsec occurs between step S10301 and step S10303. In this regard, in step S10302, not only the minimum time required to execute the process but also an additional wait time is set between the process in step S10301 and the process in step S10303.

In the subsequent step S10303, the information currently stored in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 is transferred to the second ball entry determination area WA2 in the register of the main MPU 62. Incidentally, since the information at the input port 62b is updated at an interval shorter than the time from the completion of step S10301 to the start of step S10303, the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 are updated in step S10303. The information migrated from may be different from that in step S10301.

Like the first ball entry determination area WA1, the second ball entry determination area WA2 is composed of 8 bits as shown in FIG. 15 (b-2), and the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 are The data capacity is large enough to store all of the stored information. In this case, the storage source bits in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 and the storage destination bits in the second ball entrance determination area WA2 are predetermined in a one-to-one correspondence, and The relationship between the bits and the storage bits is the same as in the case of the first ball entry determination area WA1.

Thereafter, in step S10304, ball entry determination processing is executed, and then the main ball entry detection processing is ended. The ball entry determination process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 16.

FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing the ball entry determination process executed by the main MPU 62. In the ball entry determination process, first in step S10401, a ball entry determination counter provided in the main side RAM 64 is set to 8. Note that the numerical information of the ball entry determination counter corresponds to the bits of each of the eight ball entry ports. Specifically, in this embodiment, "8" of the numerical information of the ball entrance determination counter is the 0th bit D0 of the big winning a prize opening 36a, "7" is the 1st bit D1 of the first starting opening 33, and "6" is the second bit D2 of the second starting opening 34, "5" is the third bit D3 of the first winning opening 32a, "4" is the fourth bit D4 of the second winning opening 32b, and "3" is the third winning opening. The fifth bit D5 of 32c, "2" corresponds to the sixth bit D6 of the through gate 35, and "1" corresponds to the seventh bit D7 of the discharge passage, respectively. In the subsequent step S10402, each bit information corresponding to the numerical information of the current ball entry determination counter in the first ball entry determination area WA1 and the second ball entry determination area WA2 is grasped. Each piece of information grasped in this case is information read from the same bit at the input port 62b.

In the following step S10403, an AND process is executed on each piece of information grasped in step S10402, and the result of the AND process is stored in a register.In step S10404, the area WA3 after the first calculation and the area WA4 after the second calculation are The result of the AND process is stored in a corresponding bit on a side different from the side where the information on the result of the AND process was stored in the ball entry detection process in the previous timer interrupt process. The first post-computation area WA3 and the second post-computation area WA4 are composed of 8 bits as shown in FIG. 15(b-3) and FIG. The data capacity is such that it is possible to store all the information of the AND processing result of each bit and each bit of the second ball entry determination area WA2. In this case, the order of the bits in the first ball entry determination area WA1 and the second ball entry determination area WA2, which were subject to the AND process, and the order of each bit in the area WA3 after the first calculation and the area WA4 after the second calculation. is uniquely defined.

Thereafter, in step S10405, in the first post-computation area WA3 and the second post-computation area WA4, the information on the result of the AND process in the ball entry determination process in the previous timer interrupt process is stored. Then, bit information corresponding to the numerical information of the current ball entry determination counter is read out. Then, in step S10406, an inversion process is performed to invert the read information between "0" and "1".

Thereafter, in step S10407, the information of the AND processing result in step S10403 and the information of the reversal processing result in step S10406 are executed, and in the subsequent step S10408, the result of the AND processing is used as ball entry detection start information. It is determined whether or not it is "1" corresponding to . If it is determined in step S10408 that the AND processing result is "1", the process advances to steps S10409 and subsequent steps.

In step S10409, it is determined whether the current numerical information of the ball entry determination counter is information indicating a bit corresponding to either the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34. If it corresponds to either the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34, in step S10410, the starting port entry flag provided in the main side RAM 64 is set to "1", and in step S10411 At , 1 is added to the numerical information of the 3 prize ball counter provided in the main side RAM 64.

The starting port entry ball flag specifies on the main side MPU 62 whether a game ball enters the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34, and also specifies whether the game ball enters the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34. This flag is used by the main MPU 62 to specify that it is in a state to execute a process corresponding to the ball entering the ball, other than the execution of the prize ball. Incidentally, since ball entry detection sensors 44b and 44c are provided in each of the first starting port 33 and the second starting port 34, it is possible to detect whether the ball enters the first starting port 33 or the second starting port 34. and may be grasped simultaneously within one timer interrupt processing. Therefore, in order to cope with this, starting ball entry flags are provided corresponding to the number of starting ports 33 and 34, and specifically, two starting ball flags are provided. Further, the 3 prize balls counter is a counter for specifying, in the main MPU 62, the number of times a 3 prize balls command that instructs the execution of 3 prize balls should be output.

If a negative determination is made in step S10409, it is determined in step S10412 whether or not the numerical information of the current ball entry determination counter is information indicating a bit corresponding to the big winning hole 36a (variable winning device 36). judge. If it is compatible with the variable winning device 36, in step S10413, the big winning hole entry flag provided in the main side RAM 64 is set to "1", and in step S10414, the large winning hole entry flag provided in the main side RAM 64 is set to "1". 1 is added to the numerical information of the 15 prize ball counters.

The big winning opening ball entry flag is a process that specifies the entry of a game ball into the variable winning device 36 by the main MPU 62, and is a process corresponding to the entry of a gaming ball into the variable winning device 36, and is a process that corresponds to the entry of a game ball into the variable winning device 36. This flag is used by the main MPU 62 to specify that a process other than execution is to be executed. Further, the 15 prize balls counter is a counter for specifying, in the main MPU 62, the number of times a 15 prize balls command that instructs execution of 15 prize balls should be output.

If a negative determination is made in step S10412, it is determined in step S10415 whether the current numerical information of the ball entry determination counter is information indicating a bit corresponding to the through gate 35. If it corresponds to the through gate 35, the through passage flag provided in the main side RAM 64 is set to "1" in step S10416.

The through passage flag specifies on the main side MPU 62 that the game ball has passed through the through gate 35, and also specifies on the main side that the process corresponding to the entry of the game ball into the through gate 35 should be executed. This is a flag for identification by the MPU 62.

If a negative determination is made in step S10415, it is determined in step S10417 that the numerical information of the current ball entry determination counter corresponds to any of the first winning hole 32a, the second winning hole 32b, and the third winning hole 32c. Determine whether the information indicates a bit. If it corresponds to any of the first winning hole 32a, the second winning hole 32b, and the third winning hole 32c, in step S10418, the general winning hole entering ball flag provided in the main side RAM 64 is set to “1”. '' is set, and in step S10419, 1 is added to the numerical information of the 3 prize ball counter provided in the main side RAM 64.

The general winning hole entrance ball flag is a flag for the main side MPU 62 to specify whether a game ball enters the first winning hole 32a, the second winning hole 32b, or the third winning hole 32c. By the way, since ball entry detection sensors 44d, 44e, and 44f are provided for each of the first winning hole 32a, the second winning hole 32b, and the third winning hole 32c, the ball entering the first winning hole 32a and the second The ball entering the winning hole 32b and the ball entering the third winning hole may be recognized at the same time within one processing time of the timer interrupt process. Therefore, in order to cope with this, the general winning hole entry flags are provided corresponding to the number of general winning holes 32a, 32b, 32c, and specifically, three flags are provided. Further, the 10 award balls counter is a counter for specifying in the main side MPU 62 the number of times a 3 award balls command that instructs execution of 10 award balls should be output.

If a negative determination is made in step S10417, it means that the current entering ball corresponds to the discharge passage, so in step SAD20, the discharge passage passage flag provided in the main side RAM 64 is set to "1". Set. The discharge passage passage flag is a flag used by the main MPU 62 to specify that the game ball has passed through the discharge passage.

If a negative determination is made in step S10408, or after any one of steps S10411, S10414, S10416, S10419, and S10420 is executed, the process advances to step S10421. In step S10421, the ball entry determination counter is decremented by 1, and then, in step S10422, it is determined whether the ball entry determination counter is "0".

If the ball entry determination counter is not "0", the processes of steps S10402 to S10420 are executed for the bit corresponding to the numerical information of the ball entry determination counter updated in step S10421. When the processes of steps S10402 to S10420 are executed for the number of numerical information set in step S10401, an affirmative determination is made in step S10422, and the main ball entry determination process ends.

Next, by executing the above-described ball hitting detection process (FIG. 15), the information is sent to the general prize opening 32, the variable prize winning device 36, the first starting opening 33, the second starting opening 34, the through gate 35, and the discharge passage. A manner in which the presence or absence of a ball entering the ball is detected will be described with reference to FIG. 17.

FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram illustrating how the presence or absence of a ball entering the ball is detected. First, with reference to FIG. 17(A), the timing of monitoring the detection results (hereinafter also referred to as ball entry information) of the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h will be explained. FIG. 17(A) is a timing chart for explaining the timing of monitoring each ball entry information.

As shown in FIG. 17(A), in a configuration in which the timer interrupt process (FIG. 13) is started at a cycle of T1 (specifically, 4 msec), the process of monitoring ball entering information is performed at each processing time of the timer interrupt process. This is performed twice (step S10301, step S10303). The processing for monitoring each set of ball entry information is executed at different timings, but the processing for monitoring the ball entry information on the other side (step S10301) is executed at T2 times with respect to the timing at which the timer interrupt processing is activated. It is executed when the time has elapsed.

In this case, the ball entering detection process is executed in the timer interrupt process before the processes whose processing time is likely to fluctuate, such as the game cycle control process and the electric role support process, and the ball entering detection process is executed in the timer interrupt process. The processing executed before the detection processing is a processing whose processing time is relatively less likely to fluctuate. Therefore, in the timer interrupt process of each process, the period until the process of monitoring the ball entering information on the preceding side is started is the same, substantially the same, or the same at T2. Therefore, among the processes for monitoring one set of ball entry information included in each processing cycle of the timer interrupt process, the process for monitoring the ball entry information on the other side is periodically executed.

Furthermore, among the processing for monitoring each set of ball entry information, between the processing for monitoring the preceding ball entry information (step S10301) and the processing for monitoring the rear ball entry information (step S10303), A wait process for ball entry detection (step S10302) is executed, but the wait process simply waits until a certain wait time T3 elapses without executing any process. Therefore, among the processes for monitoring one set of ball entry information included in each processing cycle of the timer interrupt process, the process for monitoring the latter ball entry information is periodically executed.

Next, with reference to FIG. 17(B), the contents of the calculations executed when ball entry determination is performed will be explained. FIG. 17(B) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the contents of calculations executed when ball entry determination is performed. Note that various operations are actually performed in units of 1 bit, but in the following explanation, the content of the operations will be explained in units of 1 byte. However, a configuration may be adopted in which calculations are actually performed in units of 1 byte as described below.

In the case of FIG. 17(B), first, in the process of monitoring the ball entering information on the far side in the n-th timer interrupt process, as shown in FIG. 17(B1), the first ball entering determination area WA1 is " is set. In this case, the ball entry information of the third winning hole detection sensor 44f among the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h is information indicating that a game ball is detected (hereinafter also referred to as ball entry information). The ball entry information of the other sensors is information indicating that no game balls have been detected (hereinafter also referred to as no ball entry information).

Furthermore, in the process of monitoring the rear ball entry information in the n-th timer interrupt process, "10100000" is set in the second ball entry determination area WA2, as shown in FIG. 17 (B2). In this case, among the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h, each of the discharge passage detection sensor 44h and the third winning opening detection sensor 44f has information that a ball has entered, and the other sensors have information that a ball has not entered. .

When the information of the first ball entry determination area WA1 and the second ball entry determination area WA2 is set as described above, the AND processing result becomes "00100000" as shown in FIG. 17 (B3), and the corresponding The information is set in the first calculation area WA3 as a result of monitoring ball entry information in the n-th timer interrupt process. Note that if the monitoring result of the ball entering information is set in area WA3 after the first calculation in the n-1st timer interrupt processing, the monitoring result of the ball entering information in the nth timer interrupt processing is set in the second calculation. It is set in rear area WA4. In addition, ball entry determination processing is executed using the monitoring results of ball entry information at the (n-1)th time and the monitoring results of ball entry information at the nth time, but the details of the calculations in this processing will be omitted here.

Next, in the process of monitoring the ball entry information on the forward side in the (n+1) time timer interrupt process, "10100110" is set in the first ball entry determination area WA1, as shown in FIG. 17 (B4). In this case, among the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h, each of the discharge passage detection sensor 44h, the third winning opening detection sensor 44f, the second starting opening detection sensor 44c, and the first starting opening detection sensor 44b receives ball entry information. The other sensors are showing no ball entering information.

Furthermore, in the process of monitoring the rear ball entry information in the n+1 timer interrupt process, "10100010" is set in the second ball entry determination area WA2, as shown in FIG. 17 (B5). In this case, among the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h, each of the discharge passage detection sensor 44h, the third winning opening detection sensor 44f, and the first starting opening detection sensor 44b has information that a ball has entered, and the other sensors The information is that there will be no pitching.

When the information of the first ball entry determination area WA1 and the second ball entry determination area WA2 is set as described above, the AND processing result becomes "10100010" as shown in FIG. 17 (B6), and the corresponding The information is set in the second post-calculation area WA4 as a result of monitoring ball entry information in the (n+1)th timer interrupt process.

After that, in the ball entering determination process (FIG. 16) in the n+1 timer interrupt process, the monitoring result of the ball entering information in the n-th timer interrupt process is first read out from the area WA3 after the first calculation, and the result is also read out. Inversion processing is performed on the information of the monitored results. Then, as shown in FIG. 17 (B7), it becomes "11011111". Then, the information resulting from the reversal process is ANDed with the monitoring result of the ball entering information in the (n+1)th timer interrupt process. This results in "10000010" as shown in FIG. 17 (B8). In this case, in the ball entry determination process, it is determined that the entry of a game ball has been detected by the discharge path detection sensor 44h, and it is determined that the entry of a game ball has been detected by the first starting port detection sensor 44b. .

In addition, as shown in FIG. 17 (B4), the second starting port detection sensor 44c indicates ball entry information in the process of monitoring the ball entry information on the forward side in the n+1 timer interrupt process. is caused by electrical noise. In this case, even if the switch from no ball entry information to ball entry information is confirmed, it is not immediately determined that a ball entry has occurred, but if the ball entry information is confirmed multiple times. This is a configuration that identifies the occurrence. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 17 (B5), in the process of monitoring the rear side ball entry information in the n+1 timer interrupt process, the second starting port detection sensor 44c has no ball entry information, and the electrical The generation of noise is not treated as the arrival of a game ball.

In addition, in the third winning a prize opening detection sensor 44f, each of the process of monitoring one set of ball entering information in the n-th timer interrupt processing and the process of monitoring one set of ball entering information in the n+1 timer interrupt processing Although it is ball presence information, this indicates a state in which game balls that have already been detected to have entered the game are being continuously detected. In this case, since the occurrence of a ball entering is specified on the condition that the monitoring result of the ball entering information in the n-th timer interrupt processing is "0", the entering of one game ball is It will not be treated as an incoming ball.

By executing the ball entry detection process as described above, the detection results of each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h are monitored, and if a ball entry corresponding to the provision of a game ball occurs. , an addition process is executed to the 3 award balls counter, the 10 award balls counter, and the 15 award balls counter, depending on the location where the ball enters. If any of these counters is "1" or more, the prize ball command is set in the prize ball command output setting process (step S10209) in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 13), and the setting The issued prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 70. In this case, the output setting of the prize ball command is performed only once in one timer interrupt process. Therefore, for example, even if the 15 prize balls counter is equal to or greater than "2", the 15 prize balls command is transmitted only once in one processing time. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration may be adopted in which a predetermined plurality (for example, two or three) of prize ball commands are transmitted in one processing time.

It is also possible that each of the 3 prize balls counter, 10 prize balls counter, and 15 prize balls counter is "1" or more, but in this case, the output of the prize ball command with a large number of prize balls is have priority. In other words, the output of the 15-ball prize command has priority over the output of the 10-ball prize command and the output of the 3-ball prize command, and the output of the 10-ball prize command has priority over the output of the 3-ball prize command. .

When the 15 prize balls counter is equal to or greater than "1" and the 15 prize balls command is set as an output target, the 15 prize balls counter is subtracted by 1. Further, when the 10 prize balls counter is equal to or greater than "1" and the 10 prize balls command is set as an output target, the 10 prize balls counter is subtracted by 1. Furthermore, when the 3-ball prize counter is equal to or greater than "1" and the 3-ball prize command is set as an output target, the 3-ball prize counter is subtracted by 1.

Next, the processing executed by the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 will be explained. In this embodiment, the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 executes the following main processing when the power of the Pachinko machine 10 is turned on.

FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the main processing executed by the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300.

In step S10501, it is determined whether calculation data including prize ball number data and calculation execution conditions has been received. If it is determined in step S10501 that calculation data has been received (S10501: YES), the process advances to step S10502. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10501 that calculation data has not been received (S10501: NO), the process in step S10501 is executed again. That is, until the calculation data is received, the infinite loop continues without proceeding to the next step S10502.

In step S10502, the received prize ball number data is stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306. Thereafter, the process advances to step S10503, and the received calculation execution conditions are stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307. After that, the process advances to step S10504.

In step S10504, a setting completion command is issued, which means that the storage of the prize ball number data in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 is completed, and the storage of the calculation execution conditions in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307 is completed. is sent to the main CPU 62x. After that, the process advances to step S10505.

In step S10505, it is determined whether or not the bit of the buffer 302 contains the ball entry information received from the main CPU 62x (the bit stores "1"). In step S10505, if it is determined that the incoming ball information received from the main CPU 62x exists in the bit of the buffer 302 (S10505: YES), the process advances to step S10506, and the counter of the register corresponding to the bit of the buffer 302 is set to 1. to add. Specifically, for example, if the bit corresponding to the first starting port entrance ball information in the buffer 302 is "1" and the corresponding bit in the normal mode is "1", the big prize in the register 304 is 1 is added to a counter corresponding to the number of balls entered into the mouth N _S , and 1 is added to a counter corresponding to the number of balls entered into the big prize winning hole in the normal mode. After that, the process advances to step S10507. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10505 that there is no incoming ball information received from the main CPU 62x in the bits of the buffer 302 (S10505: NO), the process proceeds to step S10507 without executing step S10506.

In step S10507, it is determined whether the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307 are satisfied. In this embodiment, it is determined whether the value of the number of balls passing through the discharge passage _NOUT stored in the register 304 is 500, that is, whether the number of game balls fired onto the game board 30 has reached 500. judge. If it is determined in step S10507 that the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307 are satisfied (S10507: YES), the process advances to step S10508.

In step S10508, various game history information is generated based on the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 and the number of game balls entered into each ball entry hole stored in the register 304. Executes arithmetic processing to calculate . Thereafter, the process advances to step S10509, and the calculated various game history information is stored in the calculation result storage memory 309. Thereafter, the process advances to step S10510, and the number of game balls entering each ball entry port stored in the register 304 is cleared to zero. After that, the process advances to step S10511.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10507 that the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage memory 307 are not satisfied (S10507: NO), step S10511 is executed without executing steps S10508 to S10510. Proceed to.

In step S10511, it is determined whether a transmission request command for game history information has been received from the inspection machine 320, and if it is determined that a transmission request command has been received (S10511: YES), the process advances to step S10512. , transmits the game history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 to the inspection machine 320. The inspection machine 320 causes the display unit 328 to display the received game history information. After executing step S10512, the process returns to step S10505 and repeats the processing from step S10505 onwards. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10511 that the game history information transmission request command has not been received from the inspection machine 320 (S10511: NO), the process returns to step S10505 without executing the process in step S10512, and the process returns to step S10505. The processing from S10505 onwards is repeated.

As explained above, according to the present embodiment, the game history management chip 300 can calculate game history information that is information that has a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the executed game. If the gaming machine has been illegally modified, the calculated gaming history information may become an unnatural value different from the expected value. Therefore, the person inspecting the pachinko machine 10 can determine whether or not the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified by checking the game history information. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the game history management chip 300 includes a calculation result storage memory 309 that stores the calculated game history information in a non-volatile manner. Since the game history information is information that has a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the executed game, the game history information differs for each Pachinko machine 10 and is information unique to the Pachinko machine 10. That is, the game history information is information that reflects the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10. According to this embodiment, game history information, which is information that reflects the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10, is stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 of the game history management chip 300 stored inside the casing of the pachinko machine 10 main body. do. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the Pachinko machine 10, the characteristics of the Pachinko machine 10 can be inspected by acquiring game history information from the Pachinko machine 10 itself. When the pachinko machine 10 is installed in a game hall, information regarding the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 can be acquired by a hall computer installed in the game hall. However, since the pachinko machine 10 is distributed from time to time, it may be placed in a state where it is not connected to the hall computer. In this case, the conventional pachinko machine 10 retains information regarding the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10. Can not do it. The pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment stores game history information, which is information that reflects the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10, in a calculation result storage memory 309 of a game history management chip 300 stored inside the casing of the pachinko machine 10 main body. Since the information is stored, even if the pachinko machine 10 is not connected to the hall computer, the game history information can be acquired from the pachinko machine 10 itself. In other words, the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment always maintains one-to-one correspondence between the pachinko machine 10 and game history information, no matter what state the pachinko machine 10 is in (installed in a game hall or in circulation). It is possible to make the pachinko machine 10 linked, and the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the game history management chip 300 and the main CPU 62x are both mounted on the main MPU 62, and are configured to operate using the same power source. Therefore, for example, when the pachinko machine 10 is installed in a game hall and the game history information of the pachinko machine 10 is calculated by the hall computer, a malfunction occurs in the power supply system of the hall computer. Even if a problem occurs in the processing of the hall computer, game history information can be calculated as long as power is supplied to the pachinko machine 10. If the main CPU 62x and the game history management chip 300 are operated by different power supplies, and if there is a problem with the power supply to the game history management chip 300, even if the game is being executed by the pachinko machine 10, However, a problem arises in that game history information cannot be calculated. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the main CPU 62x and the game history management chip 300 are operated by the same power source, the game history information must be calculated if the game is possible. I can do it. Therefore, the reliability of game history information can be improved.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the memory 309 for storing calculation results is stored inside the board box, which is a space where traces of opening and closing (also referred to as opening traces and unsealing traces) remain. Therefore, when the calculation result storage memory 309 is physically touched, traces of opening the board box remain. Therefore, if the gaming history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 is altered through physical contact with the calculation result storage memory 309, the alteration can be detected from the traces on the board box. It becomes possible to do so. Therefore, unauthorized modification of game history information can be prevented. Since the pachinko machine 10 is distributed from time to time, various external contacts occur during the distribution process, but the memory 309 for storing calculation results is stored inside the board box that leaves traces of opening and closing. Therefore, even if the pachinko machine 10 is distributed from time to time, unauthorized alteration of game history information by someone can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the game history information is information acquired based on the played games, it is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 using the game history information. Therefore, according to the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 can be properly managed and inspected by preventing unauthorized modification of the game history information that reflects the game-related characteristics of the pachinko machine 10. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, according to the present embodiment, the game history management chip 300 acquires the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63, so the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 regarding the paid out prize balls. can be calculated. Furthermore, even if different prize ball number data is set for each type (model) of pachinko machine 10, the game history management chip 300 uses the prize ball number data set for each type of pachinko machine 10 to perform correct game play. History information can be calculated. If the gaming machine has been illegally modified, the calculated gaming history information may become an unnatural value different from the expected value. Therefore, the person inspecting the pachinko machine 10 can appropriately determine whether or not the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified by checking the correct game history information. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, the main CPU 62x transmits a signal including the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63 to the game history management chip 300, so that the game history management chip 300 can control the game history. A configuration in which the chip 300 cannot access the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63 and a storage location of the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63 where the game history management chip 300 Even in a configuration in which the (memory address) cannot be grasped, the game history management chip 300 can acquire the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63.

Further, according to the present embodiment, in the main processing of the main CPU 62x, until the setting completion command is received, the interrupt of the timer interrupt processing is not permitted, and the game ball firing control processing included in the timer interrupt processing is not executed. The structure is as follows. That is, since the game balls are not fired until the storage of the prize ball number data in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 is completed, the game balls may not be included in the calculation of the game history information by the game history management chip 300. can be suppressed.

Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, since the game history information for each period until 500 game balls are detected by the discharge path detection sensor 44h is calculated and stored, each pachinko machine 10 can detect 500 game balls. Even if there is variation in the time until the time is detected, game history information that does not affect the variation in time can be calculated and stored. That is, even if there is a difference in the frequency with which game balls are fired, it is possible to calculate and store highly accurate game history information that is not easily influenced by the frequency. Further, the required storage capacity can be reduced compared to a configuration in which information on ball entry into each ball entry port is stored as is.

If the type (model) of the pachinko machine 10 is different, the characteristics of the game will be different, and therefore the optimal conditions for executing the calculation for calculating the game history information will also be different. Therefore, different calculation execution conditions are stored for each type (model) of pachinko machine 10. According to this embodiment, the game history management chip 300 acquires the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage area of the main side ROM 63, so that the calculation execution conditions set for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10 are When the execution conditions are satisfied, calculations for calculating game history information can be executed.

Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, after the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 executes the calculation for calculating the game history information, the number of game balls entered into each ball entry hole stored in the register 304 is calculated. (counter value), it becomes possible to store information regarding the number of game balls entered into the register 304 again. Therefore, the storage capacity required for register 304 can be reduced.

Further, according to the present embodiment, since the game history information of the pachinko machine 10 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320, the inspection machine 320 can display the game history information of the pachinko machine 10. The person inspecting the pachinko machine 10 can check the game history information displayed on the inspection machine 320.

A4. Other aspects of the first embodiment:
<Aspect 1>
In the first embodiment described above, the calculation execution condition stored in the calculation execution condition storage area of the main side ROM 63 is set that the number of game balls detected by the discharge path detection sensor 44h reaches 500. A configuration may be adopted in which a time interval for executing the calculation is set as the execution condition. For example, one hour is set as the time interval for executing the calculation, and the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 may be configured to calculate the game history information every hour. The inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can check the detailed gaming history information calculated every hour, and can appropriately judge whether the pachinko machine 10 has been tampered with or not. Become. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Note that if the types (models) of the pachinko machine 10 are different, the characteristics of the game will also be different, and therefore the optimal conditions (time interval) for executing the calculation for calculating the game history information will also be different. Therefore, different calculation execution conditions are stored for each type (model) of pachinko machine 10. Therefore, also in this aspect 1, since the game history management chip 300 acquires the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage area of the main side ROM 63, The calculation can be executed when the calculation execution condition is satisfied.

In addition, the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 measures the elapsed time after the calculation is executed, determines whether or not the player is playing a game, and determines that no game is being played. During this period, measurement of elapsed time may be interrupted. Specifically, for example, if a predetermined period of time (for example, 3 minutes) has elapsed without information on the bits in the buffer 302, it is determined that no game is being played, the measurement of the elapsed time is interrupted, and the buffer 302 is A configuration may also be adopted in which, when ball entry information is confirmed in the bit 302, it is determined that the game has been restarted and measurement of the elapsed time is restarted. According to this configuration, game history information can be calculated only for the period in which games are actually played.

Note that the elapsed time may be measured by using a timer counter, or by providing an RTC (Real-Time Clock) and using the date and time information of the RTC. Furthermore, a configuration may be adopted in which game history information is calculated at each predetermined time.

<Aspect 2>
In the first embodiment described above, the calculation execution condition stored in the calculation execution condition storage area of the main side ROM 63 is set that the number of game balls detected by the discharge path detection sensor 44h reaches 500. A configuration may be adopted in which the execution condition is that the occurrence of a power cutoff has been detected. Specifically, when the power failure monitoring circuit 86 detects the occurrence of a power interruption, it outputs a signal indicating that the power interruption has occurred to the game history management chip 300. Having received the signal, the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 determines that a power cutoff has occurred, and calculates game history information. In this configuration, the register 304 is constituted by a volatile memory, and the information on the number of balls entered is erased. According to such a configuration, it is possible to calculate the game history information based on the number of game balls detected during the period from the start of power supply to the pachinko machine 10 until the power is cut off. can. That is, since the game history information is calculated for each period from the start to the end of the game hall's business, the game history information is calculated for each business day of the game hall. Therefore, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can easily grasp whether or not there has been a change in the characteristics of the game history information over the business days of the game hall, so that the pachinko machine 10 cannot be tampered with or not. It becomes possible to appropriately judge whether the As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Furthermore, if the configuration is provided with a capacitor 87 that supplies power to the game history management chip 300 even after the power is cut off, the memory 309 for calculating the game history information by the CPU 308 and storing the calculation results of the game history information It is possible to reliably complete the memorization of the data.

<Aspect 3>
In the first embodiment, the main CPU 62x may be configured to be able to access the calculation result storage memory 309, and the game history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 may be displayed on the symbol display device 41. . According to this configuration, since the game history information is displayed on the symbol display device 41 of the pachinko machine 10, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can use a dedicated device (such as the inspection machine 320) to check the game history information. You can check the game history information of the pachinko machine 10 without using it. Note that the main CPU 62x is preferably configured to be able to access the calculation result storage memory 309 but not be able to change data. According to such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the game history information from being destroyed or having its contents rewritten due to noise, program bugs, or the like.

<Aspect 4>
In the first embodiment, the main CPU 62x is configured to be able to access the calculation result storage memory 309, and notify that the game history information stored in the calculation result storage memory 309 does not satisfy a predetermined condition. A configuration may also be adopted in which an LED lamp for this purpose is provided on the front of the pachinko machine 10 (for example, at a predetermined location on the main display section 45). For example, an LED lamp may be configured to emit light when a specific value included in the game history information (for example, the ratio of accessories, the ratio of continuous accessories, or the payout ratio (during normal mode)) is no longer within a predetermined range. good. According to this configuration, a pachinko machine inspector can easily discover a pachinko machine 10 in which a specific value included in the game history information is no longer included in a predetermined range. By checking the game history information of the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to determine whether the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified or not. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved. In particular, if the nails near the first starting opening 33 or the general winning openings (first to third winning openings 32a to 32c) are tampered with, the above payout ratio (during normal mode) may be lower than the pachinko machine's design. Sometimes, it deviates from the expected predetermined range (for example, 0.60 to 0.70). Therefore, by configuring the LED lamp to emit light when the payout ratio (during normal mode) is no longer included in a predetermined range (for example, 0.60 to 0.70), the first starting port 33 and the general winning It can be appropriately determined whether the nails near the openings (first to third winning openings 32a to 32c) have been tampered with.

Furthermore, the light emitting mode (color) of the LED lamp is determined depending on the degree of deviation from a predetermined range of specific values (for example, role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, payout ratio (in normal mode)) included in the game history information. It may be configured to determine. For example, when the ratio of the accessory is within a predetermined range (0.70 or less), the first LED lamp emits blue light, and when the ratio of the accessory is between 0.71 and 0.80, the first LED lamp emits blue light. The first LED lamp may be configured to emit purple light, and when the accessory ratio is between 0.81 and 1.00, the first LED lamp may emit red light. When the continuous role object ratio is within a predetermined range (0.60 or less), the second LED lamp emits blue light, and when the continuous role object ratio is between 0.61 and 0.70, the second LED lamp emits light. The second LED lamp may be configured to emit purple light, and when the continuous character ratio is between 0.71 and 1.00, the second LED lamp may emit red light. Additionally, when the payout ratio (in normal mode) is within a predetermined range (0.60 to 0.70), the third LED lamp emits blue light, and the payout ratio (in normal mode) is 0.71. 0.80, the third LED lamp emits purple light, and when the payout ratio (in normal mode) is 0.81 to 1.00, the third LED lamp may emit red light. According to this configuration, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can easily grasp how much a specific value included in the game history information deviates from a predetermined range. Note that the main CPU 62x is preferably configured to be able to access the calculation result storage memory 309 but not be able to change data. According to such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the game history information from being destroyed or having its contents rewritten due to noise, program bugs, or the like.

<Aspect 5>
In the first embodiment described above, the calculation data (prize ball number data and calculation execution conditions) stored in the main side ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed by the main side MPU 62 (CPU 62x). However, the game history management chip 300 is configured to be able to access the prize ball number data storage area and the calculation execution condition storage area of the main side ROM 63, so that the game history management chip 300 can access the game history management chip 300 immediately after the pachinko machine 10 is powered on. A configuration in which the main side ROM 63 is accessed to acquire calculation data (prize ball number data and calculation execution conditions), and the acquired calculation data is stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 and calculation execution condition storage memory 307. You can also use it as According to such a configuration, the processing load on the main MPU 62 can be reduced.

<Aspect 6>
In the first embodiment, the game history management chip 300 calculates game history information such as the ratio of accessories, but the number of balls entered every 500 stored in the register is stored as is, and the inspection machine 320 It may also be configured to calculate game history information. According to such a configuration, the processing load on the game history management chip 300 can be reduced. Details of aspect 6 will be described below, focusing on the differences from the first embodiment.

FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing in detail the configuration of the main control device 60 and the configuration of the inspection machine 320 included in the pachinko machine 10 of aspect 6 of the first embodiment.

The main side ROM 63 of the main side MPU 62 is provided with a prize ball number data storage area and a storage execution condition storage area.

The prize ball number data storage area stores the number of game balls that are paid out as prize balls (prize ball number data) when a game ball enters each ball entry hole, as in the first embodiment. There is. In addition, similarly to the first embodiment, the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. be done. This allows the game history management chip 300 to grasp the prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10.

The storage execution condition storage area stores storage execution conditions that are conditions for the game history management chip 300 to execute storage processing, which will be described later. In this sixth aspect, it is stored as a storage execution condition that the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage reaches 500. The storage execution conditions stored in the main side ROM 63 are transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in an initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. This allows the game history management chip 300 to grasp the storage execution conditions set in the pachinko machine 10.

The game history management chip 300 includes a buffer 302 that acquires information about how game balls enter each ball entrance from the CPU 62x, a register 304 that stores the number of game balls that enter each ball entrance, and a main side ROM 63. A prize ball number data storage memory 306 that stores the prize ball number data acquired from the main side ROM 63, a storage execution condition storage memory 307a that stores the storage execution conditions acquired from the main side ROM 63, and overall control of the game history management chip 300. and a memory 309a for storing the number of game balls entered into each ball entry hole, which is stored in the register 304 and sequentially stores the number of game balls entered into each ball entry hole. The above-mentioned storage process is a process of storing the number of game balls entering each ball entry hole, which is stored in the register 304, in the memory 309a for storing the number of entering balls.

The inspection terminal 65 is a terminal for connecting the inspection machine 320 and the pachinko machine 10. In this sixth aspect, the entering ball number information stored in the entering ball number storage memory 309a and the winning ball number data stored in the winning ball number data storage memory 306 are transmitted to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65. be done.

The inspection machine 320 includes a CPU 321 that executes various control programs, a ROM 324 that records various control programs and fixed value data, a RAM 326 that is a memory for temporarily storing various data, and a display that displays various information. 328 and a connection cable 329 for connecting to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10.

In this aspect 6, when the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, it sends a transmission request command to the game history management chip 300 to request transmission of input ball number information and prize ball number data. Send to. When the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 receives the transmission request command from the inspection machine 320, the CPU 308 transmits the input ball number information stored in the input ball number storage memory 309a and the prize ball number data storage via the inspection terminal 65. The prize ball count data stored in the memory 306 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. Then, the inspection machine 320 calculates game history information based on the received ball number information and prize ball number data, and causes the display unit 328 to display the calculated game history information.

FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the contents of processing in the game history management chip 300 and the inspection machine 320 of aspect 6 of the first embodiment.

The contents of the processing in the buffer 302 and the register 304 are the same as in the first embodiment described above, and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

The prize ball number data storage memory 306 is a memory for storing prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10. In this sixth aspect, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 and stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306. . Therefore, the contents of the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 are the same as the contents of the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63.

The storage execution condition storage memory 307a is a memory for storing storage execution conditions set in the pachinko machine 10. When the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the storage execution conditions stored in the main side ROM 63 are transmitted by the CPU 62x to the game history management chip 300 and stored in the storage execution condition storage memory 307a. Therefore, the contents of the storage execution condition stored in the storage execution condition storage memory 307a are the same as the contents of the storage execution condition stored in the main ROM 63.

The CPU 308 determines whether or not the storage execution condition stored in the storage execution condition storage memory 307a is satisfied, and if it is determined that the storage execution condition is satisfied, the CPU 308 stores each input stored in the register 304. Information regarding the number of game balls entering the ball mouth is stored in the memory 309a for storing the number of entering balls, and the values of each counter in the register 304 are reset to "0". In this sixth aspect, each time the value of the number of balls passing through the discharge passage _NOUT stored in the register 304 reaches 500, the CPU 308 determines the number of game balls entering each ball entry port stored in the register 304. The information is stored in the memory 309a for storing the number of balls entered. Note that, hereinafter, the information regarding the number of game balls entering each ball entry port, which is counted while 500 game balls are fired onto the game board 30, will also be referred to as a "short-term entry ball number information group."

The memory 309a for storing the number of entering balls is a memory that sequentially stores information regarding the number of entering balls (short-term entering ball number information group) stored in the register 304, and in this embodiment, even if the power supply is cut off, the memory 309a It is made up of non-volatile memory that can hold. The memory 309a for storing the number of entering balls also stores information regarding the order in which the short-term entering ball number information group is written, and the CPU 308, when there is no free area for writing the short-term entering ball number information group, A short-term entering ball number information group is stored in an area where the short-term entering ball number information group having the oldest written order is stored. That is, the memory 309a for storing the number of entering balls is configured to be overwritten in order from the oldest short-term entering ball number information group (first-in, first-out method), and the most recent short-term entering ball number information group is always overwritten. It will be in a memorized state.

In this aspect 6, the memory 309a for storing the number of entering balls stores short-term entry information that is information about the number of game balls entered into each ball entry port counted while 500 game balls are fired onto the game board 30. It has a capacity capable of storing 1200 ball number information groups. For example, if game balls are fired continuously for 10 hours in a day, 60,000 game balls will be fired in a day, so 120 short-term ball number information groups will be collected in a day. This will be stored in the memory 309a for storing the number of balls entered. Therefore, the memory 309a for storing the number of balls entered can store the short-term number of balls entered information group for the most recent 10 days.

As described above, when the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, it transmits a transmission request command to the game history management chip 300. When the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 receives the transmission request command from the inspection machine 320, it transmits the short-term entry ball count information group and prize ball count data to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65. Then, the inspection machine 320 calculates game history information such as the accessory ratio based on the short-term entry ball number information group and the prize ball number data, and causes the display unit 328 to display the calculated game history information.

Specifically, in this sixth aspect, the inspection machine 320 can calculate one short-term game history information group for one short-term entered ball number information group, similar to the CPU 308 of the first embodiment described above. If possible, add the number of game balls entering each ball entrance stored in each of the plurality of short-term entering ball number information groups, and use the added number of entering balls to generate long-term game history information. (long-term gaming history information group). In other words, the inspection machine 320 of the sixth embodiment not only collects a group of short-term game history information based on the number of balls entering each ball entrance in a short period of time when 500 game balls are fired, but also collects, for example, 600,000 balls (approximately It is possible to calculate a long-term game history information group based on the number of balls that entered each ball entry port over a long period of time during which game balls (10 days' worth) were fired.

Note that in this sixth aspect, the following configuration may be adopted.

The inspection machine 320 may be configured to be able to display the received short-term entry number information group on the display unit 328. Furthermore, the inspection machine 320 may be configured to receive each counter value stored in the register 304 and to display each received counter value on the display unit 328.

Also, instead of the configuration in which the game history management chip 300 transmits the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 to the inspection machine 320, the main CPU 62x transmits the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63. A configuration may also be adopted in which pitch count data is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. According to such a configuration, the memory 306 for storing prize ball number data can be omitted, and the manufacturing cost of the game history management chip 300 can be reduced.

Further, a configuration may be adopted in which a time interval for executing the storage process is set as the storage execution condition stored in the storage execution condition storage area of the main side ROM 63. For example, one hour is set as the time interval for executing the storage process, and the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 may be configured to execute the storage process every hour.

Furthermore, a configuration may be adopted in which the storage execution condition stored in the storage execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63 is that the occurrence of power cutoff has been detected. Specifically, when the power outage monitoring circuit 86 detects the occurrence of a power outage, it outputs a signal indicating that the power outage has occurred to the gaming history management chip 300, and the gaming history management chip 300 that has received the signal The CPU 308 of the computer 300 may be configured to determine that a power cutoff has occurred and execute storage processing.

Further, in the sixth embodiment, the CPU 321 of the inspection machine 320 executes the calculation for calculating the game history information, but the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 executes part or all of the calculation, and the calculation The configuration may be such that game history information, which is the result of the above, is transmitted to the inspection machine 320.

<Aspect 7>
In the first embodiment, the game history management chip 300 calculates the game history information such as the ratio of accessories, but the ball entry information in the buffer is stored as is, and the inspection machine 320 uses the ball entry information as it is. It may also be configured to calculate game history information. According to such a configuration, the processing load on the game history management chip 300 can be reduced. Details of aspect 7 will be described below, focusing on the differences from the first embodiment.

FIG. 21 is a block diagram showing in detail the configuration of the main control device 60 and the configuration of the inspection machine 320 included in the pachinko machine 10 of aspect 7 of the first embodiment.

In this seventh aspect, the main MPU 62 is provided with an RTC 96 (RTC: Real-Time Clock) that outputs date information and time information to the game history management chip 300. The RTC 96 is equipped with a backup power source and can update the date information and time information even when the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off.

The main side ROM 63 of the main side MPU 62 is provided with a prize ball number data storage area. Note that in this seventh aspect, no calculation start condition storage area is provided.

The prize ball number data storage area stores the number of game balls that are paid out as prize balls (prize ball number data) when a game ball enters each ball entry hole, as in the first embodiment. There is. In addition, similarly to the first embodiment, the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 in the initial setting process executed after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. be done. This allows the game history management chip 300 to grasp the prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10.

The game history management chip 300 includes a buffer 302 that acquires information on the entry of game balls into each ball entrance from the CPU 62x, and a memory 306 for storing prize ball number data that stores prize ball number data acquired from the main side ROM 63. , a CPU 308 that controls the entire game history management chip 300, and a memory 309b for storing ball entry information that sequentially stores information on entering the game ball into each ball entry hole, etc. stored in the buffer 302. .

The inspection terminal 65 is a terminal for connecting the inspection machine 320 and the pachinko machine 10. In this aspect 7, when the inspection machine 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, the entering ball information etc. stored in the entering ball information storage memory 309b and the prize ball number stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 The data is sent to inspection machine 320.

The inspection machine 320 includes a CPU 321 that executes various control programs, a ROM 324 that records various control programs and fixed value data, a RAM 326 that is a memory for temporarily storing various data, and a display that displays various information. 328 and a connection cable 329 for connecting to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10.

In this aspect 7, when the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, it sends a transmission request command to the gaming history management chip 300 to request transmission of ball entry information, etc. and prize ball number data. Send to. When the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 receives the transmission request command from the inspection machine 320, the CPU 308 transmits the ball entry information etc. stored in the ball entry information storage memory 309b via the inspection terminal 65 and the prize ball number data storage. The prize ball count data stored in the memory 306 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. Then, the inspection machine 320 calculates game history information based on the received ball entry information and the prize ball number data, and causes the display unit 328 to display the calculated game history information.

FIG. 22 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing an outline of processing in the game history management chip 300 and the inspection machine 320 of aspect 7 of the first embodiment.

The contents of the processing in the buffer 302 are the same as those in the first embodiment described above, so the explanation will be omitted.

The ball entering information storage memory 309b is a memory that sequentially stores the ball entering information stored in the buffer 302 and information regarding the gaming state when the game ball enters the ball. It is made up of non-volatile memory that can retain data even when stored. Furthermore, in this embodiment, when the ball entry information and the information regarding the gaming state are stored, the date and time information when the game ball entered each ball entry hole is added and stored. The ball entry information storage memory 309b also stores information regarding the order in which the ball entry information, etc. are written, and if there is no free area for writing the ball entry information, etc., the CPU 308 stores the ball entry information, etc. Information, etc. is stored in an area where ball entering information, etc. written in the oldest order is stored. That is, the ball entry information storage memory 309b is configured to be overwritten in order starting from the oldest ball entry information (first-in, first-out method), and always stores the latest ball entry information, etc. state.

The prize ball number data storage memory 306 is a memory for storing prize ball number data set in the pachinko machine 10. In this aspect 7, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63 is transmitted to the game history management chip 300 and stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306. . Therefore, the contents of the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 are the same as the contents of the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63. Furthermore, in this seventh aspect, when the inspection machine 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320.

As described above, when the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, it sends a transmission request command to the gaming history management chip 300 to request transmission of ball entry information and prize ball number data. Send to. When the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 receives the transmission request command from the inspection machine 320, the CPU 308 transmits the ball entry information, information regarding the gaming state, and date and time information stored in the ball entry information storage memory 309b via the inspection terminal 65. , and the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 to the inspection machine 320. Then, the inspection machine 320 calculates game history information based on the received information, and causes the display unit 328 to display the calculated game history information.

Specifically, the inspection machine 320 of this aspect 7 calculates game history information (short-term game history information group) based on the number of balls that entered each ball entrance in a short period when 500 game balls were fired. In addition to calculating, for example, game history information (long-term game history information group) based on the number of balls entering each ball entrance over a long period of time when 600,000 game balls (about 10 days worth) were fired. It is possible to do so. That is, it is possible to calculate game history information for any period.

Furthermore, in this aspect 7, since date and time information (date information and time information) is added to the received ball entry information, etc., the inspection machine 320 can detect the range of the date and time information added to the received ball entry information, etc. It is also possible to calculate game history information by specifying a date and time range for which game history information is to be calculated. Therefore, the person inspecting the pachinko machine 10 can perform a detailed inspection based on the game history information specifying the date and time range.

Note that in this aspect 7, the following configuration may be adopted.

The inspection machine 320 may be configured to be able to display received ball entry information and the like on the display unit 328. According to such a configuration, the person inspecting the pachinko machine 10 can also grasp the date and time when a game ball was detected by each ball entry detection sensor.

Also, instead of the configuration in which the game history management chip 300 transmits the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage memory 306 to the inspection machine 320, the main CPU 62x transmits the prize ball number data stored in the main side ROM 63. A configuration may also be adopted in which pitch count data is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. According to such a configuration, the memory 306 for storing prize ball number data can be omitted, and the manufacturing cost of the game history management chip 300 can be reduced.

In addition, in aspect 7, the CPU 321 of the inspection machine 320 executes the calculation for calculating the game history information, but the CPU 308 of the game history management chip 300 executes part or all of the calculation. The configuration may be such that game history information, which is the result of the above, is transmitted to the inspection machine 320.

<Aspect 8>
In the first embodiment and other aspects described above, the calculation execution conditions or the storage execution conditions are stored in the main side ROM 63, and the game history management chip 300 acquires these conditions from the main side ROM 63. , the game history management chip 300 may be configured to store these conditions in a non-volatile memory from the beginning. According to this configuration, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which inappropriate calculation execution conditions or storage execution conditions are stored in the main ROM 63 and game history information or ball count information cannot be appropriately stored. can. For example, an extremely short period of time (for example, the number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT =5) is stored as the calculation execution condition or storage execution condition, and the calculation result storage memory 309 or the input ball number storage memory 309a It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which only game history information or ball count information for an extremely short period (for example, about one hour) is stored.

<Aspect 9>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, there is a function to store the number of game balls entered into each ball entrance, a function to calculate game history information such as the ratio of accessories, and a function to calculate the calculated game history information. Although the game history management chip 300 has the storage function, the main CPU 62x (the main MPU 62 excluding the game history management chip 300) may have some of these functions. Alternatively, the game history management chip 300 may not be provided, and the main CPU 62x (the main MPU 62 excluding the game history management chip 300) may have all of these functions. According to such a configuration, there is no need to separately provide the game history management chip 300, so that manufacturing costs can be reduced. However, according to the configuration in which the game history management chip 300 is provided, the processing load on the main CPU 62x can be reduced.

<Aspect 10>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the game history management chip 300 includes some or all of the functions provided by functional units other than the game history management chip 300 (for example, the inspection machine 320 and the main CPU 62x). Alternatively, some or all of the functions of the game history management chip 300 may be provided in a functional section other than the game history management chip 300. For example, if the gaming history management chip 300 is configured to include some of the functions of the inspection machine 320, the processing load and manufacturing cost of the inspection machine 320 can be further reduced, and the functions of the gaming history management chip 300 can be further reduced. If a part of the inspection machine 320 is provided, the processing load and manufacturing cost of the game history management chip 300 can be further reduced.

<Aspect 11>
In the first embodiment, the game history management chip 300 calculates the game history information such as the ratio of accessories, but the game history management chip 300 is not provided and the main CPU 62x calculates the game history information. Good too. Details of aspect 11 will be described below, focusing on the differences from the first embodiment.

FIG. 23 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in aspect 11 of the first embodiment. This aspect 11 is different from the first embodiment (FIG. 5) in that the game history management chip 300 is not provided and that the main side RAM 64 is provided with an area for storing the number of balls entered and an area for storing calculation results. It's different.

The main CPU 62x updates the number of game balls entering each ball entrance, which is stored in the number of entering balls storage area of the main RAM 64, based on the entry information of game balls received from the input/output port 62a. do. When the calculation execution condition stored in the calculation execution condition storage area of the main side ROM 63 is satisfied, the prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63 and the number of prize balls stored in the main side RAM 64 The game history information is calculated by performing calculations based on the number of game balls entered at each ball entrance stored in the number of balls entered storage area, and the game history information is stored in the main side RAM 64 as a result of the calculation. Store in area. This will be explained in detail below.

FIG. 24 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing an outline of processing in the main MPU 62 in aspect 11 of the first embodiment. The main CPU 62x determines whether the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage area of the main ROM 63 are satisfied, and if it is determined that the calculation execution conditions are satisfied, the main CPU 62x Information regarding the number of game balls entering each ball entry hole stored in the cache is stored in the number of entering balls storage area of the main side RAM 64. In this aspect 11, the main CPU 62x transmits information regarding the number of game balls entering each ball entrance every time the value of the number of balls passing through the discharge passage _NOUT stored in the cache of the main CPU 62x reaches 500. , is stored in the incoming ball number storage area of the main side RAM 64. As mentioned above, the information regarding the number of game balls entering each ball entry port counted while 500 game balls are fired onto the game board 30 is also referred to as the "short-term entry number information group". .

The entering ball number storage area of the main side RAM 64 is an area that sequentially stores information regarding the number of entering balls (short-term entering ball number information group). The main side RAM 64's entering ball number storage area also stores information regarding the order in which the short-term entering ball number information group is written, and the main side CPU 62x has no free area for writing the short-term entering ball number information group. In this case, the short-term entering ball count information group that has become a new writing target is stored in the area where the short-term entering ball number information group written the earliest is stored. That is, the input ball count storage area of the main side RAM 64 is configured to be overwritten in order from the oldest short-term input ball count information group (first-in, first-out method), and the most recent short-term input ball count information is always stored. The group is now memorized.

In this aspect 11, the number-of-entering-balls storage area of the main side RAM 64 is information regarding the number of game balls entering each ball entry port, which is counted while 500 game balls are fired onto the game board 30. It has a capacity capable of storing 1200 short-term entry number information groups. For example, if game balls are fired continuously for 10 hours in a day, 60,000 game balls will be fired in a day, so 120 short-term ball number information groups will be collected in a day. This will be stored in the number of balls entered storage area of the main side RAM 64. Therefore, the number-of-entering-balls storage area of the main side RAM 64 can store the short-term number-of-entering-balls information group for the most recent 10 days.

Then, the main CPU 62x newly calculates one short-term game history information group for one newly stored short-term ball entry number information group every time the calculation execution condition is satisfied. Furthermore, each time the calculation execution condition is satisfied, the main CPU 62x executes a game to each entry hole stored in each of a plurality of short-term entry number information groups including a newly stored short-term entry number information group. The number of balls entered is added, and long-term game history information (long-term game history information group) is calculated using the added number of balls entered. That is, the main side CPU 62x of this aspect 11 not only collects short-term game history information based on the number of balls entered into each ball entrance in a short period of time when 500 game balls were fired, but also collects, for example, 600,000 game balls (approximately It is possible to calculate a long-term game history information group based on the number of balls that entered each ball entry port over a long period of time during which game balls (10 days' worth) were fired. Then, the calculated game history information is stored in the calculation result storage area of the main side RAM 64.

The calculation result storage area of the main side RAM 64 is composed of an area for sequentially storing a group of short-term game history information and an area for storing a group of long-term game history information. The area for sequentially storing the short-term game history information group also stores information regarding the order in which the short-term game history information group was written, and the main CPU 62 In this step, the newly calculated short-term game history information group is stored in the area where the short-term game history information group written in the earliest order is stored. In other words, the area in the main RAM 64 that sequentially stores the short-term gaming history information group is configured to be overwritten in order from the oldest short-term gaming history information group (first-in, first-out method), and the most recent short-term gaming history information group is always overwritten. The game history information group is now stored. The area for storing the long-term game history information group is overwritten with a newly calculated long-term game history information group every time the calculation execution condition is satisfied. That is, in the area for storing the long-term game history information group, the latest long-term game history information group calculated based on a plurality of short-term input ball number information groups including the latest short-term input ball number information group is stored. become.

When the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, it transmits a transmission request command to the main CPU 62x. Upon receiving the transmission request command from the inspection machine 320, the main CPU 62x transmits the game history information stored in the main RAM 64 to the inspection machine 320. The inspection machine 320 then causes the display unit 328 to display the received game history information.

In addition, in this aspect 11, when a predetermined operation for displaying the game history information on the symbol display device 41 is executed, the game history information stored in the main side RAM 64 is transmitted through the input/output port 62x to control the sound emission. It is output to the device 90 and displayed on the symbol display device 41.

In addition, in this aspect 11, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, the backup power supplied from the capacitor 87 allows the short-term input ball number information group and game history information stored in the main side RAM 64 to be It is configured to be retained for days.

According to such a configuration, the main side CPU 62x, which is a single processing unit, executes processing for progressing the game such as jackpot lottery processing and processing for calculating and storing game history information, so that the game There is no need to provide a dedicated game history management chip 300 for calculating and storing history information, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

Furthermore, a short-term entry ball number information group, which is information regarding the number of game balls entered into each ball entry port counted while 500 game balls were fired onto the game board 30, is stored in the main side RAM 64. Therefore, there is a configuration in which the ball entering information of the game ball is stored in the same format as it is (for example, a configuration in which the ball entering information is stored in the format of the ball entering information stored in the ball entering information storage memory 309b in FIG. 22). In comparison, it becomes possible to calculate the most recent short-term game history information group and long-term game history information group while significantly reducing the memory capacity required for the main side RAM 64.

Note that the main CPU 62x is not limited to the configuration that calculates both the short-term game history information group and the long-term game history information group as the game history information, but may be configured to calculate only one of them.

<Aspect 12>
FIG. 25 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in aspect 12 of the first embodiment. The difference from Embodiment 11 (FIG. 23) described above is that the main MPU 62 is provided with a flash memory 64x, which is a nonvolatile memory that is rewritable and can retain memory even when the power supply is cut off. This is the point that This flash memory 64x includes a ball entering number storage area for storing the short-term entering ball number information group in the above-mentioned aspect 11, and for storing the short-term playing history information group and the long-term playing history information group in the above-mentioned aspect 11. A calculation result storage area is provided.

The main CPU 62x of this twelfth aspect is configured to store the short-term entered ball number information group and the calculated game history information in the flash memory 64x each time the calculation execution condition is satisfied.

According to such a configuration, the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced compared to a configuration including the game history management chip 300. Furthermore, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off for a long period of time, the short-term input ball number information group and the game history information are retained, so no matter what state the pachinko machine 10 is in (for example, if the pachinko machine Even if the pachinko machine 10 is placed in a distribution state where power is not supplied to the pachinko machine 10, the game history information can always be linked one-to-one, and the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 can be managed. , can be inspected.

In addition, since there is no need to provide an area for storing the short-term input ball number information group and game history information in the main side RAM 64, the storage capacity of the main side RAM 64 can be suppressed, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 is reduced. can do.

<Aspect 13>
In the first embodiment and other aspects described above, the main control device 60 transmits a game mode, which is a mode in which a game progress process, which is a process for progressing the game, can be executed, and game history information to the inspection machine 320. It may be configured such that it can be executed by switching between the inspection mode which is the output mode. The game progress process is a process executed based on the detection of a game ball by the entering ball detection sensors 44a to 44h, and includes a jackpot lottery process, an electric winning lottery process, a prize ball payout process, and a main display section. 45, opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and electric accessories 34a, etc. are included.

In the inspection mode, even if the game ball passes through the area detected by the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h, the game progress process may not be executed.

Specifically, for example, when shifting to the inspection mode, an inspection mode flag for determining whether or not the main controller 60 is in the inspection mode is turned ON. Then, the main control device 60 determines whether or not the inspection mode flag is ON, and if it is determined that the inspection mode flag is ON, the main controller 60 does not proceed to the processing flow for executing the normal game progress processing. , proceed to the processing flow for inspection mode. As a result, even if the main control device 60 receives a signal indicating that a game ball has been detected from the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h, the main control device 60 performs processing based on the reception of the signal (for example, a jackpot random number It is configured not to execute the processing for acquiring the value of the counter C1, the processing for paying out prize balls, the processing for transmitting commands to the sound emission control device 90, etc.).

According to such a configuration, it is possible to execute in the inspection mode a process that is not preferable to be executed in parallel with the game progress process, a process that is likely to cause a problem when executed in parallel with the game progress process, etc. . In addition, according to such a configuration, since the game progress process is not executed in the test mode, when developing a program for the process to be executed in the test mode, it is necessary to take measures against the case where the game progress process is executed in parallel. Since there is no need to take this into account, it is possible to greatly improve the efficiency of developing a program for processing executed in the inspection mode.

Further, the game history information is information whose contents change when a game ball is detected and a game progress process is executed. Therefore, if a configuration is adopted in which the process of outputting game history information is executed in parallel with the game progress process, while the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 is inspecting the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 based on the game history information, As the game progress process is executed, the contents of the game history information change from time to time, which may make it difficult to carry out the inspection smoothly. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this aspect 13, even if the game ball passes through a predetermined area, the game history information is output in the inspection mode in which the game progress process is not executed, so the game history information is output. It is possible to prevent the contents of the game history information from changing while the game is being played. As a result, the person inspecting the pachinko machine 10 can smoothly carry out the inspection.

Note that the manner in which the game history information is output in the inspection mode is not limited to the manner in which the game history information is output to the inspection machine 320 and displayed, but may be in other manners. For example, the game history information may be output to the symbol display device 41 and displayed.

Furthermore, the information output in the test mode is not limited to game history information, but may be other information. For example, it may be other information based on the detection of game balls by the ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h, such as information on entering game balls or information on the number of balls entering.

<Aspect 14>
Among the first embodiment and other aspects described above, in a configuration in which the main control device 60 can switch between the game mode and the inspection mode and execute the execution, the main controller 60 switches from the game mode to the inspection mode while executing the game progress process in the game mode. When the examiner executes a predetermined operation (hereinafter also referred to as a "mode switching operation") to shift to a mode, the game progress is completed at a predetermined stage. A configuration may also be adopted in which the mode shifts from the mode to the inspection mode.

Specifically, for example, if a mode switching operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is performed while the game progress processing of the game mode is being executed, each game progress processing ( Up to a predetermined processing stage for each (such as jackpot lottery processing, electric role opening lottery processing, prize ball payout processing, pattern fluctuation display processing on the main display section 45, opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and the electric accessory 34a, etc.) Complete the process. Then, when the game progress processing is completed up to a predetermined processing stage, the processing after the processing stage is not executed and enters a standby state. Then, at the timing when all of the game progress processes being executed have been completed up to a predetermined processing stage, the game mode is shifted to the test mode.

According to such a configuration, the game mode is switched from the game mode to the inspection mode at the timing immediately after the mode switching operation is executed, regardless of whether or not the game progress process being executed has been completed to a predetermined processing stage. Compared to a configuration in which the mode is shifted, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems when shifting to the inspection mode.

For example, it is possible to create a configuration in which the game mode shifts from the game mode to the inspection mode immediately after the mode switching operation is executed, regardless of whether the game progress process being executed has completed to a predetermined processing stage or not. In this case, if the mode switching operation is performed during the period in which the symbol fluctuation display process on the main display section 45 is being executed as the game progress process in the game mode, the symbol change on the main display section 45 will change. The system will shift to the inspection mode in the middle of the fluctuating display, making it difficult to control the timing of stopping the symbols and the period of time the symbols fluctuate. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this aspect 14, for example, if the mode switching operation is executed during a period in which the symbol variable display process is being executed in the gaming mode, the symbol variable display process is executed. The test mode is entered at the timing when the processing is completed up to the processing stage where the symbols are stopped. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems such as difficulty in controlling the timing of stopping the symbols, the fluctuation time of the symbols, etc.

In addition, when shifting (returning) from the test mode to the game mode, a configuration may be adopted in which the remaining processing stages of the game progress processing that were scheduled to be executed before shifting to the test mode are executed. According to such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from feeling uncomfortable that the expected game progress process ends in an incomplete state.

In addition, if a mode switching operation is executed while the game progress process is being executed in the game mode, the game mode is configured to shift to the inspection mode at the timing when all the processes of each game progress process that are being executed are completed. You can also use it as According to such a configuration, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems when restarting the game progress processing.

In addition, if a mode switching operation is executed during execution of game progress processing in the game mode, the game execution processing is interrupted and information that enables restart of the interrupted game progress processing is stored in the main side RAM 64. The configuration may be such that the game mode is stored and the game mode is shifted to the test mode at the timing when the storage is completed. According to such a configuration, the pachinko machine 10 quickly shifts from the gaming mode to the inspection mode, so it is possible to inspect many pachinko machines 10 in a short period of time.

Further, the mode switching operation for shifting from the game mode to the inspection mode is not limited to the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button, but may be other modes. For example, it may be a single operation of pressing a mode switching button. Furthermore, a configuration may be adopted in which when the inspection device 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, the same process as when the mode switching operation is executed.

<Aspect 15>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, in a configuration in which the main controller 60 can switch between the gaming mode and the inspection mode and perform the execution, during the inspection mode, 10 minutes from the time of transition to the inspection mode are If the automatic return condition that the test mode has elapsed is met, and the predetermined operation for transitioning from the inspection mode to the game mode (for example, pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button) is not performed. Even in this case, the configuration may be such that the mode shifts from the test mode to the game mode.

According to such a configuration, if 10 minutes have passed since the transition to the inspection mode, even if the predetermined operation for transitioning from the inspection mode to the game mode has not been performed, the inspection mode will be changed. Since the mode is configured such that the mode is shifted to the game mode from the start, it is possible to reliably prevent the game mode from returning to the game mode without executing a predetermined operation. For example, even if the person inspecting the pachinko machine 10 forgets to perform a predetermined operation after inspecting the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 based on the gaming history information output in the inspection mode, Since the game mode is returned to after 10 minutes have passed from the time of transition, a situation may occur in which the player is unable to play with the pachinko machine 10 without returning to the game mode in which the pachinko machine 10 can execute game progress processing. can be suppressed.

Note that the automatic return condition is not limited to the condition that 10 minutes have passed since the transition to the inspection mode, but may be other conditions. For example, the condition may be that 5 minutes have passed since the transition to the inspection mode, or the condition that 10 minutes have passed since the inspection device 320 was removed from the inspection terminal 65.

Further, the predetermined operation for transitioning from the test mode to the game mode is not limited to the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button, but may be other forms. For example, it may be a single operation of pressing a mode switching button.

<Aspect 16>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the main controller 60 is provided with a RAM clear button for initializing the main side RAM 64, and the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button (hereinafter referred to as The information stored in the main RAM 64 may be erased (initialized) when an "erase operation" (also referred to as "erase operation") is executed.

Furthermore, a configuration may be adopted in which the main controller 60 can switch between the game mode and the test mode. In a state after shifting to the inspection mode but before shifting to the game mode, for example, in a state in the inspection mode or a state where the power is turned off after shifting to the inspection mode, while pressing the RAM clear button, A configuration may also be adopted in which the information stored in the main RAM 64 is not erased even if an erasing operation of pressing the power button is performed.

According to such a configuration, in a state after shifting to the inspection mode but before shifting to the gaming mode, there is no possibility that an erasing operation for erasing information stored in the main side RAM 64 is performed. However, since the information stored in the main RAM 64 is not erased even if the information is stored in the main side RAM 64, it is possible that the erasing operation is mistakenly executed in an attempt to shift to the gaming mode after shifting to the inspection mode but before shifting to the gaming mode. Even if the information is accidentally deleted, it is possible to prevent the information from being deleted by mistake.

For example, the erasing operation for erasing information stored in the main side RAM 64 is an operation of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button, and the mode is shifted between the gaming mode and the inspection mode. In a configuration where the operation for switching is to press the power button while holding down the mode switching button, if you intend to press the power button while holding down the mode switching button in order to shift from inspection mode to gaming mode, you may accidentally press the power button while holding down the mode switching button. There is a risk of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button. However, according to the configuration of aspect 16, after the transition to the inspection mode but before the transition to the game mode, an erasing operation such as pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button is mistakenly performed. Even if the information is accidentally deleted, it is possible to prevent the information from being deleted by mistake.

More specifically, for example, when transitioning from the game mode to the test mode, the game progress process that was being executed in the game mode is temporarily stopped, and the stopped game progress process is returned to the test mode. When a configuration is adopted in which information for restarting later is stored in the main RAM 64, when the user intends to press the power button while pressing the mode switching button in order to return from the inspection mode to the game mode, he accidentally presses the RAM clear button. If you press the power button while pressing , the information for restarting the game progress process will be erased, and you will not be able to restart the game progress process after returning to inspection mode, causing the player to There is a risk that it may be disadvantageous. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this aspect 16, in a state after transitioning to the inspection mode but before transitioning to the gaming mode, the power button is pressed while accidentally pressing the RAM clear button while trying to transition to the gaming mode. Even if the player presses the button, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the main RAM 64 from being erased by mistake, thereby preventing the player from being disadvantaged. I can do it.

Note that the main side RAM 64 may be configured to store game history information. According to such a configuration, there is no need to separately provide a dedicated memory for storing game history information, so the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

In addition, when the deletion operation is executed, the game history stored in the main RAM 64 is deleted regardless of the status of the pachinko machine 10 (power on/off status, gaming mode or inspection mode, etc.). It may be configured such that the information is not erased, but only information other than the game history information stored in the main side RAM 64 (information stored for restarting the game progress process, etc.) is erased (initialized). . According to such a configuration, it is possible to prevent game history information that deviates from a predetermined range from being intentionally deleted.

Note that the erasing operation is not limited to the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button, but may be performed in other manners. For example, it may be a single operation of pressing a RAM clear button.

<Aspect 17>
Among the first embodiment and other aspects described above, in a configuration in which the main controller 60 can switch between the gaming mode and the inspection mode, when the main controller 60 shifts from the gaming mode to the inspection mode, , transmits a game stop command, which is a command indicating that the game progress process will be temporarily stopped by shifting to the test mode, to the audio emission control device 90, and also changes the game progress process that was being executed to the test mode. It may be configured to temporarily stop. Specifically, for example, if the main display section 45 shifts to the inspection mode while the symbol fluctuation display is being executed, the display on the main display section 45 is turned off, and the period of symbol fluctuation on the main display section 45 is counted. stop. Furthermore, when the main control device 60 shifts from the inspection mode to the game mode, it transmits a game restart command to the audio emission control device 90, which is a command indicating that the game progress processing is to be restarted by transitioning to the game mode. It is also possible to have a configuration in which

Then, when the audio emission control device 90 receives the game stop command, it temporarily stops the performance that is being executed, and then, when it receives the game restart command, the audio emission control device 90 temporarily stops the performance that has been temporarily stopped. The configuration is such that it restarts. According to such a configuration, even when the main control device 60 shifts between the game mode and the inspection mode, the game progress processing executed by the main control device 60 (for example, the display of the symbols on the main display section 45 This makes it possible to synchronize the effect (fluctuation display processing) and the effect controlled by the sound emission control device 90 (e.g., the symbol variation display processing in the symbol display device 41), and prevents players from feeling strange after transitioning to the gaming mode. It is possible to prevent this from happening.

Note that the audio emission control device 90 may be configured not to stop the performance that is being executed even when a game stop command is received. Specifically, for example, if a game stop command is received while the symbol display device 41 is displaying fluctuating symbols, the layer of the fluctuating symbol display continues to be controlled. A layer of another image (for example, a black image) is displayed on top of the image. However, since the control of the variable display of the symbols in the symbol display device 41 continues, the variable display of the symbols continues under the black image layer. Then, when the symbol variation time on the symbol display device 41 has elapsed, the variable display of the symbol ends under the black image layer, but the symbol does not stop but oscillates slightly.

When a game restart command is received from the main control device 60, the black image layer displayed above the variable symbol display layer is removed and the symbol layer is displayed again. At this time, the main control device 60 shifts (returns) from the inspection mode to the game mode, and resumes the stopped game progression process (variable display of symbols on the main display section 45).

Then, the main controller 60 restarts the display of the symbol variation on the main display section 45 that had stopped counting the variation time, and when the remaining variation time has elapsed, that is, the variation display of the symbol on the main display section 45 is resumed. When the timing to stop comes, a symbol stop command is transmitted to the audio light emission control device 90. The audio emission control device 90 that received the symbol stop command transmits the symbol stop command to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display the symbol that was being displayed in a slightly shaking manner. stop it completely.

According to such a configuration, when the main controller 60 is in the inspection mode, the display on the main display section 45 is turned off, and the display on the symbol display device 41 becomes a black image. Then, when the main controller 60 shifts from the inspection mode to the game mode, the variable display of the symbols on the main display section 45, which had stopped counting the variation time, is resumed, and the symbols on the symbol display device 41 are displayed in a variable manner. It becomes a display mode in which the display mode or the display mode is slightly swaying. Then, at the timing when the symbols on the main display section 45 stop, the symbols on the symbol display device 41 also stop. That is, it becomes possible to synchronize the fluctuating display of symbols on the main display section 45 and the fluctuating display of symbols on the symbol display device 41. Further, even if a game stop command is received, the control of the performance being executed is not stopped, so it is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems caused by temporarily stopping the control of the performance being executed. For example, if the control of the effect is restarted after temporarily stopping the control of the effect, there may be a difference in the timing of the multiple effects if multiple effects are being executed, or the symbol display device may For example, a discrepancy may occur between the moving image displayed on the speaker 41 and the audio output from the speaker 46.

Note that if a configuration is adopted in which the main controller 60 does not send a symbol stop command to the audio emission control device 90 even when the timing to stop the fluctuation of the symbol on the main display section 45 is reached, the symbol The fluctuating display of the symbols on the display device 41 continues in a slightly swaying manner, and the fluctuation command transmitted from the main controller 60 after that or the standby command transmitted when no hold information is stored. By receiving this, the symbols on the symbol display device 41 will stop.

<Aspect 18>
In the first embodiment and the other aspects described above, the game history information stored in the pachinko machine 10 may be displayed on the symbol display device 41 upon reaching a predetermined time. Specifically, for example, the system may be configured to shift from the game mode to the inspection mode at 11:10 p.m., and display the game history information of the pachinko machine 10 on the symbol display device 41. According to this configuration, the game history information of each pachinko machine 10 is displayed on the symbol display device 41 at around 11:10 p.m. after the game hall closes, so that the pachinko machine 10 can be inspected. A person can quickly inspect and confirm the game history information of many pachinko machines 10 after closing a game hall without taking the trouble of shifting each pachinko machine 10 from a game mode to an inspection mode.

Alternatively, the game history information stored in the pachinko machine 10 may be displayed on the symbol display device 41 upon reception of a predetermined signal from the hall computer. According to such a configuration, for example, all the pachinko machines 10 installed in the game hall can be simultaneously shifted to the inspection mode, and the game history information of each pachinko machine 10 can be displayed on the respective symbol display devices 41. Therefore, the person inspecting the pachinko machines 10 can quickly inspect and confirm the gaming history information of many pachinko machines 10 without having to take the trouble of shifting each pachinko machine 10 from the gaming mode to the inspection mode. becomes.

<Aspect 19>
In the first embodiment and other aspects described above, a configuration may be adopted in which game history information is always displayed on the symbol display device 41. According to such a configuration, players and inspectors can always check the gaming history information, so if an abnormality occurs such as the gaming history information deviating from a predetermined range, they can immediately take action. It is possible to notice changes. As a result, it becomes possible to quickly ensure the soundness of the game.

<Aspect 20>
In the first embodiment and other aspects described above, a 7-segment display configured by seven light emitting diodes is provided on the back of the pachinko machine 10, and the 7-segment display displays the games stored in the pachinko machine 10. It may also be configured to display information related to history information. For example, when the main controller 60 shifts from the above-mentioned gaming mode to the inspection mode, whether the accessory ratio, payout ratio (in normal mode), etc. stored in the pachinko machine 10 is within a predetermined range. It is also possible to display this on a 7-segment display.

More specifically, for example, when the main controller 60 shifts from the game mode to the inspection mode, "1" indicating that the ratio of the accessory is displayed on the 7-segment display, and then the ratio of the accessory is displayed. is within a predetermined range (specifically, when the accessory ratio is 0.700 or less), "O" meaning OK is displayed on the 7-segment display; If the value is not within a predetermined range, "E" indicating an error may be displayed on the 7-segment display. After displaying the ratio of accessories, "2" indicating that the ratio of continuous accessories will be displayed is displayed on the 7-segment display, and if the ratio of continuous accessories is within a predetermined range (specifically (If the continuous accessory ratio is 0.600 or less), "O" meaning OK is displayed on the 7-segment display; on the other hand, if the continuous accessory ratio is not within the predetermined range, , "E" indicating an error may be displayed on the 7-segment display. After displaying the continuous role ratio, "2" indicating that the payout ratio (in normal mode) will be displayed is displayed on the 7-segment display, and the payout ratio (in normal mode) is within the predetermined range. (Specifically, when the payout ratio (in normal mode) is within the range of 0.60 to 0.70), "O" meaning OK is displayed on the 7-segment display, On the other hand, if the payout ratio (in normal mode) is not within a predetermined range, "E" indicating an error may be displayed on the 7-segment display.

According to such a configuration, it becomes possible to easily and quickly inspect game history information such as accessory ratios. In addition, since the 7-segment display consumes less power, even if the power of the pachinko machine 10 is off, the game history information can be checked using only a small amount of power from the capacitors and batteries installed inside the pachinko machine 10. It becomes possible to do so.

Further, the configuration may be such that information related to game history information stored in the pachinko machine 10 is always displayed on the 7-segment display. According to such a configuration, it becomes possible to simply and quickly inspect game history information such as accessory ratio without switching from gaming mode to inspection mode. Furthermore, even in the pachinko machine 10 that does not have an inspection mode, it is possible to simply and quickly inspect game history information such as the ratio of accessories. Furthermore, if the 7-segment display is provided on the back of the pachinko machine 10, the 7-segment display will not come into the player's field of vision, so the player will not be aware of the display on the 7-segment display. This can prevent the player from becoming unable to concentrate on the game. On the other hand, when the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 inspects the game history information of the pachinko machine 10, he rotates the pachinko machine main body 12 supported by the hinge 15 toward him, and Since it is only necessary to check the display on the 7-segment display, it is possible to easily and quickly inspect game history information such as the ratio of accessories. Note that instead of the 7-segment display, another display capable of displaying game history information in a recognizable manner, such as a segment display composed of a number of light emitting diodes other than seven, may be employed.

<Aspect 21>
In the first embodiment and other aspects described above, the audio emission control device 90 may be configured to calculate game history information. Specifically, for example, the main side CPU 62x of the main control device 60 transmits a signal including prize ball number data stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63 to the audio emission control device 90 in the initial setting process. The audio emission control device 90 calculates game history information based on the acquired prize ball number data and the game ball entry information transmitted from the main control device 60, and It is also possible to have a configuration in which the symbol display device 41 displays this.

According to such a configuration, the audio emission control device 90 cannot access the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63, or the audio emission control device 90 cannot access the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63. Even if the configuration is such that the storage location (memory address) of the stored prize ball number data cannot be grasped, the audio emission control device 90 can retrieve the prize balls stored in the prize ball number data storage area of the main side ROM 63. It becomes possible to acquire numerical data, and it becomes possible to calculate game history information. Further, since the audio emission control device 90 calculates the game history information instead of the main control device 60, the processing load on the main control device 60 can be significantly reduced.

<Aspect 22>
The first embodiment and other aspects described above can be applied not only to the pachinko machine 10 that can shift from the gaming mode to the inspection mode, but also to gaming machines that can shift from the gaming mode to other modes. . For example, it can also be applied to gaming machines equipped with a game status display mode that can display the status of processing related to games, such as the status of the high probability mode flag and high frequency support mode flag, and the contents of stored hold information. can.

<Aspect 23>
FIG. 26 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in aspect 23 of the first embodiment. In this embodiment 23, the game history management chip 300 is not provided, and the main side CPU 62x is configured to calculate the game history information described above. Further, the main side RAM 64 is divided into two areas (a first area and a second area), and the first area of the main side RAM 64 is an area where programs etc. for executing processes related to the progress of the game are developed. The second area of the main side RAM 64 is used as an area for developing programs and the like for executing processing for calculating and displaying gaming history information (hereinafter also referred to as gaming history processing). The main CPU 62x writes information only to the first area of the main RAM 64 when executing processing related to the progress of the game (processing other than processing for game history), and when executing processing for gaming history. , information is written only to the second area of the main RAM 64.

The first area of the main RAM 64 is also used as an 8-bit ball entry detection information storage area, a stack area, etc., which will be described later. The second area of the main RAM 64 is also used as an 8-bit buffer area, a prize ball tally buffer, a computation buffer, a computation result buffer, a stack area, etc., which will be described later. Details of these will be described later.

Further, a game history information display section 45z is connected to the input/output port 62a. The game history information display section 45z is composed of four 7-segment displays, and is provided on the back of the pachinko machine 10. As will be described later, the game history information calculated by the main CPU 62x is displayed on the game history information display section 45z.

FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing the timer interrupt process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) according to aspect 23 of the first embodiment. Note that in this aspect as well, the timer interrupt process is activated at a cycle of 4 msec, as in the first embodiment. The difference from the timer interrupt process (FIG. 13) of the first embodiment described above is that the contents of the ball entry detection process shown in step S10606 are different, and the game history information for calculating and displaying game history information is different. The process is added as the last process (step S10616) of this timer interrupt process, and the ball entry detection information output process (step S10207 in FIG. 13) is a process that outputs ball entry detection information to the game history management chip. Processing) is omitted, and other processing is the same as the processing described in the timer interrupt processing (FIG. 13) of the first embodiment described above. Below, the ball entry detection process in step S10606 shown in FIG. 27 and the game history process shown in step S10616 will be explained.

FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing ball entry detection processing executed by the main side MPU 62 (main side CPU 62x) in aspect 23 of the first embodiment. In the ball entry detection process of this aspect 23, it is determined that the bit of the input port 62b has no information ("0") in the previous timer interrupt process (one time before), and the bit of the input port 62b in the current timer interrupt process. If it is determined that there is information in the bit (“1”), and it is later determined in the relevant timer interrupt processing that there is information in the bit (“1”), a game is placed in the ball entrance corresponding to the bit. It is determined that the ball has entered the ball. An example of ball entry detection processing will be described below.

In step S10701, the information currently stored in the 0th to 7th bits D0 to D7 (FIG. 14) of the input port 62b described above (hereinafter also referred to as ball entrance determination information) is read, and in step S10702, the information is read. Information for determining whether the ball is in or out is stored in a first buffer, which is an 8-bit buffer. That is, the first buffer is a buffer for storing ball entry determination information read from each bit of the input port 62b in the current timer interrupt processing. The second buffer, which will be described later, is an 8-bit buffer that stores ball entry determination information read from each bit of the input port 62b in the previous timer interrupt process. Further, in this aspect, the first buffer and the second buffer are provided in the first area of the main side RAM 64. After executing step S10702, the process advances to step S10703.

In step S10703, a ball entering determination counter provided in the main side RAM 64 is set to 8. After that, the process advances to 10704. Note that the numerical information of the ball entrance determination counter is similar to the ball entrance determination counter (step S10401) used in the ball entrance determination process (FIG. 16) of the first embodiment described above, for each of the eight ball entrance holes. It corresponds to the bit. Specifically, in this aspect, "8" of the numerical information of the ball entry determination counter is the 0th bit D0 of the big winning opening 36a, "7" is the 1st bit D1 of the first starting opening 33, and "6" is The second bit D2 of the second starting opening 34, "5" is the third bit D3 of the first winning opening 32a, "4" is the fourth bit D4 of the second winning opening 32b, "3" is the third winning opening 32c The fifth bit D5, "2" corresponds to the sixth bit D6 of the through gate 35, and "1" corresponds to the seventh bit D7 of the discharge passage, respectively.

In step S10704, it is determined whether or not there is ball entry determination information in the bit corresponding to the numerical information of the ball entry determination counter in the second buffer, that is, whether the ball entry determination information stored in the bit is "1". Determine whether or not. If it is determined in step S10704 that the ball entry determination information is not "1" (S10704: NO), the process advances to step S10705. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10704 that the ball entering determination information is "1" (S10704: YES), the process proceeds to step S10710 without executing the processes from step S10705 to step S10709, which will be described later. .

In step S10705, it is determined whether or not there is ball entry determination information in the bit corresponding to the numerical information of the ball entry determination counter in the first buffer, that is, the ball entry determination information stored in the bit is "1". Determine whether or not. In step S10705, if it is determined that the ball entry determination information is "1" (S10705: YES), the process advances to step S10706. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10705 that the ball entry determination information is not "1" (S10705: NO), the process proceeds to step S10710 without executing the processes from step S10706 to step S10709, which will be described later. .

In step S10706, it is determined whether or not there is ball entry determination information in the bit corresponding to the numerical information of the ball entry determination counter at the current input port 62b, that is, the ball entry determination information stored in the bit is "1". Determine whether or not. In step S10706, if it is determined that the ball entry determination information is "1" (S10706: YES), the process advances to step S10707. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10706 that the ball entry determination information is not "1" (S10706: NO), the process proceeds to step S10710 without executing the processes from step S10707 to step S10709, which will be described later. .

In step S10707, it is determined which type of ball entry port the numerical information of the current ball entry determination counter corresponds to, and it is determined whether the game ball has entered the ball entry port corresponding to the bit. Turn on the incoming ball flag that indicates. Specifically, for example, when it is determined that the numerical information of the current ball entry determination counter is information indicating a bit corresponding to the big winning hole 36a, it is determined that the game ball has entered the big winning hole 36a. Turn on the big winning opening ball entry flag shown. Further, for example, if it is determined that the numerical information of the current ball entry determination counter is information indicating a bit corresponding to the second starting port 34, it indicates that a game ball has entered the second starting port 34. Turn on the second starting port entry flag. After executing step S10707, the process advances to step S10708.

In step S10708, 1 is added to the numerical information of the prize ball counter corresponding to the ball entry port for which it was determined that the entry flag was turned ON in step S10707, that is, it was determined that the game ball entered. Specifically, for example, if the big winning opening ball entry flag is turned on, 15 prize balls are added to the counter, and if the second starting opening ball entry flag is turned on, 3 winning balls are added. Add 1 to the counter. After executing step S10708, the process advances to step S10709.

In step S10709, the ball entry determination counter is decremented by 1, and then, in step S10710, it is determined whether the ball entry determination counter is "0".

If it is determined in step S10710 that the ball entry determination counter is not "0" (S10710: NO), the bits corresponding to the numerical information of the ball entry determination counter updated in step S10709 are processed in steps S10704 to S10708. Execute processing. When the processes from step S10704 to step S10708 are executed for the number of numerical information set in step S10703, the ball entry determination counter becomes "0", and an affirmative determination (S10710: YES) is made in step S10710, and the step Proceed to S10711.

In step S10711, the 8-bit ball entry determination information stored in the first buffer is stored (copied) in the second buffer. As a result, the ball entry determination information acquired from the input port 62b in the current timer interrupt process will be referenced in the ball entry detection process in the next timer interrupt process. After executing step S10711, the process advances to step S10712.

In step S10712, ball entry detection information indicating that the entry of a game ball was detected in the ball entry detection process of the current timer interrupt process is stored in the ball entry detection information storage area that can store 8-bit information. . Specifically, the ball entry detection information storage area stores "1" for each bit corresponding to each of the eight ball entry ports mentioned above when the ball entry flag is ON; When the flag is OFF, "0" is stored as ball entry detection information. For example, as a result of executing the ball entry detection process in the current timer interrupt process, the big winning opening ball entry flag and the second starting opening ball entry flag are ON, and the ball entry flags corresponding to other ball entry openings are OFF. In some cases, 8-bit ball entry detection information "00000101" is stored in the ball entry detection information storage area. The 8-bit ball entry detection information stored in the ball entry detection information storage area is referred to in the game history processing described later. After executing step S10712, the main ball entry detection process ends.

FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the game history processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) in aspect 23 of the first embodiment. In this game history processing, processing is executed to calculate the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio, and to display these on the game history information display section 45z. Specifically, the accessory ratio is calculated and the calculated accessory ratio is displayed on the game history information display section 45z for 5 seconds. Thereafter, the continuous accessory ratio is calculated, and the calculated consecutive accessory ratio is displayed on the game history information display section 45z for 5 seconds. Thereafter, the accessory ratio is calculated again, and the calculated accessory ratio is displayed on the game history information display section 45z for 5 seconds. In this way, the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio are alternately displayed on the game history information display section 45z. An example of a specific process will be described below.

In step S10801, a saving process is executed to save the information stored in the register in the main CPU 62x (hereinafter also referred to as register information) to the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64. In this aspect 23, in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27), before the game history process (step S10616 in FIG. 27) is executed, the game progress related process (FIG. 27), which is a process other than the game history process, is executed. Since the processing in steps S10601 to S10615) is being executed, in the saving process, the register information regarding the progress of the game is saved in the stack area of the second area of the main side RAM 64. Specifically, the value of the stack pointer in the main CPU 62x (address value indicating the top of the stack area in the first area) is saved (pushed) to the bottom of the stack area in the second area of the main RAM 64. Then, an address value indicating the top level of the stack area of the second area of the main side RAM 64 is set in the stack pointer of the main side CPU 62x. After that, the register information stored in the registers in the main CPU 62x is sequentially saved to the stack area indicated by the stack pointer set in the main CPU 62x (the top level of the stack area in the second area of the main RAM 64). Push. By executing this saving process, the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x is set to the address value of the stack area in the second area of the main RAM 64, so the main CPU 62x saves the game history information described below. It becomes possible to perform calculation and display processing using the second area of the main side RAM 64. After executing step S10801, the process advances to step S10802.

In step S10802, it is determined whether the abnormality flag stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is ON. The abnormality flag is a flag that is turned ON when the prize ball total value, which will be described later, is an abnormal value. In step S10802, if it is determined that the abnormality flag is ON (S10802: YES), the process proceeds to step S10803, and the prize ball total value is cleared to zero. After that, the process advances to step S10804, and the abnormality flag is turned OFF. After that, the process advances to step S10805. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10802 that the abnormality flag is not ON (S10802: NO), the process proceeds to step S10805 without executing the processes in steps S10803 and S10804.

In step S10805, OR processing is performed for each corresponding bit in the ball entry detection information storage area and the buffer area, and the result (logical sum) of each OR processing is stored (overwritten) in the corresponding bit in the buffer area. Details of this processing will be described later. The buffer area is an area that can store 8-bit information, the same as the ball entry detection information storage area, and is provided in the second area of the main RAM 64. After executing step S10805, the process advances to step S10806.

In step S10806, it is determined whether at least one of the eight bits in the buffer area has ball entry detection information (whether "1" is stored in one or more bits). . If it is determined in step S10806 that there is ball entry detection information in at least one bit of the buffer area (S10806: YES), the process advances to step S10807.

In step S10807, a target setting process is executed to set a bit to be a target of a prize ball aggregation process, which will be described later, among the eight bits in the buffer area. In this aspect, in one target setting process, two consecutive bits are set as targets for the prize ball aggregation process. In addition, as described later, when target setting processing is executed in the next or subsequent timer interrupt processing, two consecutive bits located next to the two bits set in the previous target setting processing is set as the target of prize ball tally processing. In this way, the two bits to be subjected to the prize ball tally processing are sequentially shifted to the adjacent bits. In addition, after the last two bits of the eight bits are set as targets for prize ball aggregation processing, the first two bits are set as targets for prize ball aggregation processing in the next target setting process. Set it as a target again. In this manner, in this aspect, the order of two bits to be processed in the prize ball tally process from among the eight bits in the buffer area is predetermined. After executing step S10807, the process advances to step S10808, and a prize ball aggregation process corresponding to the set bit is executed. Here, a specific example of the processing from step S10805 to step S10808 will be described using FIG. 30.

FIG. 30 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a specific process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) according to aspect 23 of the first embodiment. As described above, the ball entry detection information storage area is an 8-bit storage area provided in the first area of the main side RAM 64, and each bit corresponds to each ball entry opening. Specifically, in this aspect, the 0th bit D0 of the ball entry detection information storage area is the big winning opening 36a, the 1st bit D1 is the first starting opening 33, the second bit D2 is the second starting opening 34, the third Bit D3 corresponds to the first winning opening 32a, the fourth bit D4 corresponds to the second winning opening 32b, the fifth bit D5 corresponds to the third winning opening 32c, the sixth bit D6 corresponds to the through gate 35, and the seventh bit D7 corresponds to the discharge passage. are doing.

The buffer area is an 8-bit storage area provided in the second area of the main side RAM 64, and each bit corresponds to each ball entry opening. Specifically, in this aspect, the 0th bit D0 of the buffer area is the big winning hole 36a, the 1st bit D1 is the first starting hole 33, the second bit D2 is the second starting hole 34, and the third bit D3 is the big winning hole 36a. The 1st winning opening 32a, the 4th bit D4 corresponds to the 2nd winning opening 32b, the 5th bit D5 corresponds to the 3rd winning opening 32c, the 6th bit D6 corresponds to the through gate 35, and the 7th bit D7 corresponds to the discharge passage. That is, each bit of the buffer area corresponds to each bit of the ball entry detection information storage area.

In the above-mentioned ball entry detection process (FIG. 28), when it is determined that a game ball has entered the ball entry hole such as the big winning hole 36a, among the eight bits in the ball entry detection information storage area, the game ball The bit corresponding to the ball entry port where it is determined that the ball entered is turned ON (“1”).

FIG. 30 (A1) shows an example of processing when the n-th timer interrupt processing is executed. In this n-th timer interrupt process, it is determined in the ball entry detection process that the game ball has entered the second starting port 34 and the first winning port 32a, and the eight bits of the ball entry detection information storage area are The value is "00001100". Furthermore, the value of the eight bits in the buffer area before performing the OR process is "00000000". Therefore, the value of the 8 bits in the buffer area after performing the OR process is "00001100". As a result, the ball entry detection information in the ball entry detection information storage area, which is updated every time the timer interrupt processing is executed, is set as a processing target for the prize ball aggregation processing described later, and the buffer area is used until the processing is executed. will be held.

In the n-th timer interrupt processing, two consecutive bits, the 0th bit D0 and the 1st bit D1, of the 8 bits D0 to D7 in the buffer area after the OR processing is executed, are used for prize ball tally processing. Set as a processing target.

In the prize ball aggregation process, if the 0th bit D0 (the bit corresponding to the big prize opening 36a) set as the processing target of the prize ball aggregation process is "1", the ball is stored in the prize ball aggregation buffer. 15 will be added to the total number of prize balls and the number of consecutive prize balls. On the other hand, if the 0th bit D0 is "0", the addition is not performed. In this aspect, the prize ball totaling buffer is configured as a ring buffer, and is configured to store the number of prize balls paid out in the most recent predetermined period. In addition, the number of consecutive prize balls is the number of game balls that are paid out as prize balls by continuous accessory operation, and is the number of game balls that are paid out as prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the grand prize opening 36a. It means the number of game balls.

Furthermore, in the prize ball aggregation process, if the first bit D1 (the bit corresponding to the first starting port 33) set as the processing target of the prize ball aggregation process is "1", the prize ball aggregation buffer is Add "3" to the memorized total number of prize balls. On the other hand, if the first bit D1 is "0", the addition is not performed.

In the example shown in FIG. 30 (A1), the 0th bit D0 is "0" and the 1st bit D1 is also "0", so the above-mentioned addition is not performed.

After the prize ball totaling process is executed, the two bits (0th bit D0 and first bit D1) set as targets for the prize ball totaling process in the buffer area are cleared to 0.

FIG. 30 (A2) shows an example of processing when the (n+1)th timer interrupt processing is executed. In this n+1 timer interrupt process, it is determined in the ball entry detection process that the game ball has entered the second winning hole 32b, and the value of the eight bits in the ball entry detection information storage area is "00010000. ”. Furthermore, the value of the eight bits in the buffer area before executing the OR process is "00001100", which is the same as the buffer area after the prize ball totaling process in the n-th timer interrupt process described above. Therefore, the value of the 8 bits in the buffer area after performing the OR process is "00011100".

In the (n+1)th timer interrupt processing, two consecutive bits, the second bit D2 and the third bit D3, of the eight bits D0 to D7 in the buffer area after the OR processing is executed, are used for prize ball tally processing. Set as a processing target.

In the prize ball tally process, if the second bit D2 (the bit corresponding to the second starting port 34) set as a processing target for the prize ball tally process is "1", the ball is stored in the prize ball tally buffer. ``3'' will be added to the total number of prize balls and the number of accessory prize balls. On the other hand, when the second bit D2 is "0", the addition is not performed. In addition, the number of game balls paid out as prize balls due to the operation of the accessory is the number of game balls paid out as prize balls based on the entry of game balls into the second starting hole 34 and the big winning hole 36a. It means the number of game balls paid out.

Furthermore, in the prize ball aggregation process, if the third bit D3 (the bit corresponding to the first winning hole 32a) set as the processing target of the prize ball aggregation process is "1", the prize ball aggregation buffer is Add "10" to the stored total number of prize balls. On the other hand, if the third bit D3 is "0", the addition is not performed.

In the example shown in FIG. 30 (A2), since the second bit D2 is "1", "3" is added to the total number of prize balls and the number of accessory prize balls. Further, since the third bit D3 is "1", "10" is added to the total number of prize balls.

After the prize ball totaling process is executed, the two bits (second bit D2 and third bit D3) set as targets for the prize ball totaling process in the buffer area are cleared to 0.

FIG. 30 (A3) shows an example of processing when the n+2 timer interrupt processing is executed. In this n+2 timer interrupt process, it is determined in the ball entry detection process that the game ball has entered (passed) the through gate 35, and the value of the eight bits in the ball entry detection information storage area is " 01000000". Furthermore, the value of the eight bits in the buffer area before executing the OR process is "00010000", which is the same as the buffer area after the prize ball totaling process in the n+1 timer interrupt process described above. Therefore, the value of the 8 bits in the buffer area after performing the OR process is "01010000".

In the n+2 timer interrupt processing, two consecutive bits, the fourth bit D4 and the fifth bit D5, of the eight bits D0 to D7 in the buffer area after the OR processing is executed, are used for prize ball tally processing. Set as a processing target.

In the prize ball aggregation process, if the fourth bit D4 (the bit corresponding to the second winning hole 32b) set as a processing target for the prize ball aggregation process is "1", the ball is stored in the prize ball aggregation buffer. Add "10" to the total number of prize balls. On the other hand, when the fourth bit D4 is "0", the addition is not performed.

Furthermore, in the prize ball aggregation process, if the fifth bit D5 (the bit corresponding to the third winning hole 32c) set as the processing target of the prize ball aggregation process is "1", the prize ball aggregation buffer is Add "10" to the stored total number of prize balls. On the other hand, if the fifth bit D5 is "0", the addition is not performed.

In the example shown in FIG. 30 (A3), since the fourth bit D4 is "1", "10" is added to the total number of prize balls. Furthermore, since the fifth bit D5 is "0", the above-mentioned addition is not performed.

After the prize ball totaling process is executed, the two bits (fourth bit D4 and fifth bit D5) set as targets for the prize ball totaling process in the buffer area are cleared to 0.

FIG. 30 (A4) shows an example of processing when the (n+3) timer interrupt processing is executed. In this (n+3) timer interrupt process, it is determined in the ball entry detection process that the game ball has entered the grand prize opening 36a, and the value of the eight bits in the ball entry detection information storage area is "00100001". It becomes. Furthermore, the value of the 8 bits in the buffer area before executing the OR process is "01000000", which is the same as the buffer area after the prize ball aggregation process in the n+2 timer interrupt process described above. Therefore, the value of the 8 bits in the buffer area after performing the OR process becomes "01100001".

In the (n+3) timer interrupt processing, two consecutive bits, the 6th bit D6 and the 7th bit D7, of the 8 bits D0 to D7 in the buffer area after the OR processing is executed, are used for prize ball tally processing. Set as a processing target.

However, in this embodiment, the sixth bit D6 corresponds to the through gate 35, and the seventh bit D7 corresponds to the discharge passage. No prize balls are set in the through gate 35 or the discharge passage. Therefore, in this aspect, when the sixth bit D6 and the seventh bit D7 are set as targets for the prize ball totaling process, additions to the total number of prize balls etc. are not performed in the prize ball totaling process. Thereafter, the two bits (sixth bit D6 and seventh bit D7) set as objects of prize ball tally processing in the buffer area are cleared to 0.

Thereafter, in the n+4th timer interrupt process, the 0th bit D0 and the 1st bit D1 are again set as objects of the prize ball tally process. Thereafter, the same process is repeated. However, as will be described later, if there is no ball entry detection information for the bits in the buffer area (all bits are "0"), the target setting process (step S10807) and prize ball aggregation process (step S10808) ) is not executed. Further, in this aspect, from a state where there is no ball entry detection information in the bits of the buffer area (all bits are "0"), there is again ball entry detection information in at least one bit in the buffer area. state, and when the target setting process is executed, the two bits that were set as targets for the prize ball aggregation process in the previous target setting process are memorized, and the position next to the two bits is Two consecutive bits are set as processing targets for prize ball tally processing. In addition, if the two bits set as processing targets for the prize ball tally process in the previous target setting process are the 6th bit D6 and the 7th bit D7, the 2 bits of the 0th bit D0 and the 1st bit D1 The consecutive bits are set as the processing target for the prize ball aggregation process.

As explained above, in this aspect, two bits out of eight bits in the buffer area are set as targets for prize ball tally processing in one timer interrupt process, so at least one bit in the buffer area If there is ball entry detection information, the timer interrupt process is executed four times, and the prize ball tally process is executed for all eight bits of the buffer area.

Returning to the explanation of FIG. 29. After executing the prize ball aggregation process in step S10808, the process advances to step S10809.

In step S10809, calculation result display control processing is executed. Specifically, control is executed to display a value (accessory object ratio or continuous accessory ratio, which is calculated game history information) stored in a buffer for calculation results (to be described later) on the game history information display section 45z. After executing step S10809, the process advances to step S10810.

In step S10810, it is determined whether or not it is time to execute arithmetic processing to calculate game history information. Specifically, when a predetermined period of time (30 minutes in this embodiment) has elapsed since the pachinko machine 10 was powered on, or when 5 seconds have elapsed since the previous execution of the arithmetic process, the timing for executing the arithmetic process is determined. It is determined that there is. In step S10810, if it is determined that it is the timing to execute arithmetic processing (S10810: YES), the process advances to step S10811. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10810 that it is not the timing to execute the arithmetic processing (S10810: NO), the process proceeds to step S10813 without executing the processes of step S10811 and step S10812, which will be described later.

In step S10811, the type of game history information to be calculated in arithmetic processing (task 1 and task 2 to be described later) is set. In this aspect, the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio are alternately set as the types of game history information to be calculated. Thereafter, the process advances to step S10812, and task 1 is designated as the next task to be executed in task processing (step S10814), which will be described later. After executing step S10812, the process advances to step S10813.

In step S10813, the register information saved in the stack area of the second area of the main side RAM 64 in the above-mentioned saving process is returned to the register of the main side CPU 62x. Specifically, the saved register information is sequentially transferred to the main CPU 62x from the stack area indicated by the stack pointer set in the main CPU 62x (the top of the stack area in the second area of the main RAM 64). (Pop) the data into the register inside. Thereafter, the value of the stack pointer (address value indicating the top level of the stack area of the first area) that was saved at the bottom of the stack area of the second area is returned (popped) to the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x. By executing this return process, the address value of the stack area of the first area of the main side RAM 64 is set in the stack pointer of the main side CPU 62x, so the main side CPU 62x again returns to the first area of the main side RAM 64. It becomes possible to use the area to execute processing related to the progress of the game. After that, the game history processing ends.

Returning to the explanation of step S10806. If it is determined in step S10806 that there is no ball entry detection information in the bits in the buffer area (all bits are "0") (S10806: NO), the process advances to step S10814.

In step S10814, any one of the three tasks specified below is executed. If no task is specified, task 3 is executed. That is, instead of sequentially executing three tasks in one timer interrupt process, only one specified task among the three tasks is executed in one timer interrupt process.

[Task 1]
The dividend and divisor necessary for calculating the game history information set as the calculation target are stored in the calculation buffer. Specifically, for example, when it is set to calculate the accessory ratio, the number of accessory prize balls is stored as the dividend, and the total number of prize balls is stored as the divisor in the calculation buffer. Further, for example, when the continuous accessory ratio is set to be calculated, the number of consecutive accessory prize balls is stored as the dividend, and the total number of prize balls is stored as the divisor in the calculation buffer. Thereafter, task 2 is designated as the next task to be executed when the process proceeds to step S10806 in the next and subsequent timer interrupt processing.

[Task 2]
A calculation is performed to divide the dividend stored in the calculation buffer by the divisor, and the calculation result (quotient) is stored in the calculation result buffer. Thereafter, task 3 is designated as the next task to be executed when the process advances to step S10806 in the next and subsequent timer interrupt processing.

[Task 3]
Determine whether or not the award ball total value (number of award balls, consecutive number of award balls, total number of award balls) is valid, and if it is determined that it is not valid, turn on the abnormality flag, and then , task 3 is designated as the next task to be executed when the process proceeds to step S10806 in the next time and subsequent timer interrupt processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that the prize ball total value is valid, the abnormality flag is not turned on and task 3 is designated as the next task. Here, the case where the prize ball aggregate value is not valid means that the number of prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls, or the number of consecutive prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls, or if the number of consecutive prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls. This is a case where there is a discrepancy in the total value of prize balls, such as when the number of prize balls exceeds the number of prize balls.

After executing the specified task among the three tasks described above, the process proceeds to step S10809 described above, and the value (accessory object ratio or continuous accessory object ratio) stored in the calculation result buffer is displayed on the game history information display section. 45z. In this aspect, information indicating the type of gaming history information is displayed on the first 7-segment display constituting the gaming history information display section 45z, and values of the gaming history information are displayed on the remaining three 7-segment displays. do.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment described above, the processing related to the progress of the game (processing other than the game history processing) included in the timer interrupt processing is performed for the time (4 msec in this embodiment) until the next timer interrupt processing is started. ), but the time required to complete the process related to the progress of the game changes depending on the progress of the game. On the other hand, the game history processing is a process that has nothing to do with the progress of the game, so in one timer interrupt process, processing related to the progress of the game is executed rather than the time required to execute the game history processing. It is preferable to prioritize and secure time for this purpose. Furthermore, even if the various processes included in the game history process (for example, prize ball aggregation process and arithmetic process for each bit) are not continuously executed and completed in one timer interrupt process, the game It has no effect on progress. Therefore, in this aspect, even if the execution time of the process related to the progress of the game is the maximum depending on the situation of the progress of the game, the execution time of one timer interrupt process (execution of the process related to the progress of the game) The various processes included in the game history process are divided into multiple processes so that the time (execution time of the game history process) is shorter than the time until the next timer interrupt process starts. In the timer interrupt processing, the divided processing is executed, and various processing is completed by executing the timer interrupt processing multiple times. As a result, according to this aspect, it is possible to execute the game history process while securing the time required to execute the process related to the progress of the game in one timer interrupt process.

Specifically, according to this aspect, in one execution of the timer interrupt process, one of the two tasks (task 1 and task 2) constituting the arithmetic process, which is the process of calculating game history information. By executing the timer interrupt process twice, all of the two tasks that make up the calculation process can be executed, so both of the two tasks can be executed in one execution of the timer interrupt process. The time required for one time execution of timer interrupt processing can be reduced compared to a configuration in which the timer interrupt process is executed once. As a result, the time required for one time execution of timer interrupt processing becomes longer than 4 msec, which is the interval at which execution of timer interrupt processing starts (hereinafter also referred to as interrupt interval). It is possible to prevent the inability to execute the program at regular intervals.

Further, according to this aspect, a series of processes whose execution order is determined is divided into a plurality of tasks, and in one execution of timer interrupt processing, after executing one of the plurality of tasks, , specifies the task to be executed next after the one task in question, so if it is included in the timer interrupt processing, the time required to execute the timer interrupt processing will be longer than the interrupt interval of the timer interrupt processing. Even if it is a process, it can be executed by incorporating it into the timer interrupt process. Specifically, according to this aspect, when the arithmetic processing for calculating game history information is incorporated into the timer interrupt processing, the time required for one execution of the timer interrupt processing becomes longer than 4 msec. In the gaming machine configured as above, the arithmetic processing can be incorporated and executed in the timer interrupt processing executed at intervals of 4 msec. In addition, the arithmetic processing for calculating game history information does not affect the progress of the game even if all tasks are not executed in one execution of timer interrupt processing. The required time can be allocated to the execution time of other processes included in the timer interrupt process, and the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine can be improved.

Further, according to this aspect, in one execution of the timer interrupt process, two bits from among the eight bits D0 to D7 of the buffer area are set as processing targets for the prize ball aggregation process, and the setting It is possible to perform prize ball tally processing for the bits to be processed, and by executing timer interrupt processing multiple times, prize ball tally processing can be executed for all eight bits D0 to D7 in the buffer area. do. Therefore, the time required for one execution of timer interrupt processing can be reduced compared to a configuration in which prize ball aggregation processing is executed for all eight bits D0 to D7 in one execution of timer interrupt processing. I can do it. As a result, the time required to execute timer interrupt processing becomes longer than the 4 msec interval at which timer interrupt processing starts, making it impossible to execute timer interrupt processing at 4 msec intervals. can be suppressed.

Further, according to this aspect, when setting two bits out of the eight bits D0 to D7 in the buffer area as targets for the prize ball aggregation process, they are set in a predetermined order. There is no need to perform a process of determining which bit is to be processed in the sphere aggregation process, which simplifies the process and, as a result, improves the processing speed. Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity for storing information such as programs and parameters necessary to execute the determination process.

Further, according to this aspect, the main CPU 62x operates in a time shorter than the shortest interval (approximately 18 msec in this aspect) at which two game balls consecutively enter one ball entrance and are detected. Since the timer interrupt process can be executed four times, the prize ball aggregation process (as shown in FIG. Step S10808) can be executed. Therefore, even if two game balls consecutively enter the same ball entrance, based on the fact that the first game ball entering the ball is detected at the ball entrance, The updated ball entry detection information is set as the processing target and the prize ball aggregation process is executed, and then the ball entry detection information corresponding to the remaining ball entrances is set as the processing target and the prize ball aggregation process is executed. Even if this is executed, it is possible to finish the prize ball aggregation process for all of the ball entry detection information before the next second game ball is detected at the ball entrance. can. That is, at the time when the ball entry detection information updated based on the fact that the entry of the second game ball is detected at the ball entrance is set as the processing target and the prize ball aggregation process is executed, The prize ball aggregation process for the ball entry detection information updated based on the detection of the entry of the first game ball at the ball entrance has already been completed. The effects of this configuration will be explained below.

As in this embodiment, in a configuration in which binary information of "0" or "1" indicating whether or not a game ball has entered is adopted as ball entry detection information, if the second ball enters a certain ball entry hole, Ball entry detection updated from "0" to "1" based on the entry of the first game ball into the ball entry port until the entry of the game ball is detected at the ball entry port. If prize ball aggregation processing is not performed on the information, the ball entry detection information corresponding to the ball entry port is still "at the time when the entry of the second game ball is detected at the ball entry port. 1" remains, and it is not possible to record the entry of the second game ball. In other words, even though two game balls have entered the ball entrance in succession, the ball entry detection information corresponding to the ball entrance indicates that only one game ball has entered the ball entrance. This cannot be distinguished from a situation in which only a ball has entered the ball, and in the prize ball aggregation process, it is treated as a situation in which one game ball has entered the ball entry hole. As a result, it may not be possible to accurately record the number of prize balls in the prize ball tally process.

In contrast, according to this aspect, at the time when the entry of the second game ball is detected at the ball entry port, the update has already been made by the entry of the first game ball into the ball entry port. Prize ball aggregation processing is executed for the entered ball entry detection information, and since the ball entry detection information is "0", it is possible to record the entry of the second game ball. . As a result, it becomes possible to accurately record the number of prize balls in the prize ball tally process. This makes it possible to use binary information of "0" or "1", which indicates whether or not a game ball has entered, as ball entry detection information, while ensuring accuracy in the prize ball aggregation process. The storage capacity for storing ball entry detection information can be reduced, and the processing speed of prize ball tally processing can be improved.

Further, according to this aspect, the game history processing (FIG. 29) is information held by a register in the main CPU 62x, and information for executing processing related to the progress of the game, in the second area of the main RAM 64. (step S10801 in FIG. 29), so when the main CPU 62x starts the game history process, the register in the main CPU 62x stores the game that was being executed immediately before the start of the game history process. If it holds information for executing processing related to the progress of the process, it can be temporarily moved (saved) by writing the information to the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64. Therefore, the information for executing the process related to the progress of the game held in the register in the main side CPU 62x is deleted, and when the main side CPU 62x executes the process for the game history, the information for the game history is stored in the register in the main side CPU 62x. Information for processing execution can be held.

Further, according to this aspect, the game history processing (FIG. 29) includes the return processing (FIG. 29) that causes the register of the main CPU 62x to hold the information written in the stack area of the second area of the main RAM 64 in the save processing. (step S10813), when the game history process ends, the information for executing the process related to the progress of the game is held again in the register of the main CPU 62x, and is executed before the game history process starts. The processing related to the progress of the game that was previously performed can be executed again from the state immediately before the start of the processing for the game history.

Further, according to this aspect, since the saving process and the return process are included in the game history process, even if only the program for executing the game history process is deleted, the process related to the progress of the game other than the game history process It is possible to provide a gaming machine that can be executed without any problem. That is, it becomes possible to easily delete only the program for executing the game history process without modifying the program for executing the process related to the progress of the game other than the game history process. As a result, for example, when improving a gaming machine so that it does not execute processing for game history, or when developing a new gaming machine based on the gaming machine that does not execute processing for gaming history, design changes can be minimized. It becomes possible to limit the

Further, according to this aspect, the main CPU 62x writes information in the game history processing only to the second area of the main RAM 64, so that the information written in the first area of the main RAM 64 is It is possible to prevent the information from being rewritten due to execution of the game history processing. Therefore, in a configuration in which processing related to the progress of a game is executed using the first area of the main side RAM 64, it is possible to prevent the processing for the game history from influencing the processing related to the progress of the game. .

Furthermore, according to this aspect, the main CPU 62x executes writing of information in the process related to the progress of the game only to the first area of the main RAM 64, so that the information written to the second area of the main RAM 64 is It is possible to prevent the information contained in the game from being rewritten due to the execution of processing related to the progress of the game. Therefore, in a configuration in which the game history process is executed using the second area of the main RAM 64, it is possible to prevent the process related to the progress of the game from influencing the game history process.

Further, according to this aspect, since an 8-bit buffer area capable of storing ball entry detection information is provided, the ball entry detection information in the ball entry detection information storage area, which is updated every time the timer interrupt process is executed, can be stored in the ball entry detection information storage area. It can be set as a processing target for prize ball aggregation processing and held until the processing is executed.

Further, according to this aspect, as shown in FIG. 29, when executing the prize ball aggregation process (step S10808) in one timer interrupt process, the calculation process (task 1 and task 2 of step S10814) is executed. do not. That is, since both the prize ball tally processing and the arithmetic processing are not executed in one timer interrupt processing, the time required for one execution of the timer interrupt processing can be shortened. As a result, the time required to execute one timer interrupt process becomes longer than the interrupt interval of the timer interrupt process, and the timer interrupt process cannot be executed at the corresponding interrupt interval. be able to. Furthermore, according to this aspect, the prize ball aggregation process in which the game ball entry status and processing load are correlated is executed with priority over calculation processing in which the game ball entry status and processing load are not correlated. , the interval between executions of the prize ball aggregation process is suppressed from increasing, and as a result, the prize ball total value, which is the processing result of the prize ball aggregation process, is no longer able to accurately reflect the ball entering situation of the game ball. It is possible to prevent this from happening. Specifically, for example, before the prize ball aggregation process is executed for a certain bit in the buffer area, the next game ball enters the entrance corresponding to the bit, and two balls are lost. It is possible to prevent the input of a game ball from being treated as the input of a single game ball.

Further, according to this aspect, as shown in FIG. 29, when the prize ball aggregation process (step S10808) is not executed and it is determined that it is the timing to execute the calculation process (step S10810: YES), Since the arithmetic processing (task 1 and task 2 in step S10814) is executed, neither the prize ball aggregation process nor the arithmetic process is executed in one timer interrupt process, and in the situation, instead of the prize ball aggregation process and the arithmetic process. In addition, it becomes possible to execute other processing (in this embodiment, processing for determining the validity of the prize ball total value (task 3 in step S10814)) that is independent of these processings. Furthermore, in this aspect, when either the prize ball aggregation process or the arithmetic process is executed in one timer interrupt process, the time required for one execution of the timer interrupt process is configured to be shorter than the interrupt interval. Therefore, in a situation where neither prize ball aggregation processing nor arithmetic processing is executed, the time required for one execution of the timer interrupt processing can be reduced by executing a process that takes less time than the prize ball aggregation processing and arithmetic processing. can be reliably prevented from becoming longer than the interrupt interval.

Further, according to this aspect, although it is possible to calculate two types of game history information, the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio, in the calculation process in one timer interrupt process, the accessory ratio Or, since the processing for calculating either one of the continuous accessory ratios is executed, compared to the configuration in which the processing for calculating two types of game history information is executed in the calculation processing in one timer interrupt processing. , the time required for one execution of timer interrupt processing can be shortened. As a result, it is possible to prevent the time required for one execution of timer interrupt processing from becoming longer than the interrupt interval, making it impossible to execute timer interrupt processing at a predetermined interrupt interval. . Further, the storage capacity of the main side RAM 64 for temporarily storing the calculated game history information can be reduced.

Further, according to this aspect, in the ball entry detection process, when the ball entry determination information of the bit corresponding to each ball entry port changes from "0" to "1" to "1", the corresponding bit is Since it is determined that the game ball has entered the entered ball entrance, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of false detection due to electrical noise, similarly to the first embodiment described above.

<Aspect 24>
In the above aspect 23, the game history information is configured to calculate the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio, but the game history information to be calculated is not limited to these, and the various game history information shown in the first embodiment can be used. It is possible to have a configuration in which the calculation is performed. For example, a configuration may be adopted in which the ball launch rate, payout ratio, etc. shown in the first embodiment are calculated. In this case, the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge path (the number of game balls that have been fired onto the game board 30) is also tallied in the same way as the prize ball tallying process (step S10808 in FIG. 29) described above. do it.

<Aspect 25>
In the game history processing of aspect 23 (FIG. 29), if it is determined in step S10802 that the abnormality flag is ON, the prize ball total value is cleared (step S10803), and the abnormality flag is turned OFF (step S10804), but if the abnormality flag is turned ON a predetermined number of times within a predetermined period, information indicating that an abnormality has occurred may be displayed on the game history information display section 45z.

<Aspect 26>
In the above aspect 23, the arithmetic processing, which is the process of calculating game history information, is divided into multiple tasks and executed, but the type of processing that is divided into multiple tasks is not limited to this arithmetic processing, but can be It is possible to have a configuration in which processing is divided into multiple tasks and executed. For example, in a configuration in which the sound and light side MPU 92 of the audio and light emission control device 90 sets the content of the effect to be executed, a configuration may be adopted in which the processing for setting the content of the effect is divided into a plurality of tasks and executed.

<Aspect 27>
In the above embodiment 23, two bits each out of eight bits in the buffer area are set as processing targets for the prize ball tally processing, but the number of bits to be processed is two. The number is not limited to , and may be any other number. For example, a configuration may be adopted in which five bits are set as processing targets in one timer interrupt process. Alternatively, a configuration may be adopted in which all eight bits are set as processing targets in one timer interrupt process. In addition, it is possible to set only a predetermined bit among the eight bits (for example, six bits from the 0th bit D0 to the 5th bit D5, in which the prize ball is set), and one time In the timer interrupt processing, two bits may be set as processing targets.

<Aspect 28>
In the above aspect 23, the first area of the main side RAM 64 is allocated as a storage area for executing processing related to game progress, and the second area of the main side RAM 64 is allocated as a storage area for executing processing for game history. However, the second area of the main side RAM 64 may be allocated as a storage area for executing other processes than the game history process.

Alternatively, the main RAM 64 may be divided into three or more areas. For example, a third area, which is the third area of the main side RAM 64, may be allocated as a storage area for executing processing for outputting gaming history information to the outside.

<Aspect 29>
In the above aspect 23, the game history process includes the save process and the return process, but the process other than the game history process may include the save process and the return process. For example, a configuration may be adopted in which the processes scheduled to be deleted when the design of the gaming machine is changed include a save process and a return process.

<Aspect 30>
In the above aspect 23, the game history process is incorporated into the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27), but the game history process may be incorporated into the main process (FIG. 12). In addition, in the above aspect 23, the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27) is configured to incorporate the game history process as a process different from the process related to the progress of the game. , a configuration may be adopted in which processing other than the game history processing is incorporated into the timer interrupt processing. For example, a configuration in which a transmission process for transmitting information regarding the game status at a predetermined timing to a hall computer installed in a game hall is incorporated into the timer interrupt process as a process different from the process related to the progress of the game. You can also use it as Furthermore, a configuration may be adopted in which various processes different from those related to the progress of the game are incorporated into the main process.

<Aspect 31>
In the above aspect 23, the main side CPU 62x executes the game history processing (FIG. 29) to calculate the game history information without having the game history management chip 300, but the game history management chip 300 is not provided. 300, and the main CPU 62x may execute a game history process (FIG. 29) to calculate game history information. According to such a configuration, the game history information can be calculated in two systems, so even if a problem occurs in one system, the game history information can be calculated. In addition, if the gaming history information calculated from the two systems is compared and it is configured to notify (display) whether or not these values match, the reliability and accuracy of the calculated gaming history information can be confirmed. It becomes possible to do so.

Alternatively, the gaming history management chip 300 may be configured to calculate gaming history information by executing the gaming history processing (FIG. 29) described in the above aspect 23.

<Aspect 32>
In step S10805 of the game history processing (FIG. 29) of aspect 23, the information stored in each bit of the ball entry detection information storage area (FIG. 30) provided in the first area of the main side RAM 64 is ORed. Although the configuration is such that the information is read out during processing, instead of this configuration, the 8-bit storage area (hereinafter also referred to as the second ball entry detection information storage area) corresponding to the ball entry detection information storage area is stored in the second memory area of the main side RAM 64. The information stored in each bit of the ball entry detection information storage area provided in the first area of the main side RAM 64 is stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64. It may also be configured to duplicate (copy) into the second ball entry detection information storage area and read out the information of each copied bit in the OR process in step S10805.

Alternatively, the ball entry detection information storage area may be provided in the second area of the main side RAM 64.

<Aspect 33>
In step S10814 of the game history processing (FIG. 29) of aspect 23 above, if the calculation process (task 1 or task 2) for calculating game history information is not executed, the prize ball aggregate value included in task 3 is valid. Although the process of determining the validity is always executed, the process of determining the validity of the prize ball total value may be executed only once each time the game history information is newly calculated. Specifically, for example, after determining the validity of the prize ball total value in task 3, a determined flag indicating that the determination has been completed is turned on, and when task 3 is executed next, the determined flag is set to ON. is ON, the configuration is such that the process of determining the validity of the prize ball total value is not executed. Then, in task 1 that is executed again, the determined flag may be turned OFF. According to such a configuration, one game history process is completed while ensuring the validity of the game history information by determining the validity of the prize ball aggregate value that is the basis for calculating the game history information. It becomes possible to further shorten the processing time required.

<Aspect 34>
In step S10810 of the game history processing (FIG. 29) of Aspect 23 above, if a predetermined time (for example, 30 minutes) has passed since the pachinko machine 10 was powered on, or if 5 seconds have passed since the previous execution of the calculation process. In this case, it is determined that it is the timing to execute the arithmetic processing, and the gaming history information is calculated. It may be determined that it is the timing to execute the arithmetic processing, and thereafter, it may be determined that it is the timing to execute the arithmetic processing every five seconds after the previous execution of the arithmetic processing. In this configuration, until the total number of prize balls in the prize ball tally reaches 60,000, the calculated game history information is displayed blinking when displayed on the game history information display section 45z, and the total number of prize balls reaches 60,000. After reaching this point, the calculated game history information may be displayed by lighting when the game history information display section 45z is displayed. According to such a configuration, it is possible to easily determine whether or not a sufficient amount of statistical data has been accumulated as a prize ball total value that is the basis for calculating the displayed game history information. In addition, instead of the total number of prize balls, the display may be switched from a blinking display to a lighting display based on a total value of the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage (the number of game balls fired onto the game board 30). .

<Aspect 35>
In step S10807 of the game history processing (FIG. 29) of the above aspect 23, the plurality of processing target candidates for the prize ball aggregation processing are fixed in advance as eight bits in the buffer area. Divide the 8 bits into 2 groups of 4 bits each, select one of the 2 groups as a candidate for multiple processing targets in the prize ball aggregation process, and select the 4 bits belonging to the selected group. A configuration may be adopted in which two bits from among these are set as processing targets for the prize ball aggregation process. However, as in Aspect 23 above, it would be better to select one of the two groups in a configuration in which multiple processing target candidates for the prize ball aggregation process are fixed in advance as eight bits in the buffer area. There is no need to perform additional processing, which simplifies the processing and, as a result, increases processing speed. Furthermore, the storage capacity for storing information such as programs and parameters necessary for selecting one of the two groups can be reduced.

<Aspect 36>
In the gaming history processing of aspect 23 (FIG. 29), the task (various processing) to be executed in the gaming history processing in the current timer interrupt processing is determined based on the remaining time until the next timer interrupt processing starts. The configuration may be such that the number and type are determined. According to such a configuration, it is possible to execute a task by effectively utilizing the remaining time until the next timer interrupt process is started.

<Aspect 37>
FIG. 31 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in aspect 37 of the first embodiment. In this aspect 37, the game history management chip 300 is not provided, and the main CPU 62x is configured to execute the process for calculating and displaying the game history information (game history process) described above. Further, the main side RAM 64 is divided into two areas (a first area and a second area) similarly to the above-mentioned aspect 23 (FIG. 26), and the first area of the main side RAM 64 is related to the progress of the game. The second area of the main RAM 64 is used to store programs for executing processes and various flags (high probability mode flag, high frequency support mode flag, etc.), etc., and the second area is used to calculate and display gaming history information. It is used as an area to store programs for executing the processing (gaming history processing) and various numerical information (game history information such as the above-mentioned prize ball total value, information on the number of balls entered, and ratio of accessories), etc. . Then, the main CPU 62x writes information to the first area of the main RAM 64 when executing the process related to the progress of the game (process other than the game history process), as in the above-mentioned aspect 23 (FIG. 26). When executing the game history processing, information is written only to the second area of the main RAM 64.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 31, the main MPU 62 of the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment includes a flash memory, which is a nonvolatile memory that is rewritable and can retain memory even when the power supply is cut off. A memory 64x is provided. In this embodiment, a NAND type flash memory is used as the flash memory 64x, but a NOR type flash memory may also be used. In the game history process, the main CPU 62x in this embodiment executes a process of writing various numerical information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 to the flash memory 64x at a predetermined timing. Specifically, for example, the main CPU 62x executes a process of writing various prize ball total values and the like into the flash memory 64x every time the total number of prize balls in the prize ball total value reaches 500. That is, the flash memory 64x stores various numerical information (game history information such as the prize ball total value, information on the number of balls entered, and the ratio of accessories) acquired based on the execution of the game.

As described above, according to the configuration of this aspect, various numerical information (game history information such as the prize ball total value, information on the number of balls entered, and ratio of accessories) acquired based on the execution of the game is stored in the flash memory 64x. Since the information is stored, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off for a long period of time, these various numerical information can be retained. For example, even if power is not supplied to the pachinko machine 10 for a long period of time during the distribution process, normal games are being executed in the pachinko machine 10 based on various numerical information stored in the flash memory 64x. It becomes possible to check whether or not the

<Aspect 38>
In the above aspect 37, a pressable flash memory clear button is provided on the back of the pachinko machine 10, and when the flash memory clear button is continuously pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), the data is stored in the flash memory 64x. It may also be configured such that the information (game history information such as prize ball total value, number of balls entered, information on accessory ratio, etc.) is deleted.

Specifically, for example, an IC chip for erasing processing that can execute erasing processing to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x is provided, and while the flash memory clear button is pressed, an IC chip for erasing processing that can erase information stored in the flash memory 64x is provided. The configuration is such that a Hi level signal is input to the input terminal of the IC chip. The erasing IC chip is configured to perform erasing processing to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x based on the Hi level signal input to the input terminal continuing for 10 seconds. . According to such a configuration, compared to a configuration in which information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased by the processing of the main CPU 62x, the influence on the processing related to game execution of the main CPU 62x and the operation of the main RAM 64 is reduced. The information stored in the flash memory 64x can be erased while suppressing this.

Furthermore, the flash memory clear button may be configured to be stored inside a space where traces of release remain. Specifically, for example, the flash memory clear button is stored inside a board box with a seal that leaves traces of tampering, and cannot be pressed unless the seal is removed and the board box is opened. It is also possible to have a configuration in which this is not possible.

According to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10, it is necessary to open the circuit board box of the pachinko machine 10 and operate the flash memory clear button. Traces of opening will remain on the circuit board box of the pachinko machine 10. That is, based on whether or not there are any traces of opening remaining in the board box of the pachinko machine 10, there is a possibility that the board box of the pachinko machine 10 has been opened and the information stored in the flash memory 64x has been erased. It becomes possible to grasp whether or not.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified (for example, a nail has been illegally modified), the effect of the illegal modification will appear on the game played, and furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 will be affected by the illegal modification. The information stored in the flash memory 64x (for example, the ratio of accessories, etc.) may be affected by the unauthorized modification. A person (hereinafter also referred to as an "inspector") who inspects whether or not normal games are being executed by the pachinko machine 10 checks the information stored in the flash memory 64x. Unauthorized modifications made can be discovered. For this reason, a person (hereinafter also referred to as an "unauthorized person") who wishes to prevent an inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been fraudulently modified by erasing the information There is a possibility that it exists.

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, it is necessary to open the board box of the pachinko machine 10 and operate the flash memory clear button. In this case, traces of the opening will remain on the board box of the pachinko machine 10, so even if an unauthorized person erases the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the information may not be erased to conceal the fraud. There will be traces of this possibility left behind. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to the pachinko machine 10, and in turn, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of motives for making unauthorized modifications to the pachinko machine 10, thereby improving the soundness of the game. can be improved.

Note that pachinko machines 10 may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a pachinko machine 10 that has already been used for games (a so-called used pachinko machine) must use the flash memory of the pachinko machine 10. In some cases, a user may have a legitimate desire to erase the information stored on the 64x before distributing it. Therefore, only those who have a legitimate desire to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 (hereinafter also referred to as "legitimate persons") can erase the traces of opening of the board box. By building a distribution system that allows for this, it will be possible to promote smooth distribution of pachinko machines 10 while ensuring the soundness of the game. Specifically, for example, by building a distribution system that allows only the legitimate manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10 to affix a new seal, the soundness of the game can be ensured while the pachinko machine It becomes possible to promote smooth distribution of 10 items.

Note that the configuration in which the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased based on the operation of the flash memory clear button is not limited to the above configuration, and various other configurations may be adopted. For example, the information stored in the flash memory 64x may be erased when the flash memory clear button is pressed a predetermined number of times (for example, 5 times) within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). Alternatively, for example, the configuration may be such that an IC chip for erasure processing is not provided, and the main CPU 62x monitors whether or not the flash memory clear button is pressed, and the flash memory clear button continues to be pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). The configuration may be such that when the button is pressed, an erase program for erasing information stored in the flash memory 64x is executed to erase the information.

In addition, the flash memory clear button is not limited to the configuration where it is stored inside a board box with a seal affixed, but it is stored inside a space where there are traces of opening (also referred to as opening traces or opening/closing traces). Other configurations may be used as long as the configuration is as follows. For example, the flash memory clear button is housed inside a space covered by a lid member, and the flash memory clear button cannot be operated unless at least a portion of the lid member is destroyed to open the space. It is also possible to have a configuration in which this is not possible. According to such a configuration, in order to operate the flash memory clear button, the lid member must be destroyed to open the space, so when the flash memory clear button is pressed, the flash memory is not stored. The destroyed lid member remains as a trace of the open space. Also, for example, the flash memory clear button can be connected to a joint (crimped part) between multiple case bodies (for example, a box-shaped case body and a lid-shaped case body that can seal the open part of the box-shaped case body). It is configured to be housed inside a board box configured by being joined together, and when separating the plurality of case bodies that make up the board box, it is necessary to destroy a predetermined part of the joining part (crimped part). Good too. According to such a configuration, in order to operate the flash memory clear button, it is necessary to break a predetermined part of the joint (crimped part) and separate the plurality of case bodies to open the board box. When the flash memory clear button is pressed, a bonded portion (crimped portion) in which a predetermined portion is destroyed remains as a trace of the base box being opened. Furthermore, the flash memory clear button was configured to be housed inside the board box that was joined by the above-mentioned joining part (crimped part), and when it was peeled off, the adhesive layer remained on the object to be adhered, so that it could be peeled off. A configuration may also be adopted in which a seal that leaves a trace is pasted across the boundaries between a plurality of case bodies. According to such a configuration, when the flash memory clear button is pressed, in addition to the traces of opening of the board box, such as the joints (caulked parts) where predetermined parts have been broken, there is also evidence that the seal has been peeled off or the seal has been peeled off. Traces of opening the board box will remain, such as the seal being cut at the boundary between the case bodies.

<Aspect 39>
In the above aspect 37, the above-described inspection machine 320 (FIG. 10) for inspecting whether various game history information is within a normal range is connected to the inspection terminal 65 provided on the main side MPU 62. , when a predetermined signal (for example, an erase command) is received from the inspection machine 320, information stored in the flash memory 64x (game history information such as prize ball total value, information on the number of balls entered, game history information such as accessory ratio, etc.) ) may be deleted.

Specifically, for example, similarly to the above-mentioned aspect 38, an IC chip for erasing processing that can perform erasing processing for erasing information stored in the flash memory 64x is provided, and an IC chip connected to the testing terminal 65 is provided. When an erase command is transmitted from the inspection machine 320, the erase command is input to the input terminal of the erase processing IC chip. Then, the erase processing IC chip executes an erase process to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x based on receiving the erase instruction command from the input terminal.

According to the configuration of this aspect, the erase processing IC chip erases the information stored in the flash memory 64x based on receiving the erase instruction command from the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65. , a person having the inspection machine 320 can erase information stored in the flash memory 64x. That is, it becomes possible to restrict deletion of the information by a person who does not have the inspection device 320.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified (for example, a nail has been illegally modified), the effect of the illegal modification will appear on the game played, and furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 will be affected by the illegal modification. The information stored in the flash memory 64x (for example, the ratio of accessories, etc.) may be affected by the unauthorized modification. For example, a person (inspector) who inspects whether or not a normal game is being played by the pachinko machine 10 connects the inspection machine 320 to the inspection terminal 65 and transfers the information stored in the flash memory 64x to the inspection machine. 320, it is possible to discover any unauthorized modifications made to the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, there is a possibility that there is a person (unauthorized person) who desires to prevent the inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified by erasing the information. .

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the inspection machine 320 that can be connected to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10 is required. By restricting the persons who can own the inspection machine 320, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the flash memory 64x from being erased by an unauthorized person. This makes it possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation for making unnecessary modifications, thereby improving the soundness of the game.

Note that pachinko machines 10 may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a pachinko machine 10 that has already been used for games (a so-called used pachinko machine 10) must use the flash of the pachinko machine 10. There are cases where the user has a legitimate desire to erase the information stored in the memory 64x before distributing it. Therefore, only those who wish to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 for legitimate reasons (for example, the manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10) and the above-mentioned inspectors have the inspection machine 320. By building a distribution system that allows this, it will be possible to promote smooth distribution of pachinko machines 10 while ensuring the soundness of the game.

Furthermore, when the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased, the information stored in the flash memory 64x is transmitted to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 prior to the erasure. A configuration may also be used.

Specifically, for example, the above-mentioned erase processing IC chip receives a transmission start signal indicating that it will start transmitting the information stored in the flash memory 64x based on receiving the erase instruction command from the input terminal. Send the command to the inspection machine 320. Upon receiving the transmission start command, the inspection device 320 shifts to a receivable mode in which it can receive information, and transmits a receivable command indicating that it is in the receivable mode to the erasing IC chip. The erasing IC chip that has received the receivable command starts transmitting the information stored in the flash memory 64x. Then, when the transmission of the information is completed, the erasure processing IC chip transmits a transmission completion command to the inspection device 320. Upon receiving the transmission completion command, the inspection device 320 checks whether the received information has any errors such as missing data, and if there is no error, transmits the reception completion command to the erasing IC chip. The erase processing IC chip executes an erase process to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x based on receiving the reception completion command.

According to such a configuration, even if the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased due to an erroneous operation against the will of the person having the inspection machine 320, the information will not be erased from the flash memory 64x. Since the information that has been removed remains in the inspection machine 320, the information can be confirmed by the inspection machine 320.

Note that the configuration in which information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased based on reception of a predetermined signal from the inspection machine 320 is not limited to the above configuration, and various other configurations may be adopted. can. For example, if the configuration is such that no erase processing IC chip is provided, and the main CPU 62x monitors whether or not an erase command is received from the inspection machine 320 connected to the test terminal 65, and receives the erase command. Alternatively, the configuration may be such that an erase program for erasing information stored in the flash memory 64x is executed to erase the information. Further, when receiving an erase command from the inspection machine 320, the main CPU 62x sends the information stored in the flash memory 64x to the inspection machine 320, and then executes an erase program to erase the information. The configuration may also be such that the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased.

Note that in this embodiment, the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased using the inspection machine 320 for inspecting whether various game history information is within a normal range; The configuration is not limited to the configuration using the machine 320, but a configuration may also be adopted in which the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased using a dedicated terminal for erasing the information.

<Aspect 40>
In the above aspect 37, when the flash memory clear button stored inside the space where traces of opening remain are pressed down continuously for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), and when a predetermined When a signal (for example, an erasure command) is received, the information stored in the flash memory 64x (the total prize ball value, the information on the number of balls entered, the game history information such as the ratio of accessories, etc.) is erased. Good too.

Specifically, for example, similarly to the above-mentioned aspect 38, an IC chip for erasing processing that can execute erasing processing to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x is provided, and the flash memory clear button is pressed. During this period, a Hi level signal is input to the input terminal of the erase processing IC chip. The erasing IC chip then performs an erasing process capable of erasing information stored in the flash memory 64x based on the Hi level signal input to the input terminal continuing for 10 seconds. Move to execution standby mode. When the erase processing IC chip receives an erase instruction command from the inspection device 320 in this erase processing execution standby mode, it executes an erase process to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x.

According to the configuration of this aspect, the flash memory clear button is stored inside the board box that leaves traces of opening, so in order to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10, Since the board box of the pachinko machine 10 is opened and the flash memory clear button is operated, traces of the opening will remain on the board box of the pachinko machine 10. Furthermore, the erasure processing IC chip erases the information stored in the flash memory 64x based on receiving a predetermined signal from the inspection device 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65, so it has an inspection device 320. A person can erase information stored in flash memory 64x. Therefore, based on whether or not there are any traces of opening remaining in the board box of the pachinko machine 10, there is a possibility that the board box of the pachinko machine 10 has been opened and the information stored in the flash memory 64x has been erased. It becomes possible to grasp whether or not the inspection machine 320 is present, and it becomes possible to restrict erasure of the information by a person who does not have the inspection machine 320.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified (for example, a nail has been illegally modified), the effect of the illegal modification will appear on the game played, and furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 will be affected by the illegal modification. The information stored in the flash memory 64x (for example, the ratio of accessories, etc.) may be affected by the unauthorized modification. For example, a person (inspector) who inspects whether or not a normal game is being played by the pachinko machine 10 connects the inspection machine 320 to the inspection terminal 65 and transfers the information stored in the flash memory 64x to the inspection machine. 320, it is possible to discover any unauthorized modifications made to the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, there is a possibility that there is a person (unauthorized person) who wants to prevent the inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified by erasing the information. .

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the inspection machine 320 that can be connected to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10 is required. By restricting who can have the inspection device 320, it is possible to prevent information stored in the flash memory 64x from being erased by an unauthorized person. Furthermore, even if an unauthorized person were to possess the inspection machine 320, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the board box of the pachinko machine 10 must be opened and the flash memory It is necessary to operate the clear button. In this case, traces of the opening will remain on the circuit board box of the pachinko machine 10, so even if the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased, there is a possibility that the information was erased to conceal the fraud. Traces will remain. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the flash memory 64x from being erased by an unauthorized person, and it is also possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to the pachinko machine 10. As a result, it is possible to further suppress the occurrence of motivation to make unauthorized modifications to the pachinko machine 10, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

Note that pachinko machines 10 may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a pachinko machine 10 that has already been used for games (a so-called used pachinko machine 10) must use the flash of the pachinko machine 10. There are cases where the user has a legitimate desire to erase the information stored in the memory 64x before distributing it. Therefore, only those who wish to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 for legitimate reasons (for example, the manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10) and the above-mentioned inspectors have the inspection machine 320. If a distribution system is established in which only authorized persons can erase the traces of opening of the board box, it is possible to ensure the soundness of the game and promote smooth distribution of pachinko machines 10. It becomes possible.

Note that the above configuration is one in which the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased based on the flash memory clear button accepting a predetermined operation and receiving a predetermined signal from the inspection machine 320. However, various other configurations can be adopted. For example, if the flash memory clear button is pressed a predetermined number of times (for example, 5 times) within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), the erase processing IC chip may be configured to shift to the above-described erase processing execution standby mode. Further, for example, when an erase command is received from the inspection device 320, the erase processing IC chip shifts to the above-described erase processing execution standby mode, and in the erase processing execution standby mode, the flash memory clear button is pressed for a predetermined period of time (e.g. 10 seconds) If the button is pressed continuously, it may be configured to execute erasing processing to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x. Alternatively, for example, a configuration may be adopted in which no IC chip for erasure processing is provided, and the main CPU 62x executes the same function as the IC chip for erasure processing to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x.

Further, similarly to the above aspect 39, when the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased, the information stored in the flash memory 64x is connected to the inspection terminal 65 prior to the erasing. The information may be transmitted to the inspecting machine 320 that has been inspected. According to such a configuration, even if the information stored in the flash memory 64x is erased due to an erroneous operation against the will of the person having the inspection machine 320, the information will not be erased from the flash memory 64x. Since the information that has been removed remains in the inspection machine 320, the information can be confirmed by the inspection machine 320.

<Aspect 41>
In the above aspect 37, an operation panel that accepts an input operation of authentication information (for example, a password) and a display that displays the input authentication information are provided on the back of the pachinko machine 10, and the authentication information input by the operation panel and If the authentication information individually set for the pachinko machine 10 matches, the information stored in the flash memory 64x (game history information such as the total prize ball value, information on the number of balls entered, and ratio of accessories, etc.) It is also possible to have a configuration in which the information is deleted.

Specifically, for example, similar to the above-mentioned aspect 38, an erasure processing IC chip capable of executing erasure processing for erasing information stored in the flash memory 64x is provided, and information input via the operation panel is provided. The configuration is such that the authentication information is input to the input terminal of the erase processing IC chip. The erasing IC chip then determines whether the authentication information input from the operation panel matches the authentication information stored in the ROM of the erasing IC chip, and if they match. If determined, erasing processing is executed to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x.

According to the configuration of this aspect, the erasure processing IC chip is stored in the flash memory 64x based on the fact that the authentication information received by the reception means matches the authentication information set in the pachinko machine 10. Since the information is erased, a person who has the authentication information set in the relevant pachinko machine 10 (for example, a person who knows the password set in the relevant pachinko machine 10) can delete the information stored in the flash memory 64x. Information can be deleted. That is, it becomes possible to restrict deletion of the information by a person who does not have the authentication information set in the pachinko machine 10.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified (for example, a nail has been illegally modified), the effect of the illegal modification will appear on the game played, and furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 will be affected by the illegal modification. The information stored in the flash memory 64x (for example, the ratio of accessories, etc.) may be affected by the unauthorized modification. A person (inspector) who inspects whether normal games are being executed by the pachinko machine 10 can determine whether or not the pachinko machine 10 has been fraudulently modified by checking the information stored in the flash memory 64x. can be discovered. Therefore, there is a possibility that there is a person (unauthorized person) who desires to prevent the inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified by erasing the information. .

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the flash memory 64x, it is necessary to have the authentication information set in the pachinko machine 10. By restricting who can have the authentication information set in the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the flash memory 64x from being erased by an unauthorized person. Furthermore, it becomes possible to suppress the occurrence of a motive for illegally modifying the pachinko machine 10, and it is possible to improve the soundness of the game.

Note that pachinko machines 10 may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wants to newly distribute a pachinko machine 10 that has already been used for games (a so-called used pachinko machine 10) must use the flash of the pachinko machine 10. There are cases where the user has a legitimate desire to erase the information stored in the memory 64x before distributing it. Therefore, only those who have a desire to delete the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 for legitimate reasons (for example, the manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10) can delete the information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10. By constructing a distribution system that can have authentication information, it becomes possible to promote smooth distribution of pachinko machines 10 while ensuring the soundness of the game.

Note that the authentication information input to erase information stored in the flash memory 64x is not limited to the password, and various types of authentication information can be used. For example, authentication information may include authentication characters (passwords, passphrases) that are a combination of multiple character strings, barcodes with a specific pattern, passwords generated according to predetermined rules (for example, one-time passwords), or a specific person. Biometric information (fingerprints, iris, vein patterns, etc.) can be used.

<Aspect 42>
In the above aspect 37, when the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is performed, the information stored in the main side RAM 64 is Among them, the information stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64 (information used to control the execution of the game, including the high probability mode flag, high frequency support mode flag, etc.) is erased and is stored in the second area. The information (information acquired based on the executed game, such as the total value of prize balls, the information on the number of balls entered, and the game history information such as the ratio of accessories) may be configured not to be deleted.

Specifically, for example, immediately after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main CPU 62x determines whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed down, and determines whether the RAM clear button is pressed down. If it is determined that this is the case, among the information stored in the main RAM 64, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased, and the information stored in the second area is not erased. composition.

According to such a configuration, the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 (information acquired based on the executed game) is stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64 while leaving the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64. It becomes possible to erase information (information used to control the execution of games). Specifically, for example, if a malfunction occurs in the control of the game execution, or at the start or end of the game hall's operation, information used to control the game execution may be deleted and the control of the gaming machine can be changed. There is a desire to perform initialization, but not to erase information acquired based on played games. According to the configuration of this aspect, by operating the RAM clear button, the information used for controlling the execution of the game is erased while leaving the information acquired based on the executed game. It becomes possible to execute control initialization.

Furthermore, in addition to the RAM clear button described above, a second RAM clear button for erasing information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, and the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. If the second RAM clear button is pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds) during this state, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 may be deleted. .

Specifically, for example, the main CPU 62x monitors whether or not the second RAM clear button is pressed, and if the second RAM clear button remains pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). If it is determined that this has been done, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 among the information stored in the main RAM 64 is erased.

According to such a configuration, the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 (information acquired based on the played game) that cannot be erased by operating the RAM clear button, It can be erased by operating the second clear button.

Furthermore, the second RAM clear button may be stored inside a space where traces of release remain. Specifically, for example, the second RAM clear button is stored inside a board box that has a seal that leaves traces of tampering, and cannot be pressed unless the seal is peeled off and the board box is opened. It is also possible to have a configuration in which this is not possible.

According to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 of the pachinko machine 10, it is necessary to open the board box of the pachinko machine 10 and operate the second RAM clear button. Therefore, traces of the opening will remain on the board box of the pachinko machine 10. That is, based on whether there are any traces of opening remaining in the board box of the pachinko machine 10, the board box of the pachinko machine 10 is opened and the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is erased. It becomes possible to understand whether there is a possibility or not.

Here, if the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified (for example, a nail has been illegally modified), the effect of the illegal modification will appear on the game played, and furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 will be affected by the illegal modification. The information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 (for example, the ratio of accessories, etc.) may be affected by the unauthorized modification. A person (inspector) who inspects whether a normal game is being executed by the pachinko machine 10 checks the information stored in the flash memory 64x and the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64. By doing so, it is possible to discover unauthorized modifications made to the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, there is a possibility that there is a person (unauthorized person) who wants to prevent the inspector from discovering that the pachinko machine 10 has been illegally modified by erasing the information. .

However, according to the configuration of this aspect, in order to erase the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64, it is necessary to open the board box of the pachinko machine 10 and operate the second RAM clear button. . In this case, traces of the opening will remain on the circuit board box of the pachinko machine 10, so even if an unauthorized person erases the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64, the information may be used to conceal fraud. This leaves traces that may have been erased for some reason. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to the pachinko machine 10, and in turn, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of motives for making unauthorized modifications to the pachinko machine 10, thereby improving the soundness of the game. can be improved.

Note that pachinko machines 10 may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wishes to newly distribute a pachinko machine 10 that has already been used for games (a so-called used pachinko machine) must contact the owner of the pachinko machine 10. There are cases where a user has a legitimate desire to erase the information stored in the second area of the RAM 64 before distributing it. Therefore, only a person (a legitimate person) who has a desire to erase the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 of the pachinko machine 10 for a legitimate reason can erase the traces of the opening of the board box. By establishing a distribution system, it is possible to promote smooth distribution of pachinko machines 10 while ensuring the soundness of the game. Specifically, for example, by building a distribution system that allows only the legitimate manufacturer of the pachinko machine 10 to affix a new seal, the soundness of the game can be ensured while the pachinko machine It becomes possible to promote smooth distribution of 10 items.

Note that as the configuration of the space in which traces of opening (also referred to as opening traces or opening/closing traces) remain, various configurations described in the above aspect 38 can be adopted.

<Aspect 43>
In the above aspect 37, the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is executed, and the RAM is cleared within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). When the clear button is not pressed, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased, but the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not erased. On the other hand, if the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button is executed, and the RAM clear button remains pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), , the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 may not be erased, but the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 may be erased.

Specifically, for example, immediately after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main CPU 62x determines whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed down, and determines whether the RAM clear button is pressed down. If it is determined that the RAM clear button is pressed, it is monitored whether the state in which the RAM clear button is pressed continues for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). If it is determined that the RAM clear button has not been pressed within a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), the main CPU 62x erases the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64. However, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not deleted. On the other hand, if it is determined that the RAM clear button has been pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), the main CPU 62x does not delete the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64. First, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is erased.

According to such a configuration, by performing different operations on the RAM clear button, it is possible to select information to be erased from among the information stored in the main RAM 64. In other words, the structure of the pachinko machine 10 is simplified because the information to be deleted can be selected without providing another operation unit (for example, a button) for selecting the information to be deleted. can be achieved.

Specifically, for example, if a problem occurs in the control of the game execution, or at the start or end of the operation of the game hall, information used to control the execution of the game (stored in the first area of the main RAM 64) If you want to initialize the control of the gaming machine by deleting the information stored in seconds), the RAM clear button is not pressed, and on the other hand, the information acquired based on the executed game (information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64) is erased and the game is If you want to distribute a new machine, turn on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button, and keep the RAM clear button pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). ) should be continued. In this way, by performing different operations on the RAM clear button, it becomes possible to select information to be erased from among the information stored in the main RAM 64.

Note that while the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is being erased, the above-mentioned game history processing cannot be executed, so the number of game balls entered into each ball entry hole, etc. There is a possibility that an error may occur in the aggregate prize ball value, etc. Therefore, if the configuration is such that the execution of the game is not started until the erasing process is completed (for example, a configuration that inhibits the firing of game balls), it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the error.

Further, in this aspect, an operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button is executed, and the RAM clear button is not pressed within a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). If this happens, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased, and it is determined whether the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is valid. If it is determined that the information is valid, the information may not be deleted, and if it is determined that the information is not valid, the information may be deleted. According to such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the game from being started while the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is not valid. The information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not valid, for example, when the number of prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls, or when the number of consecutive prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls. This is the case when there is an inconsistency in the total value of prize balls, such as when the number of prize balls exceeds the number of prize balls, or when the number of consecutive prize balls exceeds the number of prize balls.

<Aspect 44>
In the above aspect 37, the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is executed, and the RAM is cleared within a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds). When the clear button is not pressed, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is erased, but the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is not erased. On the other hand, if the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button is executed, and the RAM clear button remains pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), , a configuration may be adopted in which not only the information stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64 is erased, but also the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is erased.

Specifically, for example, immediately after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main CPU 62x determines whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed down, and determines whether the RAM clear button is pressed down. If it is determined that this is the case, the information stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64 is erased. Furthermore, the main CPU 62x monitors whether the RAM clear button is pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), and determines whether the RAM clear button is pressed within the predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). If it is determined that the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is not erased. On the other hand, if it is determined that the RAM clear button has been pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), the main CPU 62x also erases the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64. .

According to such a configuration, similarly to the above-described aspect 43, by performing a different operation on the RAM clear button, the information to be deleted can be selected from among the information stored in the main side RAM 64. It becomes possible to do so. Furthermore, by performing an operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button, and keeping the RAM clear button pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), the main side RAM 64 is It becomes possible to erase both the information stored in the first area and the information stored in the second area.

Note that while the processing for erasing the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is being executed, the above-mentioned game history processing cannot be executed, so the number of game balls entered into each ball entry hole, etc. There is a possibility that an error may occur in the aggregate value of prize balls, etc. Therefore, if the configuration is such that the execution of the game is not started until the deletion process is completed (for example, a configuration that inhibits the firing of game balls), it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the error.

<Aspect 45>
In the above aspect 37, when the operation of pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds) is performed while the power of the pachinko machine 10 is on. , the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 may be deleted.

Specifically, for example, the main CPU 62x monitors whether or not the RAM clear button is pressed down, and determines if the RAM clear button has been pressed down for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). If it is determined, the configuration is such that among the information stored in the main RAM 64, the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is erased.

According to such a configuration, the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 can be erased without providing a separate operation unit (for example, a button, etc.) for erasing the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64. It becomes possible to delete the information that exists. Note that while the information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 is being erased, the above-mentioned game history processing cannot be executed temporarily. There is a possibility that errors may occur in the number of balls entered, the aggregate value of prize balls, etc. Therefore, if a configuration is adopted in which the execution of the game is temporarily stopped during the period from the start to the end of execution of the erasing process (for example, a configuration that temporarily inhibits the firing of game balls), the occurrence of the error can be suppressed. can do.

<Aspect 46>
In each of the above aspects, information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 (such as the total value of prize balls, information on the number of balls entered, game history information such as the ratio of accessories, etc., acquired based on the executed game) When the information) is erased, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (information used to control the execution of the game, such as the high probability mode flag and the high frequency support mode flag) is always erased. It may also be a configuration. That is, when a predetermined operation for erasing information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is executed, or when a predetermined operation for erasing information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is performed. When a signal is received from another device (for example, the inspection machine 320), not only the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is erased, but also the information stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64 is erased. A configuration may also be adopted in which information is always deleted.

According to such a configuration, even though the information acquired based on the executed game (information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64) has been erased, the information obtained based on the executed game cannot be used to control the execution of the game. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the information (information stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64) is not deleted and is maintained as it is. Specifically, for example, information acquired based on the executed game is information that serves as collateral for determining the fairness of the game executed on the pachinko machine 10, so the information that serves as the collateral is deleted, the information used to control the execution of the game in the pachinko machine 10 (for example, information regarding the high probability mode flag or high frequency support mode flag indicating the gaming state) is deleted and the pachinko machine 10 is deleted. It is preferable to initialize the gaming state of the player. According to the configuration of this aspect, when erasing the information acquired based on the executed game (information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64), the information used for controlling the execution of the game ( Since the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is deleted, the information used to control the execution of the game is erased even though the information that serves as a guarantee for determining the fairness of the game is deleted. (Information stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64) is not erased, so that it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation where the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is maintained as it is.

For example, even if the information acquired based on the executed game (information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64) is erased, the information used to control the execution of the game may be deleted. (Information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64) is not deleted and is maintained as it is. Even though the information stored in the pachinko machine 10 has been deleted, the high probability mode or high frequency support mode may be maintained as is in the pachinko machine 10. In this case, when a game is executed on the pachinko machine 10, the game starts in the high probability mode or high frequency support mode in a state where the amount of information acquired based on the executed game is not sufficient as statistical data. , there is a high possibility that game history information such as accessory ratios will be calculated as biased values. Therefore, as in this embodiment, information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 (such as the total prize ball value, information on the number of balls entered, game history information such as the ratio of accessories, etc.) based on the executed game. When the acquired information) is deleted, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (information used to control game execution, such as the high probability mode flag and high frequency support mode flag) is always erased. By configuring this to be deleted, it is possible to prevent game history information such as accessory ratios from being calculated as biased values.

In addition, various operation modes can be adopted as an operation for erasing the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64. For example, while pressing down the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, and the state in which the RAM clear button is pressed continues for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). operation, operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing down the second RAM clear button separately provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing down both the RAM clear button and the second RAM clear button An operation such as turning on the power of the machine 10 can be adopted.

Further, for example, if an operation is performed to turn on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button, and the RAM clear button is not pressed within a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). In this case, among the information stored in the main RAM 64, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (including the high probability mode flag, high frequency support mode flag, etc.) is used to control the execution of the game. The information stored in the second area (information acquired based on the executed game, such as the total prize ball value, information on the number of balls entered, and game history information such as the ratio of accessories) is deleted. may be configured so that it is not deleted.

According to such a configuration, the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 (information acquired based on the executed game) is stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64 while leaving the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64. It becomes possible to erase information (information used to control the execution of games). Specifically, for example, if a malfunction occurs in the control of the game execution, or at the start or end of the game hall's operation, information used to control the game execution may be deleted and the control of the gaming machine can be changed. There is a desire to perform initialization, but not to erase information acquired based on played games. According to the configuration of this aspect, by operating the RAM clear button, the information used for controlling the execution of the game is erased while leaving the information acquired based on the executed game. It becomes possible to execute control initialization.

FIG. 32 is a flowchart illustrating an example of the main processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) in this embodiment. The main CPU 62x executes this main processing when the power is turned on.

In step S10901, it is determined whether the RAM clear button is pressed. If it is determined in step S10901 that the RAM clear button is not pressed (step S10901: NO), the process advances to step S10902, which will be described later. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10901 that the RAM clear button is pressed down (step S10901: YES), the process advances to step S10903, and a check is made as to whether the RAM clear button continues to be pressed down. Determine.

In step S10903, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is not pressed down, that is, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is not pressed down (step S10903: NO), step S10904 , the information stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64 is erased, and initialization processing for the first area is executed. Thereafter, the process advances to step S10908, which will be described later. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10903 that the RAM clear button remains pressed (step S10903: YES), the process advances to step S10905, and the RAM clear button remains pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds). ) Determine whether it is continuing.

In step S10905, if it is determined that the pressed state of the RAM clear button has not continued for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds) (step S10905: NO), the process returns to step S10903, and the pressed state of the RAM clear button continues. Determine whether or not. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10905 that the RAM clear button has been pressed for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds) (step S10905: YES), the process advances to step S10906. That is, if the RAM clear button is not held down for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds), the process proceeds to step S10904 described above, and if the RAM clear button is held down for a specified period of time (for example, 10 seconds), the process proceeds to step S10904, which will be described later. The process then proceeds to step S10906.

In step S10906, information stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64 is erased, and initialization processing for the first area is executed. Thereafter, the process advances to step S10907, where the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is erased, and initialization processing for the second area is executed. Thereafter, the process advances to step S10908, which will be described later.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10901 that the RAM clear button is not pressed (step S10901: NO), the process advances to step S10902, and the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is valid. Determine whether or not. Specifically, for example, whether the prize ball total value (the number of prize balls, the number of consecutive prize balls, the total number of prize balls), which is information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64, is valid. Determine whether or not. Here, the case where the prize ball aggregate value is not valid means that the number of prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls, or the number of consecutive prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls, or if the number of consecutive prize balls exceeds the total number of prize balls. This is a case where there is a discrepancy in the total value of prize balls, such as when the number of prize balls exceeds the number of prize balls. In step S10902, if it is determined that the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is not valid (step S10902: NO), the process advances to the above-mentioned steps S10906 and S10907, and the information stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64 is The information stored in the area and the information stored in the second area are erased. After that, the process advances to step S10908. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S10902 that the information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 is valid (step S10902: YES), the process directly advances to step S10908.

In step S10908, interrupt permission is set to permit generation of timer interrupt processing. After executing step S10908, the process proceeds to the remaining processing of steps S10909 to S10912. The remaining processing from step S10909 to step S10912 is the same as the remaining processing from step S10104 to step S10107 in FIG. 12 described above, so a description thereof will be omitted.

According to the processing flow described above, information stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64 (such as the total prize ball value, information on the number of balls entered, game history information such as the ratio of accessories, etc.) is based on the executed game. When executing the process (processing of step S10906) to delete the information (information acquired by The process of deleting the information used to control the execution of the game (the process of step S10907) is executed.

<Aspect 47>
In each of the above aspects, the information stored in the flash memory 64x (information acquired based on the executed game, such as the total value of prize balls, information on the number of balls entered, and game history information such as the ratio of accessories) is erased. The configuration may be such that the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (information used to control the execution of the game, such as the high probability mode flag and the high frequency support mode flag) is always deleted when the game is played. . That is, when an operation for erasing information stored in the flash memory 64x is performed, or when a predetermined signal for erasing information stored in the flash memory 64x is transmitted to another device (for example, the inspection machine 320 ), the configuration may be such that not only the information stored in the flash memory 64x is deleted, but also the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 is always deleted.

According to such a configuration, even though the information acquired based on the executed game (information stored in the flash memory 64x) has been erased, the information used for controlling the execution of the game (the main It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the information stored in the first area of the side RAM 64 is not deleted and is maintained as it is. Specifically, for example, information acquired based on the executed game is information that serves as collateral for determining the fairness of the game executed on the pachinko machine 10, so the information that serves as the collateral is deleted, the information used to control the execution of the game in the pachinko machine 10 (for example, information regarding the high probability mode flag or high frequency support mode flag indicating the gaming state) is deleted and the pachinko machine 10 is deleted. It is preferable to initialize the gaming state of the player. According to this configuration, when erasing the information acquired based on the executed game (information stored in the flash memory 64x), the information used for controlling the execution of the game (the first Since the information stored in the main RAM 64 is erased, the information used to control the execution of the game (the information stored in the main RAM 64 It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation where the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is maintained as it is because the information stored in one area is not deleted.

Furthermore, when the information stored in the flash memory 64x (information acquired based on executed games) is erased, the information stored in the first area of the main RAM 64 (high probability mode In addition to information used to control the execution of games such as flags and high-frequency support mode flags, information stored in the second area of the main RAM 64 (information acquired based on the executed games) is also stored in the second area of the main RAM 64. It may also be configured to be deleted.

<Aspect 48>
In some of the above aspects, the main side RAM 64 is divided into two areas (a first area and a second area), and the first area of the main side RAM 64 is for executing processing related to the progress of the game. The second area of the main RAM 64 is used as an area for storing programs and various flags (high probability mode flag, high frequency support mode flag, etc.). This area is configured to be used as an area to store programs for executing (processing) and various numerical information (the above-mentioned prize ball total value, information on the number of balls entered, game history information such as the ratio of accessories), etc. In place of the configuration, there is a RAM (RAM used for game progress processing) that is responsible for the function of the first area of the main side RAM 64 and a RAM (RAM used for game history processing) that is responsible for the function of the second area of the main side RAM 64. It is also possible to have a configuration in which these are provided separately.

<Aspect 49>
Among the above embodiments, in the embodiment including the flash memory 64x, the flash memory 64x may be stored inside a space where traces of opening remain (for example, a board box with a seal affixed). . According to such a configuration, in order to make unauthorized changes to the information stored in the flash memory 64x, the base box of the pachinko machine 10 must be opened, and the board of the pachinko machine 10 must be opened. Traces of opening will remain on the box. That is, based on whether or not there are any traces of opening remaining in the board box of the pachinko machine 10, it is determined that the board box of the pachinko machine 10 has been opened and the information stored in the flash memory 64x has been illegally altered. It becomes possible to understand whether there is a possibility or not. Therefore, it becomes difficult to conceal unauthorized alterations made to the information stored in the flash memory 64x, and as a result, a motive for making unauthorized alterations to the information stored in the flash memory 64x arises. It becomes possible to suppress this, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

Note that as the configuration of the space in which traces of opening (also referred to as opening traces or opening/closing traces) remain, various configurations described in the above aspect 38 can be adopted.

<Aspect 50>
FIG. 33 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing a part of the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in aspect 50. In the main side MPU 62 of this embodiment, a ball entry detection IC 62c is provided between the input/output port 62a and the main side CPU 62x.

The ball entry detection IC 62c is electrically connected to each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h via an input/output port 62a, and detects each ball entry port based on the signal received from each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h. It determines whether or not a game ball has entered the ball, and sends information indicating the result of the determination (ball entry information, which is information regarding whether or not a game ball has entered each ball entry hole) to the main CPU 62x and the inspection terminal. It outputs to the inspection machine 320 connected to 65. This will be explained in detail below.

Each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h that detects the entry of a game ball into each ball entry port electrically connects the 0th bit D0 to the 7th bit D7, which are eight input bits provided at the input port 62b. The eight input bits D0 to D7 are electrically connected to the eight input bits R0 to R7 provided in the ball entry detection IC 62c, respectively. In this aspect, a Lo level signal is constantly input to each of the eight input bits R0 to R7 provided in the ball entry detection IC 62c, and the entry of a game ball into the ball entry opening is determined by the entry of the game ball into the entry hole. When a ball is detected by the detection sensor, the signal input to the input bit corresponding to the ball entry detection sensor among the eight input bits R0 to R7 rises from the Lo level to the Hi level.

The ball entry detection IC 62c determines whether or not a game ball has entered each ball entry opening based on the signals output from each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h. In this aspect, the ball entry detection IC 62c monitors eight input bits R0 to R7 corresponding to the eight ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h, and Lo in the signal input to each input bit. When a rising edge from the level to the Hi level is detected, it is determined that the game ball has entered the ball entrance corresponding to the input bit. However, if a rising edge is detected but the Hi level state does not continue for a predetermined period, or if a rising edge is detected but the rising edge occurs within a predetermined interval from the most recent falling edge. In this case, since the detected rising edge is likely to be noise, it is determined that no game ball has entered the ball entrance corresponding to the input bit. It should be noted that various methods can be adopted as a method for determining whether or not a game ball has entered each ball entry hole. You may also adopt this method.

The ball entry detection IC 62c determines whether or not a game ball has entered each ball entrance at predetermined intervals, and transmits ball entry information, which is information indicating the result of the determination, to the main side through serial transmission communication. It is output to the CPU 62x and also to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65. In this aspect, since eight ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h are provided, the ball entry detection IC 62c receives ball entry information (8 bits of ball entry information) are output at predetermined intervals (every 4 ms). Specifically, the ball entry detection IC 62c always outputs a Lo level signal, and outputs a 50 μs Hi level signal as a start bit every predetermined period (every 4 ms) when determining whether or not a ball has entered the ball. After that, 8 bits of a 50 μs Hi level signal (ball entered) or Lo level signal (no ball entered) corresponding to the presence or absence of a game ball entering each of the 8 ball entry ports are output. A 50 μs Lo level signal is output as a stop bit.

The main CPU 62x, which has received the ball entry information from the ball entry detection IC 62c, performs processing related to the progress of the game, such as the above-mentioned jackpot lottery and payout of prize balls, based on the received ball entry information for each ball entry port. Execute. In addition, the main CPU 62x executes the above-mentioned game history processing (FIG. 29), and also executes processing related to calculation and display of game history information such as ball launch rate (total), role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, etc. do. The main CPU 62x then stores the numerical information used in the process of calculating the game history information and the calculated game history information in the flash memory 64x.

Next, a description will be given of an inspection using the inspection device 320 that can receive ball entry information output from the ball entry detection IC 62c.

In this aspect, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 operates the game ball while the game is being executed in the pachinko machine 10, that is, the player or the inspector operates the operation handle 25 of the pachinko machine 10. While the board 30 is being fired and the game is being played normally, the inspection machine 320 is used to check whether or not legitimate games are being played in the pachinko machine 10 during the inspection period. do. This will be explained in detail below.

The inspection machine 320 operates in a ball entry information reception mode, which is a mode in which ball entry information of game balls at each ball entry hole is received from the ball entry detection IC 62c, and a ball entry information reception mode, which is a mode in which ball entry information on game balls at each ball entry hole is received from the ball entry detection IC 62c. A ball entrance information setting mode that sets ball entrance information, which is information related to the number of pitches, and game history information that calculates the above-mentioned various game history information based on the received ball entrance information and the set ball entrance information. calculation mode.

When inspecting whether a legitimate game is being played on the pachinko machine 10, the inspector connects the connection cable 329 of the inspection machine 320 to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10, and The operator operates the operation unit 327 to shift the inspection device 320 to the above-mentioned ball entry information reception mode. The player or the inspector operates the operation handle 25 of the pachinko machine 10 to be inspected to fire game balls onto the game board 30, and continues playing the game as usual.

When the inspection device 320 shifts to the incoming ball information reception mode, it outputs a Hi-level signal to the output permission signal line 329b in the connection cable 329. The output permission signal line 329b is electrically connected to the output permission determination bit 62d of the ball entry detection IC 62c via the test terminal 65. The ball entry detection IC 62c determines whether or not a Hi level signal is input to the output permission determination bit 62d, and determines that a Hi level signal is input to the output permission determination bit 62d. Only during this period, the above-mentioned ball entry information is output via the inspection terminal 65 to the information transmission signal line 329a in the connection cable 329 by serial transmission communication.

In the ball entry information receiving mode, the inspection machine 320 receives ball entry information corresponding to eight ball entry ports at predetermined intervals, and measures (counts) the number of game balls entering each ball entry port. memorize it. Then, the inspection machine 320 causes the display unit 328 to display information indicating the measured (counted) number of game balls entering each ball entry hole. That is, each time a player or an inspector plays a game and a game ball enters each ball entry port, 1 is added to the information indicating the number of balls entered corresponding to each ball entry port displayed on the display unit 328. is added. As a result, the display unit 328 of the inspection machine 320 displays the number of game balls that have entered each ball entry hole after shifting to the ball entry information reception mode.

After a sufficient inspection period (for example, about 10 hours) has elapsed, when the inspector operates the operation unit 327 of the inspection machine 320 to end the ball entrance information reception mode, the inspection machine 320 receives the ball entrance information. Move to configuration mode.

When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the ball entrance information setting mode, the display unit 328 displays an input screen for allowing the inspector to input the type of ball entrance and the number of prize balls for each ball entrance. In this aspect, since the inspection machine 320 receives 8 bits of ball entry information every predetermined period in the ball entry information reception mode, the display unit 328 displays information for each of the eight ball entry ports. An input screen is displayed for inputting the type of ball entrance and the number of prize balls. The type of ball entrance is the type of ball entrance in which each ball entrance detection sensor 44a to 44h, such as the first starting port 33, the second starting port 34, the big prize opening 36a, and the discharge passage, is provided. The number of prize balls is the number of game balls that are paid out as prize balls when one game ball enters the ball entrance.

The inspector inputs ball entrance information (ball entrance type information and prize ball number information) into the inspection machine 320 for each ball entrance by operating the operation unit 327 . Specifically, the inspector collects information such as which bit in the ball entry information output from the ball entry detection IC 62c corresponds to which type of ball entrance (type information), and which type of ball entrance information. Information such as how many prize balls should be set at the ball entrance (prize ball number information) is ascertained from the specifications, instructions, etc. of the pachinko machine 10, and the grasped information is sent to the inspection machine 320. input. When the inspector completes inputting the ball entrance information, the inspection machine 320 shifts to the game history information calculation mode.

When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the game history information calculation mode, the inspection machine 320 calculates the number of entered game balls for each ball entry hole measured (counted) in the ball entry information reception mode and the type set in the ball entry information setting mode. The various game history information described above is calculated based on the information and the prize ball number information. For example, the inspection machine 320 calculates the above-mentioned ball launch rate (total), accessory ratio, and continuous accessory ratio. When the calculation of various game history information is completed, the inspection machine 320 causes the display unit 328 to display the calculated various game history information.

By checking various game history information displayed on the display unit 328 of the testing machine 320, the tester can check whether or not a legitimate game was played during the test period.

As explained above, according to this aspect, the ball entry detection IC 62c outputs the ball entry information to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 without going through the main CPU 62x, so 320 can receive ball entry information that is not influenced by the main CPU 62x.

For example, if the configuration of this aspect is not adopted, but a configuration is adopted in which ball entry information is output via the main side CPU 62x to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65, the main side If the CPU 62x is malfunctioning or has been illegally modified, there is a possibility that the incoming ball information output to the inspection machine 320 will be affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification. Furthermore, there is a possibility that the reliability of the gaming history information calculated and displayed by the main CPU 62x may be low due to a malfunction or unauthorized modification of the main CPU 62x.

In contrast, according to this aspect, the ball entry detection IC 62c outputs ball entry information to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 without going through the main CPU 62x. Even if a malfunction occurs or unauthorized modification is performed on the ball, the incoming ball information output to the inspection machine 320 is not affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification. As a result, the inspection device 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 can perform processing based on ball entry information that has not been affected by the defect or unauthorized modification. Specifically, the inspection machine 320 can calculate the game history information based on ball entry information that is not influenced by the main CPU 62x. Therefore, an inspector who inspects the performance of the pachinko machine 10 may have a problem with the main CPU 62x or that the main CPU 62x may have been illegally modified, and may need to check the gaming history calculated and displayed by the main CPU 62x. Even if the reliability of the information is low, it is possible to check game history information that is not influenced by the main CPU 62x using the inspection device 320. As a result, the soundness of the game can be ensured.

Further, according to this aspect, the ball entry detection IC 62c outputs ball entry information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry openings to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 using a serial transmission method. Therefore, compared to, for example, a configuration in which ball entry information is output using a parallel transmission method, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the inspection terminal 65 that passes the ball entry information to the inspection machine 320, and The configuration of the inspection device 320 that receives the ball entry information can be simplified.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which ball entry information corresponding to each of a plurality of ball entry ports is output using a parallel transmission method, the inspection terminal 65 is configured to output information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry ports. It is necessary to provide a corresponding output section (for example, an output bit). Similarly, the inspection machine 320 needs to include input units (for example, input bits) corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entry ports. In addition, since the number of ball entry ports provided in the pachinko machine 10 differs for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10, the inspection machine 320 has a different number of input units for each type (model) of the pachinko machine 10. It becomes necessary to prepare.

In contrast, according to this aspect, the ball entry detection IC 62c transmits ball entry information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry openings to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 using a serial transmission method. Therefore, the inspection terminal 65 is configured to include at least one output section capable of outputting ball entry information using a serial transmission method, regardless of the number of ball entry openings that the pachinko machine 10 has. And it is sufficient. Therefore, the configuration of the test terminal 65 can be simplified. Similarly, the inspection machine 320 may be configured to include at least one input section into which ball entry information outputted by the serial transmission method can be input, regardless of the number of ball entry ports provided in the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, the configuration of the inspection machine 320 can be simplified. Furthermore, even if the inspection machine 320 is connected to a pachinko machine 10 with a different number of ball entrances, the inspection machine 320 inputs ball entry information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entrances using a serial transmission method. can do. In other words, the inspection machine 320 can be used for other pachinko machines 10 having different numbers of ball entrances. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the versatility of the inspection machine 320.

Further, according to this aspect, the ball entry detection IC 62c transmits ball entry information to the inspection device 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 only when a Hi level signal is received from the inspection device 320. Therefore, it is possible to prevent ball entry information of the pachinko machine 10 from being output to the outside except when the Hi-level signal is being received. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the ball entry information of the pachinko machine 10 from being analyzed and misused by a malicious person.

<Aspect 51>
In the above embodiment 50, in the ball entrance information setting mode of the inspection machine 320, the inspector manually inputs the ball entrance information into the inspection machine 320 by operating the operation unit 327, but instead of this configuration, A configuration may also be adopted in which the inspection machine 320 receives the ball entrance information from the pachinko machine 10 and sets it.

Specifically, for example, when the inspection machine 320 shifts to the ball entrance information setting mode, the inspection machine 320 transmits a signal requesting transmission of ball entrance information (ball entrance information transmission) via the connection cable 329 and the inspection terminal 65. request command) to the ball entry detection IC 62c. The ball entrance detection IC 62c that has received the signal (ball entrance information transmission request command) transmits the ball entrance information of the pachinko machine 10 to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65 and the connection cable 329. The inspection machine 320 sets the ball entrance information received from the ball entrance detection IC 62c for each ball entrance, and ends the ball entrance information setting mode.

As explained above, according to this aspect, the ball entry detection IC 62c outputs ball entrance information (prize ball number information and type information) to the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65. , it is possible to save the trouble of manually inputting ball entrance information (prize ball number information and type information) to the inspection machine 320, and to prevent incorrect ball entrance information (prize ball number information and type information) from entering the inspection machine 320. type information) can be prevented from being input. As a result, the inspection machine 320 is able to calculate game history information based on ball entry information and accurate ball entrance information (prize ball number information and type information).

In this aspect, the ball entry detection IC 62c is configured to transmit ball entry information of the pachinko machine 10 to the inspection machine 320 based on receiving a predetermined signal (ball entrance information transmission request command). However, instead of this configuration, the ball entry detection IC 62c is triggered when the connection cable 329 of the inspection machine 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65 (that is, the connection cable 329 of the inspection machine 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65). A configuration may also be adopted in which, when it is detected that the pachinko machine 10 is connected to the terminal 65, the ball entrance information of the pachinko machine 10 is transmitted to the inspection machine 320. According to this configuration, after the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, the inspection machine 320 can quickly execute processing that requires the ball entrance information.

Further, in this embodiment, the ball entrance detection IC 62c transmits the ball entrance information to the inspection machine 320, but instead of this configuration, the main CPU 62x transmits the ball entrance information stored in the main ROM 63. A configuration may also be adopted in which information is read out and transmitted to the inspection machine 320.

<Aspect 52>
In the above aspect 50, the ball entry detection IC 62c serially transmits the ball entry information via the inspection terminal 65 only during the period in which it is determined that a Hi level signal is input to the output permission determination bit 62d. Although the configuration has been described in which output is performed through communication using a transmission method, other configurations may be adopted instead of this configuration. For example, the ball entry detection IC 62c transmits ball entry information via the inspection terminal 65 using a serial transmission method only during a period in which it is determined that a signal of a predetermined pattern is input to the output permission determination bit 62d. The configuration may be such that the output is performed through communication. For example, when the ball entry detection IC 62c determines that a signal of a predetermined pattern has been input to the output permission determination bit 62d, the ball entry detection IC 62c outputs ball entry information via the inspection terminal 65 through serial transmission communication. It is also possible to have a configuration in which For example, if a predetermined switch is provided in the test terminal 65 and it is determined that a cable terminal with a predetermined shape is connected to the test terminal 65 and the predetermined switch is pressed, The ball entry detection IC 62c may be configured to output ball entry information through serial transmission communication via the inspection terminal 65.

<Aspect 53>
In aspects 50 to 52, the inspection machine 320 may be configured to shift to the ball entry information receiving mode after completing the setting of the ball entry information in the ball entry information setting mode. According to such a configuration, since the type of each ball entry port is set at the time of transition to the ball entry information reception mode, each ball entry port is displayed on the display unit 328 of the inspection machine 320 during the ball entry information reception mode. It becomes possible to display the type of ball and the number of balls entered.

As a result, the inspector can grasp which type of ball entrance the game ball entered into even during the ball entry information reception mode. Furthermore, the inspector confirms that the information displayed on the display unit 328 (type of each ball entry port and number of balls entered) and the number of game balls that actually entered each ball entry port as visually confirmed. By checking whether the ball entry information is outputted from the ball entry detection IC 62c, it can be confirmed whether or not the ball entry information outputted from the ball entry detection IC 62c is genuine.

<Aspect 54>
In aspects 50 to 53 above, when the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10, the inspection machine 320 uses the game history information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 as a trigger. It may be configured such that the mode shifts to a game history information reception mode, which is a mode for receiving information, and then shifts to the above-mentioned ball entry information setting mode, ball entry information reception mode, and game history information calculation mode.

Specifically, for example, when the inspection machine 320 detects that the connection cable 329 is connected to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10, it shifts to the game history information reception mode. When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the gaming history information receiving mode, it transmits a signal requesting transmission of gaming history information (gaming history information transmission request command) to the main CPU 62x via the connection cable 329 and the inspection terminal 65. . The main CPU 62x that has received the signal (game history information transmission request command) transmits the game history information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65 and the connection cable 329. Send to. When the inspection machine 320 stores the game history information received from the main CPU 62x in the RAM 326, it ends the game history information reception mode and shifts to the ball entrance information setting mode.

When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the ball entrance information setting mode, it sends a signal requesting transmission of ball entrance information (ball entrance information transmission request command) to the main CPU 62 Send to. The main CPU 62x that has received the signal (ball entrance information transmission request command) transmits the ball entrance information of the pachinko machine 10 to the inspection machine 320 via the inspection terminal 65 and the connection cable 329. After setting the ball entrance information received from the main CPU 62x for each ball entrance, the inspection machine 320 ends the ball entrance information setting mode and shifts to the ball entrance information reception mode.

When the inspection machine 320 shifts to ball entry information receiving mode, it receives ball entry information corresponding to eight ball entry ports at predetermined intervals, and measures (counts) the number of game balls entering each ball entry port. ) and memorize it. Then, the inspection machine 320 causes the display unit 328 to display information indicating the measured (counted) number of game balls entering each ball entry hole. That is, each time a player or an inspector plays a game and a game ball enters each ball entry port, 1 is added to the information indicating the number of balls entered corresponding to each ball entry port displayed on the display unit 328. is added. As a result, the display unit 328 of the inspection machine 320 displays the number of game balls that have entered each ball entry hole after shifting to the ball entry information reception mode.

After a sufficient inspection period (for example, about 10 hours) has elapsed, when the inspector operates the operation unit 327 of the inspection machine 320 to end the entering ball information reception mode, the inspection machine 320 calculates the game history information. mode.

When the inspection machine 320 shifts to the game history information calculation mode, the inspection machine 320 calculates the number of entered game balls for each ball entry hole measured (counted) in the ball entry information reception mode and the type set in the ball entry information setting mode. The various game history information described above is calculated based on the information and the prize ball number information. For example, the inspection machine 320 calculates the above-mentioned ball launch rate (total), accessory ratio, and continuous accessory ratio. When the calculation of the various game history information is completed, the inspection machine 320 calculates the various game history information calculated in the game history information calculation mode and the various game history information received in the game history information reception mode (stored in the flash memory 64x). The game history information) is displayed on the display unit 328. That is, the display unit 328 of the inspection machine 320 displays the game history for the inspection period during which the connection cable 329 of the inspection machine 320 was connected to the pachinko machine 10 and received ball entry information in the ball entry information reception mode. information and game history information for a predetermined period in the past calculated by the main CPU 62x of the pachinko machine 10 and stored in the flash memory 64x are displayed.

As explained above, according to this aspect, the inspection machine 320 connected to the inspection terminal 65 receives the game history information (hereinafter also referred to as first game history information) stored in the flash memory 64x. It becomes possible to display the In addition, the inspection machine 320 can perform processing based on the ball entry information received during the inspection period. Specifically, the inspection machine 320 calculates game history information based on ball entry information received during a predetermined inspection period connected to the inspection terminal 65 of the pachinko machine 10, and calculates the game history information (hereinafter referred to as , also referred to as second game history information). Therefore, for example, an inspector who inspects the pachinko machine 10 is based on the first game history information stored in the flash memory 64x included in the pachinko machine 10 and ball entry information received by the inspection machine 320 during a predetermined inspection period. It becomes possible to compare the game history information with the second game history information.

Here, if a problem occurs in the pachinko machine 10 or the game characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 change due to unauthorized modification (for example, modification of nails, etc.), The first game history information stored in the flash memory 64x of the pachinko machine 10 (game history information calculated by the main CPU 62x based on ball entry information in the past predetermined period) and the inspection machine 320 perform a predetermined inspection. There may be a difference between the second game history information calculated based on the ball entry information in the period. Therefore, the inspector who inspects the pachinko machine 10 can check whether any malfunction or unauthorized modification (for example, modification of the nails) has occurred in the pachinko machine 10 by paying attention to the difference between the two pieces of game history information. can do.

In addition, the inspection machine 320 may be configured to receive and set the ball entrance information in the above-mentioned ball entrance information setting mode, and then shift to the game history information reception mode and receive the game history information. Furthermore, after calculating the gaming history information during the inspection period in the gaming history information calculation mode described above, the inspection machine 320 shifts to the gaming history information receiving mode and receives the gaming history information stored in the flash memory 64x. It may also be a configuration.

<Aspect 55>
In aspects 50 to 54 above, the number of ball entry holes provided in the pachinko machine 10 is not limited to eight, and may be nine or more, or seven or less. The ball entry detection IC 62c may be configured to output ball entry information corresponding to the number of ball entry ports. For example, if the number of ball entry holes provided in the pachinko machine 10 is seven or less, the ball entry detection IC 62c outputs ball entry information using the first half of the 8 bits output by the serial transmission method. It is also possible to have a configuration in which Further, for example, if the number of ball entry ports provided in the pachinko machine 10 is nine or more, the ball entry detection IC 62c detects nine or more ball entry ports by executing 8-bit output multiple times using the serial transmission method. It may also be configured to output ball entry information corresponding to the ball mouth. Further, the ball entry detection IC 62c may be configured to be able to output ball entry information of 16 bits, 32 bits, etc. at a time using a serial transmission method.

<Aspect 56>
In the above aspect 23, the main CPU 62x executes the game history process as one process included in the timer interrupt process (FIG. 23: step S10616), but instead of this configuration, the CPU 62x executes the game history process. It may be configured that the process is not executed in the timer interrupt process, but is executed in the remaining time of the main process described above. This will be explained in detail below.

FIG. 34 is a flowchart illustrating an example of the main processing executed by the main CPU 62x in aspect 56. In step S11001, initial setting processing is executed. Specifically, it initializes each control device upon power-on, determines the validity of data stored in the RAM 64, and the like. After executing step S11001, the process advances to step S11002, where interrupt permission is set to permit generation of timer interrupt processing (FIG. 13).

After executing step S11002, the process proceeds to the remaining processing of steps S11003 to S11007. That is, although the main CPU 62x is configured to periodically execute timer interrupt processing as described above, there is a remaining time between one timer interrupt processing and the next timer interrupt processing. This remaining time will vary depending on the processing completion time of each timer interrupt process, but this irregular time (remaining time) is used to repeatedly execute the processes from step S11003 to step S11007 (residual process). .

In step S11003, interrupt prohibition is set to prohibit generation of timer interrupt processing. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11004, where random number initial value update processing is executed to update the random number initial value counter CINI, and the process advances to step S11005, where variation counter update processing is executed to update the variation type counter CS. In these update processes, the current numerical information is read from the corresponding counter in the main side RAM 64, the read numerical information is incremented by 1, and then the process of overwriting the counter from which it was read is executed. In this case, each counter value is cleared to "0" when it reaches the maximum value. After that, the process advances to step S11006.

In step S11006, the above-described game history processing (FIG. 29) is executed. As described above, the game history process includes a plurality of tasks (task 1 and task 2 in step S10814 in FIG. 29) that are executed in sequence to complete the calculation of the game history information. The main CPU 62x executes some of the tasks in one execution of the game history processing included in the remaining processing. That is, the main CPU 62x completes the calculation of the game history information set as the calculation target by executing the game history process multiple times. After executing step S11006, the process advances to step S11007, where interrupt permission is set to switch from a state in which the occurrence of timer interrupt processing is prohibited to a state in which it is permitted. After executing the process in step S11007, the process returns to step S11003, and the processes in steps S11003 to S11007 are repeated.

As explained above, according to this aspect, the remaining time in the main process (the period from the end of execution of one timer interrupt process to the start of execution of the next timer interrupt process) including the game history process Since the process is repeatedly executed, it is possible to prevent the execution of the remaining processes including the game history process from being started even though the execution of one timer interrupt process has not been completed. That is, by giving priority to the execution of the timer interrupt process and repeatedly executing the remaining processes including the process for the game history during a period in which the timer interrupt process is not executed, it becomes possible to quickly calculate the game history information.

Furthermore, if the configuration of this aspect is not adopted, but a configuration is adopted in which the game history processing is included and executed in the timer interrupt processing, from the start to the end of one execution of the timer interrupt processing, For example, even though a predetermined time (4 msec in this embodiment) has elapsed since the start of execution of one timer interrupt process and it is time to start execution of the next timer interrupt process, the time required becomes long. There is a possibility that the execution of one timer interrupt process has not yet finished, and it will not be possible to start the execution of the next timer interrupt process until the execution of the one timer interrupt process is finished. In this case, there is a risk that a problem will occur in the progress of the game due to the delay in starting the execution of the next timer interrupt process.

On the other hand, according to this aspect, the game history process is included in the remaining process and executed, so compared to the configuration in which the game history process is included and executed in the timer interrupt process, the game history process is executed once in the timer interrupt process. The time required from the start to the end of execution can be shortened. As a result, for example, even though a predetermined period of time (4 msec in this embodiment) has elapsed since the start of execution of one timer interrupt process and it is time to start execution of the next timer interrupt process, there is still no timer interrupt. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the execution of a process is not completed, and it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the execution of the next timer interrupt process cannot be started until the execution of the corresponding one timer interrupt process is finished. can do. In this way, according to this aspect, while suppressing the occurrence of problems in the progress of the game due to a delay in the start of execution of the next timer interrupt process, the game history information is By repeatedly executing the remaining processing including the processing, it becomes possible to efficiently and quickly calculate the game history information.

Further, according to this aspect, the game history processing includes a plurality of tasks (task 1 and task 2 in step S10814 in FIG. 29) that complete the calculation of the game history information by sequentially executing them, and the main side Since the CPU 62x executes some of the tasks in one execution of the game history process, for example, the CPU 62x may be configured to execute all of the plurality of tasks in one execution of the game history process. Compared to this, the time required from the start to the end of one execution of the game history processing can be shortened. Specifically, for example, even if the conditions for starting the execution of the timer interrupt process are met while the game history process is being executed, the game history process that is being executed will be completed in a short time, so the timer interrupt process will be terminated after the condition is met. The time until execution of timer interrupt processing is started can be shortened. As a result, it becomes possible to quickly calculate game history information by repeatedly executing the remaining processing while suppressing the occurrence of problems due to a delay in the start of execution of the timer interrupt processing.

Further, according to this aspect, the length of the remaining time changes depending on the length of time required from the start to the end of the timer interrupt process. Specifically, for example, if the length of one timer interrupt process becomes longer, the remaining time from the end of that one timer interrupt process to the start of the next timer interrupt process becomes shorter; As the length of processing becomes shorter, the remaining time from the end of one timer interrupt processing to the start of the next timer interrupt processing becomes longer. When the remaining time is short, the number of times the game history process is executed can be reduced, and on the other hand, when the remaining time is long, the number of times the game history process is executed can be increased. That is, the number of times the game history process is executed can be changed depending on the length of the remaining time.

<Aspect 57>
In the first embodiment and each aspect described above, the main control device 60 of the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to have a plurality of settings with different probabilities of winning a jackpot in the jackpot lottery. Specifically, for example, even in the same low probability mode, it may be configured to have 6 levels of lottery settings (``Lottery setting 1'' to ``Lottery setting 6'') with different probabilities of winning a jackpot in the jackpot lottery. . This will be explained in detail below.

The main control device 60 of the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment is provided with win/fail tables for six types of low probability modes corresponding to each of the six lottery settings from "lottery setting 1" to "lottery setting 6". . Then, the main control device 60 executes the jackpot lottery by referring to the win/fail table corresponding to the set lottery settings. For example, if the pachinko machine 10 is set to lottery setting 1 and the lottery mode is low probability mode, the main controller 60 refers to the win/fail table for the low probability mode of lottery setting 1. A jackpot lottery will be held.

In this aspect, five values from 0 to 4 are set as values for winning the jackpot among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 from 0 to 1199 in the low probability mode winning/failure table of lottery setting 1. There is. Also, in the win/fail table for the low probability mode of lottery setting 2, six values from 0 to 5 are set as values for winning the jackpot among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 from 0 to 1199. Furthermore, in the win/fail table for the low probability mode of lottery setting 3, seven values from 0 to 6 are set as values for winning the jackpot among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 from 0 to 1199. Furthermore, in the win/fail table for the low probability mode of lottery setting 4, eight values from 0 to 7 are set as values for winning the jackpot among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 from 0 to 1199. Furthermore, in the win/fail table for the low probability mode of lottery setting 5, nine values from 0 to 8 are set as values for winning the jackpot among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 from 0 to 1199. Furthermore, in the win/fail table for the low probability mode of lottery setting 6, 10 values from 0 to 9 are set as values for winning the jackpot among the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 from 0 to 1199.

That is, in this aspect, the larger the number following "lottery setting", the higher the probability of winning the jackpot lottery in the low probability mode.

In addition, in this aspect, no matter which one of the six lottery settings is set, in the high probability mode, the jackpot lottery is executed with reference to the same win/fail table. That is, in the high probability mode, the probability of winning a jackpot in the jackpot lottery is the same regardless of the lottery setting. However, as another aspect, even in the high probability mode, the larger the number following "lottery setting", the higher the probability of winning a jackpot in the jackpot lottery.

In this aspect, the six-stage lottery settings can be changed when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on. This will be explained in detail below.

In this aspect, the main control board 61 located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a keyhole for changing settings and a button for changing settings. When the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 changes the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10, first, the administrator inserts a setting change key into the keyhole while the pachinko machine 10 is powered off. Then, when the power of the Pachinko machine 10 is turned on while the inserted key is turned to the setting change side (for example, turned clockwise), the Pachinko machine 10 starts up in the setting change mode.

When the pachinko machine 10 is started in the setting change mode, information indicating the current lottery setting (hereinafter also referred to as setting information) is displayed on the above-mentioned game history information display section 45z. For example, if the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is "lottery setting 1", "1" is displayed on the game history information display section 45z. Then, each time the administrator presses the setting change button, the setting information displayed on the game history information display section 45z changes from "1" → "2" → "3" → "4" → "5" → "6". ” → “1” → “2”, etc.

When the setting information displayed on the game history information display section 45z reaches the value desired by the administrator, when the administrator turns the setting change key from the setting change side to the original position, the game history information display section 45z The lottery setting is changed to correspond to the setting information displayed in 45z. Specifically, for example, the administrator presses the setting change button and turns the setting change key from the setting change side to the original position while "6" is displayed on the game history information display section 45z. Then, the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed to "lottery setting 6".

In this way, according to the present aspect, by changing the lottery settings in the pachinko machine 10, the probability of winning a jackpot in the jackpot lottery can be changed. As a result, even if the pachinko machine 10 is the same, the probability that the variable winning device 36 as a special electric accessory will be activated as a result of the jackpot lottery is changed, so the above-mentioned probability that is calculated as the game history information is changed. The values of the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio will converge to values corresponding to the new changed lottery settings. That is, by changing the lottery setting in the pachinko machine 10, the game history information such as the role item ratio and the continuous role item ratio of the pachinko machine 10 changes. In other words, the characteristics of the pachinko machine 10 can be changed by a simple method such as changing the lottery setting in the pachinko machine 10.

In addition, in each aspect described below, information on balls entering each ball entrance, information on the number of balls entered, aggregate value of prize balls, etc., which is information that is the basis for calculating the game history information described above, is referred to as "game history basic information". ” is also called.

<Aspect 58>
In the above-mentioned aspect 57 (configuration in which the lottery settings for the jackpot lottery can be changed), when the lottery settings in the pachinko machine 10 are changed, various memories (main side RAM 64, flash memory 64x, etc.) are stored before changing the lottery settings. The game history information may be calculated and displayed based on the game history basic information stored in various memories after the game history basic information stored in the memory is deleted and the lottery setting is changed.

The reason for such a configuration will be explained. When the lottery setting (the setting of the probability of winning a jackpot in the jackpot lottery) in the pachinko machine 10 is changed, the probability that the variable winning device 36 as a special electric accessory is activated is changed, so the game history information The values of the above-mentioned accessory ratio and continuous accessory ratio calculated as follows will converge to a value corresponding to the new changed lottery setting. That is, before and after changing the lottery setting, the values to which the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio should converge will change.

Even if the lottery settings are changed, the game history basic information acquired after the lottery settings are changed is stored without erasing the game history basic information that was stored before the lottery settings were changed. If such a configuration is adopted, when calculating the game history information, the influence of the game history basic information stored before the change in the lottery settings will be included, and the original state of the pachinko machine 10 after the change in the lottery settings will be included. It may take some time for the characteristics of the game to be reflected in the game history information.

Therefore, in this aspect, when the lottery settings are changed, the game history basic information that was stored before the lottery settings were changed is deleted, and the game history basic information that was acquired and stored after the lottery settings were changed. Based on the above, the game history information is calculated and displayed.

According to this aspect, the game history information such as the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio quickly converges to the value corresponding to the changed lottery setting, and the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can It becomes possible to quickly check the game history information corresponding to the lottery settings currently set.

<Aspect 59>
In the above aspect 57 (configuration in which the lottery settings for the jackpot lottery can be changed), even after the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed, the game history basic information that was stored in various memories before the lottery settings were changed is The game history basic information acquired after the lottery settings are changed is added to and stored in various memories without being deleted, and the game history basic information stored in the various memories is stored regardless of whether before or after the lottery settings are changed. The configuration may be such that game history information is calculated and displayed based on the information.

According to this aspect, it becomes possible to calculate and display game history information including the influence of changes in lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 must ensure that, as a result of the operation of changing the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 in the gaming hall, the total gaming history information including the influence of the change in the lottery settings is within an appropriate range. You can check whether it is within the range.

<Aspect 60>
In the above aspect 57 (configuration in which the lottery settings for the jackpot lottery can be changed), when the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed, the game history basic information stored before the lottery settings were changed is erased, The game history basic information obtained after the current lottery setting change may be stored, and the game history information may be calculated and displayed based on the stored game history basic information.

In such a configuration, if the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed again before the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 has been changed has accumulated to a predetermined amount. The system may be configured to record information indicating that the lottery settings have been changed in a short period of time (hereinafter also referred to as short-term change information), and to display the short-term change information.

Specifically, for example, before the total number of prize balls reaches 1000 in the prize ball aggregate value as game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed, the pachinko machine 10 is restarted. When the ten lottery settings are changed, short-term change information indicating that the lottery settings were changed in a short period of time is recorded, and the short-term change information is displayed on the game history information display section 45z. . Further, for example, the game history information display section 45z may be provided with an LED lamp for displaying short-term change information, and when the short-term change information is recorded, the LED lamp may be made to emit light.

According to this aspect, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 checks whether the lottery settings have been changed in the pachinko machine 10 in a short period of time by checking whether the short-term change information is displayed. can do. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery settings based on fraudulent intentions.

Specifically, for example, before the pachinko machine 10 is inspected by an inspector, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 may decide that even if the game machine is not playing many games after changing the winning probability, Regardless, there is a possibility that the lottery settings will be changed again and the game history basic information and game history information stored in the pachinko machine 10 will be erased. However, according to this aspect, if the lottery settings are changed again in a short period of time even though the pachinko machine 10 is not playing many games after changing the lottery settings, the above-mentioned Short-term change information will be recorded and displayed. Therefore, by checking the short-term change information, the inspector recognizes that there is a possibility that the lottery settings were changed in a short period of time with fraudulent intentions such as erasing basic gaming history information and gaming history information. It becomes possible to do so. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery settings based on fraudulent intentions.

In addition, if the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed again before a predetermined period of time has passed after the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 were changed, information indicating that the lottery settings were changed in a short period of time. (Short-term change information) may be recorded and the short-term change information may be displayed. According to such a configuration, even if no game is played on the pachinko machine 10 between the changes in the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10, the predetermined time period will elapse between the changes in the lottery settings. If it has elapsed, short-term change information will not be displayed. Therefore, even though there is a relatively long period of time between changes in the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10, no games were played on the pachinko machine 10 between the changes. Regardless, it is possible to prevent the inspector from misperceiving that the lottery settings may have been changed in a short period of time due to fraudulent intentions.

<Aspect 61>
In the above aspect 57 (configuration where lottery settings for jackpot lottery can be changed), it is also possible to store and display game history basic information and game history information for the most recent periods with boundaries of changes in past lottery settings. good. When the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed, the game history basic information and game history information for the oldest period among the most recent periods that have already been stored are deleted, and the current lottery settings are changed. A configuration may be adopted in which game history basic information acquired after the change is stored.

In such a configuration, if the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed again before the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 has been changed has accumulated to a predetermined amount. The system may be configured to record information indicating that the lottery settings have been changed in a short period of time (hereinafter also referred to as short-term change information), and to display the short-term change information.

Specifically, for example, before the total number of prize balls reaches 1000 in the prize ball aggregate value as game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed, the pachinko machine 10 is restarted. When the ten lottery settings are changed, short-term change information indicating that the lottery settings were changed in a short period of time is recorded, and the short-term change information is displayed on the game history information display section 45z. . Further, for example, the game history information display section 45z may be provided with an LED lamp for displaying short-term change information, and when the short-term change information is recorded, the LED lamp may be made to emit light.

According to this aspect explained above, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 is able to check the gaming history information for each of the most recent periods with the past change of lottery settings in the pachinko machine 10 as the boundary. . That is, the inspector can confirm whether or not there was a situation in which the game history information did not fall within an appropriate range during the process in which the lottery settings were changed in the past in the pachinko machine 10.

Furthermore, according to this aspect, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can check whether the lottery settings have been changed in the pachinko machine 10 in a short period of time by checking whether short-term change information is displayed. can be confirmed. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery settings based on fraudulent intentions.

Specifically, for example, before the pachinko machine 10 is inspected by an inspector, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 repeatedly changes the lottery settings in a short period of time, and There is a possibility that basic game history information and game history information for the period will be deleted. However, according to this aspect, when the lottery settings are repeatedly changed in a short period of time, the above-mentioned short-term change information is recorded and displayed. Therefore, by checking the short-term change information, the inspector can recognize that there is a possibility that the lottery settings were changed in a short period of time with fraudulent intentions. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery settings based on fraudulent intentions.

In addition, if the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed again before a predetermined period of time has passed after the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 were changed, information indicating that the lottery settings were changed in a short period of time. (Short-term change information) may be recorded and the short-term change information may be displayed. According to such a configuration, even if no game is played on the pachinko machine 10 between the changes in the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10, the predetermined time period will elapse between the changes in the lottery settings. If it has elapsed, short-term change information will not be displayed. Therefore, even though there is a relatively long period of time between changes in the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10, no games were played on the pachinko machine 10 between the changes. Regardless, it is possible to prevent the inspector from misperceiving that the lottery settings may have been changed in a short period of time due to fraudulent intentions.

<Aspect 62>
In the above aspect 57 (configuration in which the lottery settings for the jackpot lottery can be changed), after the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed, the basic game history information, which is the basis for calculating the game history information, reaches a sufficient amount as statistical data. It may be configured such that the game history basic information stored before the lottery setting is changed is saved (stored) without being deleted until it is accumulated.

Furthermore, until the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery settings are changed is accumulated to a predetermined amount sufficient as statistical data, the game history basic information that was stored before the lottery settings were changed. The game history information calculated based on the information is configured to blink and display on the game history information display section 45z, and the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting is changed is accumulated to a sufficient amount as statistical data. After that, the game history information is calculated based on the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery setting is changed, and the calculated game history information is displayed by lighting on the game history information display section 45z. Good too.

Specifically, for example, until the total number of prize balls reaches 60,000 in the prize ball aggregate value as game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery settings are changed, before the lottery settings are changed. The game history basic information stored in the computer is configured to be stored without being erased. Then, until the total number of prize balls reached 60,000 in the prize ball aggregate value as game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery settings were changed, the information was stored before the lottery settings were changed. The game history information calculated based on the game history basic information is blinkingly displayed on the game history information display section 45z. After the total number of prize balls in the prize ball aggregate value as game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery settings were changed reaches 60,000, the game that was stored before the lottery settings were changed The history basic information is erased, game history information is calculated based on the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery settings are changed, and the calculated game history information is displayed by lighting on the game history information display section 45z. The configuration is such that

According to this aspect, it is possible to prevent the game history basic information stored before the lottery settings were changed from being intentionally deleted by changing the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10. For example, if a configuration is adopted in which game history basic information acquired and stored before the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 is changed is deleted immediately after the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed, the pachinko machine 10 Before being inspected by an inspector, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 changes the lottery settings and erases the basic game history information and game history information that was stored before the change in the lottery settings. There is a possibility that it will be stored away. On the other hand, according to the present aspect, the game history basic information stored before the lottery settings are changed is sufficient as the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery settings are changed as statistical data. Since the lottery settings are not deleted until a predetermined amount has been accumulated, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine from changing the lottery settings due to fraudulent intentions.

Furthermore, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can check whether the game history information displayed on the game history information display section 45z is a flashing display or a lit display, thereby determining whether the game history information has been acquired after the lottery settings have been changed. It becomes possible to easily grasp whether or not the game history basic information stored as statistical data has been accumulated to a predetermined amount sufficient as statistical data.

In addition, various criteria other than the total number of prize balls may be adopted as conditions for erasing the basic game history information stored before the lottery settings were changed and for switching from a blinking display to a lit display. can. For example, the total value of the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge passage (the number of game balls that have been fired onto the game board 30) may be used as a reference.

<Aspect 63>
In the above aspect 57 (configuration where lottery settings for jackpot lottery can be changed), it is also possible to store and display game history basic information and game history information for the most recent periods with boundaries of changes in past lottery settings. good. When the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed, the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed is accumulated to a predetermined amount sufficient as statistical data. Up until now, the game history basic information and game history information for the oldest period among the most recent periods that have already been stored were not deleted, and were acquired and stored after the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 were changed. After the game history basic information is accumulated to a predetermined amount sufficient as statistical data, the game history basic information and the game history information for the oldest period among the most recent periods that have already been stored may be deleted. good.

Specifically, for example, when the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed, the total prize ball aggregate value as the game history basic information acquired and stored after the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 is changed. Until the number of prize balls reaches 60,000, the game history basic information and game history information for the oldest period among the most recent periods already stored are not deleted, and the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed. Game history acquired and stored after the total number of prize balls in the prize ball aggregate value as basic information reaches 60,000, the game history in the oldest period among the most recent periods already stored. It may also be configured to erase basic information and game history information.

According to this aspect, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 is able to check the gaming history information for each of the most recent periods with the past change of lottery settings in the pachinko machine 10 as the boundary. That is, the inspector can confirm whether or not there was a situation in which the game history information did not fall within an appropriate range during the process in which the lottery settings were changed in the past in the pachinko machine 10.

Furthermore, according to this aspect, the game history basic information and the game history information in the most recent periods with past changes in the lottery settings as boundaries are intentionally changed by repeatedly changing the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to prevent the data from being deleted.

For example, if the game history basic information and game history information for the oldest period of the recent plural periods with past lottery setting changes as boundaries are changed immediately after the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are changed, If a deletion configuration is adopted, before the pachinko machine 10 is inspected by an inspector, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 will repeatedly change the lottery settings, There is a possibility that basic game history information and game history information will be erased.

On the other hand, according to this aspect, the basic game history information and the game history information for the oldest period among the most recent periods with the past change in lottery settings as the boundary are changed after the lottery settings are changed. Since the acquired and stored game history basic information is not deleted until a predetermined amount sufficient as statistical data is accumulated, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from changing the lottery settings due to fraudulent intentions. .

<Aspect 64>
In the above-mentioned aspect 57 (a configuration in which the lottery setting of the jackpot lottery can be changed), the acquired game history basic information is stored separately for each lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 at the time of acquisition, and the game history information is stored for each lottery setting. It may also be configured to calculate and display.

Specifically, for example, when storing the game history basic information in various memories, information that can specify the lottery setting at the timing when the game history basic information was acquired is added and stored. When calculating and displaying the game history information, the basic game history information may be extracted for each lottery setting, and the game history information for each lottery setting may be calculated and displayed.

In addition, as another specific configuration, storage areas corresponding to each lottery setting are provided in various memories, and when storing acquired game history basic information, the memory area corresponding to the currently set lottery setting is stored. It may also be configured to store the information. For example, when the pachinko machine 10 is set to lottery setting 1, the acquired game history basic information is stored in the storage area corresponding to lottery setting 1, and when the pachinko machine 10 is set to lottery setting 2, the acquired game history basic information is stored in the storage area corresponding to lottery setting 1. In this step, the acquired game history basic information is stored in a storage area corresponding to lottery setting 2. When calculating and displaying the game history information, it may be configured to calculate and display the game history information for each lottery setting based on the game history basic information stored in each storage area.

According to such a configuration, the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can, for example, check the game history information calculated based on the basic game history information acquired when the pachinko machine 10 is set to the lottery setting 1. , each game history calculated for each lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, such as game history information calculated based on basic game history information acquired when the pachinko machine 10 is set to lottery setting 2. You can check the information. Then, the inspector confirms whether the game history information calculated for each lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is within the appropriate range, and thereby determines whether the game history information is appropriate for the pachinko machine 10. It is possible to check whether there are any lottery settings that do not fall within the specified range.

<Aspect 65>
In the above aspect 57, the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 are displayed on the game history information display section 45z, but a lottery settings display section that displays the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 is provided separately from the game history information display section 45z. It may also be configured to be provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10.

<Aspect 66>
In each of the above embodiments, the calculated numerical value of the game history information itself is displayed on the game history information display section 45z, but the numerical value of the game history information itself is not displayed, and the numerical value of the game history information falls within a predetermined range. It may be configured to display information indicating whether or not the amount is within the range on the game history information display section 45z or other display section. For example, it may be configured to display whether or not the accessory ratio and the continuous accessory ratio as game history information are each within a predetermined range by the color of the LED lamp that is emitted.

<Aspect 67>
In each of the above embodiments, the game history information display section 45z provided on the back of the pachinko machine 10 may have a configuration in which four 7-segment displays are arranged adjacent to each other in a horizontal row. Note that the gaming history information display section 45z not only displays gaming history information, but also displays setting information instead of gaming history information during the setting change mode for changing lottery settings. It is also called "section 45z".

FIG. 35 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of the information display section 45z in aspect 67. The information display section 45z is configured by four 7-segment displays 45z1 to 45z4 arranged adjacent to each other in a horizontal row. Each of the 7-segment displays 45z1 to 45z4 includes seven segment light-emitting sections A to G and a DP light-emitting section that indicates a decimal point. , "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "0", "b", "L.", "6." It is possible to display various numbers, characters, symbols, etc. In this embodiment, the seven segment light emitting units A to G and the DP light emitting unit are composed of red LEDs (light emitting diodes).

Note that, hereinafter, the 7-segment display 45z1 located at the left end is also referred to as the left-most 7-segment display 45z1, and the 7-segment display 45z2 located adjacent to the right side of the left-most 7-segment display 45z1 is referred to as the left-most 7-segment display 45z1. The 7-segment display 45z3, which is also called the display 45z2 and is located adjacent to the right side of the middle-left 7-segment display 45z2, is also called the middle-right 7-segment display 45z3, which is located adjacent to the right of the middle-right 7-segment display 45z3. The 7-segment display 45z4 located at the right end is also referred to as the right-most 7-segment display 45z4.

As shown in FIG. 35, when displaying gaming history information, the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 and the middle left 7-segment display 45z2 display type information, which is information for identifying the type of gaming history information to be displayed. It is used as an area to display (type information display area). In addition, the middle right 7-segment display 45z3 and the rightmost 7-segment display 45z4 are used as an area (numerical information display area) for displaying numerical information of game history information corresponding to the type displayed in the type information display area. Ru. A specific example in which game history information is displayed on the information display section 45z will be described below.

FIG. 36 is an explanatory diagram showing how game history information is displayed on the information display section 45z. In addition, in FIG. 36, the segment light emitting parts and DP light emitting parts that are lit are shown filled in black, and the segment light emitting parts and DP light emitting parts that are turned off are not filled in black and are shown in white. It is written in an uncut state. The same applies to the drawings after FIG. 37.

In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the main control device 60 always displays game history information on the information display section 45z except during the setting change mode for changing the lottery settings described above. In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the main controller 60 calculates the above-mentioned ball hitting rate (during normal mode) as game history information, and displays the calculated ball hitting rate (during normal mode) on the information display section 45z. to be displayed. The definition of ball launch rate (during normal mode) is as follows.
・Ball output rate (during normal mode)
= Total number of game balls paid out as prize balls during the normal mode / Number of game balls fired onto the game board 30 during the normal mode (= Number of game balls that passed through the discharge path during the normal mode (normal Number of outs in mode))
In addition, as mentioned above, being in normal mode means a mode that is not in high probability mode, not in high frequency support mode, and not in opening/closing execution mode based on jackpot winning. In addition, below, the pitching rate (during normal mode) is also referred to as "base (during normal mode)."

In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the main control device 60 divides into sections every time the measured number N _OUT of passages through the discharge passage reaches 60,000, and calculates the base (in normal mode) for each section. Then, the information display section 45z alternately displays two types of bases (in normal mode) with different sections to be calculated. Specifically, the information display section 45z of this aspect displays the following two types of bases (in normal mode).

・"bL": Base under measurement (in normal mode)
Ball exit rate calculated in the current section until the number of balls passing through the discharge passage currently being measured N _OUT reaches 60,000 balls (during normal mode)
・“b6”: Measured base (in normal mode)
The exit rate calculated in the section where the measured number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT reached 60,000 and the section immediately before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)

In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the information display section 45z alternately displays "bases being measured (in normal mode)" and "bases already measured (in normal mode)" every 5 seconds.

When the information display section 45z displays "Base being measured (in normal mode)", it displays "bL." in the type information display area, and displays "Base being measured (in normal mode)" in the numerical information display area. )” is displayed in two digits. Specifically, when displaying "bL." in the type information display area, the segment light-emitting parts C, D, E, F, and G of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 emit light, and the middle 7-segment on the left The segment light emitting parts D, E, F and DP light emitting part of the display device 45z2 are in a state where they emit light. Numerical information of "base under measurement (in normal mode)" is displayed on the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 and the rightmost 7-segment display 45z4, which constitute the numerical information display area. In addition, in this aspect, the integer part of a numerical value obtained by rounding off the value of the calculated "base under measurement (in normal mode)" to the third decimal place and multiplying by 100 is displayed in the numerical information display area. In the example shown in FIG. 36, the information display section 45z displays information such as "bL.35", and the value of "base under measurement (in normal mode)" rounded to the second decimal place is It means "0.35". Also, if the value of "base under measurement (in normal mode)", which is rounded to the second decimal place, is "1.00" or more, the value multiplied by 100 will be 100 or more, so in this case , the information display section 45z displays information such as "bL.99."

When the information display section 45z displays "measured base (in normal mode)", it displays "b6." in the type information display area, and displays "measured base (in normal mode)" in the numerical information display area. )” is displayed in two digits. Specifically, when displaying "b6." in the type information display area, the segment light emitting parts C, D, E, F, and G of the leftmost 7 segment display 45z1 are in a state of emitting light, and the left middle 7 segments The segment light emitting parts A, C, D, E, F, G and DP light emitting parts of the display device 45z2 are in a state of emitting light. Numerical information of "measured base (in normal mode)" is displayed on the right middle 7-segment display 45z3 and the rightmost 7-segment display 45z4 that constitute the numerical information display area. In this aspect, the integer part of a numerical value obtained by rounding off the third decimal place of the calculated "measured base (in normal mode)" and multiplying by 100 is displayed in the numerical information display area. In the example shown in FIG. 36, the information display section 45z displays information such as "b6.35", and the value of "measured base (in normal mode)" rounded to the second decimal place is It means "0.35". Also, if the value of "measured base (in normal mode)" rounded to the second decimal place is "1.00" or more, the value multiplied by 100 will be 100 or more, so in this case , the information display section 45z displays information such as "b6.99."

In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when the information display section 45z displays the game history information, even if the numerical value to be displayed in the numerical information display area is a one-digit value, the middle right 7 "0" is displayed on the segment display 45z3 to display the numerical value in two digits. For example, if the value of "base under measurement (in normal mode)", which is rounded to the third decimal place, is "0.07", the value multiplied by 100 is 7, so in this case, , the information display section 45z displays information such as "bL.07".

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when displaying game history information, "bL." and "b6." are displayed alternately in the type information display area of the information display section 45z, and these Only the two types of information are displayed. Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when displaying game history information, the following light-emitting parts are used among the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 and the left middle 7-segment display 45z2 that constitute the type information display area. (does not emit light).
[Light-emitting part in the type information display area that is not used when displaying game history information]
- Segment light emitting parts A, B and DP light emitting part of the leftmost 7 segment display 45z1 - Segment light emitting part B of the left middle 7 segment display 45z2

In other words, when displaying game history information, only the following light-emitting parts are used among the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 and the left middle 7-segment display 45z2 that constitute the type information display area ).
[Light-emitting part of type information display area used when displaying game history information]
・Segment light-emitting parts C, D, E, F, G of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1
・Segment light emitting parts A, C, D, E, F, G and DP light emitting parts of the left middle 7 segment display 45z2 For reference, FIG. 36 shows the type information display area used when displaying game history information. The light emitting part is shown with cross hatching.

Next, the display mode of the information display section 45z during the setting change mode for changing the lottery settings described above will be described. In this aspect, during the setting change mode, the information display section 45z displays setting information that is information indicating the current lottery setting or information indicating the changed lottery setting. This will be explained in detail below.

FIGS. 37 and 38 are explanatory diagrams showing how setting information is displayed on the information display section 45z during the setting change mode. 37 and 38 show that "1" to "6" are displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z as setting information (numerical information) indicating the lottery setting.

As described above, when the pachinko machine 10 is started in the setting change mode, the information display section 45z displays numerical information indicating the current lottery setting in the numerical information display area. Then, when the administrator presses the setting change button, the information display section 45z displays numerical information indicating the changed lottery setting in the numerical information display area. Then, when the administrator turns the setting change key from the setting change side to the original position, the setting change mode ends, and the information display section 45z displays the game history information in the numerical information display area again.

In this aspect, in the setting change mode, "-- (two hyphens)" is displayed in the type information display area of the information display section 45z, and "1" to "6" are displayed in the numerical information display area. One of the setting information is displayed. A display pattern such as "-- (two hyphens)" displayed in the type information display area during the setting change mode is a display pattern that is not displayed when displaying information regarding the type of game history information.

Specifically, in the setting change mode, the segment light emitting section G of the leftmost seven segment display 45z1 that constitutes the type information display area of the information display section 45z emits light, and the segment light emitting section G of the left middle seven segment display 45z2 emits light. G emits light. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, only the light emitting section used when displaying game history information is used during the setting change mode. In other words, the light emitting parts that are not used when displaying game history information are not used even during the setting change mode.

Further, in this aspect, of the right middle 7 segment display 45z3 and the rightmost 7 segment display 45z4 that constitute the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z, the right middle 7 segment display 45z3 is not used, and the rightmost 7 segments Numerical information indicating lottery settings is displayed using only the display 45z4. That is, the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z can display 2-digit numerical information, but in the setting change mode, "0" is displayed on the middle right 7-segment display 45z3 of the first digit. is turned off without being displayed, and numerical information of one of "1" to "6" indicating the lottery setting is displayed only on the rightmost 7-segment display 45z4 of the second digit.

As explained above, according to this aspect, in the case where the numerical information of the gaming history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z and the case where the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed, The display mode of the type information display area will be clearly different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can clearly distinguish whether the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z is displaying numerical information on game history information or numerical information regarding lottery settings. It can be recognized separately. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from misinterpreting the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding lottery settings. can.

Furthermore, according to this feature, the light emitting parts of the type information display area that are not used when displaying game history information (segment light emitting parts A, B, DP light emitting part of the leftmost 7 segment display 45z1, left middle 7 segment display Since the segment light emitting section B) of 45z2 is not used even during the setting change mode, there is an unused light emitting section (hereinafter referred to as an unused light emitting section) in the type information display area. Therefore, for example, even if a problem occurs in an unused light emitting section in the type information display area, the display mode in the type information display area is not affected. As a result, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the display mode will be affected when a problem occurs in the light emitting section of the type information display area.

Further, for example, since a light emitting element (LED) serving as an unused light emitting section does not need to emit light, parts necessary for causing the light emitting element to emit light can be omitted. Therefore, the cost of the information display section 45z can be reduced.

Furthermore, according to this aspect, the number of digits of the displayed numerical value is different between when numerical information related to game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area and when numerical information related to lottery settings is displayed. Therefore, even if a problem occurs with the display of the type information display area, the administrator will be asked whether the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area is gaming history information, and whether the setting information It is possible to clearly distinguish and recognize whether the That is, when a two-digit number is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z, the administrator determines that the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is game history information, and If a one-digit numerical value is displayed in the information display area, it can be determined that the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is setting information.

<Aspect 68>
In the above aspect 67, the information display section 45z has a configuration in which "-- (two hyphens)" is displayed in the type information display area during the setting change mode. In the mode, the type information display area may be configured to display "-- (two hyphens)" blinking.

According to such a configuration, the type information display area is different between when the numerical information of the game history information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z and when the numerical information about the lottery setting is displayed. The display mode will be even more clearly different. Therefore, for example, it is possible to further clarify for the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 whether the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z is displaying numerical information on game history information or numerical information regarding lottery settings. They can be distinguished and recognized. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from misinterpreting the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding lottery settings. can.

Furthermore, according to this aspect, during the setting change mode in which numerical information related to lottery settings is displayed in the numerical information display area, "-- (two hyphens)" in the type information display area blinks, so that the pachinko It is possible to alert the administrator of the machine 10 that this is an important situation in which the lottery settings should be changed carefully.

<Aspect 69>
In the above aspect 67, the information display section 45z has a configuration in which "-- (two hyphens)" is displayed in the type information display area during the setting change mode. In the mode, nothing may be displayed in the type information display area. This will be explained in detail below.

FIGS. 39 and 40 are explanatory diagrams showing how setting information is displayed on the information display section 45z during the setting change mode. 39 and 40 show that "1" to "6" are displayed as numerical information indicating the lottery setting in the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z. Further, as shown in FIG. 39, in this aspect, in the setting change mode, all of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 and the middle left 7-segment display 45z2 that constitute the type information display area of the information display section 45z The segment light emitting section and the DP light emitting section are turned off. That is, as described above, in the setting change mode, nothing is displayed in the type information display area of the information display section 45z.

In this way, according to this aspect, the type information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z depending on whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed or the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. The display mode of the display area will be clearly different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can clearly distinguish whether the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z is displaying numerical information on game history information or numerical information regarding lottery settings. It can be recognized separately. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from misinterpreting the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding lottery settings. can.

Furthermore, according to this aspect, even if a problem occurs in which some of the light emitting parts (segment light emitting parts A to G, etc.) forming the type information display area do not emit light, all the light emitting parts do not emit light. Unless such a serious problem occurs, the display mode of the type information display area will be different depending on whether game history information is displayed or setting information for lottery settings is displayed. Therefore, according to this aspect, even if there is a problem in which some of the light emitting units (LEDs) forming the type information display area do not emit light, the administrator can inform the administrator that all the light emitting units do not emit light. As long as no serious malfunction has occurred, it is possible to distinguish and recognize whether the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area is game history information or lottery setting setting information. In other words, if at least some of the light-emitting parts in the type information display area are emitting light, the administrator determines that the numerical values displayed in the numerical information display area are gaming history information, and then displays the type information display area. Only when all the constituent light emitting parts are off, it can be determined that the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is the setting information of the lottery setting.

<Aspect 70>
In the above aspect 67, the information display section 45z has a configuration in which "-- (two hyphens)" is displayed in the type information display area during the setting change mode. During the mode, a configuration may be adopted in which a plurality of types of display patterns are switched and displayed in the type information display area in a short period of time (for example, every 0.5 seconds). This will be explained in detail below.

FIG. 41 is an explanatory diagram showing how setting information is displayed on the information display section 45z during the setting change mode. In the example shown in FIG. 41, "1" is displayed as numerical information indicating the lottery setting in the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z. In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, during the setting change mode, the following two types of display patterns are alternately displayed in the type information display area of the information display section 45z, switching every 0.5 seconds.

・Display pattern A of type information display area:
Display pattern in which the segment light-emitting parts C, D, E, and G of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 are lit (light-emitting), and all the light-emitting parts of the middle left 7-segment display 45z2 are turned off.Display pattern B of the type information display area :
A display pattern in which all the light-emitting parts of the leftmost 7-segment display 45z1 are turned off, and the segment light-emitting parts C, D, E, and G of the middle left 7-segment display 45z2 are lit (light-emitting).

Display pattern A and display pattern B described above are display patterns that are not displayed in the type information display area when displaying game history information. Furthermore, in display pattern A and display pattern B, only the light emitting section used when displaying game history information is used. In other words, in display pattern A and display pattern B, light emitting parts that are not used when displaying game history information are not used.

In this way, according to this aspect, the type information is displayed in the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z depending on whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed or the numerical information regarding the lottery setting is displayed. The display mode of the display area will be clearly different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can clearly distinguish whether the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z is displaying numerical information on game history information or numerical information regarding lottery settings. It can be recognized separately. As a result, it is possible to prevent the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 from misinterpreting the numerical information displayed in the numerical information display area between the numerical information of the game history information and the numerical information regarding lottery settings. can.

Further, according to this aspect, the display pattern in the type information display area dynamically changes during the setting change mode in which numerical information regarding lottery settings is displayed in the numerical information display area, so that the pachinko machine 10 It is possible to alert the administrator that this is an important situation in which changes to lottery settings should be made carefully.

Furthermore, according to this aspect, the light emitting parts of the type information display area that are not used when displaying game history information (segment light emitting parts A, B, DP light emitting part of the leftmost 7 segment display 45z1, left middle 7 segment display Since the segment light emitting section B) of 45z2 is not used even during the setting change mode, there is an unused light emitting section (hereinafter referred to as an unused light emitting section) in the type information display area. Therefore, for example, even if a problem occurs in an unused light emitting section in the type information display area, the display mode in the type information display area is not affected. As a result, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the display mode will be affected when a problem occurs in the light emitting section of the type information display area.

Further, since the light emitting element (LED) serving as the unused light emitting section does not need to emit light, parts necessary for causing the light emitting element to emit light can be omitted. Therefore, the cost of the information display section 45z can be reduced.

Note that in this aspect, during the setting change mode, two types of display patterns are alternately displayed in the type information display area of the information display section 45z, but three or more types of display patterns are sequentially switched. It may also be configured to be displayed repeatedly.

<Aspect 71>
In each of the above aspects, if the "number of game balls that passed through the discharge path during normal mode (number of outs during normal mode)" being measured is less than 6,000, for example, "bL." in the type information display area. may be displayed blinking, and if the number is 6000 or more, the display may be lit. According to such a configuration, a person who confirms the flashing display of "bL." in the type information display area can check the number of game balls that passed through the ejection path during the normal mode (the number of outs during the normal mode) during measurement. )" is less than 6000, and the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is the "base under measurement (in normal mode)" calculated when a sufficient amount of statistical data has not been accumulated. It can be recognized that

In addition, when "bL." in the type information display area is displayed as a lighted display, the "number of game balls that passed through the discharge passage during normal mode (number of outs during normal mode)" during measurement is less than 6,000, for example. In this case, the numerical value in the numerical information display area may be displayed blinking, and if it is 6000 or more, the numerical value may be displayed lit. According to such a configuration, a person who confirms the blinking numerical value in the numerical information display area can check the "number of game balls that passed through the discharge passage during normal mode (number of outs during normal mode)" during measurement. If the number is less than 6,000, it is recognized that the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is the "base under measurement (in normal mode)" calculated in a state where a sufficient amount of statistical data has not been accumulated. be able to.

In addition, if the "number of game balls that passed through the discharge path during normal mode (number of outs during normal mode)" during measurement is less than 6,000, for example, "bL." in the type information display area and numerical information It may be configured such that the numerical value in the display area is displayed blinking, and when it is 6000 or more, the numerical value is displayed lit. According to such a configuration, a person who confirms the blinking display of "bL." in the type information display area and the numerical value in the numerical information display area can check the "number of game balls that passed through the discharge path during the normal mode" during measurement. (Number of outs in normal mode) is less than 6000, and the numerical value displayed in the numerical information display area is the "Base under measurement" (number of outs in normal mode) calculated when a sufficient amount of statistical data has not been accumulated. It can be recognized that the computer is in normal mode).

In addition, various game history basic information can be adopted as a criterion for determining whether the display is blinking or lit. For example, "the number of game balls that have passed through the discharge path (total number of outs)" during measurement may be used.

<Aspect 72>
In each of the above aspects, during the setting change mode, when displaying numerical information indicating lottery settings in the numerical information display area, all the light emitting parts constituting the middle right 7-segment display 45z3 are turned off. First, only the rightmost 7-segment display 45z4 was used to display the numerical information indicating the lottery settings in one digit, but instead of this configuration, the middle-right 7-segment display 45z3 was also used to display the numerical information in two digits. It may also be configured to display numerical information indicating the lottery settings. For example, if the numerical information indicating the lottery setting is only one-digit information, a configuration may be adopted in which "0" is displayed on the right middle 7-segment display 45z3.

<Aspect 73>
In each of the above embodiments, the number of lottery settings is not limited to six types from 1 to 6, and the number of lottery settings may be 5 or less or 7 or more. Furthermore, the number of seven-segment displays constituting the information display section 45z is not limited to four, and may be three or less, or five or more. Furthermore, the number of seven-segment displays constituting the type information display area of the information display section 45z is not limited to two, but may be one, or three or more. Furthermore, the number of seven-segment displays constituting the numerical information display area of the information display section 45z is not limited to two, but may be one, or three or more. Further, the information display section 45z may be configured with a light emitting element other than an LED such as an organic EL, or may be configured with a display element (display element) that does not emit light. For example, the information display section 45z may be configured with a display element that employs a liquid crystal or an electrophoresis method used in electronic paper.

<Aspect 74>
FIG. 42 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in aspect 74 of the first embodiment. In this aspect 74, the game history management chip 300 is not provided, and the main side CPU 62x is configured to calculate the game history information described above. In the following, details of various configurations included in the main control device 60 will be described, and other configurations will be denoted by the same reference numerals as in the first embodiment and each aspect described above, and detailed explanation thereof will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 42, the main ROM 63 includes a program storage means 63a and a program data storage means 63b. The main RAM 64 includes data storage means 64a and stack means 64b.

The main CPU 62x includes a register set 62x1, and performs various processes by combining and executing a plurality of programs stored in the program storage means 63a of the main ROM 63. Note that each program is configured by combining a plurality of instructions reserved in advance, such as an arithmetic instruction, a transfer instruction, a rotate instruction, a shift instruction, a jump instruction, a call instruction, and a return instruction, and the main CPU 62x Executes multiple instructions sequentially in the order defined in the program.

The register set 62x1 includes an A register (accumulator register), an F register (flag register), a general-purpose register, and a stack pointer (SP). Note that the A register and the general-purpose register are formed in a size of 1 byte (8 bits), and the stack pointer (SP) is formed in a size of 2 bytes (16 bits). Further, the register set 62x1 may include other registers, such as an index register, an interrupt register, a refresh register, a program counter, and the like.

The A register stores data (values) to be operated on by an operation instruction and operation results.

The state of the F register automatically changes depending on the result of an operation instruction or the execution result of a specific instruction such as a load instruction.

General-purpose registers are used in the same way as general program variables; specifically, they are used to temporarily store data (values), configure counters, and specify memory addresses. used for

The stack pointer (SP) is a stack pointer for accessing a first stack area 64b1 (see FIG. 44 described later) and a second stack area 64b2 (see FIG. 44 described later) that the stack means 64b configured in the main side RAM 64 has. Stores the address for pointer reference. Specifically, the stack pointer (SP) stores the first stack area reference address SP1 when accessing the first stack area 64b1, and stores the second stack area reference address SP1 when accessing the second stack area 64b2. Store address SP2.

FIG. 43 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of the main side ROM 63. As described above, the main ROM 63 includes a program storage means 63a and a program data storage means 63b.

The program storage means 63a has a first program control area 63a1 that stores a first program 63p1, and a second program control area 63a2 that is different from the first program control area 63a1 and stores a second program 63p2. are doing.

The first program 63p1 includes a game progress program, a storage program, and a change program. The main CPU 62x executes a game progress process to control the progress of the game by executing a game progress program, performs a storage process by executing a storage program, and performs a change process by executing a change program. Implement. Details of the game progress processing, storage processing, and change processing will be described later.

The second program 63p2 includes a game history information calculation and display program, a save program, and a return program. The main CPU 62x executes a game history information calculation and display process to calculate and display the game history information described above by executing a game history information calculation and display program, and executes a save process by executing a save program. Then, the return process is executed by executing the return program. Details of the game history information calculation and display process, the save process, and the return process will be described later.

The program data storage means 63b is an area different from the first program data area 63b1 and a first program data area 63b1 that stores various data necessary when executing the first program 63p1, and is an area for the second program 63p2. It has a second program data area 63b2 that stores various data necessary for executing the program. The first program data area 63b1 stores data such as a win/fail table and a distribution table used in the jackpot lottery process described above, and the second program data area 63b2 stores data such as a win/fail table and a distribution table used in the game history information calculation and display process, for example. Stores various fixed value data to be used.

As described above, the first program control area 63a1 stores the first program 63p1, the first program data area 63b1 stores data necessary for executing the first program 63p1, and the first program control area 63b1 stores the second program 63p2. The second program control area 63a2 and the second program data area 63b2 storing data necessary for executing the second program 63p2 are configured in different areas of the main ROM 63, respectively.

FIG. 44 is an explanatory diagram showing the configuration of the main side RAM 64. As described above, the main RAM 64 includes a data storage means 64a and a stack means 64b.

The data storage means 64a includes a first data storage area 64a1 corresponding to a first program 63p1 whose data can be updated, and an area different from the first data storage area 64a1 and which corresponds to a second program 63p2 whose data can be updated. It has a second data storage area 64a2. The first data storage area 64a1 stores, for example, various data (various flags such as a high probability mode flag) that are updated in the game progress process, and the second data storage area 64a2 stores, for example, game history. Various types of data updated in the information calculation and display process are stored.

The stack means 64b is an area different from the first stack area 64b1 and a first stack area 64b1 that can be accessed by the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP), and It has a second stack area 64b2 that can be accessed by the second stack area reference address SP2 stored in the second stack area 64b2. The first stack area 64b1 corresponds to the first program 63p1 (gaming progress program, storage program, change program), and the second stack area 64b2 corresponds to the second program 63p2 (game history information calculation and display program, save program, return program). program).

As described above, the first stack area 64b1 and the first data storage area 64a1, which can update and refer to data through processing by the first program 63p1 (game progress program, storage program, change program), and the second program 63p2 ( A second stack area 64b2 and a second data storage area 64a2, in which data can be updated and referenced through processing by a game history information calculation/display program, a save program, and a return program, are configured in different areas of the main RAM 64, respectively. ing. Although the data in the second stack area 64b2 and the second data storage area 64a2 cannot be updated due to the processing by the first program 63p1, the data can be referred to. Although the data in the area 64b1 and the first data storage area 64a1 cannot be updated, the data can be referenced.

FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a memory map of the main controller 60. As shown in FIG. 45, in the memory space in this embodiment, a built-in ROM area corresponding to the main side ROM 63 and a built-in RAM area corresponding to the main side RAM 64 are allocated in this order. In this aspect, in the built-in ROM area, the first program control area 63a1, the first program data area 63b1, the unused area, the second program control area 63a2, and the second program data area 63b2 are allocated in this order. In the built-in RAM area, a first data storage area 64a1, a first stack area 64b1, a second data storage area 64a2, a second stack area 64b2, and an unused area are allocated in this order.

FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main CPU 62x in aspect 74 of the first embodiment. Note that in this aspect as well, the timer interrupt process is executed at a cycle of 4 msec, as in the first embodiment.

It should be noted that each process described on the left side of the paper in FIG. Each process described on the right side of the paper is a process executed by the main CPU 62x executing the second program 63p2 stored in the second program control area 63a2.

In step S11101, the main CPU 62x executes a game progress process, which is a process for progressing the game, by executing the game progress program included in the first program 63p1. Specifically, in the game progress processing, the processing group shown from step S10601 to step S10615 in FIG. 27 described above is executed. After performing the process in step S11101, the process advances to step S11102.

In step S11102, the main CPU 62x performs storage processing by executing the storage program included in the first program 63p1. In storage processing, a push instruction (PUSH) is used to move the values of the A register and F register among multiple registers to the first stack accessible by the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP). It is stored in the area 64b1. At this time, the values of the A and F registers are stored in the first stack area 64b1 by one push instruction (PUSH AF) using a special code AF that specifies the A and F registers as transfer targets.

After executing step S11102, the main CPU 62x executes the save process 1, 2, and 3 shown in steps S11103 to S11105 by executing the save program included in the second program 63p2. This will be explained in detail below.

In the saving process 1 shown in step S11103, the load instruction (LD (W21), SP) transfers the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) to the address W21 of the second data storage area 64a2. Store in the area specified by . At this time, the value of the F flag may change due to a change in the state of the TZ flag of the F register due to a load instruction. After executing the save process 1 in step S11103, the process advances to step S11104.

In the save process 2 shown in step S11104, the second stack area reference address SP2, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by a load instruction (LD SP, fixed value). Note that the second stack area reference address SP2 stored in the stack pointer (SP) at this time is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main side ROM 63, for example. In this aspect, since no data is stored in the second stack area 64b2 at the time of executing the save process 2, the fixed value stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the save process 2 is the bottom of the second stack area 64b2. This is an address value indicating. After executing the save process 2 in step S11104, the process advances to step S11105.

In the save process 3 shown in step S11105, the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are transferred to the area specified by the address W22 of the second data storage area 64a2 by multiple load instructions (LD (W22), register). to be memorized. Note that the configuration stores the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register in the second data storage area 64a2 by one load instruction using a special code that specifies the A register, F register, and general-purpose register as transfer targets. You can also use it as After performing the process in step S11105, the process advances to step S11106.

In step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the game history information calculation and display process by executing the game history information calculation and display program included in the second program 63p2. In the game history information calculation and display process, a process for calculating the game history information described above and displaying the calculated game history information on the information display section 45z is executed. Specifically, in the game history information calculation and display process, the process group shown in steps S10802 to S10812 in FIG. 29 described above is executed. At this time, in the game history information calculation and display process, the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register change.

After executing the game history information calculation and display process in step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the return processes 1 and 2 shown in steps S11107 and S11108 by executing the return program included in the second program 63p2. This will be explained in detail below.

In the return process 1 shown in step S11107, the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are saved in the second data storage area in the save process 3 (step S11105) by multiple load instructions (LD register, (W22)). The value stored in the area specified by address W22 of 64a2 is set. Note that a configuration may also be used in which the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are set to the values stored in the second data storage area 64a2 in the save process 3 (step S11105) by a single load instruction using a special code. good. In this return process 1, if the value of the F register has changed in the save process 1 (step S11103), a value different from that immediately after the game progress process is ended is stored in the F register. After performing the process in step S11107, the process advances to step S11108.

In return processing 2 shown in step S11108, the load instruction (LD SP, (W21)) restores the first stack area stored in the area specified by address W21 of the second data storage area 64a2 in save processing 1 (step S11103). The reference address SP1 is stored in the stack pointer (SP), and the main CPU 62x ends the execution of the second program 63p2. After performing the process in step S11108, the process advances to step S11109.

In step S11109, the main CPU 62x executes the change process by executing the change program included in the first program 63p1. In the change processing, the values of the A register and F register among the A register, F register, and general-purpose register whose values were set in the return processing 1 (step S11107) are stored in the storage processing (step S11102) by the pop instruction (POP). The value is changed to the value stored in the first stack area 64b1. At this time, one pop instruction (POP AF) using a special code changes the values of the A register and F register to the values stored in the first stack area 64b1 by storage processing (step S11102). At this time, in the return process 1 (step S11107), even if a different value is stored in the F register than immediately after the game progress process ends, the value of the F register is changed to the same value as immediately after the game progress process ends. can be changed to . After carrying out the process of step S11109, this timer interrupt process is ended.

As explained above, according to this aspect, the save process 3 (step S11105 in FIG. 46) and the return process 1 (step S11107 in FIG. 46) are executed, so that the return process from the second program 63p2 to the first program 63p1 is In this case, it is possible to avoid problems caused by changes in the values of the registers used in the first program 63p1.

Further, according to this aspect, there is a possibility that the state of the F register changes before the save process 3 is executed (for example, when a load instruction is executed in the save process 1 (step S11103 in FIG. 46)). Before executing the save process 1, the values of the A register and the F register are stored in the storage process by the storage program included in the first program 63p1 (step S11102 in FIG. 46), and after the process by the second program 63p2 is finished. , the values of the A register and the F register are changed to the values stored in the storage process in the change process (step S11109 in FIG. 46) by the change program included in the first program 63p1. Therefore, for example, even if the state of the F register changes in save processing 1, the state of the F register returns to the same state as immediately after the end of the game progress processing (step S11101 in FIG. 46) by the first program 63p1. There is no risk of affecting the processing performed after returning from the processing by the 2 program 63p2. As a result, it becomes possible to configure multiple programs independently.

Further, according to this aspect, by simply adding a game history information calculation and display program for implementing the game history information calculation and display process (step S11106 in FIG. 46) to the second program 63p2, a game that controls the progress of the game can be implemented. Game history information calculation and display processing can be added without affecting the progress processing (step S11101 in FIG. 46). Therefore, the game history information calculation and display program can be easily created independently of the game progress program for implementing the game progress process.

Further, according to this aspect, as shown in FIG. 45, the memory space used by the process by the first program 63p1 and the memory space used by the process by the second program 63p2 are arranged independently from each other. Both memory spaces can be prevented from physically interfering with each other, and, for example, fraudulent acts performed on one process (memory space) can be prevented from affecting the other process (memory space). can do.

Further, according to this aspect, in the save process 3 (step S11105 in FIG. 46), all the values of each register are stored in the second stack area 64b2 by one push instruction (PUSH ALL). Since the configuration is such that the value of each register is stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by a load instruction, it is possible to store only the register that was being used in the second data storage area 64a2. Therefore, the storage capacity required to store the values of each register in the save process 3 can be reduced. Further, according to this aspect, the value of each register is not stored in the second stack area 64b2, but the value of each register is stored in the second data storage area 64a2, so that the main side RAM 64 It becomes possible to expand the storage capacity of the second data storage area 64a2 by reducing the storage capacity of the second stack area 64b2.

For example, if the amount of data to be stored in the stack area by a push instruction (PUSH) exceeds the upper limit of the storage capacity of the stack area of the main RAM 64, all of the data stored in the stack area will be If the configuration is such that a reset process for erasing data is performed, and if the configuration is such that the values of each register are stored in the second stack area 64b2 by a push instruction (PUSH) in save process 3, the reset process will be executed. There is a risk that you may be Furthermore, in save processing 3, if all the values of each register are stored in the second stack area 64b2 by one push instruction (PUSH ALL), the possibility that the reset processing will be executed becomes even higher. It ends up. On the other hand, according to this aspect, the push instruction (PUSH ALL) is not used in the save process 3, and the values of each register are stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by the load instruction (LD), so that the stack area is It is possible to avoid the risk of the reset process being carried out.

<Aspect 75>
In the configuration shown in aspect 74 above, the timer interrupt process described below may be implemented instead of the timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 46.

FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main CPU 62x in aspect 75 of the first embodiment. Processes that are the same as those included in the timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 46 are given the same step numbers. The main differences from the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. 46 are that the save processing 1 shown in step S11103 of FIG. 46 is omitted, and the contents of the return processing 2 shown in step S11108 of FIG. 46 are different. It is a point. This will be explained in detail below.

In step S11101, the main CPU 62x executes a game progress process, which is a process for progressing the game, by executing the game progress program included in the first program 63p1. Specifically, in the game progress processing, the processing group shown from step S10601 to step S10615 in FIG. 27 described above is executed. After performing the process in step S11101, the process advances to step S11102.

In step S11102, the main CPU 62x performs storage processing by executing the storage program included in the first program 63p1. In storage processing, a push instruction (PUSH) is used to move the values of the A register and F register among multiple registers to the first stack accessible by the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP). It is stored in the area 64b1. At this time, the values of the A and F registers are stored in the first stack area 64b1 by one push instruction (PUSH AF) using a special code AF that specifies the A and F registers as transfer targets.

After executing step S11102, the main CPU 62x executes the save process 2 and 3 shown in step S11104 and step S11105 by executing the save program included in the second program 63p2. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x does not perform the evacuation process 1 in step S11103 described above. This will be explained in detail below.

In the save process 2 shown in step S11104, the second stack area reference address SP2, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by a load instruction (LD SP, fixed value). Note that the second stack area reference address SP2 stored in the stack pointer (SP) at this time is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main side ROM 63, for example. In this aspect, since no data is stored in the second stack area 64b2 at the time of executing the save process 2, the fixed value stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the save process 2 is the bottom of the second stack area 64b2. This is an address value indicating. After executing the save process 2 in step S11104, the process advances to step S11105.

In the save process 3 shown in step S11105, the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are transferred to the area specified by the address W22 of the second data storage area 64a2 by multiple load instructions (LD (W22), register). to be memorized. Note that the configuration stores the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register in the second data storage area 64a2 by one load instruction using a special code that specifies the A register, F register, and general-purpose register as transfer targets. You can also use it as After performing the process in step S11105, the process advances to step S11106.

In step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the game history information calculation and display process by executing the game history information calculation and display program included in the second program 63p2. In the game history information calculation and display process, a process for calculating the game history information described above and displaying the calculated game history information on the information display section 45z is executed. Specifically, in the game history information calculation and display process, the process group shown in steps S10802 to S10812 in FIG. 29 described above is executed. At this time, in the game history information calculation and display process, the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register change.

After executing the game history information calculation and display process in step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the return process 1 and the return process A shown in steps S11107 and S11108a by executing the return program included in the second program 63p2. do. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x performs the return process A shown in step S11108a instead of the return process 2 in step S11108 described above. This will be explained in detail below.

In the return process 1 shown in step S11107, the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are saved in the second data storage area in the save process 3 (step S11105) by multiple load instructions (LD register, (W22)). The value stored in the area specified by address W22 of 64a2 is set. Note that a configuration may also be used in which the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are set to the values stored in the second data storage area 64a2 in the save process 3 (step S11105) by a single load instruction using a special code. good. In this return process 1, if the value of the F register has changed in the save process 1 (step S11103), a value different from that immediately after the game progress process is ended is stored in the F register. Alternatively, a configuration may be adopted in which the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are set to the values stored in the second data storage area 64a2 by multiple load instructions without using the special code. After performing the process in step S11107, the process advances to step S11108a.

In return processing A shown in step S11108a, the first stack area reference address SP1, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by a load instruction (LD SP, fixed value). The first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) at this time is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main side ROM 63, for example. This fixed value will be explained below.

In this aspect, the data stored in the first stack area 64b1 does not exist when all of the processes (processes from steps S10601 to S10615) constituting the game progress process (step S11101) are completed. Therefore, the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) is an address value that specifies the bottom of the first stack area 64b1.

Thereafter, when the main CPU 62x executes storage processing (step S11102) and starts executing the second program 63p2, a predetermined amount of data is stored in the first stack area 64b1. As a result, immediately after the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and starts execution of the second program 63p2 (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47), the data stored in the stack pointer (SP) is stored in the stack pointer (SP). The first stack area reference address SP1 is an address value that specifies a position moved by a predetermined amount from the bottom of the first stack area 64b1.

Then, since the amount of data stored in the first stack area 64b1 by executing the storage process (step S11102) and starting the execution of the second program 63p2 is the same each time (for each timer interrupt process), the first stack area The amount of movement of the reference address SP1 is also the same each time. Therefore, the first stack stored in the stack pointer (SP) immediately after the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and starts execution of the second program 63p2 (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47). The area reference address SP1 has the same address value every time.

Then, the fixed value stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the return process A (step S11108a) of this aspect is set at the point immediately after the storage process (step S11102) is finished and the execution of the second program 63p2 is started (FIG. 47 The address value is set to be the same as the address value stored in the stack pointer each time at timing TX1) shown in FIG. As a result, even if the above-mentioned save process 1 (step S11103 in FIG. 46) is omitted, the return process A (step S11108a) of this embodiment saves the value of the stack pointer (SP) and ends the storage process (step S11102). However, the value can be returned to the value at the time immediately after starting execution of the second program 63p2 (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47).

The main CPU 62x finishes the process of step S11108a described above, finishes executing the second program 63p2, starts executing the first program 63p1, and proceeds to step S11109.

In step S11109, the main CPU 62x executes the change process by executing the change program included in the first program. In the change processing, the values of the A register and F register among the A register, F register, and general-purpose register whose values were set in the return processing 1 (step S11107) are stored in the storage processing (step S11102) by the pop instruction (POP). The value is changed to the value stored in the first stack area 64b1. At this time, one pop instruction (POP AF) using a special code changes the values of the A register and F register to the values stored in the first stack area 64b1 by storage processing (step S11102). At this time, the value of the F register has changed after the storage process (step S11102) has been performed, and in the return process 1 (step S11107), a value different from that immediately after the game progress process is finished is stored in the F register. Even in this case, the value of the F register can be changed to the same value as it was immediately after the game progress processing was completed. After carrying out the process of step S11109, this timer interrupt process ends.

As explained above, according to this aspect, in addition to the effects shown in aspect 74 described above, the following effects can be achieved.

In this aspect, the data stored in the first stack area 64b1 does not exist when all of the processes (processes from steps S10601 to S10615) constituting the game progress process (step S11101) are completed. Therefore, the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) is an address value that specifies the bottom of the first stack area 64b1. Therefore, the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and immediately after starting the execution of the second program 63p2 (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47), the first The stack area reference address SP1 takes the same address value every time the timer interrupt process is executed. Therefore, since it is sufficient to store a fixed value in the stack pointer (SP) by the return process A (step S11108a) of this aspect, the save process 1 shown in aspect 74 can be omitted. As a result, the processing of the main CPU 62x can be simplified, and the second data storage area 64a2, which is necessary for saving the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP), can be simplified. Storage capacity can be reduced.

<Aspect 76>
Instead of the timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 47, the timer interrupt process described below may be implemented.

FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the main CPU 62x in aspect 76 of the first embodiment. Processes that are the same as those included in the timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 47 are given the same step numbers. The main differences from the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG. 47 are that save processing 3 shown in step S11105 in FIG. 47 is omitted, and return processing 1 shown in step S11107 in FIG. 47 is omitted. Another point is that a process for setting the values of all registers to 0 is added after the processes shown in steps S11102 and S11108a in FIG. 48. This will be explained in detail below.

In step S11101, the main CPU 62x executes a game progress process, which is a process for progressing the game, by executing the game progress program included in the first program 63p1. Specifically, in the game progress processing, the processing group shown from step S10601 to step S10615 in FIG. 27 described above is executed. After performing the process in step S11101, the process advances to step S11102.

In step S11102, the main CPU 62x performs storage processing by executing the storage program included in the first program 63p1. In storage processing, a push instruction (PUSH) is used to move the values of the A register and F register among multiple registers to the first stack accessible by the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP). It is stored in the area 64b1. At this time, the values of the A and F registers are stored in the first stack area 64b1 by one push instruction (PUSH AF) using a special code AF that specifies the A and F registers as transfer targets. After performing the process in step S11102, the process advances to step S11102-2.

In step S11102-2, the main CPU 62x executes the first clearing process by executing the first clearing program included in the first program 63p1. In the first clearing process, the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are set to 0 by multiple load instructions (LD register, 0). Note that the configuration may be such that the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are set to 0 by one load instruction using a special code.

After executing step S11102-2, the main CPU 62x executes the save process 2 shown in step S11104 by executing the save program included in the second program 63p2. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x does not perform the evacuation process 1 in step S11103 and the evacuation process 3 in step S11105 described above. This will be explained in detail below.

In the save process 2 shown in step S11104, the second stack area reference address SP2, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by a load instruction (LD SP, fixed value). Note that the second stack area reference address SP2 stored in the stack pointer (SP) at this time is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main side ROM 63, for example. In this aspect, since no data is stored in the second stack area 64b2 at the time of executing the save process 2, the fixed value stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the save process 2 is the bottom of the second stack area 64b2. This is an address value indicating. After executing the save process 2 in step S11104, the process advances to step S11106. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x does not perform the evacuation process 3 in step S11105 described above.

In step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the game history information calculation and display process by executing the game history information calculation and display program included in the second program 63p2. In the game history information calculation and display process, a process for calculating the game history information described above and displaying the calculated game history information on the information display section 45z is executed. Specifically, in the game history information calculation and display process, the process group shown in steps S10802 to S10812 in FIG. 29 described above is executed. At this time, in the game history information calculation and display process, the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register change.

After executing the game history information calculation and display process in step S11106, the main CPU 62x executes the second clear process shown in step S11107a by executing the second clear program included in the second program 63p2. That is, in this aspect, the main CPU 62x does not perform the return process 1 in step S11107 described above.

In the second clearing process shown in step S11107a, the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are set to 0 by multiple load instructions (LD register, 0). Note that the configuration may be such that the values of the A register, F register, and general-purpose register are set to 0 by one load instruction using a special code.

After performing the second clear process in step S11107a, the main CPU 62x executes the return process A shown in step S11108a by executing the return program included in the second program 63p2.

In return processing A shown in step S11108a, the first stack area reference address SP1, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer (SP) by a load instruction (LD SP, fixed value). The first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) at this time is a fixed value stored in advance in the second program data area 63b2 of the main side ROM 63, for example. This fixed value will be explained below.

In this aspect, the data stored in the first stack area 64b1 does not exist when all of the processes (processes from steps S10601 to S10615) constituting the game progress process (step S11101) are completed. Therefore, the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) is an address value that specifies the bottom of the first stack area 64b1.

Thereafter, when the main CPU 62x executes a storage process (step S11102) and a first clear process (step S11102-2) and starts executing the second program 63p2, a predetermined amount of data is stored in the first stack area 64b1. Ru. As a result, immediately after the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and the first clear process (step S11102-2) and starts executing the second program 63p2 (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47), , the first stack area reference address SP1 stored in the stack pointer (SP) is an address value that specifies a position moved by a predetermined amount from the bottom of the first stack area 64b1.

The amount of data stored in the first stack area 64b1 by executing the storage process (step S11102), the first clearing process (step S11102-2), and starting the execution of the second program 63p2 is the same each time (every timer interrupt process). ), the amount of movement of the first stack area reference address SP1 is also the same each time. Therefore, the main CPU 62x executes the storage process (step S11102) and the first clear process (step S11102-2), and immediately after starting the execution of the second program 63p2 (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47), the stack pointer is The first stack area reference address SP1 stored in (SP) has the same address value every time.

Then, the fixed value stored in the stack pointer (SP) in the return process A (step S11108a) of this aspect is changed to the second program 63p2 after completing the storage process (step S11102) and the first clearing process (step S11102-2). The address value is set to be the same as the address value stored in the stack pointer each time at the time immediately after the start of execution (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47). As a result, even if the above-mentioned save process 1 (step S11103 in FIG. 46) is omitted, the value of the stack pointer (SP) is saved in the storage process (step S11102) and the return process A (step S11108a) of this aspect. It is possible to restore the value to the value at the time (timing TX1 shown in FIG. 47) immediately after finishing the 1 clearing process (step S11102-2) and starting execution of the second program 63p2.

The main CPU 62x finishes the process of step S11108a described above, finishes executing the second program 63p2, starts executing the first program 63p1, and proceeds to step S11109.

In step S11109, the main CPU 62x executes the change process by executing the change program included in the first program. In the change process, the values of the A register and F register are changed to the values stored in the first stack area 64b1 by the storage process (step S11102) using a pop instruction (POP). At this time, one pop instruction (POP AF) using a special code changes the values of the A register and F register to the values stored in the first stack area 64b1 by storage processing (step S11102). At this time, even if the value of the F register has changed after the storage process (step S11102) has been performed, the value of the F register can be changed to the same value as it was immediately after the game progress process ended. . After carrying out the process of step S11109, this timer interrupt process ends.

As explained above, according to this aspect, in addition to the effects shown in aspects 74 and 75 described above, the following effects can be achieved.

According to this aspect, the first clearing process (step S11102-2 in FIG. 48) is executed by the first program 63p1, and the second clearing process (step S11107a in FIG. 48) is executed by the second program 63p2. The value of the register immediately before the start of execution of the second program 63p2 and the value of the register of the second program 63p2 without performing the saved processing 3 (step S11105 in FIG. 47) and the return processing 1 (step S11107 in FIG. 47) It is possible to match the value of the register immediately after the end of execution. Therefore, when returning from the second program 63p2 to the first program 63p1, it is possible to avoid problems caused by changes in the values of the registers used in the first program 63p1. Furthermore, since the above-described save process 3 and restore process 1 can be omitted, the storage capacity of the second data storage area 64a2 required in the save process 3 and restore process 1 can be reduced.

In addition, in this aspect, in one timer interrupt process, the first clear process is performed after all the various processes included in the game progress process (step S11101 in FIG. 48) are completed, and after the first clear process, Since the player does not carry out game progress processing, it is possible to avoid problems in the game progress processing by setting the value of the register to 0 through the first clearing process.

<Aspect 77>
In the storage process in step S11102 of aspects 74, 75, and 76, the values of specific registers (A register, F register) may be stored in the first data storage area 64a1 by a load instruction. In this case, in the change process of step S11109, it is preferable to use a load instruction to change the values of the specific registers (A register, F register) to the values stored in the first data storage area 64a1 in the storage process. Alternatively, the specific register to be subjected to the storage process in step S11102 and the change process in step S11109 may be configured to be only the F register.

Further, in the above aspect 74, the execution of the game progress process (step S11101 in FIG. 46) by the first program 63p1 is interrupted midway, and after being interrupted and executed from the storage process in step S11102 to the change process in step S11109, the process is interrupted. A configuration may be adopted in which the execution of the game progress processing that was being carried out is restarted.

Further, in the above aspect 76, the first clearing process (step S11102-2) may be executed after the game progressing process (step S11101) and before the storage process (step S11102). . Even with such a configuration, the same effects as in the above aspect 76 can be achieved.

<Aspect 78>
Among the above-mentioned aspects, in a configuration in which the setting change mode can be executed, various aspects can be adopted as a method of starting the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode and an operating method in the setting change mode. This will be explained in detail below.

In this aspect, the main control board 61 located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a keyhole for changing settings and the above-mentioned RAM clear button, but is not provided with the above-mentioned button for changing settings. . When the administrator who manages the pachinko machine 10 changes the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, first, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. Then, the inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 of the pachinko machine 10 are opened, and a setting change key is inserted into the setting change keyhole. Then, the inserted key is turned to the setting change side (for example, turned clockwise). In this state, if the Pachinko machine 10 is powered on while holding down the RAM clear button, the Pachinko machine 10 starts in the setting change mode.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment starts in the setting change mode if all of the following conditions 1 to 3 are satisfied when the power is turned on.
Condition 1: The inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 are open. Condition 2: The keyhole for changing settings is located on the side where settings can be changed. Condition 3: The RAM clear button is pressed. When the machine 10 is powered on, if condition 3 is met but either condition 1 or 2 is not met, the pachinko machine 10 does not start up in the setting change mode and initializes the main RAM 64. Execute the process to convert.

When the pachinko machine 10 is activated in the setting change mode, information indicating the current lottery setting (setting information) is displayed on the information display section 45z described above. For example, if the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is "lottery setting 1", "1" is displayed on the information display section 45z. Then, each time the administrator presses the RAM clear button, the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z changes from "1" → "2" → "3" → "4" → "5" → "6" → " It switches in the order of ``1'' → ``2''...

When the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z has reached the value desired by the administrator, the administrator enters the game ball into a predetermined ball entry opening (for example, the out opening 43) and enters the prescribed ball. When the detection sensor (for example, the discharge path detection sensor 44h) detects a game ball, the change to the lottery setting corresponding to the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z is confirmed. Specifically, for example, when the discharge path detection sensor 44h detects a game ball while "6" is displayed as the setting information on the information display section 45z, the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 changes to "Lottery setting". 6". Then, when the administrator turns the setting change key from the setting change side to the original position, the pachinko machine 10 ends the setting change mode.

In this way, according to this aspect, the setting change button can be omitted, so the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

Further, according to this aspect, when changing the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10, it is necessary to open the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, so for example, the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is changed. Even if a person without authority (hereinafter also referred to as an unauthorized person) tries to illegally change the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10, there is no way to open the inner frame 13 and front door frame 14. Until then, the lottery settings cannot be changed. Therefore, the security of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

Furthermore, even if an unauthorized person is able to open the inner frame 13 and front door frame 14, the speaker 46 of the pachinko machine 10 will issue a warning when the inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 become open. Since a sound or a warning voice (for example, "the door is open") is output, the administrator can easily notice that an unauthorized person is attempting to change the lottery settings. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized persons from changing the lottery settings.

In this aspect, one of the conditions for the pachinko machine 10 to start up as the setting change mode is that both the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 are in the open state. One of the conditions for starting the pachinko machine 10 as the setting change mode may be that one of the two is in the open state.

In addition, in this embodiment, the detection of game balls by the discharge path detection sensor 44h is adopted as a condition for finalizing the change in the lottery settings, but the present invention is not limited to this configuration. It may be adopted as a condition for finalizing a change in settings. For example, the detection of game balls by the first winning hole detection sensor 44d may be adopted as the condition for finalizing the change in lottery setting. The first winning hole detection sensor 44d is a sensor that detects the entry of a game ball into the first winning hole 32a, which is a general winning hole.

Further, in this aspect, each time the administrator presses the RAM clear button in the setting change mode, the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z changes from "1" → "2" → "3" → "4" → " 5" → "6" → "1" → "2"... However, the configuration is not limited to this, and for example, a button for changing settings may be provided separately from the RAM clear button, and management Each time the user presses the setting change button, the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z changes from "1" → "2" → "3" → "4" → "5" → "6" → "1". ” → “2”, etc.

Further, in this embodiment, a configuration is provided in which a keyhole for changing settings is provided, but a configuration may be adopted in which a keyhole for changing settings is not provided. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to be activated in the setting change mode when the above conditions 1 and 3 are satisfied when the power is turned on. Also, for example, when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, if the conditions 1 and 3 above are satisfied, whether the pachinko machine 10 starts in the setting change mode or executes a RAM clear process to initialize the main side RAM 64. It may be configured to execute a selection mode that allows the administrator to select. In the selection mode, by pressing the RAM clear button, the user selects whether to start the setting change mode or execute RAM clear processing, and the selection is confirmed by holding down the RAM clear button for a predetermined period of time. Good too. In addition, in the selection mode, only when a game ball enters a predetermined ball entrance (e.g., out port 43) and the game ball is detected by a predetermined ball entry detection sensor (e.g., discharge path detection sensor 44h), the setting is made. A configuration may be adopted in which activation as a change mode can be selected. Even with such a configuration, it is possible to prevent a person other than the administrator from illegally changing the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10.

<Aspect 79>
Among the above aspects, in a configuration capable of executing a settings change mode, a configuration may be adopted in which a notification that the settings change mode is in effect is provided during the settings change mode. This will be explained in detail below.

In this aspect, when the main control device 60 starts the setting change mode, it transmits a setting change mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has started, to the audio emission control device 90.

When receiving the setting change mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "Setting change mode is in progress." Further, upon receiving the setting change mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the audio emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “Setting change mode” on the symbol display device 41 to the display control device 100, and the display that receives the command The control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "Setting change mode in progress." Further, upon receiving the setting change mode start command, the audio light emission control device 90 controls the various lamps 47 to alternately turn on and off at maximum brightness and blink.

When the main controller 60 ends the settings change mode, it transmits a settings change mode end command to the audio emission control device 90, which is a command indicating that the settings change mode has ended. When the audio emission control device 90 receives the settings change mode end command, it ends the various controls for notifying that the settings change mode is in progress.

As described above, according to this aspect, since the speaker 46, the symbol display device 41, and the various lamps 47 notify that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting change mode, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can notify that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting change mode. can be easily recognized. Further, even if an unauthorized person fraudulently shifts the pachinko machine 10 to the setting change mode, the pachinko machine 10 will notify the user that it is in the setting change mode through the speaker 46 or the symbol display device 41. Therefore, surrounding players and managers can notice that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting change mode by an unauthorized person. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized persons from changing the lottery settings.

Further, when the main controller 60 starts the setting change mode, it transmits information indicating that the setting change mode has been started to the hall computer of the gaming hall via an external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting change mode has started, the hall computer displays information about the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode on the management screen. When the main controller 60 ends the setting change mode, it transmits information indicating that the setting change mode has ended to the hall computer of the gaming hall via the external terminal.

According to such a configuration, even if the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 is not in the vicinity of the pachinko machine 10, the existence of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode can be detected on the management screen of the hall computer. It becomes possible to recognize it. Therefore, for example, even if the pachinko machine 10 is set to the setting change mode by an unauthorized person, the administrator can check the existence of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode on the management screen of the hall computer. can be recognized. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized persons from changing the lottery settings.

<Aspect 80>
Among the above aspects, in a configuration in which the setting change mode can be executed, when the lottery setting is changed in the setting change mode, among the information stored in the main side RAM 64 after the end of the setting change mode, It may be configured to initialize without information regarding the gaming state. This will be explained in detail below.

In this aspect, when the lottery settings are changed in the settings change mode, the main side RAM 64 is initialized except for the information regarding the gaming state, and the settings change mode ends without changing the lottery settings in the settings change mode. In this case, the main side RAM 64 is not initialized and the game progress mode is entered in which the game can be played. In addition, in this aspect, "information regarding the gaming state" that is not initialized includes the state of the high probability mode flag, the state of the high frequency support mode flag, and the flag indicating whether or not the opening/closing execution mode is in progress (during jackpot). It is in a state of

As described above, according to this aspect, when the lottery setting is changed in the setting change mode, the main side RAM 64 is initialized, so that the information stored in the main side RAM 64 after the lottery setting is changed and the lottery setting are changed. It is possible to prevent a problem from occurring in the progress of the game due to inconsistency with the information stored in the main side RAM 64 before the settings were changed.

Furthermore, according to this aspect, even if the lottery setting is changed in the setting change mode and the main side RAM 64 is initialized, the information related to the gaming state among the information stored in the main side RAM 64 is erased. Therefore, for example, it is possible to change the lottery setting in the pachinko machine 10 while maintaining a gaming state that is advantageous to the player.

Note that in this embodiment, the main RAM 64 is initialized after the setting change mode ends, but if an operation to start the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode is received when the power is turned off, the setting change mode is initialized. The configuration may be such that the main side RAM 64 is initialized, excluding information regarding the gaming state, before starting up. Even with such a configuration, there is a mismatch between the information stored in the main RAM 64 after the lottery settings are changed and the information stored in the main RAM 64 before the lottery settings are changed. It is possible to prevent problems from occurring in the progress of the game.

Furthermore, in this aspect, when initializing the main side RAM 64, information regarding the gaming state is not deleted, but all information stored in the main side RAM 64 (including information regarding the gaming state) is initialized. It is also possible to have a configuration in which

Further, the "information regarding the gaming state" that is not initialized is not limited to the above, and may include, for example, suspension information.

<Aspect 81>
Among the above aspects, in a configuration in which the setting change mode can be executed, if an inconsistency occurs in the information stored in the main RAM 64 due to noise etc. and the initialization of the main RAM 64 is executed, the game cannot proceed. It may be configured to shift to a setting change mode before returning to a possible game progress mode. This will be explained in detail below.

In this aspect, the main control device 60 executes a monitoring process to monitor whether an abnormality such as a mismatch has occurred in the information stored in the main side RAM 64 in the timer interrupt process. Specifically, for example, in the monitoring process, it is monitored whether or not values in a range that should not be stored are stored in each area of the main RAM 64. If it is determined in the monitoring process that an abnormality has occurred in the main side RAM 64, the process related to the progress of the game is stopped and the main side RAM 64 is forcibly initialized. After the initialization of the main side RAM 64 is completed, the main control device 60 shifts to the above-mentioned setting change mode before shifting to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed. Note that abnormalities such as inconsistencies may occur in the information stored in the main RAM 64, for example, due to noise such as electromagnetic waves, or when a player with fraudulent intentions approaches the pachinko machine 10 with a magnet, etc. etc. can be mentioned.

Then, similarly to the above-mentioned aspect 79, if the pachinko machine 10 is configured to notify that it is in the setting change mode, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can notify when the pachinko machine 10 has transitioned to the setting change mode. can be noticed. Then, the administrator determines the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode, and then the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the game progress mode.

The reason for such a configuration will be explained. If the main RAM 64 is forcibly initialized due to noise, etc., the setting information for lottery settings is also rewritten to setting information different from the setting information originally intended by the administrator. there is a possibility. If the configuration is such that the setting information for lottery settings is not initialized (changed) even if the main side RAM 64 is initialized, there is a risk that the setting information will still be maintained as setting information different from the setting information originally intended by the administrator. be. Therefore, as in this embodiment, when the main side RAM 64 is forcibly initialized due to noise or the like, the configuration is such that the mode shifts to the setting change mode before returning to the game progress mode in which the game can be played. Then, the administrator can modify the setting information of the lottery setting to the originally intended setting information before the pachinko machine 10 returns to the game progress mode.

Furthermore, in this aspect, when the main side RAM 64 is forcibly initialized due to noise or the like, the above-mentioned information regarding the gaming state may not be initialized. According to such a configuration, even if the main RAM 64 is forcibly initialized due to noise or the like, the information regarding the gaming state will not be initialized (deleted), so the player will not be able to continue playing the game. It becomes possible to resume the game while maintaining the state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged due to forced initialization of the main RAM 64 due to noise or the like.

Note that in this embodiment, the configuration is such that the mode is shifted to the setting change mode after the main side RAM 64 is initialized, but the lottery settings are changed to the initial values (for example, "Lottery settings 1) and then shift to a game progress mode in which the game can proceed.

Furthermore, in this aspect, when the main side RAM 64 is initialized, the information regarding the gaming state is not deleted, but when the main side RAM 64 is initialized, the information regarding the gaming state may also be deleted.

<Aspect 82>
Among the above-mentioned aspects, in a configuration capable of executing a settings change mode, a configuration may be adopted in which it is notified whether the lottery settings have been changed or not changed in the settings change mode. This will be explained in detail below.

In this aspect, when the lottery settings are changed in the setting change mode, the main controller 60 of the pachinko machine 10 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the lottery settings have been changed, and the lottery settings are changed. By displaying a character string indicating that the lottery setting has been changed on the symbol display device 41, it is notified that the lottery setting has been changed.

Specifically, for example, when the main control device 60 shifts to the setting change mode, it saves the setting information of the current lottery setting to a predetermined area of the main side RAM 64. Then, in the setting change mode, the setting information of the newly determined lottery settings is compared with the saved setting information of the lottery settings before the change, and if these setting information are different, the lottery settings are changed. A setting change command, which is a command indicating that the setting has been changed, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90.

When the audio emission control device 90 receives the settings change command, it causes the speaker 46 to output audio indicating that the lottery settings have been changed. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "The lottery settings have been changed." Further, upon receiving the setting change command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the lottery setting has been changed. Specifically, for example, the audio emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “Lottery settings have been changed” on the symbol display device 41 to the display control device 100, and receives the command. The display control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "Lottery settings have been changed." Further, upon receiving the setting change command, the audio light emission control device 90 controls the various lamps 47 to alternately turn on and off at maximum brightness and blink.

On the other hand, when exiting the setting change mode with the lottery settings unchanged and maintained, the main controller 60 of the pachinko machine 10 sends a sound to the speaker indicating that the lottery settings have been maintained without being changed. 46 and displays on the symbol display device 41 a character string indicating that the lottery settings have been maintained without being changed, thereby informing that the lottery settings have been maintained without being changed.

Specifically, for example, when the main control device 60 shifts to the setting change mode, it saves the setting information of the current lottery setting to a predetermined area of the main side RAM 64. Then, in the setting change mode, the setting information of the newly determined lottery settings is compared with the saved setting information of the lottery settings before the change, and if these settings information match, the lottery settings are changed. A setting maintenance command, which is a command indicating that the settings have been maintained without being changed, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90.

When receiving the setting maintenance command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the lottery settings have been maintained without being changed. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "The lottery setting has not been changed." Further, upon receiving the setting maintenance command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the lottery setting has been maintained without being changed. Specifically, for example, the audio emission control device 90 sends a command to the display control device 100 to cause the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "Lottery setting has not been changed", and sends the command to the display control device 100. The display control device 100 that has received the message causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "Lottery settings have not been changed." Further, upon receiving the setting maintenance command, the audio light emission control device 90 controls the various lamps 47 so that they are lit instead of flashing.

As described above, according to this aspect, when the lottery settings are changed in the settings change mode, the notification that the lottery settings have been changed is notified, so that the administrator and the player can check whether the lottery settings have been changed or not. You can check whether

In particular, in the above aspect 81, in the setting change mode after forced initialization of the main RAM 64 due to noise etc., the player who was playing the game on the pachinko machine 10 has the lottery settings changed by the administrator. It is expected that there will be doubts as to whether or not it has been changed. However, according to this aspect, when the lottery settings are changed, the player is notified that the lottery settings have been changed, so the player can confirm whether the lottery settings have been changed. More specifically, it is possible to make the player only understand whether or not the lottery settings have been changed in the settings change mode, without having the player know what kind of setting information the current lottery settings are. . As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the player has to restart the game with a feeling of anxiety without knowing whether or not the lottery setting has been changed by the administrator.

In addition, in this aspect, if the lottery settings have not been changed, it is configured to notify that the lottery settings have been maintained without being changed, but if the lottery settings have not been changed, nothing is reported. Alternatively, a configuration may be adopted in which notification is made in a manner different from that in the case where the lottery settings are changed, such as "setting change mode is ended." Even with this configuration, if the player is not informed that the lottery settings have been changed, he or she can judge that the lottery settings have not been changed, so the player does not have to worry about playing the game. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation where a restart is necessary.

<Aspect 83>
In the above aspect 82, the main control device 60 may be configured to include setting information of the changed lottery settings in a settings change command that is a command indicating that the lottery settings have been changed. Then, each time the audio emission control device 90 receives a setting change command including the setting information of the changed lottery settings, the audio emission control device 90 sequentially stores the changed settings information of the lottery settings in the RAM as a storage means provided therein. It is also possible to have a configuration in which The sound emission control device 90 may be configured to display a history of changes in lottery settings on the symbol display device 41 when a predetermined operation is received from the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 or the like.

According to such a configuration, it is possible to store the history of changes in lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 without using the limited storage capacity of the main side RAM 64 of the main control device 60 of the pachinko machine 10, and The administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can easily check how the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10 have been operated based on the history of changes to the lottery settings displayed on the symbol display device 41. .

<Aspect 84>
Among the above aspects, in a configuration in which the settings change mode can be executed, a configuration in which the lottery settings cannot be changed but a settings confirmation mode in which the administrator etc. can check the current lottery settings can be executed. good. This will be explained in detail below.

When a specific operation is executed under specific conditions, the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment enters a game stop state in which the game cannot proceed, and then shifts to a setting confirmation mode.

In this embodiment, the specific condition refers to a state in which all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Condition 1: The special symbol is not changing in the special symbol unit 37. Condition 2: The normal symbol is not varying in the common symbol unit 38. Condition 3: The variable winning device 36 as a special electric accessory is not operating. Condition 4: The electric accessory 34a as a normal electric accessory is not operating. Condition 5: A predetermined time (for example, 20 seconds) has passed since the last game ball was launched. In other words, a specific condition Down is a state in which the outcome of the game is not affected even if the progress of the game is stopped (interrupted).

Further, in this aspect, the specific operation is an operation of pressing a RAM clear button provided on the back of the pachinko machine 10.

That is, when the main control device 60 of the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment detects that the RAM clear button is pressed during the game progress mode in which the game can be progressed, it detects that the RAM clear button is pressed under the above specific conditions. If it is determined that the above specific conditions are met, the setting confirmation mode is entered. When it is detected that the RAM clear button is not pressed again, the setting confirmation mode is ended and the game progress mode is returned to, in which the game can proceed.

During the setting confirmation mode, the main controller 60 executes random number update processing for updating the jackpot random number counter, etc., and power supply monitoring processing, but also performs other processing necessary for the progress of the game (various inputs in timer interrupt processing). Ball processing, etc.) is not executed, and the game is brought to a halt state (a state in which the game cannot proceed), and setting information indicating the current lottery setting is displayed on the information display section 45z. For example, if the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10 is "lottery setting 1", "1" is displayed on the information display section 45z.

Furthermore, during the game progress mode, an accessory that always continues a certain operation (predetermined action) regardless of the result of the jackpot lottery or the result of the electric accessory release lottery (hereinafter also referred to as a constantly operating accessory) In the pachinko machine 10 equipped with this, the main control device 60 continues the operation of the always-operating accessory even when the game progress mode is shifted to the setting confirmation mode. Specifically, after shifting to the setting confirmation mode, the main control device 60 is configured to continue executing the always-operating accessory control process in addition to the random number update process and the power supply monitoring process. Then, when the main controller 60 ends the setting confirmation mode and returns to the game progress mode in which the game can proceed, the main control device 60 resumes execution of other processes necessary for the progress of the game that had been avoided. do.

According to such a configuration, even at the timing of transitioning from the game progress mode to the setting confirmation mode and the timing of returning from the setting confirmation mode to the game progress mode, the operation of the always-operating accessory remains constant without stopping or changing. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent a player from obtaining an unfair advantageous result by firing a game ball at the timing when the motion of a constantly moving accessory stops or changes. I can do it.

In addition, in this aspect, the operation of the always-operating accessory is configured to continue as it is even during the setting confirmation mode, but the operation of the always-operating accessory is temporarily stopped at the timing of transition from the game progress mode to the setting confirmation mode. It may be configured such that the operation of the always-operating accessory that has been stopped is restarted at the timing of returning from the setting confirmation mode to the game progress mode. According to such a configuration, processing can be simplified compared to a configuration in which the action of the accessory continues to operate at all times. Further, during the game progress mode in which the game can be progressed, it is possible to ensure that the actions of the always-operating accessories are continuously connected. Further, according to such a configuration, when returning from the setting confirmation mode to the game progress mode, the operation of the always-operating accessory is restarted from the same state as the state at the timing of transition from the game progress mode to the setting confirmation mode. Therefore, when returning from the setting confirmation mode to the game progress mode, the always-operating accessory is changed from a state different from the state at the time of transition from the game progress mode to the setting confirmation mode (for example, a state disadvantageous or advantageous to the player). This can prevent the player from having to restart the game from a state different from the state in which the game was stopped.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the specific operation for transitioning to the setting confirmation mode is an operation of pressing the RAM clear button, but various operations can be adopted as the specific operation. For example, the specific operation may be an operation of inserting a setting change key into a setting change keyhole and turning it to the setting change side. According to such a configuration, in order to check the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10, a key for changing the settings is required, so a person who does not have the key for changing the settings cannot change the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10. This can prevent things from being confirmed.

<Aspect 85>
In the above aspect 84, the always-operating accessory continues to operate even in the setting confirmation mode, but when the setting confirmation mode is entered, the always-operating accessory is shifted to a predetermined initial state ( Alternatively, the configuration may be such that the operation is stopped after being moved to the initial position). This will be explained in detail below.

When the main controller 60 of the pachinko machine 10 of this aspect shifts from the game progress mode to the setting confirmation mode, the always-operating accessory moves to the initial state (or moves to the initial position) until the always-operating accessory moves to the initial state (or moves to the initial position). control processing continues. When the main control device 60 detects that the always-operating accessory has transitioned to the initial state (or moved to the initial position), the main controller 60 stops the execution of the control process for the always-operating accessory and starts the operation of the always-operating accessory. make it stop. Thereafter, when the main control device 60 ends the setting confirmation mode and returns to the game progress mode in which the game can be progressed, the main control device 60 performs the control process of the always-operating accessory and performs the processing necessary for the progress of the game that had been avoided. Resume execution of other processes.

In addition, when returning from the setting confirmation mode to the game progress mode before detecting that the always-operating accessory has shifted to the initial state (or moved to the initial position), the main controller 60 The control processing continues as is. That is, in this aspect, the always-operating accessory is configured so as not to stop operating in a state other than the initial state (or at a position other than the initial position).

According to such a configuration, for example, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a malfunction in a constantly operating accessory that may cause a malfunction if the operation is stopped in a state other than the initial state (or at a position other than the initial position). I can do it.

<Aspect 86>
Among the above aspects, in a configuration capable of executing the setting confirmation mode, a configuration may be adopted in which a notification that the setting confirmation mode is in effect is provided during the setting confirmation mode. This will be explained in detail below.

In this aspect, when the main control device 60 starts the setting confirmation mode, it transmits a setting confirmation mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started, to the audio emission control device 90.

When receiving the setting confirmation mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting confirmation mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "Setting confirmation mode is in progress." Further, upon receiving the setting confirmation mode start command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting confirmation mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the audio light emission control device 90 transmits a command to the display control device 100 to cause the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "Setting confirmation mode in progress", and the display control device 100 receives the command. The control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "Setting confirmation mode in progress." Further, upon receiving the setting confirmation mode start command, the audio light emission control device 90 controls the various lamps 47 to alternately turn on and off at maximum brightness and blink.

When the main control device 60 ends the setting confirmation mode, it transmits a setting confirmation mode end command, which is a command indicating that the setting confirmation mode has ended, to the audio emission control device 90. When the audio emission control device 90 receives the setting confirmation mode end command, it ends the various controls for notifying that the setting confirmation mode is in progress.

As described above, according to this aspect, since the speaker 46, the symbol display device 41, and the various lamps 47 notify that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting confirmation mode, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 can confirm that the pachinko machine 10 is in the setting confirmation mode. can be easily recognized. Furthermore, even if an unauthorized person fraudulently shifts the pachinko machine 10 to the setting confirmation mode, the pachinko machine 10 will be able to display the speaker 46, symbol display device 41, and various other devices to indicate that it is in the setting confirmation mode. Since the lamp 47 is used to notify the player, surrounding players and managers can notice that the pachinko machine 10 has been placed in the setting confirmation mode by an unauthorized person. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized persons from checking the lottery settings.

Furthermore, when the main controller 60 starts the setting confirmation mode, it transmits information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has been started to the hall computer of the gaming hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started, the hall computer displays information on the pachinko machine 10 in the setting confirmation mode on the management screen. When the main controller 60 ends the setting confirmation mode, it transmits information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has ended to the hall computer of the gaming hall via the external terminal.

According to such a configuration, even if the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 is not in the vicinity of the pachinko machine 10, the existence of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting confirmation mode can be detected on the management screen of the hall computer. It becomes possible to recognize it. Therefore, for example, even if the pachinko machine 10 is set to the setting confirmation mode by an unauthorized person, the administrator can check the existence of the pachinko machine 10 in the setting confirmation mode on the management screen of the hall computer. can be recognized. Therefore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized persons from checking the lottery settings.

<Aspect 87>
Among the above aspects, in a configuration in which the settings change mode and settings confirmation mode can be executed, a configuration in which the settings change mode and settings confirmation mode cannot be executed until the power of the pachinko machine 10 is once turned off may also be used. good. That is, a configuration in which the pachinko machine 10 executes the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode when a predetermined operation is performed when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off and then turned on. You can also use it as This will be explained in detail below.

Note that the "keyhole for changing settings" and the "key for changing settings" in each of the above aspects are used in this aspect and the aspects described below, not only when transitioning to a settings change mode for changing lottery settings, but also when changing lottery settings. Since they are also used when transitioning to a setting confirmation mode for checking settings, they are also simply referred to as a "setting keyhole" and a "setting key," respectively.

In this aspect, the main control board 61 located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a power switch, a RAM clear button, a keyhole for settings, a button for changing settings, and an information display section 45z. ing. In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, after the power switch is operated and the power is turned on, and execution of the game progress mode in which the game can proceed is started, the power of the pachinko machine 10 is once turned off. Otherwise, the configuration is such that it is impossible to shift to the setting change mode and setting confirmation mode. The pachinko machine 10 is configured to execute a setting change mode or a setting confirmation mode if a predetermined condition is satisfied when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment executes the setting change mode when all of the following conditions A1 to A3 are satisfied when the power is turned on (ON).
Condition A1: The inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 are open. Condition A2: The setting key is inserted into the setting keyhole and is located on the ON side. Condition A3: The RAM clear button is pressed. what is happening

Further, the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment executes the setting confirmation mode when all of the following conditions B1 to B3 are satisfied when the power is turned on (ON).
Condition B1: The inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 are open. Condition B2: The setting key is inserted into the setting keyhole and is positioned on the ON side. Condition B3: The RAM clear button is pressed. What I haven't done

In the following, the administrator of the pachinko machine 10 will explain an example of a work process for transitioning the pachinko machine 10 to the setting change mode or the setting confirmation mode after the execution of the game progress mode has started, and then An example of the processing executed in 10 will be described.

FIG. 49 is a process diagram showing the work process when the administrator changes the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10.

In step W101, the administrator inserts a key into the cylinder lock 17 of the pachinko machine 10 whose lottery settings are to be changed, turns it to the open side, and rotates the inner frame 13 relative to the outer frame 11 to open the lock. At the same time, the front door frame 14 is rotated relative to the inner frame 13 to be in the open state. By rotating the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11, the administrator can access various operation units provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Next, proceeding to step W102, the administrator operates the power switch provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 to turn off the power. Next, the process advances to step W103.

In step W103, the administrator inserts a setting key into a setting keyhole provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 and turns it to the setting changing side (hereinafter also referred to as the ON side). Next, proceeding to step W104, the administrator turns on the power of the pachinko machine 10 by operating the power switch while pressing the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the setting change mode after startup (step W105), and the setting information of the current lottery setting is displayed on the information display section 45z (step W106). Specifically, for example, when the current setting information of the pachinko machine 10 is "1", "1" is displayed in a lit state on the information display section 45z. Next, the process advances to step W107.

In step W107, the administrator presses a setting change button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 to change the setting information. Specifically, for example, each time the administrator presses the setting change button, the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z changes from "1" to "2" to "3" to "4" to "5". → "6" → "1" → "2"... The administrator presses the setting change button until the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z becomes the desired setting information. . Next, the process advances to step W108.

In step W108, the administrator confirms that the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z is the desired setting information, and then presses the RAM clear button provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. to confirm the changed setting information. Next, proceeding to step W109, the administrator returns the setting key to the OFF side and removes the key from the setting keyhole. Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to a game progress mode in which the game can be played (step W110), and game history information is displayed on the information display section 45z (step W111). Next, proceeding to step W112, the administrator closes the inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 and removes the key from the cylinder lock 17. Through such a process, the administrator can change the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10.

FIG. 50 is a process diagram showing the work process when the administrator confirms the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10.

In step W201, the administrator inserts a key into the cylinder lock 17 of the pachinko machine 10 whose lottery settings are to be confirmed, turns it to the open side, and rotates the inner frame 13 relative to the outer frame 11 to open the lock. At the same time, the front door frame 14 is rotated relative to the inner frame 13 to be in the open state. By rotating the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11, the administrator can access various operation units provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Next, proceeding to step W202, the administrator operates the power switch provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 to turn off the power. Next, the process advances to step W203.

In step W203, the administrator inserts a setting key into a setting keyhole provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 and turns it to the ON side. Next, proceeding to step W204, the administrator operates the power switch of the pachinko machine 10 to turn on the power of the pachinko machine 10. Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the setting confirmation mode after startup (step W205), and the setting information of the current lottery setting is displayed on the information display section 45z (step W206). Specifically, for example, if the current setting information of the pachinko machine 10 is "1", "1" is displayed blinking on the information display section 45z. The administrator can check the current setting information of the pachinko machine 10 by checking the setting information flashingly displayed on the information display section 45z. Next, the process advances to step W207.

In step W207, the administrator checks the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z, returns the setting key to the OFF side, and removes the key from the setting keyhole. Then, the pachinko machine 10 shifts to a game progress mode in which the game can be played (step W208), and game history information is displayed on the information display section 45z (step W209). Next, proceeding to step W210, the administrator closes the inner frame 13 and front door frame 14 and removes the key from the cylinder lock 17. Through such a process, the administrator can confirm the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10.

Next, processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) of the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment will be described.

FIG. 51 is a flowchart showing part of the main processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) in aspect 87 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on.

In step S11201, initial setting processing upon power-on is executed. Specifically, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, and the sub-side control devices (sound emission control device 90, display control device 100, payout control device 70, etc.) are enabled. Wait processing is executed for about 1 second, for example, to wait for the state to be reached. Then, access to the main RAM 64 is permitted. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11202, and internal function register setting processing is executed. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11203, and a process for notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been powered on and started is executed. Specifically, a startup command indicating that the pachinko machine 10 has been started is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. Upon receiving the activation command, the audio emission control device 90 executes a process of notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "Starting up" or a predetermined alarm sound is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11203, the process advances to step S11204.

In step S11204, it is determined whether the power recovery flag is ON.

Here, the power recovery flag will be explained. In this aspect, when the power switch of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off or a power outage occurs, various information (information indicating the gaming status, control information, etc.) stored in the register of the main CPU 62x is transferred to the main CPU 62x. It is evacuated to a predetermined area of the side RAM 64. When the saving of this information to the main side RAM 64 is completed, the power recovery flag is turned on, a RAM judgment value (for example, a checksum value) is calculated, and the calculated RAM judgment value is stored in the main side RAM 64. Remember. Note that after the power supply from the commercial power source is cut off, the power supply is switched to a backup power source such as a capacitor. In this way, the power recovery flag is a flag for identifying, when the power is turned on, whether information for restoring to the state when the power was turned off last time is stored in the main side RAM 64.

In step S11204, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is ON (step S11204: YES), the process proceeds to step S11205, and a RAM determination value of the main side RAM 64 is calculated. In this aspect, the checksum value of the main RAM 64 is calculated as the RAM determination value. After that, the process advances to step S11206, and it is determined whether the calculated RAM judgment value (checksum value) is normal or not, that is, the calculated RAM judgment value (checksum value) and the RAM judgment value ( checksum value). If it is determined in step S11206 that the RAM determination value is normal (step S11206: YES), the process advances to step S11208, which will be described later.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON in step S11204 described above (step S11204: NO), and if it is determined that the RAM judgment value is not normal in step S11206 described above (step S11206: NO), ), the process advances to step S11207 and the RAM abnormality flag is turned ON. In other words, the RAM abnormality flag is a flag that turns ON when the power recovery flag is OFF or when the power recovery flag is ON but the RAM judgment value is not normal, and the information stored in the main side RAM 64 is This is a flag indicating that the state is not normal. After executing step S11207, the process advances to step S11208.

In step S11208, it is determined whether the RAM clear button is ON. In step S11208, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11208: NO), the process advances to step S11209 and checks whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON. Determine. Note that the frame release switch is a switch that is turned on when the inner frame 13 is in an open state with respect to the outer frame 11, and the door release switch is a switch that is turned on when the front door frame 14 is in an open state with respect to the inner frame 13. This is a switch that is sometimes turned on.

In step S11209, if it is determined that at least one of the setting key, the frame release switch, and the door release switch is not ON (step S11209: NO), the process advances to step S11210 to determine whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON. Determine whether

In step S11210, if it is determined that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11210: NO), the process advances to step S11211, and a power recovery process is executed to return to the state when the power was turned off last time. Specifically, in the power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer saved in the main side RAM 64 is written to the stack pointer of the main side CPU 62x, and the data saved in the main side RAM 64 is restored to the register of the main side CPU 62x. , the state of the register of the main CPU 62x is restored to the state before the power was cut off. After executing step S11211, the process advances to step S11212, and the power recovery flag in the main side RAM 64 is turned OFF. Thereafter, the process shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt enable setting, interrupt disable setting, random number update process, and power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-mentioned aspects are executed. By allowing the timer interrupt processing and executing the above-described timer interrupt processing, the game can proceed (game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11210 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11210: YES), the process advances to step S11213, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice such as "RAM abnormality. Please start in setting change mode." After executing step S11213, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above. However, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number updating process and the power supply monitoring process are executed, but other processes necessary for the progress of the game (for example, the ball entry for the starting hole) are executed. processing, game time control processing, etc.) will not be executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, timer interrupt permission is not set. Therefore, although it appears to be the same as the normal game progression mode, the player is unable to advance the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the game does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator should turn off the power to the relevant pachinko machine 10, insert the setting key into the setting keyhole, turn it to the ON side, and turn on the power while holding down the RAM clear button. What is necessary is to start the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode.

On the other hand, in step S11209 described above, if it is determined that the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON (step S11209: YES), the process advances to step S11214, and the RAM abnormality flag is ON. Determine whether it exists or not.

If it is determined in step S11214 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11214: NO), the process advances to step S11215 and a setting confirmation process is executed. In the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode), a process of displaying setting information of the current lottery setting on the information display section 45z is executed. That is, the setting confirmation mode is a mode in which the administrator or the like can confirm the setting information of the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. Details of the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode) will be described later. After executing step S11215, the process advances to step S11216, where the above-described power recovery process is executed to return to the state when the power was turned off last time. After that, the process advances to step S11217, and the power recovery flag is turned OFF. Thereafter, the process shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt enable setting, interrupt disable setting, random number update process, and power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-mentioned aspects are executed. By allowing the timer interrupt processing and executing the above-described timer interrupt processing, the game can proceed (game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11214 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11214: YES), the process advances to step S11218, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice such as "RAM abnormality. Please start in setting change mode." After executing step S11218, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above. However, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update process and the power supply monitoring process are executed, but other processes necessary for the progress of the game (for example, starting Processing for inputting balls into the mouth, game time control processing, etc.) is not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, timer interrupt permission is not set. Therefore, although it appears to be the same as the normal game progression mode, the player is unable to advance the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the game does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator should turn off the power to the relevant pachinko machine 10, insert the setting key into the setting keyhole, turn it to the ON side, and turn on the power while holding down the RAM clear button. What is necessary is to start the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode.

In step S11208 described above, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11208: YES), the process advances to step S11219, and it is determined whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON. Determine whether or not.

In step S11219, if it is determined that at least one of the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch is not ON (step S11219: NO), the process advances to step S11220, and the RAM abnormality flag described above is ON. Determine whether or not. If it is determined in step S11220 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11220: NO), the process advances to step S11221.

In step S11221, first RAM clear processing is executed. The first RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) the information stored in the main side RAM 64 except for the setting information of the lottery settings. That is, when the first RAM clearing process is executed, various flag information indicating the gaming state, various control information, etc. are erased, but the setting information of the lottery setting is not erased, and the setting information is maintained as it is. Further, in this aspect, in the first RAM clearing process, a first RAM clearing process execution command, which is a command indicating that the first RAM clearing process has been executed, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. Upon receiving the first RAM clear processing execution command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 outputs a voice saying "RAM has been cleared." After executing step S11221, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11220 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11220: YES), the process proceeds to step S11222, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice such as "RAM abnormality. Please start in setting change mode." After executing step S11220, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above. However, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update process and the power supply monitoring process are executed, but other processes necessary for the progress of the game (for example, starting Processing for inputting balls into the mouth, game time control processing, etc.) is not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, timer interrupt permission is not set. Therefore, although it appears to be the same as the normal game progression mode, the player is unable to advance the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the game does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator should turn off the power to the relevant pachinko machine 10, insert the setting key into the setting keyhole, turn it to the ON side, and turn on the power while holding down the RAM clear button. What is necessary is to start the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode.

In step S11219 described above, if it is determined that the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON (step S11219: YES), the process advances to step S11223, and it is determined whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON or not. Determine whether or not.

If it is determined in step S11223 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11223: NO), the process advances to step S11224, and the first RAM clearing process described above is executed. After that, the process advances to step S11225, and a setting change process is executed. In the setting change process (setting change mode), a process of displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display section 45z is executed, and a process of accepting a change of the setting information of the lottery setting is executed. That is, the setting change mode is a mode in which the administrator or the like can change the setting information of the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. Details of the setting change process (setting change mode) will be described later. After executing step S11225, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11223 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11223: YES), the process advances to step S11226, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "RAM is abnormal." is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11226, the process advances to step S11227.

In step S11227, second RAM clear processing is executed. The second RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) all information stored in the main RAM 64, including setting information for lottery settings. That is, when the second RAM clearing process is executed, in addition to various flag information indicating gaming states and various control information, setting information for lottery settings is also erased. Here, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the reason why the second RAM clearing process that also erases the setting information is executed instead of the first RAM clearing process will be explained. If the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the configuration information stored in the main RAM 64 may also be incorrect. For example, the configuration information may have been rewritten due to noise or other factors that were not intended by the administrator, or the configuration information may be incorrect. This is because, even though only numbers within a predetermined range (for example, numbers from 1 to 6) can be taken, there is a possibility that a number outside the predetermined range is stored. Note that in the second RAM clearing process of this aspect, after the setting information is erased, "1" is stored as the initial value of the setting information. Furthermore, the RAM abnormality flag is also turned OFF by the second RAM clearing process. After that, the process advances to step S11228, and a setting change process is executed. Details of the setting change process (setting change mode) will be described later. After executing step S11228, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing a setting change process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) in aspect 87 of the first embodiment. This setting change process is executed as a subroutine of steps S11225 and S11228 in FIG.

In step S11301, setting change notification start processing is executed. In the setting change notification start process, a setting change mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has started, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the setting change mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice saying, "You are in setting change mode. Please change the settings." Further, upon receiving the setting change mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the audio light emission control device 90 sends a command to the display control device 100 to cause the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "In the setting change mode. Please change the settings." Then, the display control device 100 that has received the command causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "In the setting change mode. Please change the settings." Further, upon receiving the setting change mode start command, the audio light emission control device 90 controls the various lamps 47 to alternately turn on and off at maximum brightness and blink.

Further, in the setting change notification start process, information indicating that the setting change mode has been started is transmitted to the hall computer of the gaming hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting change mode has started, the hall computer displays information about the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode on the management screen. After executing step S11301, the process advances to step S11302.

In step S11302, control is started to display setting information for lottery settings on the information display section 45z. Specifically, setting information for lottery settings is displayed by lighting on the information display section 45z. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11303, and it is determined whether the setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range. In this aspect, the setting information set in the pachinko machine 10 has six levels from "1" to "6", so whether or not the setting information is a numerical value within the range from "1" to "6"? Determine. If it is determined in step S11303 that the setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range (step S11303: YES), the process advances to step S11305. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11303 that the setting information is not a numerical value within the predetermined range (step S11303: NO), for example, if "0" or "7" is stored as the setting information, or if noise etc. If information other than numerical values is stored, the process advances to step S11304 and the setting information is changed to the initial value. In this aspect, "1" is stored as an initial value in the setting information. After that, the process advances to step S11305.

In step S11305, it is determined whether the RAM clear button has been pressed. If it is determined in step S11305 that the RAM clear button has not been pressed (step S11305: NO), the process advances to step S11306, and it is determined whether the setting change button has been pressed. In step S11306, if it is determined that the setting change button has been pressed (step S11306: YES), the process advances to step S11307, and the setting information of the lottery setting is updated. Specifically, 1 is added to numerical information stored as setting information. However, if the setting change button is pressed in a situation where the numerical information stored as setting information is "6", the numerical information is updated to "1". Thereafter, the process returns to step S11303 described above, and it is determined whether the updated setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11306 that the settings change button has not been pressed (step S11306: NO), the process returns to step S11303 described above without executing the process in step S11307, and the setting information is changed to the predetermined value. Determine whether the value is within the range.

In step S11305 described above, if it is determined that the RAM clear button has been pressed (step S11305: YES), the process advances to step S11308, and it is determined whether the setting key has been turned to the OFF side. If it is determined in step S11308 that the setting key is not in the OFF side (step S11308: NO), step S11308 is executed again. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11308 that the setting key is turned to the OFF side (step S11308: YES), the process advances to step S11309. That is, after the RAM clear button is pressed, an infinite loop is repeated and the process does not proceed to step S11309 until the setting key is turned to the OFF side, and when the setting key is turned to the OFF side, the process proceeds to step S11309.

In step S11309, the control for displaying setting information of lottery settings on the information display section 45z is ended. After that, the process advances to step S11310.

In step S11310, a setting change notification end process is executed. In the setting change notification end process, a setting change mode end command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has ended, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When the audio emission control device 90 receives the settings change mode end command, it ends the various controls for notifying that the settings change mode is in progress.

Furthermore, in the setting change notification termination process, information indicating that the setting change mode has been terminated is transmitted to the hall computer of the gaming hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting change mode has ended, the hall computer displays information indicating that the setting change mode of the pachinko machine 10 has ended on the management screen. After executing step S11310, this setting change process ends. In addition, after executing the setting change notification termination process, the setting information of the changed lottery settings is sent to the hall computer of the gaming hall via an external terminal, and the hall computer that receives the information displays the relevant information on the management screen. It may also be configured to display setting information of the changed lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10.

FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing a setting confirmation process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) in aspect 87 of the first embodiment. This setting confirmation process is executed as a subroutine of step S11215 in FIG.

In step S11401, setting confirmation notification start processing is executed. In the setting confirmation notification start process, a setting confirmation mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the setting confirmation mode start command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting confirmation mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "Setting confirmation mode is in progress." Further, upon receiving the setting confirmation mode start command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting confirmation mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the audio emission control device 90 transmits a command to the display control device 100 to display a character string such as "Setting confirmation mode in progress" on the symbol display device 41, and the display control device 100 receives the command. The control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "Setting confirmation mode in progress." Further, upon receiving the setting confirmation mode start command, the audio light emission control device 90 controls the various lamps 47 to alternately turn on and off at maximum brightness and blink.

Furthermore, in the setting confirmation notification start process, information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has been started is transmitted to the hall computer of the gaming hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has started, the hall computer displays information about the pachinko machine 10 in the setting confirmation mode on the management screen. After executing step S11401, the process advances to step S11402.

In step S11402, control is started to display setting information for lottery settings on the information display section 45z. Specifically, the setting information of the lottery setting is displayed blinking on the information display section 45z. After that, the process advances to step S11403.

In step S11403, it is determined whether the setting key has been turned to the OFF side. If it is determined in step S11403 that the setting key is not in the OFF side (step S11403: NO), step S11403 is executed again. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11403 that the setting key is turned to the OFF side (step S11403: YES), the process advances to step S11404. That is, the process repeats an infinite loop and does not proceed to step S11404 until the setting key becomes OFF, and the process proceeds to step S11404 when the setting key becomes OFF.

In step S11404, the control for displaying the setting information of the lottery settings on the information display section 45z is ended. After that, the process advances to step S11405.

In step S11405, setting confirmation notification termination processing is executed. In the setting confirmation notification termination process, a setting confirmation mode termination command, which is a command indicating that the setting confirmation mode has been terminated, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When the audio emission control device 90 receives the setting confirmation mode end command, it ends the various controls for notifying that the setting confirmation mode is in progress.

Furthermore, in the setting confirmation notification termination process, information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has been terminated is transmitted to the hall computer of the gaming hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting confirmation mode has ended, the hall computer displays information indicating that the setting confirmation mode of the pachinko machine 10 has ended on the management screen. After executing step S11405, this setting confirmation process ends.

As explained above, in this embodiment, when the power is turned on (power ON), the setting key, the frame release switch, and the door release switch are all turned on in the pachinko machine 10, and , the setting change mode is executed when the RAM clear switch is turned on, and on the other hand, when the power is turned on (when the power is turned on), the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all turned on. , and the RAM clear switch is OFF, execute the setting confirmation mode. That is, in this aspect, the pachinko machine 10 that has already started up (for example, is running the game progress mode) cannot be moved to the setting change mode or setting confirmation mode while the power is in the ON state. In order to move an already activated pachinko machine 10 to a setting change mode or a setting confirmation mode, it is necessary to turn off the power of the pachinko machine 10 and then turn it on again while performing the above-mentioned prescribed operations. It is configured as follows.

Generally, in gaming halls, the equipment is arranged in a way that prevents anyone other than the administrator from operating the power switch on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. Even if there is a person (hereinafter also referred to as an unauthorized person) who attempts to change or check the lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10, the unauthorized person who is not the administrator will It is difficult to operate the switch. Therefore, it is possible to prevent an unauthorized person from illegally shifting the pachinko machine 10 to the setting change mode or setting confirmation mode.

Furthermore, in this aspect, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the speaker 46 outputs a sound or alarm sound indicating that the pachinko machine 10 has started, so that an unauthorized person can set the lottery without being noticed by the surroundings. can make it more difficult to change or verify. As a result, it is possible to prevent an unauthorized person from fraudulently changing or confirming the lottery settings.

Furthermore, in this aspect, in order to shift the pachinko machine 10 to the setting change mode or setting confirmation mode, it is necessary to open the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, so that an unauthorized person cannot be noticed by the surroundings. may make it more difficult to change or confirm lottery settings. As a result, it is possible to prevent an unauthorized person from fraudulently changing or confirming the lottery settings.

Furthermore, in this aspect, during the start-up process from when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on until execution of the game progress mode is started (a period during which the processes from step S11201 to step S11228 in FIG. 51 are executed) In the middle), game history information is not displayed on the information display section 45z, but setting information of lottery settings is displayed when the setting change mode or setting confirmation mode is executed. That is, during the start-up process, no gaming history information is displayed on the information display section 45z, and only the setting information of the lottery settings can be displayed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the administrator from wondering whether the information displayed on the information display section 45z is lottery settings setting information or game history information during the start-up process. It is possible to prevent the administrator from misunderstanding and recognizing the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z as game history information.

Furthermore, in this aspect, even if an operation is performed to execute the setting confirmation mode when the power is turned on, it is determined whether or not the RAM determination value of the main side RAM 64 is normal, and the RAM determination If it is determined that the value is not normal, the setting confirmation mode is not executed, the main side RAM 64 is notified that it is abnormal, and the game is not shifted to a game progress mode in which the game can be played. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the setting confirmation mode and the game progress mode from being executed while leaving the possibility that the setting information of the lottery setting stored in the main side RAM 64 has become an abnormal value that the administrator did not intend. Can be suppressed.

Furthermore, in this aspect, the operation for executing the setting change mode includes an operation of pressing a RAM clear button, and the pachinko machine 10 performs a RAM clear process ( (first RAM clear processing or second RAM clear processing). That is, in order to cause the pachinko machine 10 to execute the setting change mode, the administrator operates the RAM clear button, and the pachinko machine 10 also executes the RAM clear process when executing the setting change mode. Generally, the administrator who manages the pachinko machine 10 recognizes that when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on with the RAM clear button pressed, a RAM clear process will be executed. Therefore, according to the configuration of this aspect, when the administrator operates the RAM clear button to execute the setting change mode, not only the setting change mode is executed, but also RAM clear processing is executed. This makes it possible to strongly recognize that the As a result, for example, if the administrator wants to restart the pachinko machine 10 while maintaining the gaming state such as the high probability mode and restart the game progress mode from the state when the power was turned off last time, the administrator can If RAM clear processing should not be executed at startup, it is possible to reliably determine that a setting change mode that involves execution of RAM clear processing should not be executed.

Furthermore, in this aspect, among the information stored in the main side RAM 64, it is possible to execute a first RAM clearing process that does not erase setting information for lottery settings, and a second RAM clearing process that erases setting information as well. , a processing step in which setting information is left and other information is erased among the information stored in the main side RAM 64, and a processing step in which setting information is to be erased as well. can be realized. For example, if the setting information is normal and should be maintained, but other information should be erased, the first RAM clearing process is executed to prevent the setting information from becoming an abnormal value that the administrator did not intend. It is possible to realize a configuration in which the second RAM clearing process is executed when there is a possibility that the process has been closed.

Furthermore, in this aspect, when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON or if it is determined that the RAM determination value is not normal, the main side RAM 64 is Even after notifying the user that there is an abnormality, the game does not shift to a game progress mode in which the game can proceed. After the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off once, when the power is turned on again, the game cannot be played unless the operation to execute the setting change mode has been performed and the setting change mode has been executed. It is configured not to execute a game progress mode in which progress is possible. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game progress mode from being executed while leaving the possibility that the lottery settings setting information stored in the main RAM 64 has become an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator. can.

Furthermore, in this aspect, when executing the setting change mode, RAM clear processing is executed, so the information stored in the main side RAM 64 after the lottery settings are changed and the information stored in the main side RAM 64 before the lottery settings are changed. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of inconsistency with the information stored in the side RAM 64 and problems in the progress of the game.

Note that in this aspect, after the first RAM clearing process is executed in step S11224 in FIG. 51, the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed in step S11225, but instead of this configuration, the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed. The configuration may be such that the first RAM clearing process is executed after executing the setting change mode). With such a configuration, it is possible to erase various flag information indicating the gaming state and various control information stored in the main side RAM 64 while maintaining the setting information of the lottery setting set by the setting change process. I can do it. Furthermore, if it is determined in step S11223 in FIG. 51 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON, the first RAM clearing process is executed after the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed, and the setting change process (Setting change mode), if you turn the setting key to the OFF side and remove it from the setting keyhole without changing the lottery settings (or without finalizing the changed setting information), the first RAM clearing process It may be configured to shift to the game progress mode without executing. According to such a configuration, the setting change process (setting change mode) was executed by turning the setting key to the ON side and pressing the RAM clear button while turning on the power. Even if the lottery setting information is not changed (or the changed setting information is not finalized), execution of the first RAM clearing process can be avoided and the game can proceed from the state when the power was turned off last time. It becomes possible to restart the mode.

Further, in this aspect, after the first RAM clearing process is executed in step S11224 of FIG. 51, the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed in step S11225, but instead of this configuration, the second RAM clearing process The configuration may be such that the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed after the above is executed. Even with such a configuration, after the lottery setting is erased by the second RAM clearing process and the initial value (for example, "1") is stored as the setting information, the lottery setting can be changed to the desired setting information by the setting change process. Therefore, it is possible to avoid executing the game progress mode with the setting information of the lottery setting set to the initial value (for example, "1").

Further, in this aspect, after the second RAM clearing process is executed in step S11227 in FIG. 51, the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed in step S11228, but instead of this configuration, the setting change process ( The configuration may be such that the first RAM clearing process is executed after executing the setting change mode). With such a configuration, various information stored in the main RAM 64 that is determined to be abnormal can be erased while maintaining the setting information of the lottery setting set by the setting change process.

Furthermore, in this aspect, after the second RAM clearing process is executed in step S11227 in FIG. 51, the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed in step S11228. The configuration may be such that the setting change process (setting change mode) is executed after the above is executed. According to such a configuration, even if the setting information of the lottery setting is an abnormal value and the setting information of the lottery setting is maintained at an abnormal value even after the first RAM clearing process is executed, Also, the setting information of the lottery setting can be reset to an appropriate value by the setting change process (setting change mode).

In addition, in this aspect, when it is determined that the RAM abnormality flag is ON in steps S11210, S11214, and S11220 of FIG. 51, the RAM abnormality notification process is executed and the game progress mode is not entered. However, instead of this configuration, if it is determined that the RAM abnormality flag is ON in step S11210, step S11214, and step S11220, after executing the RAM abnormality notification process, the second RAM clearing process is executed to set the lottery setting. The configuration may be such that the setting information is set to an initial value (for example, "1") and then the game progress mode is entered.

Furthermore, in this aspect, after the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode) is executed in step S11215 in FIG. 51, the power recovery process is executed in step S11216, and the power recovery flag is turned OFF in step S11217. Instead of this configuration, a configuration may be adopted in which the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode) is executed after the power recovery process and the process of turning off the power recovery flag are executed.

Furthermore, in this aspect, the configuration information is updated when the settings change button is pressed in step S11306 of FIG. 52, and the configuration information is finalized when the RAM clear button is pressed in step S11305. The operation to update and confirm the setting information is not limited to this, for example, the setting information is updated when the RAM clear button is pressed, and the setting information is confirmed when the RAM clear button is pressed continuously for a predetermined period of time or more. It is also possible to have a configuration in which the According to this configuration, since the setting change button can be omitted, the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced. Alternatively, the configuration may be such that the setting information is confirmed when the setting key is turned off, and the setting information is confirmed when a game ball is detected by a ball entry detection sensor provided at a predetermined ball entrance. It may also be a configuration.

Further, in this aspect, the conditions for executing the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode include that the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 are in an open state. It is not essential that the door frame 14 be in an open state; for example, the condition includes that the inner frame 13 is in an open state, and the condition that the front door frame 14 is in an open state is included in the condition. The condition may not include that the front door frame 14 is in an open state, but the condition may not include that the inner frame 13 is in an open state. Moreover, it is good also as a structure in which neither the inner frame 13 nor the front door frame 14 is included in the said condition.

Further, in this aspect, the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z during the setting change mode is displayed in a lit display mode, and the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z during the setting confirmation mode is displayed in a blinking display mode. However, the display mode of the setting information in each mode is not limited to these. For example, the setting information displayed on the information display section 45z during the setting change mode is a blinking display mode, and the display mode of the setting information in each mode is a blinking display mode. The setting information displayed on the information display section 45z may be configured to be lit.

In addition, in this aspect, after the setting change mode and setting confirmation mode are finished, the game progress mode is executed as is, but instead of this configuration, after the setting change mode and setting confirmation mode are finished, The game progress mode is not executed and the game goes into a standby state in which the game cannot proceed, and the pachinko machine 10 is turned off once and a predetermined operation is performed to execute the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode. It may be configured such that the game progress mode is executed when the power is turned on without doing so.

In addition, in this aspect, in step S11302 of the setting change process (FIG. 52), the setting information of the lottery settings stored in the main side RAM 64 (for example, the setting information when the power was turned off last time) is displayed by lighting on the information display section 45z. However, instead of this configuration, at the start of the setting change process, regardless of what value the setting information of the drawing setting stored in the main side RAM 64 is, the setting information of the drawing setting is changed. may be set to an initial value (for example, "1"), and the setting information set to the initial value may be displayed by lighting on the information display section 45z. With such a configuration, RAM clear processing for erasing (clearing to 0) all information stored in the main side RAM 64, including setting information for lottery settings, can be executed before execution of the setting change processing. It becomes possible to do so.

<Aspect 88>
In the above aspect 87, when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON or if it is determined that the RAM determination value is not normal, the main side RAM 64 is abnormal. However, instead of this configuration, when the power is turned on, if the power recovery flag is not ON, If it is determined that the RAM judgment value is not normal, it will be notified that the main RAM 64 is abnormal even if no operation is performed to execute the setting change mode. The configuration may be such that the setting change mode is executed and then the game progress mode is entered. This will be explained in detail below.

FIG. 54 is a flowchart showing part of the main processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) in aspect 88 of the first embodiment when the power is turned on.

In step S11501, initial setting processing upon power-on is executed. Specifically, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, and the sub-side control devices (sound emission control device 90, display control device 100, payout control device 70, etc.) are enabled. Wait processing is executed for about 1 second, for example, to wait for the state to be reached. Then, access to the main RAM 64 is permitted. After that, the process advances to step S11502, and internal function register setting processing is executed. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11503, and a process for notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been powered on and started is executed. Specifically, a startup command indicating that the pachinko machine 10 has been started is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. Upon receiving the activation command, the audio emission control device 90 executes a process of notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "Starting up" or a predetermined alarm sound is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11503, the process advances to step S11504.

In step S11504, it is determined whether the power recovery flag is ON.

Here, the power recovery flag will be explained. In this aspect, when the power switch of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off or a power outage occurs, various information (information indicating the gaming status, control information, etc.) stored in the register of the main CPU 62x is transferred to the main CPU 62x. It is evacuated to a predetermined area of the side RAM 64. When the saving of this information to the main side RAM 64 is completed, the power recovery flag is turned on, a RAM judgment value (for example, a checksum value) is calculated, and the calculated RAM judgment value is stored in the main side RAM 64. Remember. Note that after the power supply from the commercial power source is cut off, the power supply is switched to a backup power source such as a capacitor. In this way, the power recovery flag is a flag for identifying, when the power is turned on, whether or not information for restoring to the state when the power was turned off last time is stored in the main side RAM 64.

If it is determined in step S11504 that the power recovery flag is ON (step S11504: YES), the process advances to step S11505, and a RAM determination value of the main side RAM 64 is calculated. In this aspect, the checksum value of the main RAM 64 is calculated as the RAM determination value. After that, the process advances to step S11506 to check whether the calculated RAM judgment value (checksum value) is normal or not, that is, the calculated RAM judgment value (checksum value) and the RAM judgment value ( checksum value). If it is determined in step S11506 that the RAM determination value is normal (step S11506: YES), the process advances to step S11507.

In step S11507, it is determined whether the RAM clear button is ON. If it is determined in step S11507 that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11507: NO), the process advances to step S11508 and checks whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON. Determine. Note that the frame release switch is a switch that is turned on when the inner frame 13 is in an open state with respect to the outer frame 11, and the door release switch is a switch that is turned on when the front door frame 14 is in an open state with respect to the inner frame 13. This is a switch that is sometimes turned on.

If it is determined in step S11508 that at least one of the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch is not ON (step S11508: NO), the process advances to step S11509 and returns to the state when the power was previously turned off. Execute the power restoration process. Specifically, in the power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer saved in the main side RAM 64 is written to the stack pointer of the main side CPU 62x, and the data saved in the main side RAM 64 is restored to the register of the main side CPU 62x. , the state of the register of the main CPU 62x is restored to the state before the power was cut off. After executing step S11509, the process advances to step S11510, and the power recovery flag in the main side RAM 64 is turned OFF. Thereafter, the process shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt enable setting, interrupt disable setting, random number update process, and power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-mentioned aspects are executed. By allowing the timer interrupt process and executing the above-described timer interrupt process, the game can proceed (game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, in step S11508 described above, if it is determined that the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON (step S11508: YES), the process advances to step S11511 to execute a setting confirmation process. . The details of the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode) are the same as the setting confirmation process shown in FIG. 53 of the above-mentioned aspect 87. After executing step S11511, the process advances to step S11512, where the above-described power recovery process is executed to return to the state when the power was turned off last time. After that, the process advances to step S11513, and the power recovery flag is turned OFF. Thereafter, the process shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt enable setting, interrupt disable setting, random number update process, and power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-mentioned aspects are executed. By allowing the timer interrupt process and executing the above-described timer interrupt process, the game can proceed (game progress mode is started).

In step S11507 described above, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11507: YES), the process advances to step S11514, and it is determined whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON. Determine whether or not.

If it is determined in step S11514 that at least one of the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch is not ON (step S11514: NO), the process advances to step S11515.

In step S11515, first RAM clear processing is executed. The first RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) the information stored in the main side RAM 64 except for the setting information of the lottery settings. That is, when the first RAM clearing process is executed, various flag information indicating the gaming state, various control information, etc. are erased, but the setting information of the lottery setting is not erased, and the setting information is maintained as it is. Further, in this aspect, in the first RAM clearing process, a first RAM clearing process execution command, which is a command indicating that the first RAM clearing process has been executed, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the first RAM clear processing execution command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "RAM has been cleared" is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11515, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

In step S11514 described above, if it is determined that the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON (step S11514: YES), the process advances to step S11516, and the first RAM clearing process described above is executed. do. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11517 to execute setting change processing. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. 52 of the above-mentioned aspect 87. After executing step S11517k, the process shifts to the normal game processing described above.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON in step S11504 described above (step S11504: NO), and if it is determined that the RAM judgment value is not normal in step S11506 described above (step S11506: NO), ), the process advances to step S11518, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "RAM is abnormal." is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11518, the process advances to step S11519.

In step S11519, second RAM clear processing is executed. The second RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) all information stored in the main side RAM 64, including setting information for lottery settings. That is, when the second RAM clearing process is executed, in addition to various flag information indicating the gaming state and various control information, setting information for lottery setting is also erased. Note that in the second RAM clearing process of this aspect, after the setting information is erased, "1" is stored as the initial value of the setting information. After that, the process advances to step S11520, and a setting change process is executed. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. 52 of the above-mentioned aspect 87. After executing step S11520, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

As explained above, according to this aspect, even if no operation is performed to execute the setting change mode when the power is turned on, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON; , determines whether the RAM judgment value of the main side RAM 64 is normal or not, and if it is judged that the RAM judgment value is not normal, notifies that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal and clears the second RAM. After executing the processing and setting change mode and finalizing the setting information, the game shifts to a game progress mode in which the game can be played. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game progress mode from being executed while leaving the possibility that the lottery setting setting information stored in the main side RAM 64 has become an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator. can.

For example, even if an operation was performed to execute the setting confirmation mode when the power was turned on, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON, and if the RAM judgment value of the main side RAM 64 is normal. If it is determined that the RAM judgment value is not normal, the setting confirmation mode is not executed, and after notifying that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, the second RAM clearing process is performed. After executing the setting change mode and finalizing the setting information, the game shifts to a game progress mode in which the game can be played. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game progress mode from being executed while leaving the possibility that the lottery settings setting information stored in the main RAM 64 has become an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator. can.

<Aspect 89>
In the main process (FIG. 51) in the above aspect 87, after determining whether the RAM clear button is pressed (step S11208), it is determined whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON. However, instead of this configuration, after determining whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON, the RAM is It may be configured to determine whether or not the clear button is pressed. This will be explained in detail below.

FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing part of the main processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) when the power is turned on according to aspect 89 of the first embodiment.

In step S11601, initial setting processing upon power-on is executed. Specifically, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, and the sub-side control devices (sound emission control device 90, display control device 100, payout control device 70, etc.) are enabled. Wait processing is executed for about 1 second, for example, to wait for the state to be reached. Then, access to the main RAM 64 is permitted. After that, the process advances to step S11602, and internal function register setting processing is executed. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11603, and a process for notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been powered on and started is executed. Specifically, a startup command indicating that the pachinko machine 10 has been started is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the activation command, the audio emission control device 90 executes a process of notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "Starting up" or a predetermined alarm sound is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11603, the process advances to step S11604.

In step S11604, it is determined whether the power recovery flag is ON.

Here, the power recovery flag will be explained. In this aspect, when the power switch of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off or a power outage occurs, various information (information indicating the gaming status, control information, etc.) stored in the register of the main CPU 62x is transferred to the main CPU 62x. It is evacuated to a predetermined area of the side RAM 64. When the saving of this information to the main side RAM 64 is completed, the power recovery flag is turned on, a RAM judgment value (for example, a checksum value) is calculated, and the calculated RAM judgment value is stored in the main side RAM 64. Remember. Note that after the power supply from the commercial power source is cut off, the power supply is switched to a backup power source such as a capacitor. In this way, the power recovery flag is a flag for identifying, when the power is turned on, whether information for restoring to the state when the power was turned off last time is stored in the main side RAM 64.

In step S11604, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is ON (step S11604: YES), the process advances to step S11605, and a RAM determination value of the main side RAM 64 is calculated. In this aspect, the checksum value of the main RAM 64 is calculated as the RAM determination value. After that, the process advances to step S11606 to check whether the calculated RAM judgment value (checksum value) is normal or not, that is, the calculated RAM judgment value (checksum value) and the RAM judgment value ( checksum value). If it is determined in step S11606 that the RAM determination value is normal (step S11606: YES), the process advances to step S11608, which will be described later.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is not ON in step S11604 described above (step S11604: NO), and if it is determined that the RAM judgment value is not normal in step S11606 described above (step S11606: NO), ), the process advances to step S11607 and the RAM abnormality flag is turned ON. That is, the RAM abnormality flag is a flag that turns ON when the power recovery flag is OFF or when the power recovery flag is ON but the RAM judgment value is not normal, and the information stored in the main side RAM 64 is This is a flag indicating that the state is not normal. After executing step S11607, the process advances to step S11608.

In step S11608, it is determined whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON. Note that the frame release switch is a switch that is turned on when the inner frame 13 is in an open state with respect to the outer frame 11, and the door release switch is a switch that is turned on when the front door frame 14 is in an open state with respect to the inner frame 13. This is a switch that is sometimes turned on. In step S11608, if it is determined that at least one of the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch is not ON (step S11608: NO), the process advances to step S11609, and whether or not the RAM clear button is ON is determined. Determine whether

If it is determined in step S11609 that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11609: NO), the process advances to step S11610, and it is determined whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON.

In step S11610, if it is determined that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11610: NO), the process advances to step S11611, and a power recovery process is executed to return to the state when the power was turned off last time. Specifically, in the power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer saved in the main side RAM 64 is written to the stack pointer of the main side CPU 62x, and the data saved in the main side RAM 64 is restored to the register of the main side CPU 62x. , the state of the register of the main CPU 62x is restored to the state before the power was cut off. After executing step S11611, the process advances to step S11612, and the power recovery flag in the main side RAM 64 is turned OFF. Thereafter, the process shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt enable setting, interrupt disable setting, random number update process, and power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-mentioned aspects are executed. By allowing the timer interrupt processing and executing the above-described timer interrupt processing, the game can proceed (game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11610 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11610: YES), the process advances to step S11613 and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice such as "RAM abnormality. Please start in setting change mode." After executing step S11613, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above. However, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number updating process and the power supply monitoring process are executed, but other processes necessary for the progress of the game (for example, the ball entry for the starting hole) are executed. processing, game time control processing, etc.) are not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, timer interrupt permission is not set. Therefore, although it appears to be the same as the normal game progression mode, the player is unable to advance the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the game does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator should turn off the power to the relevant pachinko machine 10, insert the setting key into the setting keyhole, turn it to the ON side, and turn on the power while holding down the RAM clear button. What is necessary is to start the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode.

On the other hand, in step S11609 described above, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11609: YES), the process advances to step S11614, and it is determined whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON. If it is determined in step S11614 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11614: NO), the process advances to step S11615.

In step S11615, first RAM clear processing is executed. The first RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) the information stored in the main side RAM 64 except for the setting information of the lottery settings. That is, when the first RAM clearing process is executed, various flag information indicating the gaming state, various control information, etc. are erased, but the setting information of the lottery setting is not erased, and the setting information is maintained as it is. Further, in this aspect, in the first RAM clearing process, a first RAM clearing process execution command, which is a command indicating that the first RAM clearing process has been executed, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. Upon receiving the first RAM clear processing execution command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "RAM has been cleared" is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11615, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11614 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11614: YES), the process advances to step S11616, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice such as "RAM abnormality. Please start in setting change mode." After executing step S11616, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above. However, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update process and the power supply monitoring process are executed, but other processes necessary for the progress of the game (for example, starting Processing for inputting balls into the mouth, game time control processing, etc.) is not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, timer interrupt permission is not set. Therefore, although it appears to be the same as the normal game progression mode, the player is unable to advance the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the game does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator should turn off the power to the relevant pachinko machine 10, insert the setting key into the setting keyhole, turn it to the ON side, and turn on the power while holding down the RAM clear button. What is necessary is to start the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode.

In step S11608 described above, if it is determined that the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON (step S11608: YES), the process advances to step S11617, and it is determined whether the RAM clear button is ON or not. Determine whether or not.

In step S11617 described above, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11617: YES), the process advances to step S11618, and it is determined whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON.

If it is determined in step S11618 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11618: NO), the process advances to step S11619 and a setting confirmation process is executed. In the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode), a process of displaying setting information of the current lottery setting on the information display section 45z is executed. That is, the setting confirmation mode is a mode in which the administrator or the like can confirm the setting information of the current lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. The details of the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode) are the same as the setting confirmation process shown in FIG. 53 of the above-mentioned aspect 87. After executing step S11619, the process advances to step S11620, where the above-described power recovery process is executed to return to the state when the power was turned off last time. After that, the process advances to step S11621, and the power recovery flag is turned OFF. Thereafter, the process shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt enable setting, interrupt disable setting, random number update process, and power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-mentioned aspects are executed. By allowing the timer interrupt processing and executing the above-described timer interrupt processing, the game can proceed (game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11618 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11618: YES), the process advances to step S11622, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice such as "RAM abnormality. Please start in setting change mode." After executing step S11622, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above. However, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the random number update process and the power supply monitoring process are executed, but other processes necessary for the progress of the game (for example, starting Processing for inputting balls into the mouth, game time control processing, etc.) is not executed. Specifically, in this aspect, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, timer interrupt permission is not set. Therefore, although it appears to be the same as the normal game progression mode, the player is unable to advance the game. That is, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the game does not shift to the game progress mode. In this state, the administrator should turn off the power to the relevant pachinko machine 10, insert the setting key into the setting keyhole, turn it to the ON side, and turn on the power while holding down the RAM clear button. What is necessary is to start the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode.

In step S11217 described above, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11217: YES), the process advances to step S11223, and it is determined whether the RAM abnormality flag is ON.

If it is determined in step S11623 that the RAM abnormality flag is not ON (step S11623: NO), the process advances to step S11624, and the first RAM clearing process described above is executed. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11625 to execute setting change processing. In the setting change process (setting change mode), a process of displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display section 45z is executed, and a process of accepting a change of the setting information of the lottery setting is executed. That is, the setting change mode is a mode in which the administrator or the like can change the setting information of the lottery setting of the pachinko machine 10. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. 52 of the above-mentioned aspect 87. After executing step S11625, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11623 that the RAM abnormality flag is ON (step S11623: YES), the process advances to step S11626, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "RAM is abnormal." is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11626, the process advances to step S11627.

In step S11627, second RAM clear processing is executed. The second RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) all information stored in the main RAM 64, including setting information for lottery settings. That is, when the second RAM clearing process is executed, in addition to various flag information indicating gaming states and various control information, setting information for lottery settings is also erased. Here, when the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the reason why the second clearing process that also erases the setting information is executed instead of the first clearing process will be explained. If the RAM abnormality flag is ON, the configuration information stored in the main RAM 64 may also be incorrect. For example, the configuration information may have been rewritten due to noise or other factors that were not intended by the administrator, or the configuration information may be incorrect. This is because, even though only numbers within a predetermined range (for example, numbers from 1 to 6) can be taken, there is a possibility that a number outside the predetermined range is stored. Note that in the second RAM clearing process of this aspect, after the setting information is erased, "1" is stored as the initial value of the setting information. Further, the RAM abnormality flag is also turned OFF by the second clearing process. After that, the process advances to step S11628 to execute setting change processing. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. 52 of the above-mentioned aspect 87. After executing step S11628, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

The configuration of this aspect described above can also provide the same effects as the aspect 87 described above. Furthermore, the various modified configurations described in the above aspect 87 can also be applied to this aspect.

<Aspect 90>
In the main processing (FIG. 54) in the above aspect 88, after determining whether the RAM clear button is pressed (step S11507), it is determined whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON. However, instead of this configuration, after determining whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON, the RAM It may be configured to determine whether or not the clear button is pressed. This will be explained in detail below.

FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing part of the main processing executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) when the power is turned on in aspect 90 of the first embodiment.

In step S11701, initial setting processing upon power-on is executed. Specifically, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer of the main CPU 62x, and the sub-side control devices (sound emission control device 90, display control device 100, payout control device 70, etc.) are enabled. Wait processing is executed for about 1 second, for example, to wait for the state to be reached. Then, access to the main RAM 64 is permitted. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11702, and internal function register setting processing is executed. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11703, and a process for notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been powered on and started is executed. Specifically, a startup command indicating that the pachinko machine 10 has been started is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. Upon receiving the activation command, the audio emission control device 90 executes a process of notifying that the pachinko machine 10 has been activated. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "Starting up" or a predetermined alarm sound is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11703, the process advances to step S11704.

In step S11704, it is determined whether the power recovery flag is ON.

Here, the power recovery flag will be explained. In this aspect, when the power switch of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off or a power outage occurs, various information (information indicating the gaming status, control information, etc.) stored in the register of the main CPU 62x is transferred to the main CPU 62x. It is evacuated to a predetermined area of the side RAM 64. When the saving of this information to the main side RAM 64 is completed, the power recovery flag is turned on, a RAM judgment value (for example, a checksum value) is calculated, and the calculated RAM judgment value is stored in the main side RAM 64. Remember. Note that after the power supply from the commercial power source is cut off, the power supply is switched to a backup power source such as a capacitor. In this way, the power recovery flag is a flag for identifying, when the power is turned on, whether or not information for restoring to the state when the power was turned off last time is stored in the main side RAM 64.

In step S11704, if it is determined that the power recovery flag is ON (step S11704: YES), the process advances to step S11705, and a RAM determination value of the main side RAM 64 is calculated. In this aspect, the checksum value of the main RAM 64 is calculated as the RAM determination value. After that, the process advances to step S11706 to check whether the calculated RAM judgment value (checksum value) is normal or not, that is, the calculated RAM judgment value (checksum value) and the RAM judgment value ( checksum value). If it is determined in step S11706 that the RAM determination value is normal (step S11706: YES), the process advances to step S11707.

In step S11707, it is determined whether the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON. Note that the frame release switch is a switch that is turned on when the inner frame 13 is in an open state with respect to the outer frame 11, and the door release switch is a switch that is turned on when the front door frame 14 is in an open state with respect to the inner frame 13. This is a switch that is sometimes turned on. In step S11707, if it is determined that at least one of the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch is not ON (step S11707: NO), the process advances to step S11708, and whether or not the RAM clear button is ON is determined. Determine whether

In step S11708, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11708: NO), the process advances to step S11709, and a power restoration process is executed to return to the state when the power was turned off last time. Specifically, in the power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer saved in the main side RAM 64 is written to the stack pointer of the main side CPU 62x, and the data saved in the main side RAM 64 is restored to the register of the main side CPU 62x. , the state of the register of the main CPU 62x is restored to the state before the power was cut off. After executing step S11709, the process advances to step S11710, and the power recovery flag in the main side RAM 64 is turned OFF. Thereafter, the process shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt enable setting, interrupt disable setting, random number update process, and power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-mentioned aspects are executed. By allowing the timer interrupt processing and executing the above-described timer interrupt processing, the game can proceed (game progress mode is started).

On the other hand, in step S11708 described above, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11708: YES), the process advances to step S11711 and the first RAM clearing process is executed. The first RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) the information stored in the main side RAM 64 except for the setting information of the lottery settings. That is, when the first RAM clearing process is executed, various flag information indicating the gaming state, various control information, etc. are erased, but the setting information of the lottery setting is not erased, and the setting information is maintained as it is. Further, in this aspect, in the first RAM clearing process, a first RAM clearing process execution command, which is a command indicating that the first RAM clearing process has been executed, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. Upon receiving the first RAM clear processing execution command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the first RAM clear processing has been executed. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "RAM has been cleared" is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11711, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

In step S11707 described above, if it is determined that the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON (step S11707: YES), the process advances to step S11712, and it is determined whether the RAM clear button is ON or not. Determine whether or not.

If it is determined in step S11712 that the RAM clear button is not ON (step S11712: NO), the process advances to step S11713 and a setting confirmation process is executed. The details of the setting confirmation process (setting confirmation mode) are the same as the setting confirmation process shown in FIG. 53 of the above-mentioned aspect 87. After executing step S11713, the process advances to step S11714, where the above-described power recovery process is executed to return to the state when the power was turned off last time. After that, the process advances to step S11715, and the power recovery flag is turned OFF. Thereafter, the process shifts to normal game processing. Specifically, for example, the interrupt enable setting, interrupt disable setting, random number update process, and power supply monitoring process of the timer interrupt process described in each of the above-mentioned aspects are executed. By allowing the timer interrupt processing and executing the above-described timer interrupt processing, the game can proceed (game progress mode is started).

In step S11712 described above, if it is determined that the RAM clear button is ON (step S11712: YES), the process advances to step S11716 and the first RAM clear process described above is executed. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11717 to execute setting change processing. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. 52 of the above-mentioned aspect 87. After executing step S11717, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11704 described above that the power recovery flag is not ON (step S11704: NO), and if it is determined in step S11706 described above that the RAM judgment value is not normal (step S11706: NO), ), the process advances to step S11718, and RAM abnormality notification processing is executed. In the RAM abnormality notification process, a RAM abnormality command, which is a command indicating that the main side RAM 64 is abnormal, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the RAM abnormality command, the audio emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the RAM is abnormal. Specifically, for example, a voice such as "RAM is abnormal." is output from the speaker 46. After executing step S11718, the process advances to step S11719.

In step S11719, second RAM clear processing is executed. The second RAM clearing process is a process of erasing (clearing to 0) all information stored in the main side RAM 64, including setting information for lottery settings. That is, when the second RAM clearing process is executed, in addition to various flag information indicating the gaming state and various control information, setting information for lottery setting is also erased. Note that in the second RAM clearing process of this aspect, after the setting information is erased, "1" is stored as the initial value of the setting information. After that, the process advances to step S11720, and a setting change process is executed. The details of the setting change process (setting change mode) are the same as the setting change process shown in FIG. 52 of the above-mentioned aspect 87. After executing step S11720, the process proceeds to the normal game processing described above.

The configuration of this aspect described above can also provide the same effects as the aspect 88 described above. Moreover, the various modified configurations described in the above aspect 88 can also be applied to this aspect.

<Aspect 91>
In the setting change processing (FIG. 52) in each of the above embodiments, the setting information of the lottery setting is determined when the RAM clear button is pressed (step S11305), but instead of this structure, the setting key is A configuration may be adopted in which the setting information of the lottery setting is determined when the setting is turned off. This will be explained in detail below.

FIG. 57 is a flowchart showing a setting change process executed by the main MPU 62 (main CPU 62x) in aspect 91 of the first embodiment. Processes that are the same as those included in the setting change process shown in FIG. 52 are given the same step numbers. The main difference from the setting change process shown in FIG. 52 is that in FIG. 52, the process to confirm the changed setting information is to press the RAM clear button (step S11305), whereas in this embodiment, The process for confirming the changed setting information is to turn the setting key to the OFF side (step S11305a), and the process of step S11308 in FIG. 52 is therefore omitted. This will be explained in detail below.

In step S11301, setting change notification start processing is executed. In the setting change notification start process, a setting change mode start command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has started, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When receiving the setting change mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the speaker 46 to output a sound indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the speaker 46 repeatedly outputs a voice saying "Setting change mode is in progress." Further, upon receiving the setting change mode start command, the sound emission control device 90 causes the symbol display device 41 to display information indicating that the setting change mode is in progress. Specifically, for example, the audio emission control device 90 transmits a command for displaying a character string such as “Setting change mode” on the symbol display device 41 to the display control device 100, and the display that receives the command The control device 100 causes the symbol display device 41 to display a character string such as "Setting change mode in progress." Further, upon receiving the setting change mode start command, the audio light emission control device 90 controls the various lamps 47 to alternately turn on and off at maximum brightness and blink.

Further, in the setting change notification start process, information indicating that the setting change mode has been started is transmitted to the hall computer of the gaming hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting change mode has started, the hall computer displays information about the pachinko machine 10 in the setting change mode on the management screen. After executing step S11301, the process advances to step S11302.

In step S11302, control is started to display setting information for lottery settings on the information display section 45z. Specifically, setting information for lottery settings is displayed by lighting on the information display section 45z. Thereafter, the process advances to step S11303, and it is determined whether the setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range. In this aspect, the setting information set in the pachinko machine 10 has six levels from "1" to "6", so whether or not the setting information is a numerical value within the range from "1" to "6"? Determine. If it is determined in step S11303 that the setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range (step S11303: YES), the process advances to step S11305. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11303 that the setting information is not a numerical value within the predetermined range (step S11303: NO), for example, if "0" or "7" is stored as the setting information, or if noise etc. If information other than numerical values is stored, the process advances to step S11304 and the setting information is changed to the initial value. In this aspect, "1" is stored as an initial value in the setting information. After that, the process advances to step S11305a.

In step S11305a, it is determined whether the setting key has been turned to the OFF side. If it is determined in step S11305a that the setting key is not in the OFF side (step S11305a: NO), the process advances to step S11306, and it is determined whether the setting change button has been pressed. In step S11306, if it is determined that the setting change button has been pressed (step S11306: YES), the process advances to step S11307, and the setting information of the lottery setting is updated. Specifically, 1 is added to numerical information stored as setting information. However, if the setting change button is pressed in a situation where the numerical information stored as setting information is "6", the numerical information is updated to "1". Thereafter, the process returns to step S11303 described above, and it is determined whether the updated setting information is a numerical value within a predetermined range. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S11306 that the settings change button has not been pressed (step S11306: NO), the process returns to step S11303 described above without executing the process in step S11307, and the setting information is changed to the predetermined value. Determine whether the value is within the range.

In step S11305a described above, if it is determined that the setting key is turned to the OFF side (step S11305a: YES), the process advances to step S11309, and controls for displaying the setting information of the lottery setting on the information display section 45z are executed. finish. After that, the process advances to step S11310.

In step S11310, a setting change notification end process is executed. In the setting change notification termination process, a setting change mode end command, which is a command indicating that the setting change mode has ended, is transmitted to the audio emission control device 90. When the audio emission control device 90 receives the settings change mode end command, it ends the various controls for notifying that the settings change mode is in progress.

Furthermore, in the setting change notification termination process, information indicating that the setting change mode has been terminated is transmitted to the hall computer of the gaming hall via the external terminal. Upon receiving the information indicating that the setting change mode has ended, the hall computer displays information indicating that the setting change mode of the pachinko machine 10 has ended on the management screen. After executing step S11310, this setting change process ends. In addition, after executing the setting change notification termination process, the setting information of the changed lottery settings is sent to the hall computer of the gaming hall via an external terminal, and the hall computer that receives the information displays the relevant information on the management screen. It may also be configured to display setting information of the changed lottery settings of the pachinko machine 10.

According to the configuration of this aspect described above, it is possible to omit the operation of pressing the RAM clear button to confirm the changed setting information, so the work required for the administrator to change the setting information can be omitted. The process can be simplified.

<Aspect 92>
Among the above aspects, in a configuration in which the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode can be executed, during the execution of the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode, the main display section 45 displays the game progress that allows the game to proceed. It may be configured to display a display pattern (display mode) that is not displayed while the mode is being executed. This will be explained in detail below.

As described above, the main display section 45 is composed of a plurality of light emitting sections. Specifically, the main display section 45 includes a first symbol display section 37a consisting of a plurality of segment light emitting sections, a second symbol display section 37b consisting of a plurality of segment light emission sections, and a first holding display section 37a consisting of a plurality of LED lamps. It is constituted by a display section 37c, a second reservation display section 37d consisting of a plurality of LED lamps, a general figure unit 38 consisting of a plurality of LED lamps, and a round display section 39 consisting of a plurality of LED lamps.

The main display section 45 controls each light emitting section so that the display mode reflects the progress of the game during the execution of the game progress mode in which the game can proceed. While the progress mode is being executed, all the light emitting parts constituting the main display section 45 are not lit at the same time, nor are all the light emitting parts flashing synchronously.

Therefore, in this aspect, the main display section 45 executes control to simultaneously light up all the light emitting sections that constitute the main display section 45 while executing the setting change mode in which the setting information of the lottery setting can be changed. During execution of the setting confirmation mode in which the setting information of the lottery setting can be confirmed, control is executed to cause all the light emitting parts constituting the main display section 45 to flash in synchronization.

According to such a configuration, it becomes possible for the administrator or the like to identify whether the pachinko machine 10 is currently in the game progress mode, the setting change mode, or the setting confirmation mode. Furthermore, according to such a configuration, it is not necessary to newly add a light emitting section for mode display to the main display section 45 to identify the current mode of the pachinko machine 10, so that the pachinko machine 10 can be easily viewed. By simply changing the control program of the pachinko machine 10 without changing the hardware configuration, the current mode of the pachinko machine 10 can be changed to a configuration that allows an administrator or the like to identify.

In addition, during the execution of the setting change mode in which setting information of the lottery setting can be changed, the main display section 45 executes control to flash all the light emitting sections constituting the main display section 45 in synchronization, and the lottery setting information is changed. During the execution of the setting confirmation mode in which setting information can be confirmed, a configuration may be adopted in which control is executed to simultaneously light up all the light emitting parts constituting the main display section 45.

Furthermore, if the display mode displayed by the main display section 45 during the execution of the setting change mode and the setting confirmation mode is a display mode (lighting pattern) that is not displayed during the execution of the game progress mode, the main display section 45 The display mode is not limited to the configuration in which all the light emitting parts constituting the display unit 45 are turned on or blinked, and other display modes may be used.

Additionally, one light-emitting part (for example, an LED) for mode display is added to the main display part 45, and the light-emitting part is turned off while the game progress mode is being executed, and the light-emitting part is turned on while the setting change mode is being executed. , the light emitting unit may be configured to blink while the setting confirmation mode is being executed. According to such a configuration, it is possible for the administrator etc. to clearly recognize the current mode of the pachinko machine 10, and the pachinko machine can be played using the sound emission control device 90, the display control device 100, and the symbol display device 41. The configuration can be simplified compared to a configuration that notifies the current mode of the machine 10.

In addition, two light emitting parts (for example, LEDs) for mode display are added to the main display part 45 (a first light emitting part and a second light emitting part), and when the game progress mode is being executed, the first light emitting part and the second light emitting part The first light emitting part is turned on and the second light emitting part is turned off while the settings change mode is being executed, and the second light emitting part is turned on while the settings confirmation mode is being executed. The configuration may be such that the first light emitting section is turned off. According to such a configuration, it is possible for the administrator etc. to clearly recognize the current mode of the pachinko machine 10, and the pachinko machine can be played using the sound emission control device 90, the display control device 100, and the symbol display device 41. The configuration can be simplified compared to a configuration that notifies the current mode of the machine 10. Furthermore, since it is only necessary to control the two light emitting sections added to the main display section 45, it is possible to suppress an increase in data capacity due to the addition of control programs and lighting patterns.

<Aspect 93>
Among the above embodiments, in a configuration in which the information display section 45z includes four 7-segment displays 45z1 to 45z4, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, all the light emitting sections constituting the information display section 45z are turned on for a predetermined period of time ( For example, the light may be turned on for 3 seconds, and then blinked synchronously for a predetermined period of time (for example, 2 seconds).

According to such a configuration, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, it is possible to check whether there is any light emitting part that does not light up due to a problem such as a disconnection among the light emitting parts that constitute the information display section 45z, and It is possible to check whether there is a light emitting part that is permanently lit and does not turn off due to a malfunction. For example, if the segment light emitting part G and the segment light emitting part D of the middle right 7 segment display 45z3 do not light up due to a malfunction, control is executed to display "3" on the middle right 7 segment display 45z3. Even if the segment light emitting unit G and the segment light emitting unit D do not light up, “7” will be displayed on the right middle 7 segment display 45z3. As a result, the administrator may misunderstand the numerical information of the game history information. On the other hand, according to the configuration of this aspect, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, it is checked whether there is any light emitting part that does not light up due to a malfunction such as a disconnection among the light emitting parts that constitute the information display part 45z. In addition, it is possible to check whether there is a light-emitting section that is constantly turned on due to a malfunction and does not turn off, so that such misidentification can be suppressed.

Furthermore, an information display section inspection button for inspecting the information display section 45z is provided, and when the information display section inspection button is pressed, all the light emitting sections constituting the information display section 45z are turned off for a predetermined period of time (for example, 3 It may also be configured such that the lights are turned on for a certain period of time (for example, 2 seconds) and then blinked synchronously for a predetermined period of time (for example, 2 seconds).

According to such a configuration, even if the power of the pachinko machine 10 is not turned on, by pressing the information display section inspection button, the light emitting section constituting the information display section 45z will be checked for light emission that does not turn on due to a malfunction such as a disconnection. In addition, it is possible to check whether there is a light emitting part that is constantly turned on due to a malfunction and does not turn off. That is, it is not necessary to turn off the power of the pachinko machine 10 and then turn it on again in order to check whether there is a malfunction in the information display section 45z, thereby improving the work efficiency of the administrator.

In addition, in the configuration in which the above-described base (in normal mode) is calculated and stored, and the stored base (in normal mode) is displayed on the information display section 45z, the main controller 60 calculates and _stores the base (in normal mode). The structure is such that the section is divided every time the number reaches 60,000, and the base (in normal mode) is calculated and stored for each section. It is also possible to have a configuration in which the images (middle) are switched and displayed.

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment calculates and stores the bases of up to seven sections (in normal mode), and the information display section 45z calculates and stores the bases of up to seven sections (in normal mode). (Middle) toggle and display. The seven sections are as follows.

・"bL": Base under measurement (in normal mode)
Ball exit rate calculated in the current section until the number of balls passing through the discharge passage currently being measured N _OUT reaches 60,000 balls (during normal mode)
・“b1”: Base measured in the previous section (in normal mode)
The exit rate calculated in the section where the measured number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT reached 60,000 and the section immediately before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・“b2”: Base measured in the two previous sections (in normal mode)
The exit rate calculated in the section where the measured number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT reached 60,000, and which is two sections before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・“b3”: Base measured in the previous three sections (in normal mode)
The exit rate calculated in the section where the measured number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT reached 60,000 and is three sections before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・"b4": Base measured in the 4th previous section (in normal mode)
The ball exit rate calculated in the section where the measured number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT reached 60,000 and is four sections before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・"b5": Base measured in the 5th previous section (in normal mode)
The exit rate calculated in the section where the measured number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT reached 60,000 and is 5 sections before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)
・"b6": Base measured in the 6th previous section (in normal mode)
The exit rate calculated in the section where the measured number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT reached 60,000, and which is the 6th section before the section currently being measured (during normal mode)

In the initial state where basic game history information such as information on the number of balls entered into each ball entry section is not stored, measurement of the section corresponding to "bL" is started, and at a predetermined timing, the measurement of the section corresponding to "bL" is started at any time. Calculate the base (in normal mode). When the number of pieces passing through the discharge passage during measurement N _OUT reaches 60,000 pieces, the game history basic information stored as the section for "bL" is shifted to the section corresponding to "b1", and the game history basic information stored as the section for "bL" is shifted to the section corresponding to "bL". Start measurement. Then, when the number of pieces passing through the discharge passage _NOUT reaches 60,000 pieces in the section corresponding to "bL" where measurement has been newly started, the game history basic information stored as the section for "b1" is changed to correspond to "b2". The game history basic information stored as the section for "bL" is shifted to the section corresponding to "b1", and measurement of the section corresponding to "bL" is newly started. In this way, every time the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage during measurement reaches 60,000 pieces, the game history basic information for each section is shifted, and the game history basic information is shifted up to the section corresponding to "b6". Remember it. Then, in a state where the game history basic information is stored as the section corresponding to "b6", when the number N _OUT of passing through the discharge passage during measurement reaches 60,000, the section is stored as the section corresponding to "b6". The game history basic information is deleted, and the game history basic information stored as the section corresponding to "b5" is shifted to the section corresponding to "b6".

That is, in this aspect, the game history basic information up to the time when the number N _OUT of passing through the discharge passage of 60,000 pieces x 7 sections at the maximum is measured is accumulated and stored.

In this aspect, the information display unit 45z switches and displays the stored bases of the plurality of sections (in the normal mode) every 5 seconds. Specifically, for example, if the bases (in normal mode) of five sections "bL", "b1", "b2", "b3", and "b4" are stored, the information display section 45z is 5 in the order of "bL.31" → "b1.31" → "b2.30" → "b3.31" → "b4.30" → "bL.31" → "b1.31"... The base of each section (in normal mode) is displayed repeatedly while switching every second.

According to such a configuration, the inspector or manager of the gaming machine can compare the bases (in normal mode) for each section by checking the display on the information display section 45z. As a result, for example, if the base value (in normal mode) becomes an abnormal value due to a malfunction or fraud in the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to determine at what timing in the past the malfunction occurred. It becomes possible to predict.

In addition, in this embodiment, each section is divided every time the measured number of discharge passages passing through the discharge passage N _OUT reaches 60,000, and the base (in normal mode) is calculated and stored for each section. (middle) is switched every predetermined time (for example, every 5 seconds) and displayed on the information display section 45z, but instead of this configuration, an RTC 96 is provided to divide the section into sections each time the date changes, and to divide the information into sections by date. The base (in normal mode) is calculated and stored for each section, and the base (in normal mode) stored for each date (each section) is switched at predetermined time intervals (for example, every 5 seconds) and displayed on the information display section 45z. It is also possible to configure the display to be displayed. Specifically, for example, "bL" is the section of the current day, "b1" is the section from one day ago, "b2" is the section from two days ago, "b3" is the section from three days ago, and "b4" is the section from four days ago. , "b5" is defined as the section 5 days ago, and "b6" is defined as the section 6 days ago.

According to such a configuration, the inspector or administrator of the gaming machine can compare the base (in normal mode) of each section divided by date by checking the display on the information display section 45z. becomes possible. As a result, for example, if the base value (during normal mode) becomes an abnormal value due to a malfunction or fraud in the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to predict the date when the malfunction etc. occurred. It becomes possible.

In addition, basic game history information such as information on the number of balls entered into each ball entry section and game history information such as base (in normal mode) are stored in the main side RAM 64, and when the RAM clear button is pressed, the pachinko machine In a configuration in which basic gaming history information and gaming history information are erased (cleared) by the RAM clearing process executed by turning on the power of 10, after the basic gaming history information and gaming history information are erased. , until the measured number of pieces passing through the discharge passage _NOUT reaches a predetermined number (for example, 300 pieces), when displaying the game history information on the information display section 45z, the type information of the game history information is displayed, but the game The configuration may be such that the numerical information of the history information is not displayed.

Specifically, for example, in a configuration in which a base (in normal mode) is calculated and stored as game history information, and the stored base (in normal mode) is displayed on the information display section 45z, the game history base is calculated and stored by RAM clear processing. After the information and game history information are deleted, "bL." is displayed in the type information _display area of the information display section 45z and the numerical information display area is The configuration may be such that "-- (two hyphens)" is displayed.

According to such a configuration, if "bL.--" is displayed on the information display section 45z, the inspector or administrator of the gaming machine can confirm that the basic gaming history information and the gaming history information have been erased. It can be recognized that the number N _OUT of passing through the discharge passage measured after the pachinko machine 10 is shipped from the manufacturer's factory does not reach 300. Further, for example, when a manufacturer ships the pachinko machine 10, there are cases where the manufacturer inserts several game balls into each ball entry section to check the operation. In this case, the number of game balls that enter each ball entry section is counted in a situation that is not a legitimate game, so for example, the initially measured number of balls passing through the discharge path N _OUT is 300. Until this point is reached, there is a possibility that the basic game history information and the game history information will be greatly influenced by the checks by the manufacturer. Therefore, according to the configuration of this aspect, "bL.--" is displayed on the information display section 45z until the measured number of discharge passage passages _NOUT reaches 300, and the base (in normal mode) Since numerical information is not displayed, the administrator can check the numerical values that have been greatly influenced by the manufacturer's checks, and prevents the administrator from misunderstanding that a malfunction has occurred in the pachinko machine 10. can do.

<Aspect 94>
Among the above aspects, in a configuration in which game history information is calculated for each section, after the game history basic information corresponding to the section is stored up to the upper limit and the game history information is calculated and stored, the game history information for the section is The basic game history information, which is the basis for calculating the history information, may be deleted. Specifically, for example, after the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage during measurement reaches 60,000 and the game history information is calculated and stored, the game history basic information that was the basis for calculating the game history information is It may also be configured to erase. According to such a configuration, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity required to store the game history basic information.

<Aspect 95>
Among the above embodiments, in a configuration in which the information display section 45z switches and sequentially displays a plurality of bases (in normal mode) corresponding to each of a plurality of sections, when switching, the information display section 45z is displayed for a predetermined period of time. It may be configured such that all the light emitting parts (segment light emitting parts A to H and DP light emitting part) of the seven segment display are turned off for a predetermined period of time. The configuration of this embodiment will be specifically explained below.

FIG. 58 is a time chart showing an example of a change in the display mode of the information display section 45z. In FIG. 58, the bases of three sections "bL", "b1", and "b2" (in normal mode) are calculated and stored in the main RAM 64, and the bases of these three sections (in normal mode) are calculated and stored in the main RAM 64. An example is shown in which the information display section 45z switches and displays the information display section 45z.

In this aspect, the information display section 45z circulates and repeatedly displays the base (in the normal mode) in the order going back to the past sections. More specifically, after displaying "bL", which is the base under measurement (in normal mode) corresponding to the most recent section, until a predetermined display duration (for example, 5000 ms) has elapsed, The bases (in normal mode) are sequentially displayed in the backward order, and after displaying the base (in normal mode) corresponding to the most past section among the sections stored in the main side RAM 64, the most recent measurement mode is displayed again. Displays "bL" which is the base (in normal mode) corresponding to the section.

Furthermore, in this aspect, the information display unit 45z starts displaying the base (in normal mode) corresponding to one of the plurality of sections, and sets the display duration of the base (in normal mode) to 5000 ms (for example, 5000 ms). ) has elapsed, all the light emitting parts (segment light emitting parts A to H and DP light emitting part) of the 7-segment display constituting the information display section 45z are turned off for a predetermined period of time (for example, 300 ms), and then 1 Starts displaying the base (in normal mode) corresponding to the previous section. That is, in this aspect, when switching the display of the base (in normal mode) corresponding to one section to the display of the base (in normal mode) corresponding to another section, the 7-segment display constituting the information display section 45z All the light emitting parts (segment light emitting parts A to H and DP light emitting part) of the device are turned off for a predetermined period of time (for example, 300 ms).

In the example shown in FIG. 58, the information display unit 45z continues to display "bL", which is the measurement base (in normal mode) corresponding to the section currently being measured, in a display format such as "bL.31" for 5000 ms. The display is lit, and then all the light emitting parts are turned off for 300ms. After that, "b1", which is the measured base (in normal mode) corresponding to the previous section, is displayed as "b1.30" and lit continuously for 5000ms, and then all the light emitting parts are turned off for 300ms. Lights out. After that, "b2", which is the measured base (in normal mode) corresponding to the previous section, is displayed as "b2.31" and lit for 5000ms continuously, and then all the light emitting parts are turned off. The light goes out for 300ms. Thereafter, "bL", which is the base being measured (in normal mode) corresponding to the section currently being measured, is displayed as "bL.31" by lighting for 5000 ms again. In this way, the information display unit 45z circulates and repeatedly displays the base of each section (in the normal mode) stored in the main side RAM 64, with a 300 ms completely off state in between.

Next, a case will be described in which the number N _OUT of particles passing through the discharge passage during measurement reaches 60,000.

FIG. 59 is a time chart showing an example of a change in the display mode of the information display section 45z when the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage during measurement reaches 60,000. In FIG. 59, the bases of three sections "bL", "b1", and "b2" (during normal mode) are calculated and stored in the main side RAM 64, and the information display section 45z displays "b1". During the display, an example is shown in which the number N _OUT of objects passing through the discharge passage under measurement has reached 60,000.

In this aspect, while displaying the base (in normal mode) corresponding to any section, if the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section currently being measured reaches 60,000, the information display section 45z: Even before the display duration time (5000 ms) of the currently displayed base (in normal mode) has elapsed, the display of the currently displayed base (in normal mode) is ended. Then, a display mode corresponding to the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section being measured reaches 60,000 is started, and the display mode is continued for a predetermined period of time (for example, 2000 ms). In this embodiment, a display mode in which four hyphens are lit is adopted as a display mode corresponding to the fact that the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section under measurement has reached 60,000. Then, until the predetermined period (for example, 2000 ms) during which the four hyphens are lit has elapsed, the main CPU 62x of the main control device 60 is set to the base (in normal mode) corresponding to the section currently being measured. A new "bL" is calculated after executing the process of calculating the final value as a certain "bL" and the process of shifting the base (in normal mode) corresponding to each section to the past section one by one. In order to do this, the process of measuring the number of game balls entering each ball entrance in the current section and calculating the current value of "bL" is started.

In the example shown in FIG. 59, when "b1" is being displayed and before the display duration time of "b1" of 5000 ms has elapsed, the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section being measured reaches 60000. The information display unit 45z finishes displaying the "b1", starts displaying in a display mode in which four hyphens are lit, and continues this display mode for 2000 ms.

Thereafter, in this aspect, based on the fact that a predetermined time (for example, 2000 ms) has elapsed since the start of the display mode in which four hyphens are lit, the cyclic display is started from "bL" where measurement has been newly started. In other words, after the display in which four hyphens are lit is finished, the display resumes from "bL" where the new measurement started, regardless of the base (in normal mode) section where the display was interrupted. .

In addition, in this aspect, the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement is determined to be 60,000 at a timing before 300 ms has elapsed since the start of the display mode in which all the light emitting units constituting the information display unit 45z are turned off. When the information display section 45z reaches this point, the information display section 45z ends the display mode in which all the light emitting sections are turned off, and shifts to the display mode in which the four hyphens mentioned above are lit.

As explained above, in this aspect, the information display unit 45z has a display mode that displays the base (in normal mode) corresponding to one section among a plurality of sections (for example, a display mode that displays "bL"). After transitioning to a display mode that does not display any base (in normal mode) (for example, a display mode in which all segment light emitting parts are turned off), a display that displays the base (in normal mode) corresponding to another section. mode (for example, a display mode in which "b1" is displayed). Therefore, according to this aspect, for the administrator or inspector of the pachinko machine 10, the base displayed on the information display section 45z (in normal mode) is the base corresponding to another section (in normal mode). It is possible to clearly recognize that the switch has been made. As a result, administrators, etc. are prevented from erroneously recognizing the displayed base (in normal mode) section without noticing that the displayed base (in normal mode) section has changed. can do. In particular, in this aspect, even if the intervals of the base (in normal mode) are different, there are situations where the numerical value of the base (in normal mode) itself is the same, and in this situation, the displayed base (in normal mode) ), only the display of the second character (for example, L, 1, 2, etc.) indicating the base (in normal mode) section changes. If the configuration is such that the display mode that displays the base corresponding to one section (in normal mode) is directly transferred to the display mode that displays the base corresponding to another section (in normal mode), the administrator etc. It becomes difficult to notice that the displayed base (in normal mode) section has changed. In contrast, in this aspect, before shifting from the display mode that displays the base corresponding to one section (in normal mode) to the display mode that displays the base corresponding to another section (in normal mode), Since the display mode changes to a display mode in which neither base (during normal mode) is displayed (for example, a display mode in which all segment light emitting parts are turned off), even if the numbers themselves of the bases (during normal mode) before and after switching are the same, It is possible to make the administrator or the like clearly aware that the base (in normal mode) displayed on the information display section 45z has been switched to the base (in normal mode) corresponding to another section.

In addition, in this aspect, the transition mode when transitioning from the display mode that displays the base corresponding to one section (in normal mode) to the display mode that displays the base corresponding to another section (in normal mode) is , is a transition mode in which all the light emitting parts are turned off for 300ms. On the other hand, when the display mode is changed based on the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section being measured reaching 60,000, the display mode is a transition mode in which four hyphens are lit for 2000 ms. That is, in this aspect, there is a transition mode in which a display mode in which a base corresponding to one section (in normal mode) is displayed to a display mode in which a base corresponding to another section (in normal mode) is displayed; The display mode is different from the display mode when the display mode is shifted based on the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section being measured reaching 60,000. Therefore, according to this aspect, by recognizing the difference in the transition mode, the administrator or inspector of the pachinko machine 10 shifts to the display mode that displays the base (in normal mode) corresponding to another section. It is possible to clearly distinguish and recognize whether the display mode changes based on the fact that the number N OUT of discharge passages in the section under measurement has reached 60,000, or that the number of discharge passages N _OUT in the section under measurement has reached 60,000. As a result, for example, an administrator or the like may notice that the base of each section (in normal mode) has been shifted one by one to the past section because the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section under measurement has reached 60,000. It is possible to prevent the user from continuing to check the base (in normal mode) without noticing.

In addition, in this aspect, while displaying the base (in normal mode), if the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section under measurement reaches 60,000, the display of the currently displayed base (in normal mode) continues. Even before the time elapses, the display mode changes to a display mode (a display mode in which four hyphens are lit) corresponding to the fact that the number N _OUT of discharge passages in the section under measurement has reached 60,000. Therefore, according to this aspect, the administrator or the inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can be made to recognize at an early stage that the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement has reached 60,000. Further, according to this aspect, it is possible to quickly display the base (in normal mode) of each section after shifting when the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section under measurement reaches 60,000. Therefore, the administrator etc. can quickly check the base (in normal mode) for each section after the shift due to the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement reaching 60,000. The efficiency of inspecting the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

In addition, in this aspect, when the number N _OUT of objects passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement reaches 60,000, a display corresponding to the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement reaches 60,000 is displayed. Since the mode (display mode in which four hyphens are lit) continues for a predetermined time (2000 ms in this mode), the main CPU 62x uses the period until the predetermined time elapses to display the final value as "bL". It is possible to secure time for executing the process of calculating the base (in normal mode) corresponding to each interval and the process of shifting the base (in normal mode) one by one to the past interval. In addition, if the configuration is such that after calculating the final value as "bL", the game history basic information that was the basis for calculating the "bL" is deleted, the memory required to store the game history basic information Capacity can be reduced.

In addition, in this aspect, multiple bases (in normal mode) corresponding to each of multiple sections are sequentially switched and displayed in a predetermined order, such as going back to the previous section, and the emissions in the section under measurement are displayed. When the number of items passed through the aisle N _OUT reaches 60,000 items, regardless of which area is the base area (in normal mode) that should be displayed next according to the predetermined order, the most recent Display starts from "bL" which is the base (in normal mode) corresponding to the section. Therefore, according to this aspect, the administrator or inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can recognize that the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement has reached 60,000, and also It is possible to confirm the information on a preferential basis.

Note that in this aspect, the difference between the display mode that displays the base (in normal mode) corresponding to one section of the plurality of sections and the display mode that displays the base (in normal mode) corresponding to the other section. Although a display mode in which all segment light emitting parts are turned off is adopted as a display mode in , other display modes may be adopted as long as the display mode does not display the base (in normal mode) of any section. For example, a display mode in which four hyphens are lit or a display mode in which four hyphens are blinked may be adopted. According to such a configuration, the administrator or inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can see that the base displayed on the information display section 45z (in normal mode) corresponds to another section (in normal mode). It is possible to more clearly recognize that the switch has been made.

In addition, in this embodiment, a display mode in which four hyphens are lit is adopted as a display mode corresponding to the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement reaching 60,000, but other display modes are also adopted. May be adopted. For example, a display mode in which four hyphens flash may be adopted as a display mode corresponding to the fact that the number of discharge passage passages N _OUT in the section under measurement has reached 60,000. Furthermore, for example, as a display mode corresponding to the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement reaching 60,000, all the light emitting parts (segment light emitting part A -H and DP light emitting units) may be turned off.

In addition, in this embodiment, a transition mode in which four hyphens are lit for 2000 ms is adopted as a transition mode when changing the display mode based on the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement reaching 60000. However, other transition modes may be adopted. For example, when the display mode is changed based on the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section being measured reaching 60,000, all the light emitting parts of the 7-segment display constituting the information display section 45z may be changed. A transition mode may be adopted in which (segment light emitting units A to H and DP light emitting unit) are turned off for 300 ms. According to such a configuration, the transition mode when shifting from the display mode that displays the base corresponding to one section (in normal mode) to the display mode that displays the base corresponding to another section (in normal mode) Since the display mode can be made the same as the transition mode when the display mode changes based on the number of particles N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement reaching 60,000, it is possible to make it the same as the transition mode when the display mode changes based on the number N OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement. The display mode can be changed without giving any changes.

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the base (in normal mode) is displayed as the game history information, but the game history information to be displayed is not limited to the base (in normal mode), and can be used for various games shown in the first embodiment. It may also be configured to display history information (for example, the ratio of accessories, the ratio of continuous accessories, etc.).

Further, in this embodiment, the sections are divided based on the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage reaching 60,000, but the sections may be divided based on the fulfillment of other predetermined conditions. . For example, sections may be divided based on the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage reaching 10,000, or sections may be divided based on a change in date.

<Aspect 96>
In the above aspect 95, while displaying the base (in normal mode) corresponding to any section, if the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section currently being measured reaches 60,000, the information display section 45z , even before the display duration time (5000ms) of the currently displayed base (in normal mode) has elapsed, the display of the currently displayed base (in normal mode) ends, and the discharge passage passage in the section being measured is terminated. The configuration is such that when the number of items N _OUT reaches 60,000 items, the display starts in a display mode, but instead of this configuration, while displaying the base (in normal mode) corresponding to any section, the current When the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section under measurement reaches 60,000, the information display unit 45z displays the information during measurement after the display duration time (5,000 ms) of the base (in normal mode) being displayed has elapsed. It is also possible to start displaying in a display mode corresponding to the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section reaching 60,000. The configuration of this embodiment will be specifically explained below.

FIG. 60 is a time chart showing an example of a change in the display mode of the information display section 45z when the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage during measurement reaches 60,000. In FIG. 60, the bases (during normal mode) of three sections "bL", "b1", and "b2" are calculated and stored in the main side RAM 64, and the information display section 45z displays "b1". During the display, an example is shown in which the number N _OUT of objects passing through the discharge passage under measurement has reached 60,000.

As described above, in this aspect, while displaying the base (in normal mode) corresponding to any section, if the number N _OUT of discharge passages in the section currently being measured reaches 60,000, the information is displayed. The display section 45z has a display mode that corresponds to the fact that the number of particles N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement has reached 60,000 after the display duration time (5,000 ms) of the base being displayed (in normal mode) has elapsed. Start displaying. In this embodiment, a display mode in which four hyphens are lit is adopted as a display mode corresponding to the fact that the number N _OUT of discharge passages passing through the section under measurement has reached 60,000.

In the example shown in FIG. 60, when "b1" is being displayed and before the display duration time of "b1" of 5000 ms has elapsed, the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section being measured reaches 60000. After the display duration time (5000 ms) of the "b1" has elapsed, the information display unit 45z starts displaying in a display mode in which four hyphens are lit, and continues this display mode for 2000 ms. Thereafter, similarly to the above-described mode 95, the cyclic display starts from "bL" where measurement is newly started.

In addition, in this aspect, the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement is determined to be 60,000 at a timing before 300 ms has elapsed since the start of the display mode in which all the light emitting units constituting the information display unit 45z are turned off. When the information display section 45z reaches the display mode in which all the light emitting sections are turned off, 300 ms have elapsed, and then the information display section 45z shifts to the display mode in which the four hyphens mentioned above are lit.

As explained above, in this aspect, even if the number N _OUT passing through the discharge passage in the section under measurement reaches 60,000 while the base (in normal mode) is being displayed, the base ( Since the display of the base (in normal mode) continues until the display duration time of the base (in normal mode) has elapsed, for example, the administrator or inspector of the pachinko machine 10 can ), and the display of the base (in normal mode) ends when you try to transfer it to the inspection sheet, and the base (in normal mode) cannot be transferred to the inspection sheet. The occurrence can be suppressed.

<Aspect 97>
The various functions explained in each of the above aspects (for example, the function of storing the number of game balls entering each ball entry hole, and the function of paying out game balls as prize balls based on the number of game balls entering each ball entry hole) A function to calculate the number of game balls paid out as prize balls, a function to store the number of game balls paid out as prize balls, a function to calculate game history information such as the ratio of accessories, a function to store the calculated game history information, A configuration in which the game history management chip 300 realizes at least part of the functions (such as the function of displaying stored game history information, the function of erasing various information stored in various storage means such as RAM and flash memory, etc.) Alternatively, the main CPU 62x (the main MPU 62 excluding the game history management chip 300) may implement the configuration, or the inspection machine 320 may implement the configuration. Also, a configuration in which the game history management chip 300, the main side CPU 62x (the main side MPU 62 excluding the game history management chip 300), and the inspection machine 320 share or cooperate to realize at least some of these various functions. You can also use it as

<Aspect 98>
The first embodiment and other aspects described above can be applied not only to the pachinko machine 10 but also to other types of gaming machines. For example, it can also be applied to reel-type gaming machines such as pachinko-type slot machines. Specifically, for example, the number of game medals obtained by winning during the bonus, the number of game medals obtained from child actors drawn during the normal period, and the number of game medals obtained from the child actors drawn during the normal period, and during the advantageous period (AT, ART) different from the bonus. For a configuration that calculates the ratio to the number of game medals obtained and displays the ratio on a liquid crystal display device, or a configuration that outputs the ratio to an inspection machine and displays the ratio on the display of the inspection machine. Can be applied.

<Aspect 99>
In the first embodiment and other aspects described above, some or all of the functions realized by software (realized by the CPU executing a program) may be realized by hardware. For example, the gaming history management chip 300 may be configured to include dedicated hardware designed to execute arithmetic processing for calculating gaming history information. According to such a configuration, it is possible to speed up the arithmetic processing for calculating gaming history information, and to prevent the occurrence of fraud such as incorrect gaming history information not being calculated due to unauthorized tampering of the calculation program. Can be suppressed. Note that the hardware may be configured with a digital circuit or an analog circuit. If it is configured with an analog circuit, the calculation processing speed can be further increased than that of a digital circuit.

<Aspect 100>
A configuration may be adopted in which one or more configurations included in the first embodiment and aspects 1 to 99 are replaced or combined as appropriate. Furthermore, one or more configurations included in the first embodiment and aspects 1 to 99 described above may be combined with one or more configurations included in embodiments other than the first embodiment. Also, among the configurations included in the first embodiment and aspects 1 to 99, non-essential configurations can be omitted as appropriate without departing from the spirit thereof.

B. Application to other configurations:
Other types of pachinko machines different from the above embodiments, for example, pachinko machines in which an electric accessory is released a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device, or a pachinko machine that releases a game ball a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device. The present invention can also be applied to game machines such as pachinko machines that generate jackpots when rights are generated, pachinko machines equipped with other accessories, arranged ball machines, and mahjong balls.

Also, non-pinball type game machines, for example, are equipped with multiple reels with multiple types of symbols attached in the circumferential direction, and rotation of the reels is started by inserting a medal and operating a start lever, and a stop switch is operated. After the reels have stopped after a predetermined period of time has elapsed, if a specific symbol or a specific symbol combination is established on the active line that can be seen from the display window, the player is given benefits such as a payout of medals, etc. The present invention can also be applied to slot machines.

In addition, the game machine main body, which is supported by the outer frame in an openable and closable manner, is equipped with a storage section and a retrieval device, and the start lever is operated after a predetermined number of game balls stored in the storage section are retrieved by the retrieval device. The present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine that is a combination of a pachinko machine and a slot machine, which starts the rotation of the reels by doing so.

Moreover, some of the functions realized by software in the above embodiments may be realized by hardware, or some of the functions realized by hardware may be realized by software.

C. Regarding inventions extracted from each of the above embodiments, etc.:
Hereinafter, the features of the invention group extracted from each of the embodiments described above will be explained, showing effects etc. as necessary. Note that, in the following, for ease of understanding, configurations corresponding to each of the above embodiments are appropriately indicated in parentheses, etc., but the present invention is not limited to the specific configurations shown in parentheses.

<Characteristics Group A>
The feature group A is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature A1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a processing execution means (gaming history management chip 300) that executes a predetermined processing;
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes:
Information storage means (register 304, memory 309 for storing calculation results) that is stored inside the casing of the gaming machine main body and non-volatilely stores detection information that is information acquired based on detection by the detection means. )and,
transmitting means (CPU 308) for transmitting the information stored in the information storage means to a predetermined device connected to the gaming machine;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature A1, the processing execution means includes an information storage means for non-volatilely storing detection information that is information acquired based on detection by the detection means. Since the detection information is information that has a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the executed game, the detection information differs from gaming machine to gaming machine and is information unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to feature A1, detection information, which is information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, is stored in the information storage means of the processing execution means stored inside the casing of the gaming machine main body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring detection information from the gaming machine itself. When a gaming machine is installed in a gaming hall, information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine can be obtained by a hall computer installed in the gaming hall. However, since gaming machines are distributed from time to time, they may be placed in a state where they are not connected to the hall computer, and in this case, conventional gaming machines are unable to retain information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. The gaming machine of feature A1 stores detection information, which is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the information storage means of the processing execution means stored inside the casing of the gaming machine main body, so that the gaming machine can be used as a hall computer. Even when the gaming machine is not connected, detection information can be obtained from the gaming machine itself. In other words, the gaming machine of feature A1 is in a state where the gaming machine and the detected information are always linked on a one-to-one basis, no matter what state the gaming machine is in (installed in a gaming hall or in circulation). The characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature A2]
The gaming machine according to feature A1,
Equipped with a control means (main CPU 62x) for controlling the execution of the game,
A gaming machine characterized in that the processing execution means is operated by the same power source as the control means.

According to feature A2, the processing execution means is operated by the same power source as the control means, so that, for example, when the game machine is installed in a game hall, information regarding the characteristics of the game machine is transmitted by the hall computer. Even if a problem occurs in the power supply system of the hall computer or a problem occurs in the processing of the hall computer, as long as power is being supplied to the gaming machine. , detection information can be acquired. If the control means and the processing execution means are operated by different power sources, or if there is a problem with the power supply to the processing execution means, detection information may be obtained even though the game is being executed by the gaming machine. This may cause problems such as not being able to do so. On the other hand, according to feature A2, since the control means and the processing execution means are operated by the same power source, detection information can be acquired without fail if the game is in a situation where the game can be executed. Therefore, the reliability of detection information can be improved.

[Feature A3]
The gaming machine according to feature A1 or feature A2,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means stores the detection information for each period until a prescribed number (500) of game balls are detected by a predetermined detection means (ejection passage detection sensor 44h).

According to feature A3, since detection information for each period until a specified number of game balls are detected by a predetermined detection means is stored, there is no variation in the time until a specified number of game balls are detected by each gaming machine. Even if there is, it is possible to obtain detection information that does not affect the time variation. That is, even if there is a difference in the frequency with which game balls are fired, it is possible to obtain highly accurate detection information that is not easily influenced by this.

[Feature A4]
The gaming machine according to feature A1 or feature A2,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means stores the detection information for each preset period (every hour).

According to feature A4, since the information storage means stores detection information for each predetermined period, it is possible to perform statistical processing using the concept of time using the detection information.

[Feature A5]
The gaming machine according to feature A1 or feature A2,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means stores the detection information for each period from the start of supply of power to the gaming machine until the power is cut off.

According to feature A5, the information storage means stores detection information for each period from the start of power supply to the gaming machine until the power is cut off, so that, for example, when the gaming machine is in a gaming hall, If installed, it is possible to obtain detection information for each business day of the gaming hall.

[Feature A6]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features A1 to A5,
a payout means (payout device 71) that pays out a game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
Equipped with
The processing execution means includes:
Prize ball number information for acquiring prize ball number information (prize ball number data) that is information regarding the number of game balls paid out from the payout means (prize ball number) as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detection means. acquisition means,
calculation execution means (CPU 308) for performing a predetermined calculation based on the detection information and the prize ball number information;
Equipped with
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means stores calculation result information that is information regarding the calculation results (accessory object ratio, etc.) by the calculation execution means.

According to feature A6, the processing execution means stores calculation result information. Since the calculation result information is information calculated based on the detection information and the prize ball number information, it reflects information regarding the number of prize balls paid out by the gaming machine. Therefore, according to feature A6, the characteristics of the gaming machine regarding the paid-out prize balls can be acquired. As a result, the characteristics of the gaming machine regarding the paid out prize balls can be managed.

<Characteristics Group B>
Feature B group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature B1]
A control means (main CPU 62x) that controls the execution of the game;
calculation execution means (CPU 308) that performs calculation processing based on first information acquired based on the executed game and second information set in advance to acquire third information;
information storage means (computation result storage memory 309) that stores the third information in a non-volatile manner;
A gaming machine comprising:
A gaming machine characterized in that the calculation execution means and the information storage means are operated by the same power source as the control means.

According to feature B1, the first information is information acquired based on the played game, and the third information is information acquired based on the first information. Therefore, the third information includes information regarding the played game. Therefore, since the information storage means stores the third information including information regarding the executed games, the third information stored in the information storage means is used to store information regarding the games executed in the past. It is possible to obtain Therefore, by using the third information, it becomes possible to manage the characteristics related to the game of the gaming machine. Since the calculation execution means and the information storage means are operated by the same power source as the control means, the third information can be acquired if the gaming machine is supplied with power. If the arithmetic execution means and information storage means and the control means are operated by different power sources, and if there is a problem with the power supply to the arithmetic execution means and information storage means, the game may not be executed by the gaming machine. Despite this, a problem arises in that the third information cannot be obtained. On the other hand, according to feature B2, since the calculation execution means, the information storage means, and the control means are operated by the same power source, the third information is always acquired if the game is possible. be able to. Therefore, the reliability of the third information can be improved. As a result, the reliability of testing the gaming machine can be improved, and the soundness of gaming can be improved.

[Feature B2]
The gaming machine according to feature B1,
A gaming machine comprising a transmitting means (CPU 308) for transmitting the third information stored in the information storage means to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the gaming machine.

According to feature B2, since the transmitting means is provided for transmitting the third information stored in the information storage means to a predetermined device connected to the gaming machine, the third information can be transmitted using the predetermined device. It becomes possible to manage the characteristics related to the game of the game machine used.

[Feature B3]
The gaming machine according to feature B1 or feature B2,
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a payout means (payout device 71) that pays out a game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
Equipped with
The first information is information acquired based on detection by the detection means,
The second information is information regarding the number of game balls (number of prize balls) paid out from the payout means as prize balls set in each of the plurality of detection means,
A gaming machine characterized in that the third information is information regarding the number of prize balls paid out by the gaming machine in the executed game.

According to feature B3, the third information is information regarding the number of prize balls paid out by the gaming machine in the executed game. Therefore, using the third information stored in the information storage means, it is possible to manage the characteristics of the gaming machine regarding the actually paid out prize balls.

<Feature C group>
The feature C group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature C1]
A control means (main CPU 62x) that controls the execution of the game;
Information storage means (register 304, memory for storing calculation results 309) that non-volatilely stores first information acquired based on the executed game;
A gaming machine comprising:
A game machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a casing (a board box with a seal affixed) that leaves traces of opening and closing.

According to feature C1, the information storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing. Therefore, when the information storage means is physically touched, traces of opening the casing remain. Therefore, if the first information stored in the information storage means is altered through physical contact with the information storage means, it is possible to know that it has been altered from the traces on the casing. Become. Therefore, unauthorized modification of the first information can be prevented. Since some gaming machines are distributed from time to time, various external contacts occur during the distribution process, but since the information storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing, the gaming machines Even in a situation where the first information is distributed from time to time, it is possible to prevent unauthorized alteration of the first information by someone. Further, since the first information is information acquired based on the played game, it is possible to manage and inspect the characteristics related to the game of the gaming machine using the first information. Therefore, according to feature C1, by preventing unauthorized alteration of the first information that reflects the gaming characteristics of the gaming machine, it is possible to properly manage and inspect the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature C2]
The gaming machine according to feature C1,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means is operated by the same power source as the control means.

According to feature C2, since the information storage means is operated by the same power source as the control means, the first information can be acquired as long as power is being supplied to the gaming machine. If the information storage means and the control means are operated by different power sources, and if there is a problem with the power supply to the information storage means, the first information may be lost even though the game is being played by the gaming machine. This may cause problems such as not being able to obtain the information. On the other hand, according to feature C2, since the information storage means and the control means are operated by the same power source, the first information can always be acquired if the game is possible. Therefore, the reliability of the first information can be improved. As a result, the reliability of testing the gaming machine can be improved, and the soundness of gaming can be improved.

[Feature C3]
The gaming machine according to feature C1 or feature C2,
A gaming machine comprising a transmitting means (CPU 308) for transmitting the first information to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the gaming machine.

According to feature C3, since the transmitting means is provided for transmitting the first information stored in the information storage means to a predetermined device connected to the gaming machine, the first information can be transmitted using the predetermined device. It becomes possible to manage and inspect the gaming characteristics of the gaming machine used.

<Characteristic group D>
The feature D group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature D1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a payout means (payout device 71) that pays out a game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
a first prize ball number information storage that stores prize ball number information (prize ball number data) that is information regarding the number of game balls paid out as prize balls (prize ball number) set in each of the plurality of detection means; means (main side ROM63);
a processing execution means (gaming history management chip 300) that executes a predetermined processing;
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes:
Prize pitch number information acquisition means for acquiring the prize pitch number information stored in the first prize pitch number storage means;
a second prize pitch number information storage means (prize pitch number data storage memory 306) that stores the prize pitch number information acquired by the prize pitch number information acquisition means;
a number information storage means (register 304) for storing information regarding the number of game balls detected by the detection means;
By performing calculations based on the information regarding the number of game balls stored in the number information storage means and the prize ball number information stored in the second prize ball number information storage means, the game calculation execution means (CPU 308) that calculates game history information (accessories ratio, etc.) that is information regarding the history of
gaming history information storage means (computation result storage memory 309) for storing the gaming history information calculated by the computation execution means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

The prize ball number information set in a gaming machine is generally set to a different value for each type (model) of the gaming machine.

According to feature D1, since the processing execution means acquires the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number storage means, different prize ball number information is set for each type (model) of the gaming machine. However, the processing execution means can calculate correct game history information using the prize ball number information set for each type of gaming machine.

If a gaming machine has been illegally modified, the calculated gaming history information may become an unnatural value different from the expected value. Therefore, by checking the game history information, the person inspecting the gaming machine can appropriately determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature D2]
The gaming machine according to feature D1,
comprising prize ball number information transmitting means (CPU62x) for transmitting a signal containing the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number information storage means to the processing execution means;
A gaming machine characterized in that the acquisition means acquires the prize ball number information by receiving the signal transmitted from the prize ball number information transmitting means.

According to feature D2, a signal including the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number information storage means is transmitted to the processing execution means, so that the processing execution means accesses the first prize ball number storage means. Even if the processing execution means cannot grasp the storage location (memory address) of the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number storage means, the processing execution means can acquire the prize ball number information stored in the first prize ball number storage means.

[Feature D3]
The gaming machine according to feature D1 or feature D2,
It is characterized by comprising a gaming history information transmitting means (CPU 308) for transmitting the gaming history information stored in the gaming history information storage means to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the gaming machine. A gaming machine.

According to feature D3, since the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to a predetermined device, the predetermined device can display the gaming history information of the gaming machine. Then, the person inspecting the gaming machine can check the gaming history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Feature D4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D3,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to feature D4, since the gaming history information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the gaming machine inspector can check the gaming history of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for checking the gaming history information. You can check the information.

[Feature D5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D4,
The firing means is configured such that the game ball cannot be fired until the processing execution means completes storing the prize ball number information in the second prize ball number information storage means. A gaming machine characterized by:

According to feature D5, the game ball is not fired until the storage of the prize ball number information in the second prize ball number information storage means is completed, so that the game ball is omitted from the calculation target of the game history information by the calculation execution means. It is possible to prevent this from happening.

<Characteristic group E>
The feature E group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature E1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a payout means (payout device 71) that pays out a game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
a processing execution means (gaming history management chip 300) that executes a predetermined processing;
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes:
Prize ball number information storage means (prize ball number data) that stores prize ball number information (prize ball number data) that is information regarding the number of game balls paid out as prize balls (prize ball number) set in each of the plurality of detection means. memory 306) for storing pitch count data;
a number information storage means (register 304) for storing information regarding the number of game balls detected by the detection means;
Each time the number of game balls (the number of balls passing through the discharge passage N _OUT ) detected by the predetermined detection means (discharge passage detection sensor 44h) stored in the number information storage means reaches a specified value (500 pieces), By performing calculations based on the information regarding the number of game balls stored in the number information storage means and the prize ball number information stored in the prize ball number information storage means, information regarding the game history is obtained. calculation execution means (CPU 308) that calculates game history information (accessory object ratio, etc.);
gaming history information storage means (computation result storage memory 309) for storing the gaming history information calculated by the computation execution means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature E1, since the game history information is calculated every time the number of game balls detected by a predetermined detection means reaches a specified value, the game history information is calculated every time the number of game balls detected by each gaming machine reaches the specified value. Even if there is variation in the time, game history information that does not affect the variation in time can be calculated. That is, even if there is a difference in the frequency with which game balls are detected, it is possible to calculate highly accurate game history information that is not easily influenced by the frequency. As a result, the person inspecting the gaming machine can check highly accurate gaming history information, and can appropriately determine whether the gaming machine has been tampered with or not. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature E2]
The gaming machine according to feature E1,
A first calculation execution condition storage means (main side ROM 63) stores information regarding the predetermined detection means (discharge passage detection sensor 44h) and the prescribed values (500 pieces) as a calculation execution condition that is a condition for executing the calculation. ),
The processing execution means includes:
calculation execution condition acquisition means for acquiring the calculation execution conditions stored in the first calculation execution condition storage means;
a second computation execution condition storage means (computation execution condition storage memory 307) that stores the acquired computation execution conditions;
Equipped with
The gaming machine characterized in that the arithmetic execution means executes the arithmetic operation when the arithmetic execution condition stored in the second arithmetic execution condition storage means is satisfied.

Different types of gaming machines (models) have different gaming characteristics, and therefore the optimal conditions for executing calculations for calculating gaming history information will also differ. Therefore, different computation execution conditions are stored for each type of gaming machine (model).

According to feature E2, the processing execution means acquires the operation execution conditions stored in the first operation execution condition storage means, so that the operation execution conditions set for each type of gaming machine (model) are satisfied. The operation can be performed if

[Feature E3]
The gaming machine according to feature E1 or feature E2,
The processing execution means includes:
A gaming machine comprising: erasing means for erasing information regarding the number of game balls stored in the number information storage means after the calculation execution means executes the calculation.

According to feature E3, after the calculation execution means executes the calculation, the information regarding the number of game balls stored in the number information storage means is erased, so that the information regarding the number of game balls is stored in the number information storage means again. It becomes possible to do so. Therefore, the storage capacity required for the number information storage means can be reduced.

[Feature E4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E3,
It is characterized by comprising a gaming history information transmitting means (CPU 308) for transmitting the gaming history information stored in the gaming history information storage means to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the gaming machine. A gaming machine.

According to feature E4, since the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to a predetermined device, the predetermined device can display the gaming history information of the gaming machine. Then, the person inspecting the gaming machine can check the gaming history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Feature E5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E4,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to feature E5, since the gaming history information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the gaming machine inspector can check the gaming history of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for checking the gaming history information. You can check the information.

<Characteristic group F>
The feature F group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature F1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a payout means (payout device 71) that pays out a game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
a processing execution means (gaming history management chip 300) that executes a predetermined processing;
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes:
Prize ball number information storage means (prize ball number data) that stores prize ball number information (prize ball number data) that is information regarding the number of game balls paid out as prize balls (prize ball number) set in each of the plurality of detection means. memory 306) for storing pitch count data;
a number information storage means (register 304) for storing information regarding the number of game balls detected by the detection means;
Every time a predetermined period of time (one hour) elapses, based on the information regarding the number of game balls stored in the number information storage means and the prize ball number information stored in the prize ball number information storage means. calculation execution means (CPU 308) that calculates game history information (accessories ratio, etc.), which is information regarding the history of games, by executing calculations;
gaming history information storage means (computation result storage memory 309) for storing the gaming history information calculated by the computation execution means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature F1, since the game history information is calculated every time a predetermined time elapses, the game machine inspector can check the game history information calculated by statistical processing using the concept of time. It becomes possible to appropriately judge whether or not the gaming machine has been subjected to unauthorized modifications. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature F2]
The gaming machine according to feature F1,
a first computation execution condition storage means (main side ROM 63) that stores information regarding a time interval for executing the computation as a computation execution condition that is a condition for executing the computation;
The processing execution means includes:
calculation execution condition acquisition means for acquiring the calculation execution conditions stored in the calculation execution condition storage means;
a second computation execution condition storage means (computation execution condition storage memory 307) that stores the acquired computation execution conditions;
Equipped with
The gaming machine characterized in that the arithmetic execution means executes the arithmetic operation when the arithmetic execution condition stored in the second arithmetic execution condition storage means is satisfied.

Different types of gaming machines (models) have different gaming characteristics, and therefore the optimal conditions for executing calculations for calculating gaming history information will also differ. For this reason, different computation execution conditions are stored for each type of gaming machine (model).

According to feature F2, the processing execution means acquires the operation execution conditions stored in the first operation execution condition storage means, so that the operation execution conditions set for each type of gaming machine (model) are satisfied. The operation can be performed if

[Feature F3]
The gaming machine according to feature F1 or feature F2,
a measuring means for measuring the elapsed time since the calculation was executed;
determining means for determining whether a game is being played by a player;
Equipped with
A gaming machine characterized in that the measuring means suspends measurement of the elapsed time during a period in which it is determined by the determining means that no game is being played.

According to feature F3, the measurement of the elapsed time from the execution of the calculation is interrupted during a period in which it is determined that no game is being played, so the game can be performed only during the period in which the game is actually being played. History information can be calculated.

[Feature F4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F3,
It is characterized by comprising a gaming history information transmitting means (CPU 308) for transmitting the gaming history information stored in the gaming history information storage means to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the gaming machine. A gaming machine.

According to feature F4, since the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to a predetermined device, the predetermined device can display the gaming history information of the gaming machine. Then, the person inspecting the gaming machine can check the gaming history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Feature F5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F4,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to feature F5, since the gaming history information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the gaming machine inspector can check the gaming history of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for checking the gaming history information. You can check the information.

<Feature G group>
The feature G group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature G1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a payout means (payout device 71) that pays out a game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
a processing execution means (gaming history management chip 300) that executes a predetermined processing;
monitoring means (power outage monitoring circuit 86) for monitoring the occurrence of power interruption;
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes:
Prize ball number information storage means (prize ball number data) that stores prize ball number information (prize ball number data) that is information regarding the number of game balls paid out as prize balls (prize ball number) set in each of the plurality of detection means. memory 306) for storing pitch count data;
a number information storage means (register 304) for storing information regarding the number of game balls detected by the detection means;
When the monitoring means detects the occurrence of power cutoff, the information regarding the number of game balls stored in the number information storage means and the prize ball number information stored in the prize ball number information storage means a calculation execution means (CPU 308) that calculates game history information (accessories ratio, etc.), which is information related to the game history, by performing calculations based on;
gaming history information storage means (computation result storage memory 309) for storing the gaming history information calculated by the computation execution means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature G1, gaming history information is calculated when the occurrence of a power cutoff is detected, so if a power cutoff is detected during the period from the start of power supply to the gaming machine until the power cutoff occurs. Game history information can be calculated based on the number of game balls. That is, since the game history information is calculated for each period from the start to the end of the game hall's business, the game history information is calculated for each business day of the game hall. Therefore, the game machine inspector can easily determine whether or not the characteristics of the game history information have changed over the business days of the game hall, so that the game machine has not been tampered with. It becomes possible to appropriately judge whether As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature G2]
The gaming machine according to feature G1,
A gaming machine comprising a supply means (a capacitor) that supplies power to the arithmetic execution means even after the power supply is cut off.

According to feature G2, since the supply means is provided for supplying power to the calculation execution means even after the power is cut off, the calculation of the game history information by the calculation execution means and the game history information storage means for the game history information It is possible to reliably complete the memorization of the data.

[Feature G3]
The gaming machine according to feature G1 or feature G2,
It is characterized by comprising a gaming history information transmitting means (CPU 308) for transmitting the gaming history information stored in the gaming history information storage means to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the gaming machine. A gaming machine.

According to feature G3, since the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to a predetermined device, the predetermined device can display the gaming history information of the gaming machine. Then, the person inspecting the gaming machine can check the gaming history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Feature G4]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features G1 to G3,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to feature G4, since the gaming history information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the gaming machine inspector can check the gaming history of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for checking the gaming history information. You can check the information.

<Feature H group>
The feature H group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature H1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a payout means (payout device 71) that pays out a game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
Notifying means for notifying in a predetermined case;
a processing execution means (gaming history management chip 300) that executes a predetermined processing;
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes:
Prize ball number information storage means (prize ball number data) that stores prize ball number information (prize ball number data) that is information regarding the number of game balls paid out as prize balls (prize ball number) set in each of the plurality of detection means. memory 306) for storing pitch count data;
a number information storage means (register 304) for storing information regarding the number of game balls detected by the detection means;
Based on the information regarding the number of game balls stored in the number information storage means and the prize ball number information stored in the prize ball number information storage means, game history information that is information regarding the history of the game. A calculation means (CPU 308) that calculates (accessory ratio, etc.);
gaming history information storage means (computation result storage memory 309) for storing the gaming history information calculated by the calculation means;
Equipped with
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification means provides notification when the game history information stored in the game history information storage means does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to feature H1, a notification is given when the gaming history information does not meet the predetermined conditions, so a gaming machine inspector can easily discover gaming machines whose gaming history information does not meet the predetermined conditions. can. By checking the gaming history information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature H2]
The gaming machine according to feature H1,
A game characterized in that the notification means gives notification when a specific value (such as a payout ratio) included in the game history information stored in the game history information storage means is no longer included in a predetermined range. Machine.

According to feature H2, a notification is given when a specific value included in the gaming history information is no longer included in the predetermined range, so the inspector of the gaming machine can check whether the specific value included in the gaming history information is within the predetermined range. It is possible to easily discover gaming machines that are no longer included in the . By checking the gaming history information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature H3]
The gaming machine according to feature H2,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) depending on the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to feature H3, since the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of a specific value from a predetermined range, an inspector of a gaming machine can determine how far a specific value included in gaming history information is from a predetermined range. It is easy to understand the degree of deviation.

[Feature H4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H3,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to feature H4, since a display means for displaying a predetermined notification is provided, an inspector of the gaming machine can easily know that the gaming history information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

[Feature H5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H4,
It is characterized by comprising a gaming history information transmitting means (CPU 308) for transmitting the gaming history information stored in the gaming history information storage means to a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the gaming machine. A gaming machine.

According to feature H5, since the game history information of the gaming machine is transmitted to a predetermined device, the predetermined device can display the gaming history information of the gaming machine. Then, the person inspecting the gaming machine can check the gaming history information displayed on the predetermined device.

[Feature H6]
The gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H5,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the game history information stored in the game history information storage means.

According to feature H6, since the gaming history information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the gaming machine inspector can check the gaming history of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for checking the gaming history information. You can check the information.

<Characteristics Group I>
Feature I group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature I1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a payout means (payout device 71) that pays out a game ball as a prize ball based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means;
a processing execution means (gaming history management chip 300) that executes a predetermined processing;
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes:
Prize ball number information storage means (prize ball number data) that stores prize ball number information (prize ball number data) that is information regarding the number of game balls paid out as prize balls (prize ball number) set in each of the plurality of detection means. memory 306) for storing pitch count data;
Ball entry information storage means (memory 309b for storing ball entry information) that sequentially stores ball entry information, which is information indicating that a game ball has been detected by the detection means, each time a game ball is detected by the detection means. and,
A predetermined device (inspection machine 320) connected to the gaming machine receives the ball-hit information stored in the ball-hit information storage means and the prize balls stored in the prize-ball number information storage means. a transmitting means (CPU 308) for transmitting numerical information;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature I1, since the entering ball information and prize ball number information are transmitted to a predetermined device, the predetermined device receives information regarding the game history based on the ball entering information and prize ball number information. Game history information can be calculated within any range. Therefore, an inspector of a gaming machine can use a predetermined device to check the gaming history information of the gaming machine calculated within an arbitrary range, and can appropriately check whether the gaming machine has been tampered with or not. It becomes possible to judge. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature I2]
The gaming machine according to feature I1,
Equipped with a date and time information acquisition means (RTC96) that acquires date and time information that is information related to date and time,
A game machine characterized in that, when storing the ball hitting information, the ball hitting information storage means adds and stores the date and time information corresponding to the date and time when the game ball was detected by the detecting means.

According to feature I2, a predetermined device that receives ball entry information with date and time information added can calculate game history information by specifying a date and time range. Therefore, the person inspecting the gaming machine can conduct a detailed inspection based on the gaming history information specifying the date and time range. Furthermore, if a predetermined device displays ball entry information with date and time information added, the person inspecting the gaming machine will also be able to grasp the date and time when a gaming ball was detected by each detection means. .

[Feature I3]
The gaming machine according to feature I1 or feature I2,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the ball-hitting information stored in the ball-hitting information storage means.

According to feature I3, since the ball entry information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, an inspector of the gaming machine can check the ball entry information of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for checking the ball entry information. You can check the information.

<Feature J group>
The feature J group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature J1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
Prize ball number information storage means (main) for storing prize ball number information (prize ball number data) that is information regarding the number of game balls paid out as prize balls (prize ball number) set in each of the plurality of detection means. side ROM63) and
A game progress process is a process for advancing the game based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means (jackpot lottery process, electric winning lottery process, prize ball payout process, and display of symbols on the main display section 45). (fluctuating display processing, opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and the electric accessories 34a, etc.), and the detection information of the game balls detected by the detection means and the prize balls stored in the prize ball number information storage means. a processing execution means (main side CPU 62x) that executes a process of calculating game history information (accessories ratio, etc.), which is information related to the game history, by performing calculations based on the numerical information;
a gaming history information storage means (main side RAM 64, flash memory 64x) that is stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body and stores the gaming history information calculated by the processing execution means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature J1, a game history information storage means for storing game history information is provided. Since the game history information is information that has a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the game history information differs from game machine to game machine and is information unique to the game machine. That is, the gaming history information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to feature J1, game history information, which is information reflecting the characteristics of the game machine, is stored in a game history information storage means stored in the casing of the game machine main body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring gaming history information from the gaming machine itself. When a gaming machine is installed in a gaming hall, information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine can be obtained by a hall computer installed in the gaming hall. However, since gaming machines are distributed from time to time, they may be placed in a state where they are not connected to the hall computer, and in this case, with conventional gaming machines, it is not possible to obtain information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. The gaming machine of feature J1 stores gaming history information, which is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the gaming history information storage means stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body, so that the gaming machine is not connected to the hall computer. Even if the game machine is not in a state where the game machine itself is not in use, game history information can be obtained from the game machine main body. That is, according to feature J1, it is possible to link a gaming machine and gaming history information on a one-to-one basis, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Furthermore, according to feature J1, since a single process execution means executes the game progress process and the process of calculating game history information, it is not necessary to provide a separate calculation chip or the like to execute the calculation process. Therefore, the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine can be reduced.

[Feature J2]
The gaming machine according to feature J1,
The processing execution means includes:
a first mode (game mode) in which the game progress process can be executed;
When the first condition is met (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection device 320 is connected, a predetermined time has arrived, and a predetermined signal has been received from the hall computer);
is executable,
The game machine is characterized in that, in the second mode, the game progress process is not executed even if the game ball passes through the predetermined area.

According to feature J2, even if the game ball passes through a predetermined area, it is possible to execute the second mode in which the game progress process is not executed, so it is not preferable to execute it in parallel with the game progress process. In the second mode, it is possible to execute processing, processing that is likely to cause problems when executed in parallel with game progress processing, and the like. Furthermore, according to feature J2, since the game progression process is not executed in the second mode, when developing a program for the process to be executed in the second mode, it is important to note that when the game progression process is executed in parallel, Since there is no need to consider countermeasures, it is possible to significantly improve the efficiency of developing a program for processing executed in the second mode.

[Feature J3]
The gaming machine according to feature J2,
The gaming machine characterized in that the second mode is a mode in which the gaming history information is output.

The game history information is information whose contents change when a game ball is detected and a game progress process is executed. Therefore, if a configuration is adopted in which the process of outputting game history information is executed in parallel with the game progress process, the game progress while the inspector of the game machine is inspecting the characteristics of the game machine based on the game history information. As the process is executed, the contents of the game history information may change from time to time, making it difficult to carry out the inspection smoothly. On the other hand, according to feature J3, even if the game ball passes through a predetermined area, the game history information is output in the second mode in which the game progress process is not executed. It is possible to prevent the contents of the game history information from changing while the game is being played. As a result, the person inspecting the gaming machine can smoothly carry out the inspection.

[Feature J4]
The gaming machine according to any one of Feature J1 to Feature J3,
The processing execution means includes:
a first mode (game mode) in which the game progress process can be executed;
When the first condition is met (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection device 320 is connected, a predetermined time has come, and a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer);
is executable,
If the first condition is met during the execution of the game progress process in the first mode (if the operation of pressing the mode switching button is performed, the power button is pressed while pressing the mode switching button) When the second condition is met (when the inspection machine 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, when the predetermined time has come), the timing when the second condition is satisfied (the symbol fluctuation display process ends) Shift from the first mode to the second mode at the timing when the game progress processing is completed to a predetermined processing stage, such as the timing when the game progress processing is completed to a predetermined processing stage, or the timing when all the processing of each game progress processing that is being executed is completed. A gaming machine characterized by being configured to.

According to feature J4, when the first condition is satisfied in the first mode, the mode is configured to shift from the first mode to the second mode at the timing when the second condition is satisfied. Therefore, the second mode It is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems when transitioning to .

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which the first mode shifts to the second mode immediately after the first condition is satisfied, regardless of whether the second condition is satisfied, the first mode In this mode, if the first condition that a predetermined operation is executed during the period in which the symbol fluctuating display process is being executed as the game progress process, the second mode, and it becomes difficult to control the timing of stopping the symbols, the fluctuation time of the symbols, etc. On the other hand, according to feature J4, for example, the first condition is that a predetermined operation is performed during a period in which a symbol fluctuation display process as a game progress process is being executed in the first mode. If this is true, the mode will shift to the second mode at the timing when the second condition that the symbol fluctuation display process is not executed is satisfied, that is, at the timing after the symbol being displayed in a fluctuating manner has stopped. . Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems such as difficulty in controlling the timing of stopping the symbols, the fluctuation time of the symbols, etc.

[Feature J5]
The gaming machine according to any one of Feature J1 to Feature J4,
The processing execution means includes:
a first mode (game mode) in which the game progress process can be executed;
When the first condition is met (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection device 320 is connected, a predetermined time has arrived, and a predetermined signal has been received from the hall computer);
is executable,
If the third condition is satisfied during the second mode (if 10 minutes have passed since the transition to the inspection mode), an operation for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode. Even if the transition operation (the operation of pressing the mode switching button, the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button) is not performed, the transition from the second mode to the first mode is not performed. A gaming machine characterized by being configured to shift to a mode.

According to feature J5, if the third condition is satisfied during the second mode, even if the transition operation for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode is not performed, Since the device is configured to transition from the second mode to the first mode, it is possible to prevent the transition operation from not being executed and returning to the first mode. For example, after transitioning to the second mode, the administrator or inspector of the gaming machine forgets to execute the transition operation, and the gaming machine does not return to the first mode in which game progress processing can be executed, and the game It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which a person cannot play a game with the gaming machine.

[Feature J6]
The gaming machine according to feature J5,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the third condition is that a predetermined time has elapsed from a predetermined time (10 minutes have elapsed from the time when the test mode was entered).

According to feature J6, if a predetermined period of time has elapsed from a predetermined point in time during the second mode, the transition operation for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode has not been performed. However, since the configuration is configured to shift from the second mode to the first mode, it is possible to reliably prevent the shift operation from being executed and returning to the first mode. For example, even if a game machine administrator, inspector, etc. forgets to execute the transition operation after transitioning to the second mode, if a predetermined time elapses from a predetermined point, Since the game machine returns to the first mode, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the player is unable to play a game with the game machine because the game machine does not return to the first mode in which the game progress process can be executed.

[Feature J7]
The gaming machine according to any one of Feature J1 to Feature J6,
a game progress processing information storage means (main side RAM 64) that is stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body and stores information regarding the game progress processing;
Based on the execution of an erase operation (operation of pressing the power button while pressing the RAM clear button), which is an operation for deleting information stored in the game progress processing information storage means, the game erasing means for erasing information stored in the progress processing information storage means;
Equipped with
The processing execution means includes:
a first mode (game mode) in which the game progress process can be executed;
When the first condition is met (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection device 320 is connected, a predetermined time has arrived, and a predetermined signal has been received from the hall computer);
is executable,
In a state after shifting to the second mode and before shifting to the first mode (a state in the inspection mode, a state where the power is turned off after shifting to the inspection mode), the erasing means is configured to: A gaming machine characterized in that the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means is not erased even if the erasing operation is executed.

According to feature J7, in a state after shifting to the second mode but before shifting to the first mode, an erasing operation for erasing information stored in the game progress processing information storage means is executed. Even in the case where the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means is not deleted, the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means is not erased. Even if an erasing operation is mistakenly performed in an attempt to migrate the information, it is possible to prevent the information from being erroneously erased.

For example, an erasing operation for erasing information stored in the game progress processing information storage means is an operation of pressing a power button while pressing a button for erasing, and there are two modes: a first mode and a second mode. In a configuration where the operation for transitioning between modes is to press the power button while pressing the transition button, when attempting to transition from the second mode to the first mode, the transition button is pressed. You intend to press the power button while holding down the , but there is a risk that you may accidentally press the power button while holding down the erase button. However, according to feature J7, after transitioning to the second mode but before transitioning to the first mode, an operation of pressing the power button while pressing the erase button may be performed by mistake. Even if the information is accidentally deleted, it is possible to prevent the information from being deleted by mistake.

More specifically, for example, when transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, the game progress processing that was being executed in the first mode is temporarily stopped, and the stopped game progress processing In the case where a configuration is adopted in which information for restarting the game after returning to the second mode is stored in the game progress processing information storage means, if the transition button is pressed in an attempt to return from the second mode to the first mode. If you intend to press the power button while holding down the power button, but you accidentally press the power button while holding down the erase button, the information for restarting the game progress process will be erased, and the second After returning to the mode, it becomes impossible to restart the game progress process, which may put the player at a disadvantage. On the other hand, according to feature J7, in a state after transitioning to the second mode but before transitioning to the first mode, the user accidentally presses the erase button while trying to transition to the first mode. Even if the player presses the power button while pressing the power button, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the game progress processing information storage means from being erased by mistake, thereby causing a disadvantage to the player. It is possible to prevent this from happening.

[Feature J8]
The gaming machine according to any one of Feature J1 to Feature J7,
A gaming machine comprising display means (symbol display device 41) for displaying the gaming history information.

According to feature J8, since the gaming history information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the gaming machine inspector can check the gaming history of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for checking the gaming history information. You can check the information.

[Feature J9]
The gaming machine according to any one of Feature J1 to Feature J8,
A game machine characterized in that the game history information storage means is constituted by a non-volatile memory (flash memory 64x) that can retain memory even if the power supply is cut off.

According to feature J9, the gaming history information is retained even if the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, so no matter what state the gaming machine is in (for example, a distribution state where power is not supplied to the gaming machine, etc.). However, it is possible to always link gaming machines and gaming history information on a one-to-one basis, and the characteristics of the gaming machines can be managed and inspected.

[Feature J10]
The gaming machine according to any one of Feature J1 to Feature J9,
A game machine characterized in that the game history information storage means is stored inside a casing (a board box with a seal affixed) that leaves traces of opening and closing.

According to feature J10, the game history information storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing. Therefore, when the gaming history information storage means is physically touched, traces of opening the casing remain. Therefore, if the game history information stored in the game history information storage means is altered through physical contact with the game history information storage means, the alteration can be detected from the traces on the casing. becomes possible. Therefore, unauthorized modification of game history information can be prevented. Since some gaming machines are distributed from time to time, various external contacts occur during the distribution process, but since the gaming history information storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing, Even in a situation where gaming machines are distributed from time to time, unauthorized alteration of gaming history information by someone can be suppressed. Furthermore, since the game history information is information acquired based on the games played, it is possible to manage and inspect the game-related characteristics of the gaming machine using the game history information. Therefore, according to feature J10, gaming machines can be properly managed and inspected by preventing unauthorized alteration of gaming history information that reflects the gaming characteristics of gaming machines. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature J11]
The gaming machine according to any one of Feature J1 to Feature J10,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising: a notification unit that provides notification when the game history information stored in the game history information storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to feature J11, a notification is given when the gaming history information does not meet the predetermined conditions, so the gaming machine inspector can easily discover gaming machines whose gaming history information does not meet the predetermined conditions. can. By checking the gaming history information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature J12]
The gaming machine according to feature J11,
A game characterized in that the notification means gives notification when a specific value (such as a payout ratio) included in the game history information stored in the game history information storage means is no longer included in a predetermined range. Machine.

According to feature J12, a notification is given when a specific value included in the gaming history information is no longer included in the predetermined range, so the inspector of the gaming machine can check whether the specific value included in the gaming history information is within the predetermined range. It is possible to easily discover gaming machines that are no longer included in the . By checking the gaming history information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature J13]
The gaming machine according to feature J12,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) depending on the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to feature J13, the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of a specific value from a predetermined range, so an inspector of a gaming machine can determine how far a specific value included in gaming history information is from a predetermined range. It is easy to understand the degree of deviation.

[Feature J14]
The gaming machine according to any one of Feature J11 to Feature J13,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to feature J14, since a display means for displaying a predetermined notification is provided, an inspector of the gaming machine can easily know that the gaming history information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

<Feature K group>
The feature K group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature K1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
A game progress process is a process for advancing the game based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means (jackpot lottery process, electric winning lottery process, prize ball payout process, and display of symbols on the main display section 45). A game progress processing execution means (main side CPU 62x) that executes variable display processing, opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and electric accessories 34a, etc.
Equipped with
The game progress processing execution means is
a first mode (game mode) in which the game progress process can be executed;
When predetermined conditions are met (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection device 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65) a second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode that is executed when the hall computer is connected, a predetermined time is reached, or a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer;
is executable,
The game machine is characterized in that, in the second mode, the game progress process is not executed even if the game ball passes through the predetermined area.

According to feature K1, even if the game ball passes through a predetermined area, it is possible to execute the second mode in which the game progress process is not executed, so it is not preferable to execute it in parallel with the game progress process. In the second mode, it is possible to execute processing, processing that is likely to cause problems when executed in parallel with game progress processing, and the like. Further, according to feature K1, since the game progress process is not executed in the second mode, when developing a program for the process to be executed in the second mode, when the game progress process is executed in parallel, Since there is no need to consider countermeasures, it is possible to significantly improve the efficiency of developing a program for processing executed in the second mode.

[Feature K2]
The gaming machine according to feature K1,
Detection information is stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body, and is information based on the detection of game balls by the detection means (game history information including ball entry information, number of balls entered, ratio of accessories, etc.) ) (memory 309 for storing calculation results, memory 309a for storing number of balls entering, memory 309b for storing entering ball information, main side RAM 64, flash memory 64x),
The gaming machine, wherein the second mode is a mode in which the detected information is output.

According to feature K2, detection information can be stored and output in the second mode. Since the detection information is information that has a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the detection information differs from gaming machine to gaming machine and is information unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to feature K2, detection information that is information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine is stored in a storage means stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring detection information from the gaming machine itself. When a gaming machine is installed in a gaming hall, information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine can be obtained by a hall computer installed in the gaming hall. However, since gaming machines are distributed from time to time, they may be placed in a state where they are not connected to the hall computer, and in this case, with conventional gaming machines, it is not possible to obtain information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. The gaming machine of feature K2 stores detection information, which is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the storage means stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body, so even when the gaming machine is not connected to the hall computer, Even if there is, detection information can be obtained from the gaming machine itself. That is, according to feature K2, it is possible to link a gaming machine and detection information on a one-to-one basis, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, the detection information is information whose contents change when a game ball is detected and a game progress process is executed. Therefore, if a configuration is adopted in which the process of outputting detection information is executed in parallel with the game progress process, the game progress process will be performed while the game machine inspector is inspecting the characteristics of the game machine using the sense information. When the test is executed, the content of the detection information changes from time to time, making it difficult to perform the test smoothly. On the other hand, according to feature K2, even if the game ball passes through a predetermined area, the detection information is output in the second mode in which the game progress process is not executed, so the detection information is output. It is possible to prevent the contents of the detection information from changing during the period. As a result, the person inspecting the gaming machine can smoothly carry out the inspection.

[Feature K3]
The gaming machine according to feature K2,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a display means (symbol display device 41) that displays the detection information output in the second mode.

According to feature K3, since the detection information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the detection information of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for confirming the detection information. can do.

[Feature K4]
The gaming machine according to feature K2 or feature K3,
The storage means is a non-volatile memory that can retain memory even if the power supply is cut off (computation result storage memory 309, ball entry number storage memory 309a, ball entry information storage memory 309b, flash memory). A gaming machine characterized by being configured with a memory (64x).

According to feature K4, the detection information is retained even if the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, so it is possible to maintain the detection information even if the gaming machine is cut off. Also, it is possible to always link the gaming machine and the detection information on a one-to-one basis, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected.

[Feature K5]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features K2 to K4,
A game machine characterized in that the storage means is stored inside a casing (a board box with a seal affixed) that leaves traces of opening and closing.

According to feature K5, the storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing. Therefore, when the storage means is physically touched, traces of opening the casing remain. Therefore, if the detection information stored in the storage means is altered through physical contact with the storage means, it becomes possible to know that the information has been altered from the traces on the casing. Therefore, unauthorized modification of the detected information can be prevented. Since some gaming machines are distributed from time to time, various external contacts occur during the distribution process, but since the storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing, the gaming machine Even if the information is circulated from place to place, it is possible to prevent unauthorized alteration of the detected information by someone. Further, since the detection information is information acquired based on the executed game, it becomes possible to manage and inspect the characteristics related to the game of the gaming machine using the detection information. Therefore, according to feature K5, by preventing unauthorized alteration of the detection information that reflects the gaming-related characteristics of the gaming machine, it is possible to properly manage and inspect the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature K6]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features K2 to K5,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising: a notification unit that provides notification when the detection information stored in the storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to feature K6, since a notification is given when the detected information does not satisfy the predetermined condition, a gaming machine inspector can easily discover a gaming machine whose detected information does not satisfy the predetermined condition. By checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature K7]
The gaming machine according to feature K6,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification means provides notification when a specific value (such as a payout ratio) included in the detection information stored in the storage means is no longer included in a predetermined range.

According to feature K7, a notification is given when a specific value included in the detection information is no longer included in a predetermined range, so the inspector of the gaming machine can check whether the specific value included in the detection information is included in the predetermined range. It is possible to easily find a gaming machine that has disappeared. By checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature K8]
The gaming machine described in feature K7,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) depending on the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to feature K8, since the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of a specific value from a predetermined range, an inspector of a gaming machine can determine how far a specific value included in the detected information is from a predetermined range. It is easy to see if there is a discrepancy.

[Feature K9]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features K6 to K8,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to feature K9, since a display means for displaying a predetermined notification is provided, the person inspecting the gaming machine can easily know that the detection information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

<Feature L group>
The feature L group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature L1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
A game progress process is a process for advancing the game based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means (jackpot lottery process, electric winning lottery process, prize ball payout process, and display of symbols on the main display section 45). A game progress processing execution means (main side CPU 62x) that executes variable display processing, opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and electric accessories 34a, etc.
Equipped with
The game progress processing execution means is
a first mode (game mode) in which the game progress process can be executed;
When the first condition is met (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection device 320 is connected, a predetermined time has arrived, and a predetermined signal has been received from the hall computer);
is executable,
When the first condition is met during the execution of the game progress process in the first mode (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, the power button is pressed while pressing the mode switching button) When the second condition is met (when the inspection machine 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65, when a predetermined time has come), the timing when the second condition is satisfied (the symbol fluctuation display process ends) Shift from the first mode to the second mode at the timing when the game progress processing is completed to a predetermined processing stage, such as the timing when the game progress processing is completed, or the timing when all the processing of each game progress processing that is being executed is completed. A gaming machine characterized by being configured to.

According to feature L1, when the first condition is satisfied in the first mode, the mode is configured to shift from the first mode to the second mode at the timing when the second condition is satisfied. Therefore, the second mode It is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems when transitioning to .

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which the first mode shifts to the second mode immediately after the first condition is satisfied, regardless of whether the second condition is satisfied, the first mode In this mode, if the first condition that a predetermined operation is executed during the period in which the symbol fluctuating display process is being executed as the game progress process, the second mode, and it becomes difficult to control the timing of stopping the symbols, the fluctuation time of the symbols, etc. On the other hand, according to feature L1, for example, the first condition is that a predetermined operation is performed during a period in which a symbol fluctuation display process as a game progress process is being executed in the first mode. If this is true, the mode will shift to the second mode at the timing when the second condition that the symbol fluctuation display process is not executed is satisfied, that is, at the timing after the symbol being displayed in a fluctuating manner has stopped. . Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of processing problems such as difficulty in controlling the timing of stopping the symbols, the fluctuation time of the symbols, etc.

[Feature L2]
The gaming machine according to feature L1,
Detection information is stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body, and is information based on the detection of game balls by the detection means (game history information including ball entry information, number of balls entered, ratio of accessories, etc.) ) (memory 309 for storing calculation results, memory 309a for storing number of balls entering, memory 309b for storing entering ball information, main side RAM 64, flash memory 64x),
The gaming machine, wherein the second mode is a mode in which the detected information is output.

According to feature L2, detection information can be stored and output in the second mode. Since the detection information is information that has a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the detection information differs from gaming machine to gaming machine and is information unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to feature L2, detection information that is information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine is stored in a storage means stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring detection information from the gaming machine itself. When a gaming machine is installed in a gaming hall, information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine can be obtained by a hall computer installed in the gaming hall. However, since gaming machines are distributed from time to time, they may be placed in a state where they are not connected to the hall computer, and in this case, with conventional gaming machines, it is not possible to obtain information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. The gaming machine of feature L2 stores detection information, which is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine, in a storage means stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body, so even when the gaming machine is not connected to the hall computer, Even if there is, detection information can be obtained from the gaming machine itself. That is, according to feature L2, it is possible to link a gaming machine and detection information on a one-to-one basis, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature L3]
The gaming machine according to feature L2,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a display means (symbol display device 41) that displays the detection information output in the second mode.

According to feature L3, since the detection information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the detection information of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for confirming the detection information. can do.

[Feature L4]
The gaming machine according to feature L2 or feature L3,
The storage means is a non-volatile memory that can retain memory even if the power supply is cut off (memory for storing calculation results 309, memory 309a for storing the number of balls entered, memory 309b for storing information about entering balls, flash). A gaming machine characterized by being configured with a memory (64x).

According to feature L4, the detection information is retained even if the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, so it is possible to maintain the detection information even if the gaming machine is not supplied with power. Also, it is possible to always link the gaming machine and the detection information on a one-to-one basis, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected.

[Feature L5]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features L2 to L4,
A game machine characterized in that the storage means is stored inside a casing (a board box with a seal affixed) that leaves traces of opening and closing.

According to feature L5, the storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing. Therefore, when the storage means is physically touched, traces of opening the casing remain. Therefore, if the detection information stored in the storage means is altered through physical contact with the storage means, it becomes possible to know that the information has been altered from the traces on the casing. Therefore, unauthorized modification of the detected information can be prevented. Since some gaming machines are distributed from time to time, various external contacts occur during the distribution process, but since the storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing, the gaming machine Even if the information is circulated from place to place, it is possible to prevent unauthorized alteration of the detected information by someone. Further, since the detection information is information acquired based on the executed game, it becomes possible to manage and inspect the characteristics related to the game of the gaming machine using the detection information. Therefore, according to feature L5, the gaming machine can be properly managed and inspected by preventing unauthorized alteration of the detection information that reflects the gaming-related characteristics of the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature L6]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features L2 to L5,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising: a notification unit that provides notification when the detection information stored in the storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to feature L6, a notification is given when the detected information does not satisfy a predetermined condition, so a gaming machine inspector can easily discover a gaming machine whose detected information does not satisfy the predetermined condition. By checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature L7]
The gaming machine according to feature L6,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification means provides notification when a specific value (such as a payout ratio) included in the detection information stored in the storage means is no longer included in a predetermined range.

According to feature L7, a notification is given when a specific value included in the detection information is no longer included in a predetermined range, so the inspector of the gaming machine can check whether the specific value included in the detection information is included in the predetermined range. It is possible to easily find a gaming machine that has disappeared. By checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature L8]
The gaming machine according to feature L7,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) depending on the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to feature L8, the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of a specific value from a predetermined range, so the inspector of a gaming machine can determine how far a specific value included in the detection information is from a predetermined range. It is easy to see if there is a discrepancy.

[Feature L9]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features L6 to L8,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to feature L9, since a display means for displaying a predetermined notification is provided, the person inspecting the gaming machine can easily know that the detection information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

<Feature M group>
The feature M group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature M1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward the gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
A game progress process is a process for advancing the game based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means (jackpot lottery process, electric winning lottery process, prize ball payout process, and display of symbols on the main display section 45). A game progress processing execution means (main side CPU 62x) that executes variable display processing, opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and electric accessories 34a, etc.
Equipped with
The game progress processing execution means is
a first mode (game mode) in which the game progress process can be executed;
When the first condition is met (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection terminal 65 is connected to the inspection device 320 is connected, a predetermined time has arrived, and a predetermined signal has been received from the hall computer);
is executable,
If the second condition is satisfied during the second mode (if 10 minutes have passed since the transition to the inspection mode), a predetermined condition for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode. Even if the above operation (the operation of pressing the mode switching button, the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button) is not performed, the transition from the second mode to the first mode is performed. A gaming machine characterized by being configured to transfer.

According to feature M1, if the second condition is satisfied during the second mode, even if the predetermined operation for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode is not performed. Since the device is configured to shift from the second mode to the first mode, it is possible to prevent the device from returning to the first mode without performing a predetermined operation. For example, after transitioning to the second mode, the administrator, inspector, etc. of the gaming machine forgets to perform a predetermined operation, and the gaming machine does not return to the first mode in which game progress processing can be executed. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which a player cannot play a game with the gaming machine.

[Feature M2]
The gaming machine according to feature M1,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the second condition is that a predetermined time has elapsed from a predetermined time (10 minutes have elapsed from the time when the test mode was entered).

According to feature M2, if a predetermined time has elapsed from a predetermined point in time during the second mode, the predetermined operation for transitioning from the second mode to the first mode has not been performed. Even if a predetermined operation is not performed, it is configured to shift from the second mode to the first mode, so that it is possible to reliably prevent a return to the first mode without performing a predetermined operation. For example, even if a game machine administrator or inspector forgets to perform a predetermined operation after shifting to the second mode, if a predetermined time has elapsed from the predetermined point, the first Since the game machine returns to the first mode, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the game machine does not return to the first mode in which the game progress process can be executed and the player is unable to play the game with the game machine.

[Feature M3]
The gaming machine according to feature M1 or feature M2,
Detection information is stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body, and is information based on the detection of game balls by the detection means (game history information including ball entry information, number of balls entered, ratio of accessories, etc.) ) (memory 309 for storing calculation results, memory 309a for storing number of balls entering, memory 309b for storing entering ball information, main side RAM 64, flash memory 64x),
The gaming machine, wherein the second mode is a mode in which the detected information is output.

According to feature M3, detection information can be stored and output in the second mode. Since the detection information is information that has a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the detection information differs from gaming machine to gaming machine and is information unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to feature M3, detection information that is information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine is stored in a storage means stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring detection information from the gaming machine itself. When a gaming machine is installed in a gaming hall, information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine can be obtained by a hall computer installed in the gaming hall. However, since gaming machines are distributed from time to time, they may be placed in a state where they are not connected to the hall computer, and in this case, with conventional gaming machines, it is not possible to obtain information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. The gaming machine of feature M3 stores the detection information, which is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the storage means stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body, so even when the gaming machine is not connected to the hall computer, Even if there is, detection information can be obtained from the gaming machine itself. That is, according to feature M3, it is possible to link a gaming machine and detection information on a one-to-one basis, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

Further, according to feature M3, after the inspector of the gaming machine inspects the characteristics of the gaming machine based on the detection information output in the second mode, he forgets to perform a predetermined operation, and the gaming machine stops playing. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation where the player is unable to play a game with the gaming machine without returning to the first mode in which the progress process can be executed.

[Feature M4]
The gaming machine according to feature M3,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a display means (symbol display device 41) that displays the detection information output in the second mode.

According to feature M4, since the detected information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the detected information of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for confirming the detected information. can do.

[Feature M5]
The gaming machine according to feature M3 or feature M4,
The storage means is a non-volatile memory that can retain memory even if the power supply is cut off (computation result storage memory 309, ball entry number storage memory 309a, ball entry information storage memory 309b, flash memory). A gaming machine characterized by being configured with a memory (64x).

According to feature M5, the detection information is retained even if the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, so it is possible to maintain the detection information even if the gaming machine is not supplied with power. Also, it is possible to always link the gaming machine and the detection information on a one-to-one basis, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected.

[Feature M6]
The gaming machine according to any one of features M3 to M5,
A game machine characterized in that the storage means is stored inside a casing (a board box with a seal affixed) that leaves traces of opening and closing.

According to feature M6, the storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing. Therefore, when the storage means is physically touched, traces of opening the casing remain. Therefore, if the detection information stored in the storage means is altered through physical contact with the storage means, it becomes possible to know that the information has been altered from the traces on the casing. Therefore, unauthorized modification of the detected information can be prevented. Since some gaming machines are distributed from time to time, various external contacts occur during the distribution process, but since the storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing, the gaming machine Even if the information is circulated from place to place, it is possible to prevent unauthorized alteration of the detected information by someone. Further, since the detection information is information acquired based on the executed game, it becomes possible to manage and inspect the characteristics related to the game of the gaming machine using the detection information. Therefore, according to feature M6, it is possible to properly manage and inspect the gaming machine by preventing unauthorized alteration of the detection information that reflects the gaming-related characteristics of the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature M7]
The gaming machine according to any one of features M3 to M6,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising: a notification unit that provides notification when the detection information stored in the storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to feature M7, since a notification is given when the detected information does not satisfy the predetermined condition, a gaming machine inspector can easily discover a gaming machine whose detected information does not satisfy the predetermined condition. By checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature M8]
The gaming machine according to feature M7,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification means provides notification when a specific value (such as a payout ratio) included in the detection information stored in the storage means is no longer included in a predetermined range.

According to feature M8, a notification is given when a specific value included in the detection information is no longer included in the predetermined range, so the inspector of the gaming machine can detect if the specific value included in the detection information is included in the predetermined range. It is possible to easily find a gaming machine that has disappeared. By checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature M9]
The gaming machine according to feature M8,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) depending on the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to feature M9, the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of a specific value from a predetermined range, so the inspector of a gaming machine can determine how far a specific value included in the detection information is from a predetermined range. It is easy to see if there is a discrepancy.

[Feature M10]
The gaming machine according to any one of features M7 to M9,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to feature M10, since a display means for displaying a predetermined notification is provided, an inspector of the gaming machine can easily know that the detection information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

<Characteristics N group>
The feature N group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature N1]
A firing means (game ball firing mechanism 81) that fires a game ball toward a gaming area;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
A game progress process is a process for advancing the game based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means (jackpot lottery process, electric winning lottery process, prize ball payout process, and display of symbols on the main display section 45). A game progress processing execution means (main side CPU 62x) that executes variable display processing, opening/closing processing of the opening/closing door 36b and electric accessories 34a, etc.
a storage means (main side RAM 64) that is stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body and stores information regarding the game progress processing;
erasing means for erasing information stored in the storage means based on execution of a predetermined operation (operation of pressing a power button while pressing a RAM clear button);
Equipped with
The game progress processing execution means is
a first mode (game mode) in which the game progress process can be executed;
When predetermined conditions are met (when the operation of pressing the mode switching button is executed, when the operation of pressing the power button while pressing the mode switching button is executed, the inspection device 320 is connected to the inspection terminal 65) a second mode (inspection mode) which is a mode that is executed when the hall computer is connected, a predetermined time is reached, or a predetermined signal is received from the hall computer;
is executable,
In a state after shifting to the second mode and before shifting to the first mode (a state in the inspection mode, a state where the power is turned off after shifting to the inspection mode), the erasing means is configured to: A gaming machine characterized in that the information stored in the storage means is not deleted even if the predetermined operation is executed.

According to feature N1, in a state after transitioning to the second mode but before transitioning to the first mode, when a predetermined operation for erasing information stored in the storage means is performed. Even if there is, the information stored in the storage means is not erased, so if the user accidentally attempts to shift to the first mode after shifting to the second mode but before shifting to the first mode, Even if the above operation is executed, it is possible to prevent the information from being deleted by mistake.

For example, a predetermined operation for erasing information stored in a storage means is an operation of pressing a power button while pressing a button for erasing, and a predetermined operation for deleting information stored in a storage means is an operation of pressing a power button while pressing a button for erasing. In a configuration where the operation for transitioning the mode is pressing the power button while pressing the transition button, it is necessary to press the transition button while trying to transition from the second mode to the first mode. However, there is a risk that you may accidentally press the power button while pressing the erase button. However, according to feature N1, after transitioning to the second mode but before transitioning to the first mode, an operation of pressing the power button while pressing the erase button may be performed by mistake. Even if the information is accidentally deleted, it is possible to prevent the information from being deleted by mistake.

More specifically, for example, when transitioning from the first mode to the second mode, the game progress processing that was being executed in the first mode is temporarily stopped, and the stopped game progress processing If a configuration is adopted in which information for resuming the mode after returning to the second mode is stored in the storage means, if the power is turned off while pressing the transition button in an attempt to return from the second mode to the first mode. If you intend to press the button but accidentally press the power button while pressing the erase button, the information for restarting the game progress process will be erased and you will not be able to switch to the second mode. After returning, the game progress process cannot be resumed, which may put the player at a disadvantage. On the other hand, according to feature N1, in a state after transitioning to the second mode but before transitioning to the first mode, the user accidentally presses the erase button while trying to transition to the first mode. Even if the player presses the power button while pressing the power button, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the storage means from being accidentally deleted, thereby preventing any disadvantage to the player. Can be suppressed.

[Feature N2]
The gaming machine according to feature N1,
Detection information is stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body, and is information based on the detection of game balls by the detection means (game history information including ball entry information, number of balls entered, ratio of accessories, etc.) );
The gaming machine is characterized in that the second mode is a mode in which the detection information (gaming history information including ball entry information, number of balls entered information, role object ratio, etc.) is output.

According to feature N2, detection information can be stored and output in the second mode. Since the detection information is information that has a correlation with the behavior of the game ball in the game, the detection information differs from gaming machine to gaming machine and is information unique to the gaming machine. That is, the detection information is information that reflects the characteristics of the gaming machine. According to feature N2, detection information that is information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine is stored in the detection information storage means stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body. Therefore, for example, when inspecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, the characteristics of the gaming machine can be inspected by acquiring detection information from the gaming machine itself. When a gaming machine is installed in a gaming hall, information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine can be obtained by a hall computer installed in the gaming hall. However, since gaming machines are distributed from time to time, they may be placed in a state where they are not connected to the hall computer, and in this case, with conventional gaming machines, it is not possible to obtain information regarding the characteristics of the gaming machine. Can not. The gaming machine of feature N2 stores the detection information, which is information reflecting the characteristics of the gaming machine, in the detection information storage means stored in the casing of the gaming machine main body, so that the gaming machine is not connected to the hall computer. Detection information can be obtained from the game machine itself even when the game machine is not in use. That is, according to feature N2, it is possible to link a gaming machine and detection information on a one-to-one basis, and the characteristics of the gaming machine can be managed and inspected. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature N3]
The gaming machine according to feature N2,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a display means (symbol display device 41) that displays the detection information output in the second mode.

According to feature N3, since the detection information is displayed on the display means of the gaming machine, the inspector of the gaming machine can confirm the detection information of the gaming machine without using a dedicated device for confirming the detection information. can do.

[Feature N4]
The gaming machine according to feature N2 or feature N3,
A game machine characterized in that the detected information storage means is stored inside a casing (a board box with a seal affixed) that leaves traces of opening and closing.

According to feature N4, the detection information storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing. Therefore, when the detection information storage means is physically touched, traces of opening the casing remain. Therefore, if the detection information stored in the detection information storage means is altered through physical contact with the detection information storage means, it is possible to know that it has been altered from the traces on the casing. Become. Therefore, unauthorized modification of the detected information can be prevented. Since some gaming machines are distributed from time to time, various external contacts occur during the distribution process, but since the detection information storage means is stored inside the casing that leaves traces of opening and closing, Even in situations where devices are being circulated from time to time, it is possible to prevent unauthorized alteration of detected information by someone. Further, since the detection information is information acquired based on the executed game, it becomes possible to manage and inspect the characteristics related to the game of the gaming machine using the detection information. Therefore, according to feature N4, by preventing unauthorized alteration of the detection information that reflects the gaming-related characteristics of the gaming machine, it is possible to properly manage and inspect the gaming machine. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature N5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features N2 to N4,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising: a notification unit that provides notification when the detection information stored in the detection information storage unit does not satisfy a predetermined condition.

According to feature N5, since a notification is given when the detected information does not satisfy the predetermined condition, a gaming machine inspector can easily discover a gaming machine whose detected information does not satisfy the predetermined condition. By checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature N6]
The gaming machine according to feature N5,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification means gives notification when a specific value (such as a payout ratio) included in the detection information stored in the detection information storage means is no longer included in a predetermined range.

According to feature N6, a notification is given when a specific value included in the detection information is no longer included in a predetermined range, so the inspector of the gaming machine can check whether the specific value included in the detection information is included in the predetermined range. It is possible to easily find a gaming machine that has disappeared. By checking the detection information of the gaming machine, it is possible to determine whether or not the gaming machine has been illegally modified. As a result, the soundness of the game can be improved.

[Feature N7]
The gaming machine according to feature N6,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification means determines a notification mode (color of an LED lamp) depending on the degree of deviation of the specific value from the predetermined range.

According to feature N7, since the mode of notification is determined according to the degree of deviation of a specific value from a predetermined range, an inspector of a gaming machine can determine how far a specific value included in the detected information is from a predetermined range. It is easy to see if there is a discrepancy.

[Feature N8]
The gaming machine according to any one of features N5 to N7,
A gaming machine characterized in that the notification means includes a display means for displaying a predetermined display as the notification.

According to feature N8, since a display means for displaying a predetermined notification is provided, the person inspecting the gaming machine can easily know that the detected information of the gaming machine does not satisfy the predetermined condition.

Note that the inventions of the feature group A to feature N described above solve the following problems.

2. Description of the Related Art In gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines and slot machines, technical improvements have been made from various viewpoints such as structure, control, performance, etc., with the aim of increasing the interest of the games.

In addition to improving the interest of gaming, various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

For example, if a player commits an illegal act (so-called goto act), or if the nails installed on the game board of a pachinko machine are improperly bent and modified, each entry hole, such as the general prize opening or starting opening, may In some cases, the rate of entry of game balls into the ball mouth is different from what was initially expected, and the performance and gameplay that were expected of the pachinko game machine were impaired. However, discovering such fraud has been extremely difficult.

Such fraud may be committed by a player during business hours of the gaming hall. In addition, unauthorized modifications may be carried out by someone after the game hall's business hours. Furthermore, unauthorized modifications may be made to gaming machines while they are being transported before they are installed in gaming halls. Furthermore, unauthorized modifications may be made to gaming machines before they are shipped to gaming halls. Additionally, there is a possibility that unauthorized modifications may be made before then.

In light of this situation, the aim is to discover fraudulent acts and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines and improve the soundness of gaming.

<Characteristic group O>
The feature group O is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Feature O1]
A gaming machine comprising processing execution means (main CPU 62x) that starts execution of a predetermined process (timer interrupt process) at predetermined intervals (intervals of 4 msec),
The processing execution means is capable of executing a specific process (an arithmetic process that is a process of calculating gaming history information) as one process included in the predetermined process,
The specific process is composed of multiple processing steps (task 1 and task 2 in FIG. 29),
The processing execution means includes:
In one execution of the predetermined process, one of the plurality of process steps constituting the specific process can be executed,
A gaming machine characterized in that all of the plurality of processing steps constituting the specific processing are executed by executing the predetermined processing a plurality of times.

According to feature O1, in one execution of a predetermined process, one processing step out of a plurality of processing steps constituting the specific process can be executed, and by executing the predetermined process multiple times, Since all of the multiple processing steps that make up a specific process are executed, the processing speed of the predetermined process is lower than the configuration in which all of the multiple processing steps that make up the specific process are executed in one execution of the given process. The time required for one execution can be shortened. As a result, the time required to execute a predetermined process once becomes longer than the predetermined interval at which execution of the predetermined process is started, making it impossible to execute the predetermined process at a predetermined interval. It is possible to suppress such things.

[Feature O2]
The gaming machine according to feature O1,
The specific process is composed of a series of processes whose execution order is determined,
The plurality of processing steps are obtained by dividing the series of processing that constitutes the specific processing,
After executing one of the plurality of processing steps (task 1 in FIG. 29), the processing execution means executes the processing step (task 2 in FIG. 29) to be executed next to the one processing step. A gaming machine characterized by specifying.

According to feature O2, a series of processes whose execution order is determined is divided, and in one execution of a predetermined process, after executing one of a plurality of processing steps, Since the processing step to be executed next to the processing step is specified, even if the process is a series of processes that, when incorporated into a predetermined process, the time required to execute the predetermined process will be longer than the predetermined interval. , can be executed by being incorporated into a predetermined process that is executed at predetermined intervals.

[Feature O3]
The gaming machine described in feature O2,
The processing execution means is capable of executing a game progress process, which is a process related to the progress of the game, as a process included in the predetermined process,
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific process is a process (arithmetic process) different from the game progress process.

According to feature O3, when a process different from the game progress process (process other than the game progress process) is incorporated into a predetermined process, the time required for one execution of the predetermined process becomes longer than the predetermined interval. Even in a gaming machine configured such that the game progresses, a process different from the game progress process can be incorporated into a predetermined process executed at a predetermined interval. In addition, processing different from game progress processing does not affect the progress of the game even if all processing stages are not executed in one execution of a predetermined process, so the time required for one execution of a predetermined process can be allocated to the execution time of the game progression process included in the predetermined process, and the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine can be improved. Note that various arbitrary processes can be adopted as processes different from the game progress process. For example, a process for calculating game history information, which is information about the history of games, It is possible to employ a transmission process or the like that transmits information regarding the game status to the hall computer located at a predetermined timing.

[Feature O4]
The gaming machine described in feature O3,
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific process is a calculation process (arithmetic process) that is a process of calculating game history information that is information related to a game history.

According to feature O4, a game configured such that when a calculation process for calculating game history information is incorporated into a predetermined process, the time required to execute the predetermined process once is longer than a predetermined interval. Even in a machine, the calculation process can be incorporated into a predetermined process executed at predetermined intervals and executed. In addition, the calculation process for calculating game history information does not affect the progress of the game even if all processing steps are not executed in one execution of a predetermined process, so The time can be allocated to the execution time of the game progression process included in the predetermined process, and the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine can be improved.

<Feature P group>
The feature P group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Feature P1]
A gaming machine comprising processing execution means (main CPU 62x) that starts execution of a predetermined process (timer interrupt process) at predetermined intervals (intervals of 4 msec),
The processing execution means includes:
As one process included in the predetermined process, a specific process (prize ball aggregation process) can be executed,
In one execution of the predetermined process, some processing target candidates (two bits) from among the plurality of processing target candidates (eight bits in the buffer area) are transferred to the particular process (prize ball). aggregation processing), and the specific process can be executed on the set processing target,
A gaming machine characterized in that the specific process is executed for all of the plurality of processing target candidates by executing the predetermined process a plurality of times.

According to feature P1, in one execution of a predetermined process, some processing target candidates from among multiple processing target candidates are set as processing targets for a specific process, and By executing the predetermined process a plurality of times, the specific process is executed for all of the plurality of processing target candidates. Therefore, compared to a configuration in which a specific process is executed on all of a plurality of processing target candidates in one execution of the predetermined process, the time required for one execution of the predetermined process can be reduced. As a result, the time required to execute a predetermined process once becomes longer than the predetermined interval at which execution of the predetermined process is started, making it impossible to execute the predetermined process at a predetermined interval. It is possible to suppress such things.

[Feature P2]
The gaming machine according to feature P1,
A gaming machine characterized in that the plurality of processing target candidates are fixed in advance.

According to feature P2, since the multiple processing target candidates are fixed in advance, there is no need to execute the process of selecting multiple processing target candidates, and the processing can be simplified. As a result, the processing speed can be increased. can be improved. Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity for storing information such as programs and parameters necessary for selecting a plurality of processing target candidates.

[Feature P3]
The gaming machine according to feature P1 or feature P2,
The processing target setting means is characterized in that when setting some of the processing target candidates from among the plurality of processing target candidates as processing targets for the specific process, the processing target setting means sets them in a predetermined order. Game machine.

According to feature P3, when setting some processing target candidates from among a plurality of processing target candidates as processing targets for a specific process, they are set in a predetermined order. There is no need to perform a process of determining which processing target candidate to set, which simplifies the process and, as a result, improves the processing speed. Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the storage capacity for storing information such as programs and parameters necessary to execute the determination process.

[Feature P4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features P1 to P3,
Equipped with multiple ball entry sections into which game balls can enter,
Each of the plurality of processing target candidates corresponds to each of the plurality of ball entry parts,
Each processing target candidate is information (ball entry detection information stored in each bit of the buffer area) that is updated based on detection of entry of a game ball into each ball entry section,
The processing execution means executes the predetermined processing a plurality of times (about 18 msec) in a time shorter than the shortest interval (about 18 msec) at which two game balls successively enter one ball entry section and are detected. 4 times), it is possible to execute the specific process on all of the process target candidates.

According to feature P4, the time required to execute a specific process on all processing target candidates is the shortest time required to detect two game balls entering one ball entry area consecutively. Since the interval can be made shorter than the interval of , the information that is updated based on the detection of the entry of a game ball into each ball entry section can be updated based on the detection of the entry of a single game ball. It can be stored as information that is updated based on the information. Specifically, when two game balls enter the ball entry section in succession, the information is updated based on the fact that the first game ball entering the ball entry section is detected. Even if the information is set as a processing target and a specific process is executed, and then the remaining processing target candidates are set as a processing target and a specific process is executed, the next second game All of these specific processes can be completed before the entry of a ball is detected in the ball entry section. In other words, at the time when the information updated based on the detection of the second game ball entering the ball entering section is set as a processing target and a specific process is executed, one game ball has already been detected. The specific processing for the information updated based on the fact that the entry of the second game ball is detected at the ball entry section has been completed, and the entry of the second game ball is detected at the ball entry section. The information updated based on the fact that the new first game ball enters the ball can be treated as the information updated based on the fact that the entry of the new first game ball is detected in the ball entry section. Therefore, the information that is updated based on the detection of the entry of a game ball into each ball entry section is stored as the information that is updated based on the detection of the entry of one game ball. be able to. As a result, for example, information that is updated based on the detection of the game ball entering each ball entry section can be stored as binary information indicating whether or not a ball has entered. In this case, the storage capacity for storing information that is updated based on the detection of the game ball entering each ball entry section can be reduced, and the processing speed of specific processing can be improved. be able to.

<Feature Q group>
The feature Q group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Feature Q1]
a process execution means (main CPU 62x) capable of executing a specific process (game history process) and other processes other than the specific process (process related to game progress);
A storage area (main side RAM 64) in which information can be written,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes a holding means (register) that holds information (register information) for executing the processing,
The specific processing is
a first process (saving process) of writing information (register information) held by the holding means for executing the other process into the storage area;
a second process (return process) for causing the holding means to hold the information written in the storage area in the first process;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature Q1, since the specific process includes the first process of writing information held by the holding means for executing other processes into the storage area, the process execution means At the time of start, if the holding means holds information for executing another process that was being executed immediately before the start of a specific process, the holding means holds information for executing the other process that was held by the holding means Information can be temporarily moved (evacuated) by writing it to a storage area. Therefore, it is possible to erase the information held in the holding means for executing other processes, and cause the holding means to hold the information for executing the specific process when the processing execution means executes a specific process. can. In addition, since the specific process includes a second process in which the information written in the storage area in the first process is held in the storage means, when the specific process ends, the information written in the storage area is The information is held in the holding means again, and other processing that was being executed before the start of the specific process can be executed again from the state immediately before the start of the specific process. Furthermore, since the first process and the second process are included in a specific process, it is a game in which other processes other than the specific process can be executed without problems even if only the program for executing the specific process is deleted. machine can be provided. That is, it becomes possible to easily delete only a program for executing a specific process without modifying a program for executing other processes other than the specific process. As a result, for example, when improving a gaming machine so that it does not perform a specific process, or when developing a new gaming machine based on the gaming machine that does not execute a specific process, design changes can be minimized. It becomes possible to do so.

[Feature Q2]
The gaming machine described in feature Q1,
The processing execution means includes:
In the first process included in the specific process, information for executing the other process is written in a predetermined specific area (second area) of the storage area, and A gaming machine characterized in that writing of information in a specific process is executed only to the specific area (second area) of the storage area.

According to feature Q2, in a first process included in a specific process, the process execution means writes information for executing another process in a predetermined specific area of the storage area, and , information written in a specific process is executed only to a specific area of the storage area, so information written in areas other than the specific area of the storage area may be written in a specific process. can be prevented from being rewritten by the execution of . Therefore, when a process using the other area is executed by the process execution means, it is possible to prevent the specific process from influencing the process.

[Feature Q3]
The gaming machine according to feature Q1 or feature Q2,
The processing execution means includes:
A gaming machine characterized in that writing of information in the other processing is executed only in an area other than the specific area (first area) of the storage area.

According to feature Q3, since information writing in other processes is executed only to areas other than a specific area of the storage area, information written to a specific area of the storage area can be prevented from being rewritten by execution of other processes. Therefore, when a specific process is executed by the process execution means using a specific area, it is possible to prevent other processes from influencing the specific process.

[Feature Q4]
The gaming machine described in any one of Features Q1 to Features Q3,
The specific process is a process different from a game progress process that is a process related to the progress of the game,
The gaming machine characterized in that the other processing is the game progress processing.

According to feature Q4, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the game progression process can be executed without problems even if only the program for executing a process different from the game progression process is deleted. That is, it becomes possible to easily delete only the program for executing a process different from the game progress process. As a result, for example, when improving a gaming machine so that it does not execute a process different from the game progression process, or when developing a new gaming machine that does not execute a process different from the game progression process, it is possible to minimize design changes. It becomes possible to limit the Note that various arbitrary processes can be adopted as processes different from the game progress process, such as a process for calculating and displaying game history information, which is information related to the game history, It is possible to employ a transmission process or the like that transmits information regarding the game status to the installed hall computer at a predetermined timing.

[Feature Q5]
The gaming machine described in feature Q4,
The specific process is a game history information related process (game history process) that is a process for calculating and displaying game history information (accessory object ratio, continuous role object ratio), which is information related to the gaming history. A gaming machine with special features.

According to feature Q5, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the game progress process can be executed without problems even if only the program for executing the game history information related process is deleted. That is, it becomes possible to easily delete only the program for executing the game history information related process. As a result, for example, when improving a gaming machine so that it does not execute processing related to gaming history information, or when developing a new gaming machine that does not execute processing related to gaming history information, it is possible to minimize design changes. becomes possible.

<Characteristic R group>
The feature R group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Feature R1]
A process execution means (main CPU 62x) capable of executing a plurality of processes including a specific process (game history process);
A storage area (main side RAM 64) in which information can be written,
A gaming machine comprising:
The processing execution means includes:
A gaming machine characterized in that writing of information in the specific process is executed only to a predetermined specific area (second area) of the storage area.

According to feature R1, the processing execution means executes writing of information in a specific process only to a predetermined specific area of the storage area. It is possible to prevent the information written in the area from being rewritten by execution of a specific process. Therefore, when a process using an area other than a specific area of the storage area is executed by the process execution means, it is possible to prevent the specific process from affecting the process. can.

[Feature R2]
The gaming machine according to feature R1,
The processing execution means includes:
Writing of information in a process other than the specific process (process related to game progress) is performed only in an area other than the specific area (first area) of the storage area. A gaming machine with special features.

According to feature R2, the processing execution means executes writing of information in a process other than a specific process only to an area other than the specific area of the storage area. It is possible to prevent information written in a specific area from being rewritten by execution of the other process. Therefore, when a specific process is executed by the process execution means using a specific area, it is possible to prevent other processes from influencing the specific process.

[Feature R3]
The gaming machine according to feature R1 or feature R2,
The processing execution means includes:
comprising a holding means (register) for holding information (register information) for executing a process, and exclusively executing the specific process and the other process,
The specific processing is
a first process (saving process) of writing information (register information) held by the holding means for executing the other process into the specific area;
a second process (return process) for causing the holding means to hold the information written in the specific area in the first process;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to characteristic R3, since the specific process includes the first process, when the process execution means starts the specific process, the holding means executes the other process that was being executed immediately before the start of the specific process. , the information for executing other processes held by the holding means can be temporarily moved (saved) by writing it into a specific area. Therefore, it is possible to erase the information held in the holding means for executing other processes, and cause the holding means to hold the information for executing the specific process when the processing execution means executes a specific process. can. Furthermore, since the specific process includes a second process, when the specific process ends, the holding means re-holds the information for executing the other process, and the information that was executed before the start of the specific process is stored again. and other processes can be executed again from the state immediately before the start of the specific process. Furthermore, since the first process and the second process are included in a specific process, it is a game in which other processes other than the specific process can be executed without problems even if only the program for executing the specific process is deleted. machine can be provided. That is, it becomes possible to easily delete only a program for executing a specific process without modifying a program for executing other processes other than the specific process. As a result, for example, when improving a gaming machine so that it does not perform a specific process, or when developing a new gaming machine based on the gaming machine that does not execute a specific process, design changes can be minimized. It becomes possible to do so.

[Feature R4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features R1 to R3,
The specific process is a process different from a game progress process that is a process related to the progress of the game,
A gaming machine characterized in that a process other than the specific process is the game progress process.

According to feature R4, the processing execution means executes writing of information in a process different from the game progression process only to a predetermined specific area of the storage area, so that the game progression process is executed. When executed by means, it is possible to prevent a process different from the game progress process from influencing the game progress process.

[Feature R5]
The gaming machine according to feature R4,
The specific process is a game history information related process (game history process) that is a process for calculating and displaying game history information (accessory object ratio, continuous role object ratio), which is information related to the gaming history. A gaming machine with special features.

According to feature R5, the processing execution means executes writing of information in the game history information related processing only to a predetermined specific area of the storage area, so that the game progress processing is executed by the processing execution means. When executed, it is possible to prevent the game history information related process from influencing the game progress process.

<Feature S group>
The feature S group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from aspect 23 of the first embodiment.

[Feature S1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Ball entry detection means (ball entry detection sensor) for detecting entry of a game ball into the ball entry section;
a parameter storage means (a prize ball aggregation buffer) for storing a predetermined parameter (a prize ball aggregation value);
A gaming machine comprising: processing execution means (main CPU 62x) that starts execution of predetermined processing (timer interrupt processing) at predetermined intervals (intervals of 4 msec),
The processing execution means includes:
As the predetermined processing,
a parameter update process (prize ball aggregation process) for updating the predetermined parameters stored in the parameter storage means, triggered by the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section;
a calculation process (task 1 and task 2 in FIG. 29) for calculating game history information that is information regarding the history of games based on the predetermined parameters stored in the parameter storage means;
is executable,
A gaming machine characterized in that, in one predetermined process, when the parameter update process is executed, the calculation process is not executed.

According to feature S1, when parameter update processing is executed in one predetermined process, calculation processing is not executed. That is, since both the parameter update process and the calculation process are not executed in one predetermined process, the time required for one predetermined process to be executed can be shortened. As a result, the time required to execute a predetermined process once becomes longer than the predetermined interval at which execution of the predetermined process is started, making it impossible to execute the predetermined process at a predetermined interval. It is possible to suppress such things. Furthermore, according to feature S1, parameter update processing in which the game ball entry situation and processing load are correlated is executed with priority over calculation processing in which the game ball entry situation and processing load are not correlated. To suppress the interval between executions of parameter update processing from increasing, and as a result, the processing result (total prize ball value) of the parameter update processing cannot accurately reflect the state of entering game balls. can be suppressed.

[Feature S2]
The gaming machine according to feature S1,
comprising a determination means (processing of step S10810 in FIG. 29) for determining whether or not to execute the calculation process,
The processing execution means includes:
A gaming machine characterized in that the calculation process is executed when the parameter update process is not executed and the determination means determines that the calculation process is to be executed.

According to feature S2, when the parameter update process is not executed and the determination means determines that the calculation process should be executed, the calculation process is executed, so neither the parameter update process nor the calculation process is executed in the predetermined process. In this situation, instead of parameter update processing and calculation processing, other processing independent of these processing (for example, processing to determine the validity of updated parameters or calculation results of calculation processing, etc.) It becomes possible to execute. Furthermore, if the configuration is such that when either parameter update processing or calculation processing is executed in one predetermined process, the time required for one execution of the predetermined process is shorter than the predetermined interval, the situation To reliably prevent the time required for one execution of the predetermined process from becoming longer than a predetermined interval by executing a process whose processing time is shorter than the parameter update process and the calculation process. I can do it.

[Feature S3]
The gaming machine according to feature S1 or feature S2,
Although the processing execution means can calculate a plurality of types of the game history information (accessory object ratio, continuous accessory ratio) in the calculation processing, in the calculation processing in one predetermined processing, The gaming machine is characterized in that it executes a process (task 1 or task 2 in FIG. 29) regarding calculation of the game history information of one type.

According to feature S3, although it is possible to calculate multiple types of game history information in the calculation process, in the calculation process in one predetermined process, only one type of game history information is calculated. Therefore, compared to a configuration in which processing for calculating multiple types of game history information is executed in a calculation process in one predetermined process, the time required for one execution of a predetermined process is shortened. be able to. As a result, the time required to execute a predetermined process becomes longer than the predetermined interval at which execution of the predetermined process starts, making it impossible to execute the predetermined process at a predetermined interval. Can be suppressed. Furthermore, the storage capacity for temporarily storing the calculated game history information can be reduced.

[Feature S4]
The gaming machine according to feature S3,
The processing execution means includes:
By executing the process for calculating the game history information of the one type (task 1 or task 2 in FIG. 29) over the predetermined process a plurality of times, the game history information of the one type is calculated. A gaming machine characterized by:

According to feature S4, the game history information of one type is calculated by executing the process of calculating the game history information of one type over a plurality of predetermined processes. Compared to a configuration in which calculation of one type of gaming history information is completed in the calculation process in a predetermined process, the time required to execute one predetermined process can be reduced. As a result, the time required to execute a predetermined process can be prevented from exceeding the interval between executions of the predetermined process.

Note that the inventions of the feature group O to feature group S solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines, various changes have been made to the structure, control, performance, etc., with the aim of increasing the interest of the game, reducing the processing load on the gaming machine, optimizing processing, and simplifying control. Technical improvements have been made from this point of view.

Various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

In the gaming machines mentioned above, further technological improvements are desired for the purpose of increasing the interest of gaming, reducing the processing load on gaming machines, optimizing processing, simplifying control, and providing healthier gaming. It is rare.

<Characteristic T group>
The feature T group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature T1]
A control means (main CPU 62x in aspect 38 of the first embodiment) for controlling the execution of the game;
Information storage means (flash memory 64x) for storing information acquired based on the executed games (game history information such as prize ball total value, role object ratio, information on the number of balls entered, etc.);
an operation means (flash memory clear button) that accepts a predetermined operation;
erasure means (erasure processing IC chip) for erasing the information stored in the information storage means based on the operation means receiving the predetermined operation;
A gaming machine comprising:
The gaming machine is characterized in that the operating means is stored inside a space where traces of opening remain (inside a board box to which a seal is affixed).

According to feature T1, since the operation means is stored inside the space where traces of opening remain, in order to erase information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine, the operating means must be stored in the space of the gaming machine. The operation means is operated with the machine in the open state, and traces of the opening will remain in the space of the game machine. In other words, based on whether or not there are any traces of opening remaining in the space of the gaming machine, there is a possibility that the space of the gaming machine has been opened and the information stored in the information storage means has been erased. It becomes possible to grasp whether or not.

Here, if a gaming machine has been illegally modified, the effects of the unauthorized modification will appear on the games played, and furthermore, the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine will be affected. The effects of the unauthorized modification may appear. A person (hereinafter also referred to as an "inspector") who inspects whether a game machine is playing a normal game or not, checks the information stored in the information storage means to determine whether or not the game machine is playing normally. It is possible to detect unauthorized modifications. For this reason, there are persons (hereinafter also referred to as "unauthorized persons") who desire to prevent inspectors from discovering that the gaming machine has been fraudulently modified by erasing this information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to open the space of the gaming machine and operate the operating means. In this case, traces of the opening will remain in the space of the gaming machine, so even if the information stored in the information storage means is erased, there is a possibility that the information was erased to conceal fraud. Traces will remain. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to gaming machines, and in turn, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation to make unauthorized modifications to gaming machines, thereby improving the soundness of gaming. can be done.

Note that gaming machines may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wishes to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already been used for games (a so-called used gaming machine) must store the information in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, a person may have a legitimate desire to erase the information that has been posted before distributing it. Therefore, if we build a distribution system that allows only those who have a legitimate desire to erase the information stored in the information storage means of gaming machines to erase the traces of the opening of the space, it will be possible to maintain the health of gaming. This makes it possible to promote smooth distribution of gaming machines while ensuring quality.

[Feature T2]
The gaming machine according to feature T1,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means is capable of retaining memory even if power supply is cut off.

According to feature T2, even if the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, it is possible to retain information acquired based on the played games. Even when power is not supplied, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the gaming machine.

[Feature T3]
The gaming machine according to feature T1 or feature T2,
The gaming machine characterized in that the information acquired based on the executed game includes information regarding the number of game balls that have already been paid out as prize balls (total value of prize balls).

According to feature T3, by using information regarding the number of game balls that have already been paid out as prize balls, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the gaming machine.

[Feature T4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features T1 to T3,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a space in which traces of opening remain (inside a board box to which a seal is affixed).

According to feature T4, since the information storage means is stored inside a space where traces of opening remain, in order to make unauthorized changes to the information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to The corresponding space of the gaming machine will be brought into an open state, and traces of the opening will remain in the corresponding space of the gaming machine. In other words, based on whether or not there are any traces of opening remaining in the space of the gaming machine, it is determined whether the space of the gaming machine has been opened and the information stored in the information storage means has been fraudulently altered. It becomes possible to grasp whether there is a possibility or not. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized alterations made to the information stored in the information storage means, and furthermore, a motive for making unauthorized alterations to the information stored in the information storage means arises. It becomes possible to suppress this, and improve the soundness of the game.

<Feature U group>
The feature U group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature U1]
A control means (main CPU 62x in aspect 39 of the first embodiment) that controls the execution of the game;
Information storage means (flash memory 64x) for storing information acquired based on the executed games (game history information such as prize ball total value, role object ratio, information on the number of balls entered, etc.);
A connection means (inspection terminal 65) to which a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) can be connected;
erasing means (erasing IC chip) for erasing the information stored in the information storage means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means includes means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means based on receiving a predetermined signal (erase command signal) from the predetermined device connected to the connection means. A gaming machine characterized by:

According to feature U1, the erasing means includes means for erasing information stored in the information storage means based on receiving a predetermined signal from a predetermined device connected to the connection means, A person who has the ability to delete information stored in the information storage means can delete the information stored in the information storage means. In other words, it becomes possible to restrict erasure of the information by a person who does not have the predetermined device.

Here, if a gaming machine has been illegally modified, the effects of the unauthorized modification will appear on the games played, and furthermore, the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine will be affected. The effects of the unauthorized modification may appear. A person (hereinafter also referred to as an "inspector") who inspects whether a game machine is playing a normal game or not, checks the information stored in the information storage means to determine whether or not the game machine is playing normally. It is possible to detect unauthorized modifications. For this reason, there are persons (hereinafter also referred to as "unauthorized persons") who desire to prevent inspectors from discovering that the gaming machine has been fraudulently modified by erasing this information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means, a predetermined device that can be connected to the connection means of the gaming machine is required. By restricting the persons who can own the specified device, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the information storage means from being deleted by an unauthorized person, and furthermore, it is possible to prevent unauthorized persons from deleting the information stored in the information storage means. It becomes possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation to make modifications, and it is possible to improve the soundness of the game.

Note that gaming machines may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wishes to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already been used for games (a so-called used gaming machine) must store the information in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, a person may have a legitimate desire to erase the information that has been posted before distributing it. Therefore, if we create a distribution system that allows only those who wish to delete information stored in the information storage means of gaming machines for legitimate reasons to own the designated equipment, the soundness of gaming will be improved. This makes it possible to promote smooth distribution of gaming machines while ensuring the same.

[Feature U2]
The gaming machine according to feature U1,
transmission of transmitting the information stored in the information storage means to the predetermined device connected to the connection means, prior to the erasing means deleting the information stored in the information storage means; A gaming machine characterized by comprising means.

According to feature U2, before the erasing means erases the information stored in the information storage means, the transmission means transmits the information stored in the information storage means to a predetermined device connected to the connection means. Even if the information stored in the information storage means is accidentally erased due to an operation against the will of the person who owns the device, the information will be erased from the information storage means. The information can be confirmed by the predetermined device.

[Feature U3]
The gaming machine according to feature U1 or feature U2,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means is capable of retaining memory even if power supply is cut off.

According to feature U3, even if the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, it is possible to retain information acquired based on the played games. Even when power is not supplied, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the gaming machine.

[Feature U4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features U1 to U3,
The gaming machine characterized in that the information acquired based on the executed game includes information regarding the number of game balls that have already been paid out as prize balls (total value of prize balls).

According to feature U4, by using information regarding the number of game balls that have already been paid out as prize balls, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the gaming machine.

[Feature U5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features U1 to U4,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a space in which traces of opening remain (inside a board box to which a seal is affixed).

According to characteristic U5, since the information storage means is stored inside a space where traces of opening remain, in order to make unauthorized changes to the information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to The corresponding space of the gaming machine will be brought into an open state, and traces of the opening will remain in the corresponding space of the gaming machine. In other words, based on whether or not there are any traces of opening remaining in the space of the gaming machine, it is determined whether the space of the gaming machine has been opened and the information stored in the information storage means has been fraudulently altered. It becomes possible to grasp whether there is a possibility or not. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized alterations made to the information stored in the information storage means, and furthermore, a motive for making unauthorized alterations to the information stored in the information storage means arises. It becomes possible to suppress this, and improve the soundness of the game.

<Characteristic group V>
The feature group V is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature V1]
A control means (main CPU 62x in aspect 40 of the first embodiment) for controlling the execution of the game;
Information storage means (flash memory 64x) for storing information acquired based on the executed games (game history information such as prize ball total value, role object ratio, information on the number of balls entered, etc.);
A connection means (inspection terminal 65) to which a predetermined device (inspection machine 320) can be connected;
an operation means (flash memory clear button) that accepts a predetermined operation;
erasing means (erasing IC chip) for erasing the information stored in the information storage means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The operating means is stored inside a space where traces of opening remain (inside a board box with a seal affixed),
The erasing means erases the information from the information storage means based on the operation means receiving the predetermined operation and receiving a predetermined signal (erase command signal) from the predetermined device connected to the connection means. A gaming machine comprising means for erasing the information stored in the game machine.

According to feature V1, since the operating means is stored inside a space where traces of opening remain, in order to erase information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine, the operating means must be stored in the space of the gaming machine. The operation means is operated with the machine in the open state, and traces of the opening will remain in the space of the game machine. Furthermore, the erasing means includes means for erasing information stored in the information storage means based on receiving a predetermined signal from a predetermined device connected to the connecting means, so that a person who has the predetermined device can , the information stored in the information storage means can be erased. Therefore, based on whether or not there are any traces of opening remaining in the space of the gaming machine, there is a possibility that the space of the gaming machine was opened and the information stored in the information storage means was erased. It becomes possible to grasp whether or not the information is deleted, and it is also possible to restrict erasure of the information by a person who does not have a predetermined device.

Here, if the gaming machine has been illegally modified, the effects of the unauthorized modification will appear on the games played, and furthermore, the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine will be affected. The effects of the unauthorized modification may appear. A person (hereinafter also referred to as an "inspector") who inspects whether a gaming machine is playing a normal game or not, checks the information stored in the information storage means to determine whether or not the gaming machine is playing normally. It is possible to detect unauthorized modifications. For this reason, there are persons (hereinafter also referred to as "unauthorized persons") who wish to prevent inspectors from discovering that the gaming machine has been illicitly modified by erasing the information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means, a predetermined device that can be connected to the connection means of the gaming machine is required. By restricting the persons who can have the predetermined device, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the information storage means from being erased by an unauthorized person. Furthermore, even if an unauthorized person gains possession of a given device, in order to erase the information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to open the space of the gaming machine and operate it. It is necessary to operate the means. In this case, traces of the opening will remain in the space of the gaming machine, so even if the information stored in the information storage means is erased, there is a possibility that the information was erased to conceal fraud. Traces will remain. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the information storage means from being deleted by an unauthorized person, and it is also possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to the gaming machine. As a result, it becomes possible to further suppress the occurrence of motivation to make unauthorized modifications to the gaming machine, and it is possible to improve the soundness of gaming.

Note that gaming machines may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wishes to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already been used for games (a so-called used gaming machine) must store the information in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, a person may have a legitimate desire to erase the information that has been posted before distributing it. Therefore, only those who have a desire to delete information stored in the information storage means of a gaming machine for legitimate reasons can own the designated device and can erase any traces of the opening of the space. If we build a distribution system that can do so, it will be possible to promote smooth distribution of gaming machines while ensuring the soundness of gaming.

[Feature V2]
The gaming machine according to feature V1,
transmission of transmitting the information stored in the information storage means to the predetermined device connected to the connection means, prior to the erasing means deleting the information stored in the information storage means; A gaming machine characterized by comprising means.

According to feature V2, before the erasing means erases the information stored in the information storage means, the transmission means transmits the information stored in the information storage means to a predetermined device connected to the connection means. Even if the information stored in the information storage means is accidentally erased due to an operation against the will of the person who owns the device, the information will be erased from the information storage means. The information can be confirmed by the predetermined device.

[Feature V3]
The gaming machine according to feature V1 or feature V2,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means is capable of retaining memory even if power supply is cut off.

According to feature V3, even if the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, it is possible to retain information acquired based on the executed games. Even when power is not supplied, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the gaming machine.

[Feature V4]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features V1 to V3,
The gaming machine characterized in that the information acquired based on the executed game includes information regarding the number of game balls that have already been paid out as prize balls (total value of prize balls).

According to feature V4, by using information regarding the number of game balls that have already been paid out as prize balls, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the gaming machine.

[Feature V5]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features V1 to V4,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a space in which traces of opening remain (inside a board box to which a seal is affixed).

According to feature V5, since the information storage means is stored inside a space where traces of opening remain, in order to make unauthorized changes to the information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to The corresponding space of the gaming machine will be brought into an open state, and traces of the opening will remain in the corresponding space of the gaming machine. In other words, based on whether or not there are any traces of opening remaining in the space of the gaming machine, it is determined whether the space of the gaming machine has been opened and the information stored in the information storage means has been fraudulently altered. It becomes possible to grasp whether there is a possibility or not. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized alterations made to the information stored in the information storage means, and furthermore, a motive for making unauthorized alterations to the information stored in the information storage means arises. It becomes possible to suppress this, and improve the soundness of the game.

<Feature W group>
The feature W group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature W1]
A control means (main CPU 62x in aspect 46 of the first embodiment) for controlling the execution of the game;
Based on first information that is information used to control the execution of the game by the control means (information used for game progress processing stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64) and the executed game. Information storage means for storing second information that is the acquired information (a total prize ball value, game history information such as accessory ratio, information on the number of balls entered, etc., stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64) (main side RAM64) and
erasing means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means includes means for erasing the first information stored in the information storage means when erasing the second information stored in the information storage means. Game machine.

According to feature W1, since the erasing means includes means for erasing the first information when erasing the second information, the second information that is the information acquired based on the executed game is It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the first information, which is information used to control the execution of a game, is not deleted and is maintained as it is even though it has been deleted.

Specifically, for example, the second information, which is information acquired based on the game played, is information that serves as collateral for determining the fairness of the game played on the gaming machine. If the second information is deleted, the first information used to control the execution of the game in the gaming machine (for example, information regarding the high probability mode flag or high frequency support mode flag indicating the gaming state) is deleted. It is preferable to erase the information and initialize the gaming state of the gaming machine. According to this feature, since the erasing means includes a means for erasing the first information when erasing the second information, the second information that serves as security for determining the fairness of the game is erased. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which the gaming state of the gaming machine is maintained as it is because the first information is not deleted even though the gaming machine has been deleted.

[Feature W2]
The gaming machine according to feature W1,
A gaming machine characterized in that the erasing means includes means for erasing the first information and not erasing the second information among the information stored in the information storage means.

According to feature W2, the erasing means includes a means for erasing the first information and not erasing the second information among the information stored in the information storage means, so that the erasing means erases the first information and does not erase the second information from among the information stored in the information storage means. It becomes possible to erase the first information, which is information used for controlling the execution of the game, while leaving the second information, which is information that has been played.

Specifically, for example, if a problem occurs in the control of the execution of the game, or when the game hall starts or ends business, the first information, which is the information used to control the execution of the game, is deleted. There is a desire to initialize the control of the gaming machine using a game machine, but do not want to erase the second information, which is information acquired based on the played game. According to this feature, the first information, which is the information used to control the execution of the game, is deleted while leaving the second information, which is the information acquired based on the executed game, to control the gaming machine. It becomes possible to execute control initialization.

<Characteristics Group X>
The feature X group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature X1]
A control means (main CPU 62x in aspect 42 of the first embodiment) for controlling the execution of the game;
Based on first information that is information used to control the execution of the game by the control means (information used for game progress processing stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64) and the executed game. Information storage means for storing second information that is the acquired information (a total prize ball value, game history information such as accessory ratio, information on the number of balls entered, etc., stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64) (main side RAM64) and
a first operation means (RAM clear button and power switch) that accepts a first operation (operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 with the RAM clear button pressed);
erasing means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means erases the first information from among the information stored in the information storage means based on the first operation means receiving the first operation, and erases the first information from among the information stored in the information storage means. A gaming machine characterized by having a means for not erasing information.

According to feature X1, the erasing means erases the first information among the information stored in the information storage means based on the first operation means receiving the first operation, The first information, which is information used to control the execution of the game, can be deleted while leaving the second information, which is information acquired based on the executed game, because the information is not deleted. becomes possible.

Specifically, for example, if a problem occurs in the control of the execution of the game, or when the game hall starts or ends business, the first information, which is the information used to control the execution of the game, is deleted. There is a desire to initialize the control of the gaming machine using a game machine, but do not want to erase the second information, which is information acquired based on the played game. According to this feature, by operating the first operating means, while leaving the second information that is information acquired based on the executed game, the second information that is the information used to control the execution of the game is left behind. It becomes possible to initialize the control of the gaming machine by erasing the information of No. 1.

[Feature X2]
The gaming machine according to feature X1,
comprising a second operation means (second RAM clear button) that accepts a second operation (operation of pressing the second RAM clear button for a predetermined time while the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on);
The erasing means includes means for erasing the second information stored in the information storage means based on the second operation being accepted by the second operation means. Game machine.

According to feature X2, the erasing means includes means for erasing the second information stored in the information storage means based on the second operation means accepting the second operation, The second information that cannot be erased by operating the operating means can be erased by operating the second operating means.

[Feature X3]
The gaming machine according to feature X2,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the second operating means (second RAM clear button) is stored inside a space where traces of opening remain (inside a board box to which a seal is affixed).

According to feature X3, since the second operation means is stored inside a space where traces of opening remain, in order to erase the second information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine, The second operating means is operated with the space of the gaming machine in the open state, and traces of the opening will remain in the space of the gaming machine. In other words, it is possible that the space of the gaming machine was opened and the second information stored in the information storage means was erased, based on whether there are any traces of opening remaining in the space of the gaming machine. It becomes possible to understand whether or not there is a problem.

Here, if the gaming machine has been illegally modified, the effect of the unauthorized modification will appear on the played game, and furthermore, the second data stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine information may be affected by the unauthorized modification. A person (hereinafter also referred to as an "inspector") who inspects whether a game machine is playing a normal game or not, checks the information stored in the information storage means to determine whether or not the game machine is playing normally. It is possible to detect unauthorized modifications. For this reason, there are persons (hereinafter also referred to as "unauthorized persons") who desire to prevent inspectors from discovering that the gaming machine has been fraudulently modified by erasing this information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to erase the second information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to open the space of the gaming machine and operate the second operating means. In this case, traces of the opening will remain in the space of the gaming machine, so even if the second information stored in the information storage means is erased, there is a possibility that the information was erased to conceal the fraud. There will be traces left behind. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized modifications made to gaming machines, and in turn, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation to make unauthorized modifications to gaming machines, thereby improving the soundness of gaming. can be done.

Note that gaming machines may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wishes to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already been used for games (a so-called used gaming machine) must store the information in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, the user may have a legitimate desire to delete the second information that has been posted before distributing it. Therefore, if we create a distribution system that allows only those who have a legitimate desire to erase the second information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine to erase the traces of the opening of the space, It becomes possible to promote smooth distribution of gaming machines while ensuring the soundness of gaming.

<Characteristics Y group>
The feature Y group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature Y1]
A control means (main CPU 62x in aspects 43 and 44 of the first embodiment) for controlling the execution of the game;
Based on first information that is information used to control the execution of the game by the control means (information used for game progress processing stored in the first area of the main side RAM 64) and the executed game. Information storage means for storing second information that is the acquired information (a total prize ball value, game history information such as accessory ratio, information on the number of balls entered, etc., stored in the second area of the main side RAM 64) (main side RAM64) and
Operation means (RAM clear button and power switch) that accepts predetermined operations;
erasing means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means is
The operation means performs a first operation (turns on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button, and returns to a state where the RAM clear button is not pressed within a predetermined time after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on). erasing the first information stored in the information storage means,
A second operation in which the operating means is different from the first operation (operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button and continuing the pressed state for a predetermined period of time) A gaming machine comprising means for erasing the second information stored in the information storage means based on reception of the second information.

According to feature Y1, the erasing means erases the first information stored in the information storage means based on the operation means receiving the first operation, and the erasing means deletes the first information stored in the information storage means based on the operation means accepting the first operation. is provided with means for erasing the second information stored in the information storage means based on reception of a different second operation, so that by performing a different operation on the operation means, the information storage means can be deleted. It becomes possible to select the information to be deleted from among the information stored in the . That is, since the information to be deleted can be selected without providing any other operating means for selecting the information to be deleted, the structure of the gaming machine can be simplified.

Specifically, for example, if a problem occurs in the control of the game execution, or at the start or end of the game hall business, the first information, which is the information used to control the game execution, is deleted. If you want to initialize the control of the gaming machine, execute the first operation, and on the other hand, delete the second information that is information obtained based on the executed game and restart the gaming machine. If you want to distribute it to others, you can perform the second operation. In this way, by performing different operations on the operating means, it becomes possible to select information to be deleted from among the information stored in the information storage means.

[Feature Y2]
The gaming machine according to feature Y1,
The erasing means receives the second operation (the operation of turning on the power of the pachinko machine 10 while pressing the RAM clear button and continuing the pressed state for a predetermined period of time with the RAM clear button). A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for erasing the first information in addition to erasing the second information stored in the information storage means.

According to feature Y2, in addition to erasing the second information stored in the information storage means, the erasing means erases the second information stored in the information storage means based on the operation means receiving the second operation. Since the information erasing means is provided, both the first information and the second information can be erased by performing the second operation on the operating means.

<Characteristics Z group>
The feature Z group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature Z1]
A control means (main CPU 62x in aspect 41 of the first embodiment) for controlling the execution of the game;
Information storage means (flash memory 64x) for storing information acquired based on the executed games (game history information such as prize ball total value, role object ratio, information on the number of balls entered, etc.);
erasing means (erasing IC chip) for erasing the information stored in the information storage means;
a reception means for accepting authentication information (PIN number);
A gaming machine comprising:
The gaming machine is characterized in that the erasing means includes means for erasing the information stored in the information storage means based on the fact that the authentication information received by the accepting means satisfies a predetermined condition.

According to feature Z1, the erasing means includes means for erasing information stored in the information storage means based on the fact that the authentication information received by the receiving means satisfies a predetermined condition. A person who has authentication information that satisfies this requirement can delete information stored in the information storage means. In other words, it is possible to restrict deletion of the information by a person who does not have the authentication information that satisfies the predetermined condition.

Here, if a gaming machine has been illegally modified, the effects of the unauthorized modification will appear on the games played, and furthermore, the information stored in the information storage means of the gaming machine will be affected. The effects of the unauthorized modification may appear. A person (hereinafter also referred to as an "inspector") who inspects whether a game machine is playing a normal game or not, checks the information stored in the information storage means to determine whether or not the game machine is playing normally. It is possible to detect unauthorized modifications. For this reason, there are persons (hereinafter also referred to as "unauthorized persons") who desire to prevent inspectors from discovering that the gaming machine has been fraudulently modified by erasing this information. there's a possibility that.

However, according to this feature, in order to delete information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to have authentication information that satisfies the predetermined condition. By restricting the persons who can have authentication information that satisfies the predetermined conditions, it is possible to prevent the information stored in the information storage means from being deleted by an unauthorized person. It becomes possible to suppress the occurrence of motivation to make unauthorized modifications to the machine, and the soundness of the game can be improved.

Note that gaming machines may be distributed from time to time through transactions, and a person who wishes to newly distribute a gaming machine that has already been used for games (a so-called used gaming machine) must store the information in the information storage means of the gaming machine. In some cases, a person may have a legitimate desire to erase the information that has been posted before distributing it. Therefore, if we create a distribution system in which only those who wish to delete information stored in the information storage means of gaming machines for legitimate reasons have authentication information that satisfies the predetermined conditions, It becomes possible to promote smooth distribution of gaming machines while ensuring the soundness of gaming.

[Feature Z2]
The gaming machine described in feature Z1,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means is capable of retaining memory even if power supply is cut off.

According to feature Z2, even if the power supply to the gaming machine is cut off, it is possible to retain information acquired based on the played games. Even when power is not supplied, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the gaming machine.

[Feature Z3]
The gaming machine according to feature Z1 or feature Z2,
The gaming machine characterized in that the information acquired based on the executed game includes information regarding the number of game balls that have already been paid out as prize balls (total value of prize balls).

According to feature Z3, by using information regarding the number of game balls that have already been paid out as prize balls, it is possible to check whether or not a normal game is being executed in the gaming machine.

[Feature Z4]
The gaming machine according to any one of Features Z1 to Z3,
A gaming machine characterized in that the information storage means is stored inside a space in which traces of opening remain (inside a board box to which a seal is affixed).

According to feature Z4, since the information storage means is stored inside a space where traces of opening remain, in order to make unauthorized changes to the information stored in the information storage means, it is necessary to The corresponding space of the gaming machine will be brought into an open state, and traces of the opening will remain in the corresponding space of the gaming machine. In other words, based on whether or not there are any traces of opening remaining in the space of the gaming machine, it is determined whether the space of the gaming machine has been opened and the information stored in the information storage means has been fraudulently altered. It becomes possible to grasp whether there is a possibility or not. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to conceal unauthorized alterations made to the information stored in the information storage means, and furthermore, a motive for making unauthorized alterations to the information stored in the information storage means arises. It becomes possible to suppress this, and improve the soundness of the game.

Incidentally, the inventions of the above feature T group to feature Z group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines, the structure, control, Technical improvements have been made from various perspectives such as direction.

Various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

In the above-mentioned gaming machines, further improvements have been made for the purpose of increasing the interest of gaming, reducing the processing load of gaming machines, optimizing processing, simplifying control, simplifying structure, and providing healthier gaming. Improvements in technology are desired.

<Characteristic αA group>
The feature αA group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αA1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
a signal output means (each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h) that outputs a signal based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section;
Judgment information output means (for ball entry detection) that judges whether a game ball has entered the ball entry section based on the signal and outputs judgment information (ball entry information) that is information based on the judgment. IC62c) and
a control means (main CPU 62x) that controls the progress of the game based on the determination information;
A connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device;
A gaming machine comprising:
A gaming machine characterized in that the determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means.

According to feature αA1, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that the predetermined device is not affected by the control means. It becomes possible to receive judgment information that has not yet been received.

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which judgment information is output via the control means to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction may occur in the control means. If the malfunction or unauthorized modification has been performed, there is a risk that the determination information output to the predetermined device may be affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification.

In contrast, according to the present feature, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that there is no problem in the control means. Even if a malfunction or unauthorized modification occurs, the determination information output to a predetermined device is not affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can execute processing based on the determination information that the device is not affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

[Feature αA2]
The gaming machine according to feature αA1,
each comprising a plurality of said ball entry parts into which a game ball can enter, and said signal output means that outputs a signal based on the entry of a game ball into said ball entry part,
The determination information output means determines whether or not a game ball has entered each of the plurality of ball entry sections based on the signal output from each of the plurality of signal output means, and The determination information (ball entry information), which is information based on the determination and corresponds to each of the plurality of ball entry sections, is transmitted to the predetermined device connected to the connection means using a serial transmission method. A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for outputting an output.

According to feature αA2, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry parts to a predetermined device connected to the connection means by a serial transmission method, so that, for example, , compared to a configuration in which the judgment information is output by a parallel transmission method, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the connection means for passing the judgment information to a predetermined device, and also to simplify the configuration of the connection means for passing the judgment information through a predetermined device. The configuration of the device can be simplified.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which judgment information corresponding to each of a plurality of ball entry sections is output using a parallel transmission method, the connection means will output information corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entry sections. It is necessary to have a department. Similarly, a predetermined device needs to include input sections corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entry sections. Furthermore, since the number of ball entry parts provided in a gaming machine differs depending on the type of gaming machine (each model), it is necessary to prepare a predetermined device with a different number of terminals for each type of gaming machine (each model). occurs.

In contrast, according to the present feature, the determination information output means is a means for outputting determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry parts to a predetermined device connected to the connection means using a serial transmission method. Therefore, the connection means may be configured to include at least one output section that can output determination information using a serial transmission method, regardless of the number of ball entry sections that the gaming machine is equipped with. Therefore, the configuration of the connecting means can be simplified. Similarly, a predetermined device may be configured to include at least one input section into which determination information outputted by a serial transmission method can be input, regardless of the number of ball entry sections included in the gaming machine. , the configuration of a given device can be simplified. Furthermore, even when a predetermined device is connected to a gaming machine with a different number of ball entry sections, the predetermined device can input determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry sections using a serial transmission method. I can do it. That is, it becomes possible to use the predetermined device for other gaming machines having different numbers of ball entry sections. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the versatility of a given device.

[Feature αA3]
The gaming machine according to feature αA1 or feature αA2,
The connecting means is configured to be able to connect the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio) that is information regarding the game history based on the determination information. A gaming machine that does.

According to feature αA3, a predetermined device connected to the connection means can calculate game history information based on determination information that is not influenced by the control means. Therefore, an inspector who inspects the performance of a gaming machine can use a predetermined device to check gaming history information that is not affected by the control means. As a result, the soundness of the game can be ensured.

<Characteristic αB group>
The feature αB group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αB1]
a plurality of ball entry sections into which game balls can enter;
a plurality of signal output means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) each outputting a signal based on the entry of a game ball into each of the plurality of ball entry sections;
Determining whether or not a game ball has entered each of the plurality of ball entry sections based on the signal output from each of the plurality of signal output means, and providing information based on the determination. judgment information output means (ball entry detection IC 62c) that outputs judgment information (ball entry information) that is information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry portions;
a control means (main CPU 62x) that controls the progress of the game based on the determination information;
A connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device;
A gaming machine comprising:
The determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry parts to the predetermined device connected to the connection means using a serial transmission method. A gaming machine.

According to feature αB1, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry parts to a predetermined device connected to the connection means using a serial transmission method. , compared to a configuration in which the judgment information is output by a parallel transmission method, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the connection means for passing the judgment information to a predetermined device, and also to simplify the configuration of the connection means for passing the judgment information through a predetermined device. The configuration of the device can be simplified.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which judgment information corresponding to each of a plurality of ball entry sections is output using a parallel transmission method, the connection means will output information corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entry sections. It is necessary to have a department. Similarly, a predetermined device needs to include input sections corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entry sections. Furthermore, since the number of ball entry parts provided in a gaming machine differs depending on the type of gaming machine (each model), it is necessary to prepare a predetermined device with a different number of terminals for each type of gaming machine (each model). occurs.

In contrast, according to the present feature, the determination information output means is a means for outputting determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry parts to a predetermined device connected to the connection means using a serial transmission method. Therefore, the connection means may be configured to include at least one output section that can output determination information using a serial transmission method, regardless of the number of ball entry sections that the gaming machine is equipped with. Therefore, the configuration of the connecting means can be simplified. Similarly, a predetermined device may be configured to include at least one input section into which determination information outputted by a serial transmission method can be input, regardless of the number of ball entry sections included in the gaming machine. , the configuration of a given device can be simplified. Furthermore, even when a predetermined device is connected to a gaming machine with a different number of ball entry sections, the predetermined device can input determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry sections using a serial transmission method. I can do it. That is, it becomes possible to use the predetermined device for other gaming machines having different numbers of ball entry sections. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the versatility of a given device.

[Feature αB2]
The gaming machine according to feature αB1,
The connecting means is configured to be able to connect the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio) that is information regarding the game history based on the determination information. A gaming machine that does.

According to feature αB2, a predetermined device connected to the connection means can calculate game history information based on determination information that is not influenced by the control means. Therefore, an inspector who inspects the performance of a gaming machine can use a predetermined device to check gaming history information that is not affected by the control means. As a result, the soundness of the game can be ensured.

[Feature αB3]
The gaming machine according to feature αB1 or feature αB2,
A gaming machine characterized in that the determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means.

According to feature αB3, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that the predetermined device is not affected by the control means. It becomes possible to receive judgment information that has not yet been received.

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which judgment information is output via the control means to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction may occur in the control means. If the malfunction or unauthorized modification has been performed, there is a risk that the determination information output to the predetermined device may be affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification.

In contrast, according to the present feature, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that there is no problem in the control means. Even if a malfunction or unauthorized modification occurs, the determination information output to a predetermined device is not affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can execute processing based on the determination information that the device is not affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

<Characteristic αC group>
The feature αC group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αC1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
a signal output means (each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h) that outputs a signal based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section;
Judgment information output means (for ball entry detection) that judges whether or not a game ball has entered the ball entry section based on the signal and outputs judgment information (ball entry information) that is information based on the judgment. IC62c) and
a control means (main CPU 62x) that controls the progress of the game based on the determination information;
A connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device;
A gaming machine comprising:
The determination information output means outputs the predetermined information only when the relationship with the predetermined device connected to the connection means satisfies a predetermined condition (when a Hi level signal is input from the inspection device 320). A gaming machine comprising: an output control means for outputting the determination information to the device.

According to feature αC1, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection means only when the relationship with the predetermined device satisfies a predetermined condition. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the determination information of the gaming machine from being output to the outside unless the predetermined condition is satisfied. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the determination information of the gaming machine from being analyzed and misused by a malicious person.

[Feature αC2]
The gaming machine according to feature αC1,
The gaming machine, wherein the predetermined condition includes receiving a predetermined signal from the predetermined device connected to the connection means.

According to feature αC2, if a predetermined condition including receiving a predetermined signal from a predetermined device connected to the connection means is not met, the determination information of the gaming machine is prevented from being output to the outside. Can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the determination information of the gaming machine from being analyzed and misused by a malicious person.

[Feature αC3]
The gaming machine according to feature αC1 or feature αC2,
each comprising a plurality of said ball entry parts into which a game ball can enter, and said signal output means that outputs a signal based on the entry of a game ball into said ball entry part,
The determination information output means determines whether or not a game ball has entered each of the plurality of ball entry sections based on the signal output from each of the plurality of signal output means, and The determination information (ball entry information), which is information based on the determination and corresponds to each of the plurality of ball entry sections, is transmitted to the predetermined device connected to the connection means using a serial transmission method. A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for outputting an output.

According to feature αC3, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry parts to a predetermined device connected to the connection means by a serial transmission method, so that, for example, , compared to a configuration in which the judgment information is output by a parallel transmission method, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the connection means for passing the judgment information to a predetermined device, and also to simplify the configuration of the connection means for passing the judgment information through a predetermined device. The configuration of the device can be simplified.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which judgment information corresponding to each of a plurality of ball entry sections is output using a parallel transmission method, the connection means will output information corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entry sections. It is necessary to have a department. Similarly, a predetermined device needs to include input sections corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entry sections. Furthermore, since the number of ball entry sections provided in a gaming machine differs depending on the type of gaming machine (each model), a predetermined device with a different number of input sections is prepared for each type of gaming machine (each model). The need arises.

In contrast, according to the present feature, the determination information output means is a means for outputting determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry parts to a predetermined device connected to the connection means using a serial transmission method. Therefore, the connection means may be configured to include at least one output section that can output determination information using a serial transmission method, regardless of the number of ball entry sections that the gaming machine is equipped with. Therefore, the configuration of the connecting means can be simplified. Similarly, a predetermined device may be configured to include at least one input section into which determination information outputted by a serial transmission method can be input, regardless of the number of ball entry sections included in the gaming machine. , the configuration of a given device can be simplified. Furthermore, even when a predetermined device is connected to a gaming machine with a different number of ball entry sections, the predetermined device can input determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry sections using a serial transmission method. I can do it. That is, it becomes possible to use the predetermined device for other gaming machines having different numbers of ball entry sections. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the versatility of a given device.

[Feature αC4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αC1 to Features αC3,
The connecting means is configured to be able to connect the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio) that is information regarding the game history based on the determination information. A gaming machine that does.

According to feature αC4, a predetermined device connected to the connection means can calculate game history information based on determination information that is not influenced by the control means. Therefore, an inspector who inspects the performance of a gaming machine can use a predetermined device to check gaming history information that is not affected by the control means. As a result, the soundness of the game can be ensured.

[Feature αC5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αC1 to feature αC4,
A gaming machine characterized in that the determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means.

According to feature αC5, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that the predetermined device is not influenced by the control means. It becomes possible to receive judgment information that has not yet been received.

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which judgment information is output via the control means to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction may occur in the control means. If the malfunction or unauthorized modification has been performed, there is a risk that the determination information output to the predetermined device may be affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification.

In contrast, according to the present feature, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that there is no problem in the control means. Even if a malfunction or unauthorized modification occurs, the determination information output to a predetermined device is not affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can execute processing based on the determination information that the device is not affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

<Characteristic αD group>
The feature αD group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αD1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
a signal output means (each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h) that outputs a signal based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section;
Judgment information output means (for ball entry detection) that judges whether or not a game ball has entered the ball entry section based on the signal and outputs judgment information (ball entry information) that is information based on the judgment. IC62c) and
a control means (main CPU 62x) that controls the progress of the game based on the determination information;
A connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device;
A gaming machine comprising:
The determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means,
The gaming machine further includes:
For the predetermined device connected to the connection means, the number of prize balls that is information that can specify the number of game balls that will be paid out as prize balls when one game ball enters the ball entry section. A gaming machine characterized by comprising a prize ball number information output means for outputting information.

According to feature αD1, the number-of-prize information output means for outputting the number-of-prize balls information to a predetermined device connected to the connection means is provided, thereby eliminating the trouble of manually inputting the number-of-prize balls information to the predetermined device. In addition, it is possible to prevent incorrect prize ball number information from being input to a predetermined device. As a result, the predetermined device can perform processing based on the determination information and accurate prize ball number information output from the prize ball number information output means.

[Feature αD2]
The gaming machine according to feature αD1,
A gaming machine comprising: type information output means for outputting type information, which is information that allows identification of the type of the ball landing part, to the predetermined device connected to the connection means.

According to feature αD2, since the type information output means is provided for outputting the type information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means, it is possible to save the effort of manually inputting the type information to the predetermined device. , it is possible to prevent incorrect type information from being input to a predetermined device. As a result, the predetermined device can perform processing based on the determination information output from the determination information output means and the accurate type information output from the type information output means. In addition, the type of the ball entry part is, for example, the ball entry part where the signal output means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) are provided, such as the first starting port, the second starting port, the big prize opening, and the ejection passage. It is a type.

[Feature αD3]
The gaming machine according to feature αD1 or feature αD2,
each comprising a plurality of said ball entry parts into which a game ball can enter, and said signal output means that outputs a signal based on the entry of a game ball into said ball entry part,
The determination information output means determines whether or not a game ball has entered each of the plurality of ball entry sections based on the signal output from each of the plurality of signal output means, and The determination information (ball entry information), which is information based on the determination and corresponds to each of the plurality of ball entry sections, is transmitted to the predetermined device connected to the connection means using a serial transmission method. A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for outputting an output.

According to feature αD3, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry parts to a predetermined device connected to the connection means by a serial transmission method, so that, for example, , compared to a configuration in which the judgment information is output by a parallel transmission method, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the connection means for passing the judgment information to a predetermined device, and also to simplify the configuration of the connection means for passing the judgment information through a predetermined device. The configuration of the device can be simplified.

Specifically, if a configuration is adopted in which judgment information corresponding to each of a plurality of ball entry sections is output using a parallel transmission method, the connection means will output information corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entry sections. It is necessary to have a department. Similarly, a predetermined device needs to include input sections corresponding to the number of the plurality of ball entry sections. Furthermore, since the number of ball entry parts provided in a gaming machine differs depending on the type of gaming machine (each model), it is necessary to prepare a predetermined device with a different number of terminals for each type of gaming machine (each model). occurs.

In contrast, according to the present feature, the determination information output means is a means for outputting determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry parts to a predetermined device connected to the connection means using a serial transmission method. Therefore, the connection means may be configured to include at least one output section that can output determination information using a serial transmission method, regardless of the number of ball entry sections that the gaming machine is equipped with. Therefore, the configuration of the connecting means can be simplified. Similarly, a predetermined device may be configured to include at least one input section into which determination information outputted by a serial transmission method can be input, regardless of the number of ball entry sections included in the gaming machine. , the configuration of a given device can be simplified. Furthermore, even when a predetermined device is connected to a gaming machine with a different number of ball entry sections, the predetermined device can input determination information corresponding to each of the plurality of ball entry sections using a serial transmission method. I can do it. That is, it becomes possible to use the predetermined device for other gaming machines having different numbers of ball entry sections. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the versatility of a given device.

[Feature αD4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αD1 to Features αD3,
The prize ball number information output means outputs the prize ball number information based on receiving a predetermined signal (ball entrance information transmission request command) from the predetermined device connected to the connection means. A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature αD4, the prize ball number information output means includes means for outputting prize ball number information based on receiving a predetermined signal from a predetermined device connected to the connection means, so that it is possible to avoid inappropriate situations. It is possible to suppress the information on the number of prize balls from being output to the outside at certain timings.

[Feature αD5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αD1 to Features αD4,
A gaming machine characterized in that the prize ball number information output means includes means for outputting the prize ball number information when the predetermined device is connected to the connection means.

According to feature αD5, the prize ball number information output means includes means for outputting prize ball number information when a predetermined device is connected to the connection means, so that the predetermined device is connected to the connection means. After that, information on the number of prize balls can be obtained promptly. Therefore, for example, after the predetermined device is connected to the connection means, it becomes possible to quickly execute a process that requires the prize ball number information.

[Feature αD6]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αD1 to Features αD5,
The connecting means is configured to be able to connect the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio) that is information regarding the game history based on the determination information. A gaming machine that does.

According to feature αD6, a predetermined device connected to the connecting means can calculate game history information based on determination information that is not influenced by the controlling means. Therefore, an inspector who inspects the performance of a gaming machine can use a predetermined device to check gaming history information that is not affected by the control means. As a result, the soundness of the game can be ensured.

[Feature αD7]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αD1 to Features αD6,
A gaming machine characterized in that the determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means.

According to feature αD7, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that the predetermined device is not affected by the control means. It becomes possible to receive judgment information that has not yet been received.

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which judgment information is output via the control means to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction may occur in the control means. If the malfunction or unauthorized modification has been performed, there is a risk that the determination information output to the predetermined device may be affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification.

In contrast, according to the present feature, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that there is no problem in the control means. Even if a malfunction or unauthorized modification occurs, the determination information output to a predetermined device is not affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can execute processing based on the determination information that the device is not affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

[Feature αD8]
The gaming machine according to feature αD2,
The type information output means includes means for outputting the type information based on receiving a predetermined signal (ball entrance information transmission request command) from the predetermined device connected to the connection means. A gaming machine that does.

According to feature αD8, the type information output means includes means for outputting type information based on reception of a predetermined signal from a predetermined device connected to the connection means, so that the type information output means outputs the type information in an inappropriate situation or timing. It is possible to prevent information from being output to the outside.

[Feature αD9]
The gaming machine according to feature αD2 or feature D8,
A gaming machine characterized in that the type information output means includes means for outputting the type information when the predetermined device is connected to the connection means.

According to feature αD9, the type information output means includes means for outputting type information when a predetermined device is connected to the connection means, so that the predetermined device can be outputted immediately after being connected to the connection means. Type information can be obtained. Therefore, for example, after a predetermined device is connected to the connection means, it becomes possible to quickly execute a process that requires the type information.

<Characteristic αE group>
The feature αE group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αE1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
a signal output means (each ball entry detection sensor 44a to 44h) that outputs a signal based on the entry of a game ball into the ball entry section;
Judgment information output means (for ball entry detection) that judges whether or not a game ball has entered the ball entry section based on the signal and outputs judgment information (ball entry information) that is information based on the judgment. IC62c) and
a control means (main CPU 62x) that controls the progress of the game based on the determination information;
Calculation means (main side CPU 62x, game history management chip 300) that calculates game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio) that is information regarding the game history based on the determination information;
storage means (flash memory 64x, game history management chip 300) for storing the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A connection means (inspection terminal 65) capable of connecting a predetermined device;
A gaming machine comprising:
The determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means,
The gaming machine further includes:
A game machine comprising: a game history information output means for outputting the game history information stored in the storage means to the predetermined device connected to the connection means.

According to feature αE1, since the device includes means for outputting game history information stored in the storage means and means for outputting determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection means, the device is connected to the connection means. The determined predetermined device can receive the gaming history information stored in the storage means, and can also execute processing based on the determination information.

Specifically, for example, a predetermined device can display game history information (hereinafter also referred to as first game history information) stored in the storage means of the gaming machine. Further, the predetermined device calculates gaming history information based on the determination information received during the predetermined inspection period connected to the connection means of the gaming machine, and calculates the gaming history information (hereinafter also referred to as second gaming history information). This makes it possible to display (calls). Therefore, for example, an inspector who inspects a game machine can perform a second game based on the first game history information stored in the storage means included in the game machine and the determination information received by a predetermined device during a predetermined inspection period. It becomes possible to compare with historical information.

Here, if the characteristics of the game in the game machine change due to a malfunction or unauthorized modification (for example, modification of the nails, etc.) to the game machine, the game machine The first gaming history information (gaming history information calculated by the calculation means based on the judgment information in a predetermined period in the past) stored in the storage means provided by the device and the judgment information in the predetermined inspection period by the predetermined device. There may be a difference between the calculated second game history information and the calculated second game history information. Therefore, an inspector who inspects a gaming machine can check whether there is a malfunction or unauthorized modification (for example, modification of a nail) in the gaming machine by paying attention to the difference between the two pieces of gaming history information. I can do it.

[Feature αE2]
The gaming machine described in feature αE1,
For the predetermined device connected to the connection means, the number of prize balls that is information that can specify the number of game balls that will be paid out as prize balls when one game ball enters the ball entry section. A gaming machine characterized by comprising a prize ball number information output means for outputting information.

According to feature αE2, there is provided a prize ball number information output means for outputting prize ball number information to a predetermined device connected to the connection means, thereby eliminating the trouble of manually inputting prize ball number information to a predetermined device. In addition, it is possible to prevent incorrect prize ball number information from being input to a predetermined device. As a result, the predetermined device is able to execute processing based on the determination information output from the determination information output means and accurate prize ball number information output from the prize ball number information output means.

[Feature αE3]
The gaming machine according to feature αE1 or feature αE2,
The connecting means is configured to be able to connect the predetermined device capable of calculating game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio) that is information regarding the game history based on the determination information. A gaming machine that does.

According to feature αE3, a predetermined device connected to the connection means can calculate game history information based on determination information that is not influenced by the control means. Therefore, an inspector who inspects the performance of a gaming machine can use a predetermined device to check gaming history information that is not affected by the control means. As a result, the soundness of the game can be ensured.

[Feature αE4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αE1 to feature αE3,
A gaming machine characterized in that the determination information output means includes means for outputting the determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means.

According to feature αE4, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to the predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that the predetermined device is not affected by the control means. It becomes possible to receive judgment information that has not yet been received.

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which judgment information is output via the control means to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without adopting the configuration of this feature, a malfunction may occur in the control means. If the malfunction or unauthorized modification has been performed, there is a risk that the determination information output to the predetermined device may be affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification.

In contrast, according to the present feature, the determination information output means includes means for outputting determination information to a predetermined device connected to the connection means without going through the control means, so that there is no problem in the control means. Even if a malfunction or unauthorized modification occurs, the determination information output to a predetermined device is not affected by the malfunction or unauthorized modification. As a result, the predetermined device connected to the connecting means can execute processing based on the determination information that the device is not affected by the defect or unauthorized modification.

<Characteristic αF group>
The feature αF group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αF1]
a first processing group execution unit that repeatedly executes the first processing group (remaining processing of the main processing);
Based on the establishment of a predetermined condition (that a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the start of the previous execution of the second processing group), the second processing group (game progress processing including game round control processing, etc.) is executed as described above. a second processing group execution means that interrupts and executes the first processing group;
A gaming machine comprising:
The first processing group execution means executes the first processing group during a period (remaining time) from the end of execution of one of the second processing groups to the start of execution of the next second processing group. Equipped with a means to repeatedly execute the
The first processing group includes game history information related processing (game history processing) that is processing related to calculation of game history information (accessory object ratio, continuous accessory ratio, etc.) that is information related to gaming history. A gaming machine characterized by:

According to feature αF1, the first processing group including the gaming history information related processing is repeatedly executed during the period from the end of execution of one second processing group to the start of execution of the next second processing group. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the execution of the first processing group including the game history information related processing from being started even though the execution of the second processing group has not been completed. That is, while giving priority to the execution of the second processing group, by repeatedly executing the first processing group including the processing related to gaming history information during the period when the second processing group is not being executed, the gaming history information can be quickly retrieved. It becomes possible to calculate.

Furthermore, if a configuration is adopted in which the game history information related process is included in the second process group and executed without adopting the configuration of this feature, one execution of the second process group is The time required from start to finish becomes long, and for example, the execution of the second processing group ends at the timing when a predetermined condition that triggers the start of the execution of the next second processing group is satisfied. In some cases, the execution of the next second processing group cannot be started until the execution of the one second processing group is completed. In this case, there is a risk that a problem may occur due to a delay in the start of execution of the next second processing group.

On the other hand, according to this feature, since the gaming history information related processing is included in the first processing group and executed, compared to the configuration in which the gaming history information related processing is included and executed in the second processing group. , the time required from the start to the end of one execution of the second processing group can be shortened. Therefore, for example, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation where the execution of a second processing group is not yet completed at the timing when a predetermined condition that triggers the start of execution of the next second processing group is satisfied. This makes it possible to prevent the occurrence of a situation in which execution of the next second processing group cannot be started until the execution of the second processing group is completed. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of problems due to a delay in starting execution of the next second processing group.

As described above, according to the present feature, while suppressing the occurrence of problems due to a delay in the start of execution of the next second processing group, game history information is By repeatedly executing the first processing group including the processing, it becomes possible to efficiently and quickly calculate game history information.

[Feature αF2]
The gaming machine according to feature αF1,
A gaming machine characterized in that the second processing group includes a game progress process that is a process related to the progress of the game.

According to feature αF2, it is possible to suppress the delay in the start of the execution of the second processing group including the game progress process, which is a process related to the progress of the game, which would cause a problem in the progress of the game. By repeatedly executing the first processing group including the processing related to gaming history information during a period in which the second processing group is not being executed, it is possible to quickly calculate the gaming history information while suppressing this.

[Feature αF3]
The gaming machine according to feature αF1 or feature αF2,
The gaming history information related process includes a plurality of processing steps (multiple types of tasks) that are sequentially executed to complete the calculation of the gaming history information,
The gaming machine, wherein the first processing group execution means executes some of the plurality of processing steps in one execution of the game history information related processing.

According to feature αF3, the first processing group execution means executes some of the plurality of processing steps in one execution of the gaming history information related processing, so for example, the first processing group execution means executes some of the processing steps of the gaming history information related processing. Compared to a configuration in which all of a plurality of processing steps are executed in one execution, the time required from the start to the end of one execution of the game history information related process can be shortened. Specifically, for example, even if a predetermined condition is satisfied during the execution of the game history information related process, the game history information related process being executed will be completed in a short time, so that The time required to start execution of the second processing group can be shortened. As a result, it becomes possible to quickly calculate game history information by repeatedly executing the first processing group while suppressing the occurrence of problems due to delays in starting the execution of the second processing group. .

[Feature αF4]
The gaming machine according to any one of features αF1 to Features αF3,
The gaming machine characterized in that the predetermined condition includes that a predetermined time has elapsed since the start of the previous execution of the second processing group.

According to feature αF4, the predetermined condition includes that a predetermined period of time has passed since the start of the previous execution of the second processing group, so that the second processing group can be executed periodically. Then, in a period after the execution of the second processing group is completed and until a predetermined period of time has elapsed from the start of the execution of the second processing group, the first processing group including the gaming history information related processing is executed. By repeatedly executing the process, it becomes possible to quickly calculate the game history information.

Note that the inventions of the features αA group to features αF group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines, technical improvements are made from various perspectives such as structure, control, and presentation, with the aim of increasing the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, and simplifying control. Improvements have been made (for example, Patent Document 1).

Various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

In gaming machines such as those described above, further technological improvements are desired for the purpose of increasing the interest of gaming, reducing the processing load of gaming machines, simplifying control, and providing more healthy gaming.

<Characteristic αG group>
The feature αG group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αG1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a changing means capable of changing the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculation means for calculating game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio, continuous accessory ratio, etc.) that is information regarding the gaming history based on the detected information;
Display means for displaying information based on the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The storage means includes means for storing the detection information in a plurality of periods with the change in the winning probability as a boundary,
The calculation means includes means for calculating gaming history information for each of the plurality of periods based on the detection information for each of the plurality of periods,
A gaming machine characterized in that the display means includes means for displaying information based on the game history information for each of the plurality of periods.

According to feature αG1, an inspector of a gaming machine can check the display based on the gaming history information for each of a plurality of periods with the change in winning probability in the gaming machine as a boundary. For example, if the display based on gaming history information is the numerical value of the gaming history information itself, the inspector should check whether the gaming history information has fallen within an appropriate range during the process in which the winning probability has been changed in the past for the gaming machine in question. It becomes possible to check whether there was a situation where the

<Characteristic αH group>
The feature αH group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αH1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a changing means capable of changing the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculation means for calculating game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio, continuous accessory ratio, etc.) that is information regarding the gaming history based on the detected information;
Display means for displaying information based on the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
If the winning probability is changed again before the detected information stored in the storage means is accumulated to a predetermined amount after the winning probability is changed, predetermined information (short-term change information) is displayed. Predetermined information display means;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature αH1, by checking predetermined information, the gaming machine inspector can confirm whether the winning probability has been changed again before the detection information is accumulated to a predetermined amount. As a result, it is possible to prevent the winning probability from being changed based on fraudulent intentions by the administrator of the gaming machine.

For example, if a configuration is adopted in which detection information stored before the winning probability is changed based on a change in the winning probability is erased, before the gaming machine is inspected by an inspector. In this case, the administrator of the gaming machine changes the winning probability again even though there are not many games played on the gaming machine after changing the winning probability, and the winning probability is not stored in the gaming machine. There is a possibility that the detection information that exists will be deleted. However, according to this aspect, if the winning probability is changed again in a short period of time even though there are not many games played on the gaming machine after the winning probability is changed, the above-mentioned Short-term change information will be recorded and displayed. Therefore, by checking the short-term change information, the tester can recognize whether the winning probability may have been changed in a short period of time due to fraudulent intentions such as erasing the detected information. . As a result, it is possible to prevent the winning probability from being changed based on fraudulent intentions by the administrator of the gaming machine.

[Feature αH2]
The gaming machine according to feature αH1,
comprising erasing means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means,
The storage means includes means for storing the detection information in a plurality of periods with the change in the winning probability as a boundary,
The calculation means includes means for calculating the game history information for each of the plurality of periods based on the detection information for each of the plurality of periods,
The display means includes means for displaying based on the gaming history information for each of the plurality of periods,
The gaming machine characterized in that the erasing means includes means for erasing the detection information in the oldest period among the plurality of periods when the winning probability is changed.

According to feature αH2, an inspector of a gaming machine can check the display based on gaming history information for each of a plurality of periods with the change in winning probability in the gaming machine as a boundary. For example, if the display based on gaming history information is the numerical value of the gaming history information itself, the inspector should check whether the gaming history information has fallen within an appropriate range during the process in which the winning probability has been changed in the past for the gaming machine in question. It becomes possible to check whether there was a situation where the

Furthermore, according to this feature, by checking the predetermined information, the gaming machine inspector can confirm whether the winning probability has been changed again before the detected information has accumulated to a predetermined amount. can. As a result, it is possible to prevent the winning probability from being changed based on fraudulent intentions by the administrator of the gaming machine.

Specifically, for example, before a gaming machine is inspected by an inspector, the administrator of the gaming machine repeatedly changes the winning probability in a short period of time, and then changes the winning probability of the gaming machine to a boundary. There is a possibility that the detection information for multiple periods will be deleted. However, according to this feature, if the winning probability is repeatedly changed in a short period of time, the above-mentioned short-term change information is recorded and displayed. Therefore, by checking the short-term change information, the examiner can recognize that there is a possibility that the probability of winning has been changed in a short period of time due to fraudulent intentions. As a result, it is possible to prevent the winning probability from being changed based on fraudulent intentions by the administrator of the gaming machine.

<Characteristic αI group>
The feature αI group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αI1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a changing means capable of changing the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculation means for calculating game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio, continuous accessory ratio, etc.) that is information regarding the gaming history based on the detected information;
Display means for displaying information based on the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
erasing means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means;
A gaming machine comprising:
When the winning probability is changed, the erasing means deletes the winning probability after the detection information stored in the storage means has accumulated to a predetermined amount after the winning probability has been changed. A gaming machine comprising means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means before the detection information is stored in the storage means.

According to feature αI1, until the detection information stored in the storage means is accumulated to a predetermined amount after the winning probability is changed, the detection information stored in the storage means before the winning probability is changed is Since it is not erased, it is possible to prevent the detection information stored before the winning probability is changed from being intentionally erased by changing the winning probability of the gaming machine. For example, if a configuration is adopted in which the detection information acquired and stored before the winning probability is changed is deleted immediately after the winning probability of the gaming machine is changed, the gaming machine may be inspected by an inspector. Before the winning probability is changed, the administrator of the gaming machine may change the winning probability and erase the detection information that was stored before the winning probability was changed. In contrast, according to this feature, the detection information stored before the winning probability is changed is stored until the detection information acquired and stored after the winning probability is changed to a predetermined amount. is not deleted, it is possible to prevent the winning probability from being changed due to fraudulent intentions by the administrator of the gaming machine.

[Feature αI2]
The gaming machine according to feature αI1,
comprising erasing means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means,
The storage means includes means for storing the detection information in a plurality of periods with the change in the winning probability as a boundary,
The calculation means includes means for calculating the game history information for each of the plurality of periods based on the detection information for each of the plurality of periods,
The display means includes means for displaying based on the gaming history information for each of the plurality of periods,
When the winning probability is changed, the erasing means deletes one of the plurality of periods after the detection information stored in the storage means after the winning probability has been changed has accumulated to a predetermined amount. A gaming machine comprising means for erasing the detected information in the oldest period.

According to feature αI2, an inspector of a gaming machine can check the display based on gaming history information for each of a plurality of periods with the change in winning probability in the gaming machine as a boundary. For example, if the display based on gaming history information is the numerical value of the gaming history information itself, the inspector should check whether the gaming history information has fallen within an appropriate range during the process in which the winning probability has been changed in the past for the gaming machine in question. It becomes possible to check whether there was a situation where the

Furthermore, according to this feature, it is possible to prevent detection information from being intentionally erased during multiple periods with the change in winning probability as a boundary due to repeated changes in the winning probability of a gaming machine. can. For example, if a configuration is adopted in which the detection information for the oldest period out of multiple periods with the change in winning probability as the boundary is deleted immediately after the winning probability of the gaming machine is changed, then the gaming machine Before being inspected by an inspector, the administrator of the gaming machine may repeatedly change the probability of winning, thereby erasing the detection information of the gaming machine over a plurality of periods. In contrast, according to this feature, the detection information in the oldest period of the plurality of periods with the change in winning probability as a boundary is the detection information acquired and stored after the winning probability has been changed. Since it is not deleted until the amount has been accumulated, it is possible to prevent the winning probability from being changed due to fraudulent intentions by the administrator of the gaming machine.

<Characteristic αJ group>
The feature αJ group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αJ1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a changing means capable of changing the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculation means for calculating game history information (game history information such as accessory ratio, continuous accessory ratio, etc.) that is information regarding the gaming history based on the detected information;
Display means for displaying information based on the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The storage means includes means for separately storing the detection information for each of the winning probabilities at the time when the detection means detects the game ball,
The calculating means includes means for calculating the gaming history information for each winning probability,
A gaming machine characterized in that the display means includes means for displaying each of the winning probabilities based on the game history information.

According to feature αJ1, for example, if the display based on the gaming history information is the numerical value of the gaming history information itself, the gaming machine inspector can confirm that each gaming history information calculated and displayed for each winning probability is appropriate. You can check whether it is within the specified range. That is, the inspector can confirm whether or not there is a winning probability setting in which the gaming history information does not fall within an appropriate range in the gaming machine.

Note that the inventions of the feature αG group to feature αJ group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines, technical improvements are made from various perspectives such as structure, control, and presentation, with the aim of increasing the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, and simplifying control. Improvements have been made (for example, Patent Document 1).

Various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

In gaming machines such as those described above, further technological improvements are desired for the purpose of increasing the interest of gaming, reducing the processing load of gaming machines, simplifying control, and providing more healthy gaming.

<Characteristic αK group>
The feature αK group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αK1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a changing means capable of changing the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
It has a first display area and a second display area configured by a plurality of display elements (segment light emitting section, CP light emitting section), and predetermined information is displayed in the first display area and the second display area. a display means capable of displaying;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
When displaying the game history information, information regarding the type of the game history information is displayed in the first display area using the display element, and information regarding the type of the game history information is displayed in the second display area. means for displaying numerical information using the display element;
When changing the winning probability, information regarding the type of gaming history information is displayed in a display mode that is not displayed when information regarding the type of gaming history information is displayed in the first display area. means for displaying a display mode using only display elements used at that time, and displaying numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability in the second display area using the display elements;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature αK1, the second display area of the display means displays numerical information about gaming history information and the second display area of the display means displays numerical information regarding winning probability settings. The display mode will be clearly different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of the gaming machine can clearly distinguish whether numerical information about gaming history information is displayed in the second display area of the display means or numerical information about setting of winning probability is displayed. It can be recognized separately. As a result, the administrator of the gaming machine is prevented from misinterpreting the numerical information displayed in the second display area between the numerical information of the gaming history information and the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. be able to.

Furthermore, according to this feature, display elements in the first display area that are not used when displaying game history information (for example, segment light emitting parts A, B, DP light emitting part of the leftmost 7 segment display 45z1, left middle 7 Since the segment light emitting portion B) of the segment display 45z2 is not used even when changing the winning probability, there are display elements that are not used (hereinafter referred to as unused display elements) in the first display area. . Therefore, for example, even if a problem occurs in an unused display element in the first display area, the display mode in the first display area is not affected. As a result, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the display mode will be affected when a problem occurs in the display element of the first display area.

Furthermore, for example, when a light-emitting element such as an LED is adopted as a display element, the light-emitting element that is an unused display element does not need to emit light, so parts necessary for making the light-emitting element emit light may be omitted. I can do it. Therefore, the cost of the display means can be reduced.

<Characteristic αL group>
The feature αL group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αL1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a changing means capable of changing the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
A display means having a first display area and a second display area and capable of displaying predetermined information in the first display area and the second display area;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
When displaying the game history information, means for displaying information regarding the type of the game history information in the first display area and displaying numerical information of the game history information in the second display area; ,
means for displaying numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability in the second display area without displaying anything in the first display area when changing the winning probability;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature αL1, the second display area of the display means is different from the first display area depending on whether the numerical information of the game history information is displayed or when the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed. The display mode will be clearly different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of the gaming machine can clearly distinguish whether numerical information about gaming history information is displayed in the second display area of the display means or numerical information about setting of winning probability is displayed. It can be recognized separately. As a result, the administrator of the gaming machine is prevented from misinterpreting the numerical information displayed in the second display area between the numerical information of the gaming history information and the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. be able to.

Further, according to this feature, for example, the first display area is configured by a plurality of light emitting elements (LEDs), and a predetermined light emitting element emits light to display predetermined information, and all the light emitting elements turn off. Therefore, in the case of a configuration in which nothing is displayed, even if a problem occurs in which some of the light emitting elements constituting the first display area do not emit light, there is a serious problem in which all the light emitting elements do not emit light. Unless this occurs, the display mode of the first display area will be different depending on whether game history information is being displayed or numerical information regarding the setting of winning probability is being displayed. Therefore, according to this feature, even if a malfunction occurs in which some of the light emitting elements constituting the first display area do not emit light, a serious problem such as all light emitting elements not emitting light may occur. As long as no malfunction occurs, it is possible to distinguish and recognize whether the numerical information displayed in the second display area is game history information or numerical information related to the setting of winning probability. That is, if at least some of the light emitting elements in the first display area are emitting light, the administrator determines that the numerical value displayed in the second display area is game history information, and Only when all the light emitting elements constituting the display area are off, it can be determined that the numerical value displayed in the second display area is numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability.

<Characteristic αM group>
The feature αM group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αM1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a changing means capable of changing the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered, information on prize ball totals, etc.) that is information based on the detection of game balls by the detection means;
Calculation means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
a display means having a predetermined display area and capable of displaying predetermined information in the predetermined display area;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
When displaying the gaming history information, means for displaying numerical information of the gaming history information in a predetermined number of digits (2 digits) in the predetermined display area;
means for displaying numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability in the predetermined display area in a number of digits (one digit) different from the predetermined number of digits when changing the winning probability;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature αM1, the number of digits of the displayed numerical value is different between when numerical information related to game history information is displayed in a predetermined display area and when numerical information related to winning probability settings is displayed. It will be different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of a gaming machine must clearly distinguish whether numerical information related to gaming history information is displayed in a predetermined display area of the display means or numerical information related to winning probability settings. It can be recognized. As a result, the administrator of the gaming machine may misidentify the numerical information displayed in the predetermined display area of the display means as the numerical information of the gaming history information and the numerical information regarding the winning probability setting. Can be suppressed.

<Characteristic αN group>
The feature αN group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αN1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a changing means capable of changing the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
A display means having a first display area and a second display area and capable of displaying predetermined information in the first display area and the second display area;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
When displaying the game history information, means for displaying information regarding the type of the game history information in the first display area and displaying numerical information of the game history information in the second display area; ,
When changing the winning probability, switching between multiple types of display modes (display pattern A and display pattern B) that are not displayed when displaying information regarding the type of gaming history information in the first display area. means for repeatedly displaying numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability in the second display area;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to the feature αN1, the second display area of the display means displays the numerical information of the game history information, and the second display area of the display means displays the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. The display mode will be clearly different. Therefore, for example, the administrator of the gaming machine can clearly distinguish whether numerical information about gaming history information is displayed in the second display area of the display means or numerical information about setting of winning probability is displayed. It can be recognized separately. As a result, the administrator of the gaming machine is prevented from misinterpreting the numerical information displayed in the second display area between the numerical information of the gaming history information and the numerical information regarding the setting of the winning probability. be able to.

Furthermore, according to this feature, the display mode in the first display area dynamically changes during the period when the numerical information regarding the winning probability setting is displayed in the second display area, so that the gaming machine It is possible to alert the administrator that this is an important situation in which changes to the winning probability should be made carefully.

<Characteristic αO group>
The feature αO group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αO1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
Display means for displaying (displaying type information and numerical information) based on the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
The game history on the display means is displayed based on the information amount of the detection information (the number of game balls that passed through the discharge passage during the normal mode (the number of outs during the normal mode)), which is the basis for calculating the game history information. determining means for determining a display mode (lit display or blinking display) based on the information;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature αO1, by checking the display mode on the display means, the administrator of the gaming machine can grasp how much detection information that is the basis for calculating gaming history information has been accumulated; For example, it is possible to determine whether the displayed numerical value of game history information has been calculated with a sufficient amount of statistical data accumulated.

Incidentally, the inventions of the above feature αK group to feature αO group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines, technical improvements are made from various perspectives such as structure, control, and presentation, with the aim of increasing the interest of the game, reducing the processing load of the gaming machine, and simplifying control. Improvements have been made (for example, Patent Document 1).

Various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

In gaming machines such as those described above, further technological improvements are desired for the purpose of increasing the interest of gaming, reducing the processing load of gaming machines, simplifying control, and providing more healthy gaming.

<Characteristic αP group>
The feature αP group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αP1]
A gaming machine comprising a control means for controlling a game,
The control means includes:
A CPU (main CPU 62x) that includes a plurality of registers including a flag register and a stack pointer and executes a plurality of types of programs including a first program and a second program;
A program storage means (main side ROM 63) having a first program storage area for storing the first program and a second program storage area for storing the second program, which is an area different from the first program storage area. program storage means 63a);
a first stack area corresponding to the first program that can be accessed by a first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer; and an area different from the first stack area and stored in the stack pointer. a stack means (stack means 64b of the main side RAM 64) having a second stack area corresponding to the second program accessible by a second stack area reference address;
a first data storage area corresponding to the first program whose data can be updated; and a second data storage area which is different from the first data storage area and corresponds to the second program whose data can be updated; (data storage means 64a of the main side RAM 64),
The flag register is a register whose value changes in a predetermined case,
In the processing by the first program, the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area cannot be updated but can be referenced. has become,
In the processing by the second program, the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area cannot be updated but can be referenced. has become,
The CPU is
Implementing a first process (game progress process) by executing a program included in the first program,
After performing the first process, execute a program included in the first program to perform a storage process of storing the value of the flag register in the first stack area or the first data storage area;
After performing the storage process, by executing a program included in the second program, the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer is stored in the second data storage area, and the storing the second stack area reference address in a stack pointer, and performing a saving process to store the values of each of the plurality of registers in the second data storage area;
After performing the saving process, a second process (gaming history information calculation and display process) is executed by executing a program included in the second program;
After performing the second process, by executing a program included in the second program, the values of each of the plurality of registers are set to the values stored in the second data storage area by the save process, and the performing a return process of storing the first stack area reference address stored in the second data storage area by the save process in the stack pointer;
After performing the return process, by executing a program included in the first program, the value of the flag register among the plurality of registers whose values have been set by the return process is stored in the first program by the storage process. A gaming machine characterized in that a change process is performed to change the value to a value stored in one stack area or the first data storage area.

According to feature αP1, since save processing and return processing are performed, when returning from the second program to the first program, a problem occurs due to the value of the register used in the first program changing. can be avoided.

Furthermore, according to this feature, even if the value of the flag register changes after the storage process is performed but before the save process, the flag register value can be changed by performing the change process. Since the value returns to the same value as immediately after the first process by the first program ends, there is no risk of affecting the process by the first program that is executed after returning from the process by the second program. As a result, it becomes possible to configure multiple programs independently.

Further, according to this feature, the second process can be added without affecting the process by the first program by simply adding a program for implementing the second process to the second program. Therefore, it is possible to easily create a program for implementing the second process independently of the first program.

Further, for example, if the amount of data to be stored in the stack area exceeds the upper limit of the storage capacity of the stack area, a reset process is performed to erase all data stored in the stack area. In this case, if the configuration is such that the values of each of a plurality of registers are stored in the second stack area in the save process, there is a risk that the reset process will be executed. In contrast, according to this feature, the values of each of the plurality of registers are stored in the second data storage area during the saving process, so it is possible to avoid the risk of the stack area being reset.

<Characteristic αQ group>
The feature αQ group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αQ1]
A gaming machine comprising a control means for controlling a game,
The control means includes:
A CPU (main CPU 62x) that includes a plurality of registers including a flag register and a stack pointer and executes a plurality of types of programs including a first program and a second program;
A program storage means (main side ROM 63) having a first program storage area for storing the first program and a second program storage area for storing the second program, which is an area different from the first program storage area. program storage means 63a);
a first stack area corresponding to the first program that can be accessed by a first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer; and an area different from the first stack area and stored in the stack pointer. a stack means (stack means 64b of the main side RAM 64) having a second stack area corresponding to the second program accessible by a second stack area reference address;
a first data storage area corresponding to the first program whose data can be updated; and a second data storage area which is different from the first data storage area and corresponds to the second program whose data can be updated; (data storage means 64a of the main side RAM 64),
The flag register is a register whose value changes in a predetermined case,
In the processing by the first program, the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area cannot be updated but can be referenced. has become,
In the processing by the second program, the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area cannot be updated but can be referenced. has become,
The CPU is
Implementing a first process (game progress process) by executing a program included in the first program,
After performing the first process, execute a program included in the first program to perform a storage process of storing the value of the flag register in the first stack area or the first data storage area;
After performing the storage process, by executing a program included in the second program, the second stack area reference address is stored in the stack pointer, and the values of each of the plurality of registers are stored in the second data. Execute the evacuation process to store in the storage area,
After performing the saving process, a second process (gaming history information calculation and display process) is executed by executing a program included in the second program;
After performing the second process, a program included in the second program is executed to set and fix the values of each of the plurality of registers to the values stored in the second data storage area by the save process. performing a return process of storing the first stack area reference address, which is a value, in the stack pointer;
After performing the return process, by executing a program included in the first program, the value of the flag register among the plurality of registers whose values have been set by the return process is stored in the first program by the storage process. A gaming machine characterized in that a change process is performed to change the value to a value stored in one stack area or the first data storage area.

According to feature αQ1, since save processing and return processing are performed, when returning from the second program to the first program, a problem occurs due to the value of the register used in the first program changing. can be avoided.

Furthermore, according to this feature, even if the value of the flag register changes after the storage process is performed but before the save process, the flag register value can be changed by performing the change process. Since the value returns to the same value as immediately after the first process by the first program ends, there is no risk of affecting the process by the first program that is executed after returning from the process by the second program. As a result, it becomes possible to configure multiple programs independently.

Further, according to this feature, the second process can be added without affecting the process by the first program by simply adding a program for implementing the second process to the second program. Therefore, it is possible to easily create a program for implementing the second process independently of the first program.

Further, for example, if the amount of data to be stored in the stack area exceeds the upper limit of the storage capacity of the stack area, a reset process is performed to erase all data stored in the stack area. In this case, if the configuration is such that the values of each of a plurality of registers are stored in the second stack area in the save process, there is a risk that the reset process will be executed. In contrast, according to this feature, the values of each of the plurality of registers are stored in the second data storage area during the saving process, so it is possible to avoid the risk of the stack area being reset.

Further, according to this feature, since the first stack area reference address, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer in the restoration process, the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer in the save process is changed to the second stack area reference address, which is a fixed value. There is no need to save it to the data storage area. Therefore, the processing of the CPU can be simplified, and the storage capacity of the second data storage area required to save the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer can be reduced. .

<Characteristic αR group>
The feature αR group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αR1]
A gaming machine comprising a control means for controlling a game,
The control means includes:
A CPU (main CPU 62x) that includes a plurality of registers including a flag register and a stack pointer and executes a plurality of types of programs including a first program and a second program;
A program storage means (main side ROM 63) having a first program storage area for storing the first program and a second program storage area for storing the second program, which is an area different from the first program storage area. program storage means 63a);
a first stack area corresponding to the first program that can be accessed by a first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer; and an area different from the first stack area and stored in the stack pointer. a stack means (stack means 64b of the main side RAM 64) having a second stack area corresponding to the second program accessible by a second stack area reference address;
a first data storage area corresponding to the first program whose data can be updated; and a second data storage area which is different from the first data storage area and corresponds to the second program whose data can be updated; (data storage means 64a of the main side RAM 64),
The flag register is a register whose value changes in a predetermined case,
In the processing by the first program, the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area cannot be updated but can be referenced. has become,
In the processing by the second program, the data in the second stack area and the second data storage area can be updated and referenced, and the data in the first stack area and the first data storage area cannot be updated but can be referenced. has become,
The CPU is
Implementing a first process (game progress process) by executing a program included in the first program,
After performing the first process, execute a program included in the first program to perform a storage process of storing the value of the flag register in the first stack area or the first data storage area;
After performing the storage process, a first clear process is performed to set the value of each of the plurality of registers to 0 by executing a program included in the first program;
After performing the first clearing process, executing a program included in the second program to perform a first storing process of storing the second stack area reference address in the stack pointer;
After implementing the first storage process, a second process (gaming history information calculation and display process) is executed by executing a program included in the second program;
After performing the second process, a second storage process is performed in which the first stack area reference address, which is a fixed value, is stored in the stack pointer by executing a program included in the second program;
After performing the second storage process, a second clear process is performed to set the value of each of the plurality of registers to 0 by executing a program included in the second program;
After performing the second clearing process, by executing a program included in the first program, the value of the flag register is stored in the first stack area or the first data storage area by the storage process. A gaming machine characterized by carrying out a change process of changing to a value.

According to feature αR1, the first clearing process is carried out by the program included in the first program, and the second clearing process is carried out by the program included in the second program. It is possible to match the values of the plurality of registers with the values of the plurality of registers immediately after the execution of the second program ends. Therefore, when returning from the second program to the first program, it is possible to avoid problems caused by changes in the values of the respective registers used in the first program.

Furthermore, according to this feature, since the storage process and the change process are performed, the value of the flag register returns to the same value as immediately after the first process by the first program ends. Therefore, there is no risk of affecting the processing performed by the first program after returning from the processing performed by the second program. As a result, it becomes possible to configure multiple programs independently.

Further, according to this feature, the second process can be added without affecting the process by the first program by simply adding a program for implementing the second process to the second program. Therefore, it is possible to easily create a program for implementing the second process independently of the first program.

Furthermore, according to this feature, in the return process, the fixed value of the first stack area reference address is stored in the stack pointer, so in the save process, the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer is stored in the stack pointer. There is no need to save the data to the second data storage area. Therefore, the processing of the CPU can be simplified, and the storage capacity of the second data storage area required to save the first stack area reference address stored in the stack pointer can be reduced. .

<Characteristic αS group>
The feature αS group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αS1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a change mode execution means that executes a change mode in which the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process can be changed to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
A storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information regarding the progress of the game;
detection means for detecting an abnormality in the storage means;
initialization means for initializing the storage means when the detection means detects the abnormality;
A gaming machine comprising:
The gaming machine characterized in that the change mode execution means includes means for executing the change mode even if the predetermined operation is not accepted when the initialization is executed.

If the storage device has to be initialized due to an abnormality in the storage device, there is a possibility that the winning probability setting information may have been rewritten with setting information that is different from the setting information originally intended by the administrator. . If the configuration is such that the winning probability setting information is not initialized (changed) even if the storage means is initialized, there is a risk that the setting information may still be maintained as setting information different from the setting information originally intended by the administrator. .

According to feature αS1, when the storage means is initialized due to an abnormality in the storage means, the change mode is executed, so the administrator of the gaming machine can execute the change mode before restarting the game on the game machine. In this case, it becomes possible to change the winning probability setting information to the originally intended setting information.

[Feature αS2]
The gaming machine described in feature αS1,
A gaming machine characterized in that the initializing means includes means for not initializing information related to a gaming state among the information stored in the storage means when initializing the storage means.

According to feature αS2, even if the storage means is initialized, the information regarding the gaming state is not initialized, so the player can resume playing the game while maintaining the gaming state. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being disadvantaged due to the initialization of the storage means.

[Feature αS3]
The gaming machine according to feature αS1 or feature αS2,
A gaming machine comprising: a notification means for notifying that the winning probability has been changed when the winning probability has been changed in the change mode.

If the storage means is initialized due to an abnormality in the storage means and the change mode is executed, the player who was playing the game on the gaming machine will be able to It is expected that there will be doubts as to whether or not the probability of winning has been changed. However, according to this feature, when the probability of winning is changed, the player is notified that the probability of winning has been changed, so the player can confirm whether or not the probability of winning has been changed. More specifically, the player is not made to understand what kind of setting information the current winning probability is, but only whether the winning probability has been changed in the change mode. I can do it. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation where the player has to restart the game with a feeling of anxiety without knowing whether or not the winning probability has been changed by the administrator.

<Characteristic αT group>
The feature αT group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αT1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a change mode execution means that executes a change mode in which the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process can be changed to a different probability of winning by accepting a predetermined operation from the outside;
Notifying means for notifying that the winning probability has been changed when the winning probability has been changed in the change mode;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to the feature αT1, the player can recognize that the winning probability has been changed in the change mode. Specifically, for example, it is possible to make the player only understand whether or not the winning probability has been changed in the change mode, without letting the player know what the current winning probability setting is. can.

[Feature αT2]
The gaming machine according to feature αT1,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a second notification means that provides notification in a manner different from that provided by the notification means when the winning probability is not changed in the change mote.

According to feature αT2, the player can recognize that the winning probability has not been changed in the change mode.

[Feature αT3]
The gaming machine according to feature αT1 or feature αT2,
The gaming machine characterized in that the second notification means includes means for notifying that the winning probability has not been changed when the winning probability has not been changed in the change mode.

According to feature αT3, the player can clearly recognize that the winning probability has not been changed in the change mode.

<Characteristic αU group>
The feature αU group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αU1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a change mode execution means for executing a change mode in which the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process can be changed to a different probability of winning by accepting a first operation from the outside;
Information display mode execution means for executing an information display mode in which the progress of the game is stopped and information regarding the winning probability is displayed by accepting a second operation different from the first operation from the outside;
an accessory that continues to operate in a certain manner regardless of the result of the predetermined lottery process;
A gaming machine comprising:
A gaming machine characterized in that the accessory continues to perform the constant operation even during the information display mode.

According to feature αU1, even at the start and end timings of the information display mode in which the progress of the game is stopped, the motion of the accessory continues to operate in a fixed manner without stopping or changing. It is possible to prevent a player from obtaining an unfair advantageous result by shooting a game ball at the timing when the motion stops or changes.

<Characteristic αV group>
The feature αV group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αV1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
a change mode execution means for executing a change mode in which the probability of winning a predetermined result in the predetermined lottery process can be changed to a different probability of winning by accepting a first operation from the outside;
Information display mode execution means for executing an information display mode in which the progress of the game is stopped and information regarding the winning probability is displayed by accepting a second operation different from the first operation from the outside;
an accessory that continues to operate in a certain manner regardless of the result of the predetermined lottery process;
A gaming machine comprising:
The gaming machine is characterized in that, during the information display mode, the accessory is in a predetermined state and stops the certain operation.

According to the feature αV1, for example, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a malfunction in an accessory that may cause a malfunction if the operation is stopped in a state other than a predetermined state.

Note that the inventions of the features αP group to features αV group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines, we aim to improve the interest of gaming, reduce the processing load on gaming machines, optimize processing, simplify control, simplify structure, and improve the efficiency of gaming machine development. Technical improvements have been made from various viewpoints such as structure, control, performance, etc., with the aim of providing gaming machines that are less prone to malfunctions and that are user-friendly.

Various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

In the gaming machines mentioned above, we aim to improve the interest of gaming, reduce the processing load of gaming machines, optimize processing, simplify control, simplify structure, improve the efficiency of gaming machine development, and prevent defects from occurring. Further improvements in technology are desired for the purpose of providing gaming machines that are difficult to play, providing gaming machines that are considerate to players, and providing healthier gaming.

<Characteristic αW group>
The feature αW group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αW1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode in which the winning probability setting in the predetermined lottery process can be changed by accepting an external operation;
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting change mode execution means satisfies the first conditions (the setting key, the frame release switch, and the door release switch are all ON, and the RAM clear button is ON) at the time when the power is turned on to the gaming machine. ) is satisfied, the setting change mode is executed, but even if the first condition is satisfied after the power is turned on, the setting change mode is not executed. A gaming machine featuring:

According to feature αW1, in order to cause a gaming machine that has already been powered on to execute the setting change mode, it is necessary to turn off the power of the gaming machine and then turn it on again. Generally, in a gaming hall, it is difficult for anyone other than the administrator of the gaming machine to turn off the power and then turn it back on again by operating a power switch provided on the back of the gaming machine. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the setting of the winning probability of the gaming machine from being changed illegally by a person who is not the administrator of the gaming machine and has fraudulent intentions.

[Feature αW2]
The gaming machine described in feature αW1,
comprising a setting information display mode execution means for executing a setting information display mode (setting confirmation mode) in which setting information that is information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed, but the setting of the winning probability cannot be changed;
The setting information display mode execution means satisfies a second condition (the setting key, the frame release switch, and the door release switch are all turned on, and the RAM clear button is pressed) at the time when the power is turned on to the gaming machine. OFF) is satisfied, the setting information display mode is executed, but even if the second condition is satisfied after the power is turned on, the setting information display mode is not executed. A gaming machine characterized by comprising:

According to feature αW2, in order to cause a gaming machine that has already been powered on to execute the setting information display mode, it is necessary to turn off the power of the gaming machine and then turn it on again. Generally, in a gaming hall, it is difficult for anyone other than the administrator of the gaming machine to turn off the power and then turn it back on again by operating a power switch provided on the back of the gaming machine. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the setting of the winning probability of the gaming machine from being illegally known by a person who is not the administrator of the gaming machine and has fraudulent intentions.

[Feature αW3]
The gaming machine according to feature αW1 or feature αW2,
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a notification means for notifying when the gaming machine is powered on.

According to feature αW3, it is possible to make it difficult for a person who is not the administrator of a gaming machine with fraudulent intentions to turn off the power of the gaming machine and then turn it on again without being noticed by the surroundings. Therefore, it is possible to further prevent a person who is not the administrator of the gaming machine with fraudulent intentions from changing or confirming the setting of the winning probability of the gaming machine.

<Characteristic αX group>
The feature αX group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αX1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode in which the winning probability setting in the predetermined lottery process can be changed by accepting an external operation;
Setting information display mode execution means for executing a setting information display mode (setting confirmation mode) in which setting information that is information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed, but the setting of the winning probability cannot be changed;
storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information including the setting information;
a determination process execution unit that executes a predetermined determination process (a process of calculating a RAM determination value and determining whether or not it is normal) based on information stored in the storage unit;
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting information display mode execution means is configured to determine whether the result of the predetermined determination process is a predetermined result (a result that the RAM determination value is not normal) even if the conditions for executing the setting information display mode are satisfied. ), a gaming machine comprising means for not executing the setting information display mode.

If the result of a predetermined judgment process based on the information stored in the storage means is a predetermined result, the setting information stored in the storage means has an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator of the gaming machine. There is a possibility that it has become. According to feature αX1, it is possible to prevent the setting information display mode from being executed while leaving the possibility that the winning probability setting information stored in the storage means has become an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator. Can be suppressed.

<Characteristic αY group>
The feature αY group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αY1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode in which the winning probability setting in the predetermined lottery process can be changed by accepting an external operation;
an operating means (RAM clear button) that accepts a predetermined operation (pressing operation);
A storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information regarding the progress of the game;
erasure processing (RAM clear processing) for erasing the information stored in the storage means when the power is turned on while the operation means has accepted the predetermined operation (RAM clear button is pressed); an erasure processing execution means for executing the
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting change mode execution means is configured to meet a predetermined condition (when the power is turned on, the setting key, the frame release switch, and the door release switch are all turned on), including that the operation means is in a state in which the predetermined operation is accepted. and the RAM clear button is pressed down), comprising means for executing the setting change mode,
The gaming machine characterized in that the erasure processing execution means includes means for executing the erasure processing before or after execution of the setting change mode when the predetermined condition is satisfied.

Generally, when an administrator who manages a gaming machine turns on the power of the gaming machine with the operation means accepting a predetermined operation, an erasure process is executed to erase information stored in the storage means. I am aware of this. Therefore, according to feature αY1, when the administrator is caused to execute the setting change mode by satisfying a predetermined condition including that the operating means is in a state in which the predetermined operation is accepted, the setting change mode This makes it possible to make the user strongly aware that not only is the process executed, but also the erasing process is executed. As a result, for example, if the administrator wants to start up the gaming machine while maintaining the gaming state such as high probability mode and restart the game from the state when the power was turned off last time, in other words, when the gaming machine is started up, the administrator can erase the gaming machine. If the setting change mode should not be executed, it is possible to reliably determine that the setting change mode should not be executed. That is, according to this feature, it is possible to provide a gaming machine whose operation is easy for the administrator to understand.

<Characteristic αZ group>
The feature αZ group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature αZ1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode in which the winning probability setting in the predetermined lottery process can be changed by accepting an external operation;
storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information including setting information that is information regarding the setting of the winning probability;
erasing means for erasing information stored in the storage means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The erasing means is
a first erasing process (first RAM clearing process) of erasing information other than the setting information without erasing the setting information among the information stored in the storage means;
a second erasing process (second RAM clearing process) for erasing information including the setting information from among the information stored in the storage means;
A gaming machine characterized by being capable of executing.

According to feature αZ1, among the information stored in the storage means, in both the processing step where setting information is left and other information is deleted, and the processing step where setting information is also deleted. Corresponding processing steps can be realized. For example, if the setting information is normal and is maintained, but other information is required to be deleted in a processing step, the setting information is not deleted, and the setting information becomes an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator. It is possible to realize a configuration in which information including setting information is deleted if the processing step has a possibility that the setting information may be deleted.

[Feature αZ2]
The gaming machine described in feature αZ1,
comprising a determination process execution means for executing a predetermined determination process (a process of calculating a RAM determination value and determining whether or not it is normal) based on the information stored in the storage means;
A game characterized in that the erasing means includes means for executing the second erasing process when the result of the predetermined determination process is a predetermined result (result that the RAM determination value is not normal). Machine.

If the result of a predetermined judgment process based on the information stored in the storage means is a predetermined result, the setting information stored in the storage means has an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator of the gaming machine. There is a possibility that it has become. According to feature αZ2, it is possible to suppress the game from being executed with the possibility that the winning probability setting information stored in the storage means has become an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator. I can do it.

<Characteristic βA group>
The feature βA group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βA1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode in which the winning probability setting in the predetermined lottery process can be changed by accepting an external operation;
storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing information including setting information that is information regarding the setting of the lottery probability;
a determination process execution unit that executes a predetermined determination process (a process of calculating a RAM determination value and determining whether or not it is normal) based on information stored in the storage unit;
A gaming machine comprising:
The setting change mode execution means performs a predetermined operation to execute the setting change mode (a state in which the setting key, frame release switch, and door release switch are all ON and the RAM clear button is pressed). Even if the operation to turn on the power of the pachinko machine 10 is not accepted, if the result of the predetermined determination process is a predetermined result (result that the RAM determination value is not normal), , a gaming machine comprising means for executing the setting change mode.

If the result of a predetermined judgment process based on the information stored in the storage means is a predetermined result, the setting information stored in the storage means has an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator of the gaming machine. There is a possibility that it has become. According to feature βA1, when the result of the predetermined determination process is a predetermined result, the setting change mode is executed, so that the administrator can change the setting of the winning probability. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game from being played with the possibility that the winning probability setting information stored in the storage means has become an abnormal value that is not intended by the administrator.

<Characteristic βB group>
The feature βB group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βB1]
a ball entry section into which a game ball can enter;
Lottery processing execution means for executing a predetermined lottery processing based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry section;
Setting change mode execution means for executing a setting change mode in which the winning probability setting in the predetermined lottery process can be changed by accepting an external operation;
Display means (main display section 45) for displaying information regarding the game including the results of the predetermined lottery process;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is
A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for displaying a first display mode (a display pattern in which all LEDs are lit) that is not displayed when displaying information regarding the game while the setting change mode is being executed.

According to feature βB1, it is possible to notify the administrator and the players that the setting change mode is being executed using the display means that displays information regarding the game. Furthermore, for example, in the case of a gaming machine equipped with a display means for displaying information regarding a game, the setting change mode can be changed by simply changing the control program of the gaming machine without changing the hardware configuration of the gaming machine. It is possible to change the configuration to one that can notify the administrator and players that the game is being executed. Therefore, for example, the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine can be reduced compared to a configuration in which a dedicated display means for notifying that the setting change mode is being executed is additionally provided.

[Feature βB2]
The gaming machine according to feature βB1,
comprising a setting information display mode execution means for executing a setting information display mode (setting confirmation mode) in which setting information that is information regarding the setting of the winning probability is displayed, but the setting of the winning probability cannot be changed;
The display means is
While the setting information display mode is being executed, a second display mode (a display mode in which all LEDs flash simultaneously) that is not displayed when displaying information regarding the game and is different from the first display mode is displayed. ) A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for displaying.

According to feature βB2, it is possible to notify the administrator and players that the setting information display mode is being executed instead of the setting change mode using the display means that displays information regarding the game. Furthermore, for example, in the case of a gaming machine equipped with a display means for displaying information related to games, setting information display mode can be set by simply changing the control program of the gaming machine without changing the hardware configuration of the gaming machine. It is possible to change the configuration to one that can notify the administrator and players that the game is being executed. Therefore, for example, the manufacturing cost of the gaming machine can be reduced compared to a configuration in which a dedicated display means for notifying that the setting information display mode is being executed is additionally provided.

<Characteristic βC group>
The feature βC group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βC1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means; ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
Display means (information display section 45z) that displays information based on the game history information calculated by the calculation means (displays type information and numerical information);
control means for controlling the display means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is constituted by a plurality of light emitting parts,
The control means includes means for controlling all of the plurality of light emitting parts constituting the display means to be in a lit state based on the fact that the gaming machine is powered on. Game machine.

According to feature βC1, when the gaming machine is powered on, the administrator of the gaming machine checks whether there is any light emitting unit that does not light up due to a malfunction such as a disconnection among the light emitting units that constitute the display means. be able to.

[Feature βC2]
The gaming machine according to feature βC1,
The control means includes means for controlling all of the plurality of light emitting parts constituting the display means to be in a blinking state based on the power being turned on to the gaming machine. Game machine.

According to feature βC2, when the gaming machine administrator turns on the power of the gaming machine, the administrator checks whether there is a light emitting part that is constantly turned on due to a malfunction and does not turn off in the light emitting part that constitutes the display means. can be confirmed.

<Characteristic βD group>
The feature βD group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βD1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means; ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
Display means (information display section 45z) that displays information based on the game history information calculated by the calculation means (displays type information and numerical information);
control means for controlling the display means;
an operation means (information display inspection button) that accepts a predetermined operation from the outside;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means is constituted by a plurality of light emitting parts,
The control means includes means for controlling all of the plurality of light emitting parts constituting the display means to be in a lit state based on the fact that the operation means has received the predetermined operation. A gaming machine that does.

According to feature βD1, the administrator of the gaming machine can, by operating the operating means, check at any time whether there is any light emitting part that does not light up due to a malfunction such as a disconnection among the light emitting parts that constitute the display means. I can do it.

[Feature βD2]
The gaming machine according to feature βD1,
The control means includes means for controlling all of the plurality of light emitting parts constituting the display means to be in a blinking state based on the reception of the predetermined operation by the operation means. A gaming machine that does.

According to feature βD2, by operating the operating means, the administrator of the gaming machine can check at any time whether there is a light emitting part that is constantly turned on due to a malfunction and does not turn off among the light emitting parts that constitute the display means. It can be confirmed.

<Characteristic βE group>
The feature βE group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βE1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means; ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
a display means (information display section 45z) for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The storage means includes means for storing the detection information in a plurality of periods with a predetermined timing as a boundary,
The calculation means includes means for calculating the game history information for each of the plurality of periods based on the detection information for each of the plurality of periods,
A gaming machine characterized in that the display means includes means for switching and displaying a plurality of pieces of the game history information for each of the plurality of periods.

According to feature βE1, an inspector of a gaming machine can check a plurality of pieces of gaming history information for each of a plurality of periods with a predetermined timing as a boundary for the gaming machine. For example, the inspector can check whether there was a situation in which the gaming history information did not fall within an appropriate range during a plurality of periods with a predetermined timing as a boundary in the gaming machine.

[Feature βE2]
The gaming machine according to feature βE1,
The gaming machine, wherein the predetermined timing is a timing at which a date changes.

According to feature βE2, an inspector of a gaming machine can check a plurality of pieces of gaming history information for each date on the gaming machine. For example, the inspector can check for each date whether there was a situation in which the game history information did not fall within an appropriate range.

<Characteristic βF group>
The feature βF group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βF1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means; ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
a display means (information display section 45z) for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
erasing means for erasing the detection information stored in the storage means when a predetermined operation is accepted;
A gaming machine comprising:
The display means displays the game history information after the detection means is erased by the erasing means until a predetermined condition is satisfied (until the measured number N _OUT of objects passing through the discharge passage reaches a predetermined number). A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for not displaying numerical information.

According to feature βF1, if the numerical information of the gaming history information is not displayed on the display means, the inspector of the gaming machine can determine that the predetermined condition is not satisfied after the detection means is erased by the erasing means. It can be recognized that

Incidentally, the invention of the feature αW group to feature βF group above solves the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines, we aim to improve the interest of gaming, reduce the processing load on gaming machines, optimize processing, simplify control, simplify structure, and improve the efficiency of gaming machine development. Technical improvements have been made from various viewpoints such as structure, control, performance, etc., with the aim of providing gaming machines that are less prone to malfunctions and that are user-friendly.

Various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

In the gaming machines mentioned above, we aim to improve the interest of gaming, reduce the processing load of gaming machines, optimize processing, simplify control, simplify structure, improve the efficiency of gaming machine development, and prevent defects from occurring. Further improvements in technology are desired for the purpose of providing gaming machines that are difficult to play, providing gaming machines that are considerate to players, and providing healthier gaming.

<Characteristic βG group>
The feature βG group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βG1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means; ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
a display means (information display section 45z) for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The calculation means calculates the plurality of objects based on the detection information for each of a plurality of periods with a boundary that a predetermined condition is satisfied (the measured number of objects _NOUT passing through the discharge passage reaches a predetermined number). comprising means for calculating a plurality of pieces of gaming history information corresponding to each of the periods;
The display means is
Means for switching and displaying the plurality of gaming history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, the means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of gaming history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, the means for switching the display of the gaming history information, the means for switching the display of the plurality of gaming history information corresponding to one of the plurality of periods After transitioning from a display mode that displays gaming history information (a display mode that displays the base corresponding to the section bL) to a display mode that does not display any of the plurality of gaming history information (all lights off), the plurality of periods A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for transitioning to a display mode for displaying the game history information corresponding to another period (a display mode for displaying a base corresponding to the section b1).

According to feature βG1, when switching the display of game history information, the display means changes from a display mode in which game history information corresponding to one of a plurality of periods is displayed to a mode in which any of the plurality of game history information is displayed. After transitioning to a display mode in which no display is displayed, the display mode shifts to a display mode in which gaming history information corresponding to other periods of the plurality of periods is displayed. It is possible to clearly recognize that the displayed game history information has been switched to game history information corresponding to another period. As a result, for example, an administrator or the like is prevented from misrecognizing the period and checking the game history information without noticing that the period of the displayed game history information has been switched to another period. be able to.

<Characteristic βH group>
The feature βH group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βH1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means; ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
a display means (information display section 45z) for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The calculation means calculates the plurality of objects based on the detection information for each of a plurality of periods with a boundary that a predetermined condition is satisfied (the measured number of objects _NOUT passing through the discharge passage reaches a predetermined number). comprising means for calculating a plurality of pieces of gaming history information corresponding to each of the periods;
The display means is
From a display mode in which the game history information corresponding to one of the plurality of periods is displayed (a display mode in which bL is displayed), the game history information corresponding to the other period among the plurality of periods is displayed. When transitioning to a display mode for displaying (a display mode for displaying b1), a means for shifting the display mode in a first transition mode (a transition mode for transitioning with all lights off for 300 ms);
When transitioning the display mode based on the fulfillment of the predetermined condition, a second transition mode (transition mode in which the display mode is shifted with a 3000 ms hyphen lighting display in between) is used, which is different from the first transition mode. A gaming machine characterized by comprising: means for transitioning a display mode.

According to feature βH1, there is a transition mode in which a display mode in which gaming history information corresponding to one period is displayed is shifted to a display mode in which gaming history information corresponding to another period is displayed, and a transition mode in which a predetermined condition is satisfied. Since the transition mode is different from the transition mode when changing the display mode based on It is possible to clearly distinguish and recognize whether the display mode is to be changed to the displayed mode or whether the display mode is to be changed based on the satisfaction of a predetermined condition. Therefore, for example, it is possible to prevent the administrator or the like from continuing to check the game history information without noticing that a predetermined condition has been met.

<Characteristic βI group>
The feature βI group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βI1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means; ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
a display means (information display section 45z) for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The calculation means calculates the plurality of objects based on the detection information for each of a plurality of periods with a boundary that a predetermined condition is satisfied (the measured number of objects _NOUT passing through the discharge passage reaches a predetermined number). comprising means for calculating a plurality of pieces of gaming history information corresponding to each of the periods;
The display means is
Means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods based on the elapse of a predetermined display duration time (5000 ms), the means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, the means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, If the condition is met, even before the predetermined display duration time of the game history information being displayed has elapsed, the display mode corresponding to the fulfillment of the predetermined condition (hyphen lighting) , all lights out).

According to feature βI1, if a predetermined condition is satisfied while displaying gaming history information, the predetermined condition is met even before the predetermined display duration time of the currently displayed gaming history information has elapsed. Since the display mode changes to correspond to the fulfillment of the condition, the administrator or inspector of the gaming machine can be made aware at an early stage that the predetermined condition is satisfied. Furthermore, for example, after transitioning to a display mode corresponding to the fulfillment of a predetermined condition, it is possible to quickly display gaming history information for each period after the predetermined condition is satisfied. . As a result, the administrator or the like can quickly check the game history information for each period after the predetermined condition is satisfied, and thus can improve the inspection efficiency of gaming machines.

<Characteristic βJ group>
The feature βJ group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βJ1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means; ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
a display means (information display section 45z) for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The calculation means calculates the plurality of objects based on the detection information for each of a plurality of periods with a boundary that a predetermined condition is satisfied (the measured number of objects _NOUT passing through the discharge passage reaches a predetermined number). comprising means for calculating a plurality of pieces of gaming history information corresponding to each of the periods;
The display means is
Means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods based on the elapse of a predetermined display duration time (5000 ms), the means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, the means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, If the condition is met, after the predetermined display duration time of the game history information being displayed has elapsed, the display mode corresponding to the fulfillment of the predetermined condition (hyphen lit, all lights off) A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for transitioning to.

According to feature βJ1, even if a predetermined condition is met while displaying the gaming history information, the display of the gaming history information continues until the display duration time of the currently displayed gaming history information has elapsed. For example, when the administrator or inspector of the gaming machine checks the gaming history information being displayed and attempts to transcribe it into the inspection sheet, the display of the gaming history information ends, and the gaming machine It is possible to suppress the occurrence of a situation in which history information cannot be transferred to an inspection sheet.

<Characteristic βK group>
The feature βK group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments, modifications, or combinations thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.

[Feature βK1]
A plurality of detection means (ball entry detection sensors 44a to 44h) that detect game balls passing through a predetermined area;
a storage means (main side RAM 64) for storing detection information (game history basic information such as ball entry information, number of balls entered information, prize ball total value, etc.) that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means; ,
Calculating means for calculating game history information (game history information such as role object ratio, continuous role object ratio, ball launch rate, etc.) that is information regarding the game history based on the detected information;
a display means (information display section 45z) for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The calculation means calculates the plurality of objects based on the detection information for each of a plurality of periods with a boundary that a predetermined condition is satisfied (the measured number of objects _NOUT passing through the discharge passage reaches a predetermined number). comprising means for calculating a plurality of pieces of gaming history information corresponding to each of the periods;
The display means is
Means for switching and displaying the plurality of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods according to a predetermined order, the means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, regardless of the predetermined order. A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for starting display from gaming history information (bL) corresponding to a specific period among a plurality of periods.

According to feature βK1, when a predetermined condition is met, the display starts from the gaming history information corresponding to a specific period out of a plurality of periods, regardless of the predetermined order. The administrator or the inspector can recognize that a predetermined condition has been met, and can also check the gaming history information corresponding to a specific period first.

Note that the inventions of the feature βG group to feature βK group solve the following problems.

In gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines, we aim to improve the interest of gaming, reduce the processing load on gaming machines, optimize processing, simplify control, simplify structure, and improve the efficiency of gaming machine development. Technical improvements have been made from various viewpoints such as structure, control, performance, etc., with the aim of providing gaming machines that are less prone to malfunctions and that are user-friendly.

Various technical improvements have also been made with the aim of improving the soundness of gaming, such as discovering and deterring fraudulent actions by players and unauthorized modifications to gaming machines.

In the gaming machines mentioned above, we aim to improve the interest of gaming, reduce the processing load of gaming machines, optimize processing, simplify control, simplify structure, improve the efficiency of gaming machine development, and prevent defects from occurring. Further improvements in technology are desired for the purpose of providing gaming machines that are difficult to play, providing gaming machines that are considerate to players, and providing healthier gaming.

Note that a configuration may be adopted in which one or more configurations included in the above feature group A to feature βK group are combined as appropriate. Thereby, it becomes possible to produce a synergistic effect by the combined configuration.

Below, the basic configuration of a gaming machine to which each of the above features can be applied or is applied to each feature will be shown.

Pachinko gaming machine: A launcher that launches a game ball toward a game area based on a player's launch operation, and a starting ball that is provided in the game area and allows game balls flowing down the game area to enter. a game ball, an information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on the entry of a game ball into the starting ball entry unit, and an acquisition information storage unit that stores the special information acquired by the information acquisition unit. Machine.

A reel-type gaming machine such as a slot machine: a picture display means for variably displaying a plurality of pictures, a start means for starting the variable display of the plurality of pictures due to the operation of a start operation means, and operation of a stop operation means. A gaming machine comprising: a stop means for stopping the variable display of the plurality of symbols due to the change in time or the passage of a predetermined time; and a benefit granting means for granting a benefit to a player according to the symbols after the stop.

The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments and modifications, but can be realized in various configurations without departing from the spirit thereof. For example, the technical features of the embodiments and modifications corresponding to the technical features of each form described in the column of the summary of the invention may be used to solve some or all of the above-mentioned problems, or to solve the above-mentioned problems. In order to achieve some or all of the effects, it is possible to replace or combine them as appropriate. Further, unless the technical feature is described as essential in this specification, it can be deleted as appropriate.

10...Pachinko machine 11...Outer frame 12...Pachinko machine body 13...Inner frame 14...Front door frame 15...Hinge 16...Hinge 17...Cylinder lock 18. ..Window part 19...Glass unit 20...Upper plate 21...Lower plate 22...Ejection port 23...Lever 24...Production operation button 25...Operation handle 25a... Touch sensor 25b... Weight button 25c... Variable resistor 26... Game ball firing button 30... Game board 31... Guidance rail 31a... Inner rail part 31b... Outer rail part 32 ...General winning opening 32a...First winning opening 32b...Second winning opening 32c...Third winning opening 33...First starting opening 34...Second starting opening 34a... Electric accessory 34b...Electric accessory drive part 35...Through gate 36...Variable prize winning device 36a...Big prize opening 36b...Opening/closing door 36c...Variable winning prize drive part 37... Special figure unit 37a...First symbol display section 37b...Second symbol display section 37c...First reserve display section 37d...Second reserve display section 38...Public symbol unit 39... Round display section 40...Variable display unit 41...Symbol display device 42...Nail 43...Out port 45...Main display section 45z...Game history information display section (information display section)
46... Speaker 47... Various lamps 51... First control unit 52... Second control unit 53... Third control unit 54... Tank 55... Tank rail 56... Case rail 60...Main control device 61...Main control board 62...Main side MPU
62x...Main CPU
63...Main side ROM
64...Main side RAM
64x... Flash memory 70... Payout control device 71... Payout device 80... Launch control device 81... Game ball launch mechanism 85... Power supply device 86... Power outage monitoring circuit 90.. .Sound light emission control device 91...Sound light emission control board 96...RTC
100...Display control device 300...Game history management chip 302...Buffer 304...Register 306...Memory for storing prize ball number data 307...Memory for storing calculation execution conditions 307a... Memory for storing execution conditions 308...CPU
309...Memory for storing calculation results 309a...Memory for storing number of balls entering 309b...Memory for storing entering ball information 320...Inspection machine 321...CPU
328...Display section 329...Connection cable

Claims (1)

a plurality of detection means for detecting a game ball passing through a predetermined area;
Storage means for storing detection information that is information based on the detection of a game ball by the detection means;
Calculating means for calculating gaming history information that is information regarding gaming history based on the detected information;
Display means for displaying the game history information calculated by the calculation means;
A gaming machine comprising:
The calculating means includes means for calculating a plurality of pieces of gaming history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods based on the detected information for each of the plurality of periods whose boundary is that a predetermined condition is satisfied. ,
The display means is
Means for switching and displaying the plurality of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, the means for switching and displaying the plurality of pieces of game history information corresponding to each of the plurality of periods, the means for switching the display of the game history information, the means for switching the display of the game history information corresponding to one of the plurality of periods. A display mode that displays the gaming history information corresponding to another period of the plurality of periods after transitioning from a display mode that displays gaming history information to a display mode that does not display any of the plurality of gaming history information. A gaming machine characterized by comprising means for transitioning to.

Images